I  I 
I  : 


-  \  ■  ■ 

illlll 


THE  LIBRARY 
OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 
LOS  ANGELES 


BOHEMIAN  MADE  EASY. 


A  PRACTICAL  BOHEMIAN  COURSE  FOR 
ENGLISH  SPEAKING  PEOPLE. 


 BY  

Charles  Joan&s, 

Jate  U.  S.  Consul  at  Prague,  author  of  the  first  Dictionary  of  the  Bohemian 

and  English  languages. 


Second.  Edition. 
Published  fcy  the  SLAVIE,  Racine,  Wis.,  1900. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1890,  in  the  office 
of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington,  D.  C. 


FG- 


19/1  -) 


70  7  LEE  HONORABLE 
GEO  VER    OL  E  V EL  A  N  O, 
EXPRESEDENE  OF  THE  U NET  ED  STATES, 
TELLS  LETTLE  BOO  EC  IS  DELEGATED, 
AS  A  SLIGHT  TOKEN  OF  PROFOUND, 
RESPECT  AND  AD  MLR  A  ETON 


BY  1HE 


A  UEIIOR. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2014 


> 


https://archive.org/details/bohemianmadeeasyjona 


Why  this  book  has  been  written. 

The  answer  to  such  a  question  is  simple:  because 
there  is  a  demand  for  it.  And  whenever  there  is  a  demand, 
the  supply  is  sure  to  come. 

Not  a  year  passes,  but  numbers  apply  to  di  ■  ers  book- 
sellers and  publishers  for  some  handy  book  to  give  them  a 
practical  knowledge  of  the  Bohemian  language  or  to  serve  as 
a  proper  introduction  to  a  study  thereof. 

Who  are  the  applicants?  They  are  business  men, 
clerks,  salesmen  and  travelers,  druggists  and  physicians, 
ministers,  teachers  and  lawyers.  They  live  and  follow  their 
vocations  in  localities  where  a  large  fraction  of  the  population 
speaks  the  Bohemian  language;  they  perceive  the  advantage 
which  a  knowledge  of  Bohemian,  or  even  a  slight  acquaint- 
ance with  that  tongue,  would  give  them;  and  consequently 
they  look  for  a  guide. 

Such  a  guide  this  little  work  is  designed  to  furnish  I 
may  say  that  within  six  or  eight  years  past  I  have  myself  read 
hundreds  of  applications  for  such  a  guide  from  different  parts 
of  our  country  and  I  repeatedly  promised  to  write  a  book  of 
this  kind  as  soon  as  my  other  occupations  permitted.  Now 
I  have  redeemed  that  pledge.  It  has  been  done  to  be  sure, 
only  in  an  imperfect  manner;  there  are  defects  and  shortcom- 
ings, which  in  a  pioneer  work  of  this  kind  cannot  be  avoided. 
But  I  applied  myself  to  the  task  with  the  honest  intention, 
materially  to  assist  the  beginner  in  his  attempt  to  gain  such  a 
knowledge  of  the  Bohemian  language,  as  would  be  of  help  to 
him  in  his  intercourse  with  people  speaking  that  language,  or 
in  his  desire  to  read  Bohemian  literature;  and  1  cherish  the 


6 


Why  tliis  booh  has  beerfwritten. 


hope,  that  this  present  result  of  my  labor  will  prove  really 
helpful  to  those  who  will  make  use  or  it  tor  that  purpose.  — 
,,Is  Bohemian  a  hard  language  to  learn?"  This  inquiry 
I  have  heard  more  than  once. 

I  think  no  language  is  easy  to  learn,  if  a  person  wants 
to  have  a  perfect  command  of  it;  and  Bohemian  presents 
about  a  fair  average  of  the  difficulties,  which  a  student  of  lan- 
guages encounters.  But  there  is  no  great  difficulty  in  acquir- 
ing a  superficial  knowledge  of  any  living  European  tongue,  a 
knowledge  sufficient  for  ordinary  intercourse  in  every  day  life, 
if  a  person  has  the  will  and  perseverance  to  learn  it  and  a  fair 
opportunity  to  use  what  he  learns.  Beginners  who  willl  take 
up  this  little  book  with  an  earnest  purpose,  will  soon  find  out 
that  Bohemian  comes  well  under  this  general  rule. 

Some  years  ago  I  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  business 
man  in  a  small  city  of  Wisconsin,  with  whom  I  conversed 
both  in  English  and  Bohemian  and  whom  I  noticed  to  use 
both  languages  in  his  gen  ral  conversation  with  others  appar- 
ently with  the  same  ease  and  fluency  It  was  not  until  some 
time  after  our  first  meeting,  that  I  learned  the  gentleman  in 
question  was  not  a  Bohemian  by  birth,  but  a  native  American 
of  German  descent.  Had  I  been  told  that  he  was  a  born  Bo- 
hemian, I  certainly  would  have  believed  it,  from  the  way  he 
handle,!  the  language.  On  our  next  meeting  I  asked  him  how 
he  succeeded  in  mastering  the  Bohemian  language  so  perfectly; 
and  he  said:  ,,  My  instructor  was  the  Bohemian  newspaper. 
I  commenced  by  reading  communications  wri  ten  by  farmers 
in  an  easy,  colloquial  style  and  asking  explanations  as  to 
meaning  and  pronunciation.  In  this  I  persevered,  my  stock 
of  words  and  phrases  grew  rapidly,  and  I  was  soon  enabled  to 
understand  and  to  make  a  rapid  progress  in  conversation. 
Later  on  I  had  recourse  to  the  dictionary." 

This  tends  to  show  what  may  be  done  by  patient  appli- 
cation and  perseverance  and  it  may  serve  us  an  encouragement 


The^BoJiemian  language. 


7 


to  beginners.  Of  course,  the  number  of  persons  of  other  na- 
tionalities who  have  acquired  a  sufficient  practical  knowledge 
of  Bohemian  to  employ  it  in  ordinary  intercourse  and  business, 
is  very  lar^e;  and  I  mention  it  simply  to  show,  that  there  is 
no  insuperable  difficulty  in  the  way,  as  some  persons  perhaps 
might  imagine. 

And  with  this  little  introduction  I  wish  the  beginner 
God  speed! 

The  Bohemian  language. 

The  Slavonic  family  of  nations,    numbering  rather 
-more  than  one  hundred  and  ten  millions,  is   composed  of 
two  great  divisions: 

1.  The  eastern  division,  comprising  the  Russians, 
Bulgarians  and  Serbo-Croats,  under  which  latter  head  may 
also  be  classed  the  Slovenes; 

2.  the  western  division,  comprising  the  Poles, 
Bohemians  and  the  remnant  of  the  Wends  in  Germany. 

The  Bohemian  language  ,is  closely  related  to.  the 
other  branches  of  the  Slavonic  tongue.  It  needs  only  a 
few  weeks  study,  for  a  person  having  a  full  command  of 
Bohemian,  to  obtain  a  fair  practical  knowledge  of  any  other 
Slavonic  idiom.  Especially  is  the  relationship  between 
Bohemian  and  Polish  so  close,  that  they  might  almost  be 
considered  dialects  of  one  and  the  same  language. 

The  Bohemian  language  is  spoken  in  Bohemia, 
Moravia,  part  of  Austrian  and  Prussian  Silesia,  and  also  in 
Upper  Hungary.  The  Slovak  idiom  spoken  in  the  last 
named  country  is  simply  an  earlier  form  of  Bohemian, 
which  latter  the  Slovaks  of  Hungary  used  for  centuries  as 


8 


The  Bohemians  in  the  United  States. 


their  literary  or  "biblical"  language;  only  within  the  last 
fifty  years  have  they  begun  to  employ  their  proper  dialect 
largely  in  literature.  But  still,  the  language  is  virtually 
the  same,  Bohemians  and  Slovaks  needing  no  interpreters 
to  understand  one  another,  and  no  dictionaries  mutually  to 
read  their  publications.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  two  idioms 
are  much  nearer  than  high  German  and  low  German. 

The  Bohemians  in  the  United  States. 

About  the  year  1848  Bohemian  emigration  to  the 
United  States  commenced.  Its  volume  has  never  been  so 
large  as  that  of  the  Irish  or  German  emigration,  but  it  has 
been  steady  and  it  will  naturally  go  on  for  many  years  to 
come.  In  all  probability,  it  will  continue  as  long  as 
European  emigration  to  this  side  of  the  Atlantic  ocean  in 
general,  and  it  may  in  the  near  future  assume  larger  pro- 
portions than  in  the  past. 

The  census  of  1870  found  42,000  persons  of 
Bohemian  birth  settled  in  the  United  States.  In  the  year 
1880  there  were,  according  to  the  census  taken  in  that  year, 
over  85,000.  But  it  must  be  remembered  that  many  of 
those  classified  in  the  census  tables  as  born  in  Austria,  are 
of  Bohemian  nationality,  especially  such  as  emigrated 
from  the  provinces  of  Moravia  and  Silesia,  and  not  from 
Bohemia  proper.  Quite  a  number,  also,  were  by  mistake 
entered  under  the  general  heading  of  "Germany",  as  to 
ihe  country  of  their  nativity. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  the  number  of  persons  born  in 
Europe,  whose  mother  tongue  was  Bohemian,    at  the  time 


The  Bohemians  in  the  United  States. 


9 


of  the  official  enumeration  of  1880  exceeded  one  hundred 
thousand.  At  this  writing  they  number  nearly  200,000, 
and  together  with  the  first  generation  born  in  this  country 
of  Bohemian  parents  and  speaking  the  language,  in  all 
probability  somewhere  near  500,000. 

Within  the  last  ten  or  fifteen  years  quite  a  heavy 
stream  of  immigration  has  set  in  from  Hungary.  At  first 
mostly  employed  in  Eastern  mines  and  factories,  these 
immigrants  have  in  recent  years  been  spreading  west  and 
settling  on  lands.     These  Hungarians  are  mostly  Slovaks. 

The  number  of  Slovaks  in  the  United  States  at  this 
time  probably  equals  about  one  third  that  of  the  Bohemians 
proper;  hence  the  present  number  of  persons  in  the  United 
States  speaking  the  Bohemian  language- in  both  its  dialects 
may  be  computed  at  six  hundred  thousand. 

The  Bohemians  have  their  homes  chiefly  in  the 
following  states:  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland, 
Ohio,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Minnesota. 
Nebraska,  Kansas,  S.  Dakota,  Missouri  and  Texas. 

In  the  first  five  states  and  also  in  Missouri  they  live 
chiefly  in  the  cities,  following  different  trades  and  working 
in  factories.  In  the  other  states  they  are  mainly  farmers, 
as  a  rule  very  industrious  and  thrifty.  Many  of  them  are 
of  course  engaged  in  business  of  all  kinds  and  in  the  pro- 
fessions. In  their  manners  and  customs  and  ways  of 
thought  the  Bohemians  strongly  resemble  the  Germans, 
particularly  the  South  Germans,  with  whom  they  have  been 
in  close  contact  in  the  old  world  for  over  a  thousand  years. 
They  are  industrious  and  saving,  sociable  and  hospitable; 


10 


The  Bohemians  in  the  United  States. 


their  favorite  beverage  at  social  gatherings  and  entertain- 
ments is  beer,  and  ^Bohemian  beer"  of  different  make  has 
in  recent  years  become  quite  popular  in  this  country  of  ours. 
Immoderate  indulgence  in  their  favorite  drink  may  doubt- 
less sometimes  be  observed  among  them  as  among  others, 
especially  in  the  large  cities;  but  as  a  rule,  they  are  sober, 
law-abiding  and  extremely  goodnatured. 

In  religion,  Roman  Catholicism  predominates  among 
the  Bohemians  and  they  have  a  large  number  of  churches, 
priests  and  parish  schools  in  the  United  States.  The  Pro- 
testants also  have  numerous  places  of  worship.  Large 
numbers  of  the  Bohemians,  however,  keep  apart  from  all 
churches  and  religious  denominations.  They  are  liberals, 
free-thinkers  and  agnostics  of  different  shades  of  opinion, 
enjoying  the  inestimable  privilege  of  every  American  citizen 
to  follow  his  convictions  and  enjoy  a  full  personal  freedom, 
so  long  as  he  respects  the  laws  and  the  equal  freedom  of 
his  fellow-citizens. 

The  first  Bohemian  newspaper  on  this  side  of  the 
Atlantic  was  issued  thirty  years  ago  at  Racine,  Wisconsin, 
the  first  number  appearing  on  New  Year's  day  1860.  Now 
there  are  about  twenty  five  or  thirty  newspapers  in  that 
language  published  in  the  United  States,  both  daily  and 
weekly,  besides  several  in  the  Slovak  dialect.  Most  of 
them  have  a  good  patronage  and  some  have  in  fact  a  surpris- 
ingly large  circulation.  Other  publications  are  also  quite 
numerous.  The  Bohemians,  and  particularly  the  farmers, 
are  fond  of  reading,  eager  for  information,  and  above  all 
they  seek  political  knowledge,  taking  the  liveliest  interest 


The  Bohemians  in  the  United  States, 


11 


in  whatever  concerns  the  government,  public  institutions  and 
laws  of  their  adopted  country.  During  the  civil  war  the 
Bohemians,  although  at  that  time  quite  generally  classified 
as  Germans,  furnished  a  considerable  contingent  of  the 
defenders  of  the  Union  and  in  Chicago  a  monument  will 
soon  be  reared  by  the  Bohemians  in  memory  of  those  of 
their  nationality,  who  cheerfully  took  up  arms  and  gave 
their  lives  for  the  unity  and  freedom  of  this  great  country.  *) 


*)  The  following  is  a  quotation  from  an  extensive  article  on  the  Bohemians  in 
St  Louis,  Mo.,  which  appeared  in  the  GLOBE  DEMOCRAT  of  February  16,  1890: 

"In  the  territory  lying  between  Seventh  and  Fourteenth  streets  on  the  east  8nl 
west\  and  Geyer  and  Russell  avennes  on  the  north  and  south,  there  is  a  population  of 
25,000  souls,  all  speaking, the  language  of  Bohemia,  schooling  th  ir  children  in  the  an- 
cient tongue,  keeping  vp  an  acquaintance  with  a  rich  and  varied  literature  that  dates 
back  to  the  ninth  century,  sod  for  the  most  part  worshiping  in  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church,  of  which  Bohemia  has  been  a  stanch  adherent  since  the  ninth  century.  A 
thrifty  set  are  these  Bohemians,  good  citizens  in  all  that  the  term  implies,  prompt  tax- 
payers, fully  alive  to  the  requirements  of  civilization;  mingling  freely  in  business 
intercourse  with  their  cousins  from  other  lands,  they  yet  preterve  the  social  customs 
of  their  native  land,  and  take  an  overweening  pride  in  the  preservation  of  its 
language  and  its  literature.  The  Bohemian  met  up  town  in  business  life  would  be 
casually  mistaken  for  a  Herman,  but  a  tour  through  their  section  of  the  city 
impresses  one  with  their  startling  individu\lity. ...  In  conversation  with  S.  (one  of 
th  ir  leading  men)  I  was  struck  by  the  ease  and  purity  of  his  English  diction.  Th  s 
is  a  marked  peculiarity  of  most  of  the  Bohemians.  From  their  own  harsh  and 
difficult  language  they  switch  off  into  English  which  betrays  but  little  trace  of 
foreign  accent."  — 

The  statement  about  the  Bohemians  having  been  steadfast  adherents  of  the 
Church  of  Rome  may  be  considered  as  a  serious  lapsus  calami,  because  it  is 
not  borne  out  by  history .  The  Bohemians  were  in  fact  a  protestant  nation  from  the 
burning  at  the  stake  of  their  famous  reformers  John  Huss  and  Jerome  of  Prague  (in 
the  years  1415  and  1416)  until  the  period  of  the  Thirty  Years  war,  which  took  its  s  art 
in  Bohemia.  Concerning  the  allusion  to  the  character  of  the  Bohemian  language  it 
may  be  stated  as  a  well  known  experience,  that  nearly  every  language  appears  "harsh 
and  difficult"  to  a  person  who  is  perfectly  ignorant  of  the  same  and  very  rarely  hears 
it  spoken.' VTime  and  again  have  I  heard,  on  the  European  continent,  English 
language  characterized  as  "harsh  and  difficult",  whereas  in  fact,  English  is  a  language 
not  only  full  of  melody  as  well  as  power,  but  probably  the  easiest  of  all  European 
languages  to  learn. 


PART  I 


SECTION  1. 

General  observations. 

In  the  Bohemian  language  Roman  characters  are  used  in  writing 
and  printing. 

In  order  to  read  Bohemian  it  is  first  necessary  to  be  well  acquainted 
with  the  sounds,  represented  by  the  different  letters  of  the  Bohemian  al-  * 
phabet. 

In  attempting  to  read  Eogiish  while  giving  the  letters  the  customary 
Bohemian  sounds,  we  should  rind  most  English  words  difficult  to  pro- 
nounce and  a  large  proportion  of  them  simply  unpronounceable. 

The  same  is  true  if  we  attempt  to  read  Bohemian  while  giving  the 
letters  their  English  sounds. 

This  explains  why  English  speaking  persons,  entirely  ignorant  of 
any  language  but  their  own  and  supposing  that  the  letters  of  the  alphabet 
always  retain  their  English  sounds,  find  so  many  "jawbreakers"  in  trying 
to  pronounce  Bohemian  or  other  foreign  words.  Foreign  persons,  ignor- 
ant of  English,  find  themselves  "in  the  same  boat",  when  trying  to  pro- 
nounce English  words,  and  their  difficulty  is  even  much  greater  on 
account  of  the  complicated  character  of  English  orthograph}^. 

SECTION  2. 

The  Bohemian  alphabet. 

The  alphabet  of  the  Bohemian  language  consists  of  26  letters,  the 
same  as  the  English,  if  accented  letters,  being  simply  a  modification  of 
the  original  sounds,  are  not  counted;  but,  counting  all  the  accented  letters 
separately,  we  find  41  letters  in  the  Bohemian  alphabet. 


The  Alphabet. 


13 


The  following  table  gives  the  complete  alphabet  of  the  Bohemian 
language,  with  the  English  equivalents  as  near  as  possible.  Capital  letters, 
of  course,  correspond  with  the  small  letters,  accented  or  unaccented. 


THE  ALPHABET. 

a      has  the  sound  of  o  in  done. 

a        f<     "      "      "    a  in  arm. 

b       "     "      "      "  b. 

c       "     "      "      "  ts. 

6        "     "      "      "    ch  in  child. 

d        "     "      "      "    d;  it  takes  the  sound  of  d'  when  followed  by  the 

soft  vowels  @,  i  or  i. 

d'       "     "       "       "   f?i  in  the  French  word  dmble. 

This  mellow  sound  of  d,  imperfectly  rendered 
by  dy,  is  ordinarily  heard  in  the  English  ex 
pressions  would  you,  could  you,  when  rapid- 
ly uttered,  so  that  the  terminal  d  and  initial 
y  are  fused  into  one  sound. 

e        "     "       "       "    e   in  end. 

e        "     "       "       "    e  in  ere,  or  aim  air. 

e  "  "  "  "  ea  in  beatitude,  or  ye  in  yes;  when  it  occurs  di- 
rectly after  d,  n,  t,  these  letters  take  the  soft 
sound  of  d',  n,  f ,  and  e  sounds  like  e.  The 
syllable  je,  ye,  is  an  equivalent  for  h. 

J  it        it,  a  ( (  -P 

"  '  "  "        in  great;  it  occurs  only  in  foreign  words, 

h       "  "  "  h   in  ham. 

Ch     "  "  u  "  ch  in  German  ond  Dutch,  also  in  Welsh,  or  x 

in  Greek,  —  somewhat  like  kh. 

1         "  "  "  "  i    in  pin. 

i        "  u  "  "  i    in  pique,  or  ee  in  seen. 

j         "  "  "  "  y  in 

k       <«  "  "  A;   in  without  an  aspirate. 

I  tc       ((         a         ii  I 


The  Alphabet. 


m. 
n. 

n  in  Spanish  (canon)  or  gn  in  French  (cam" 
pagne);  imperfectly  rendered  by  ny. 

0  in  obey. 
6  in  lord, 
p. 

q   in    question;  it  occurs  only  in  foreign  words. 

r   in   rest;  it  has  a  sharp,  trilling  sound. 

rsh  (or  rzh,  as  the  Imperial  Dictionary  of  the 
English  language  has  it;)  it  is  a  sound  proper 
to  the  Bohemian  and  Polish  languages,  which 
must  be  heard  in  order  to  be  acquired  cor. 
rectly;  the  same  may  be  said  of  the  English 
sound  of  th,  hard  and  soft. 

s   in  sink. 

sh. 

t  in  test;  it  takes  the  sound  of  f  when  fol- 
lowed by  e,  i  or  U 

t  in  the  French  word  tiens,  as  commonly  pro- 
nounced. This  mellow  sound  of  t,  imper- 
fectly rendered  by  ty,  is  also  heard  in  the 
English  expressions  wouldn't  you,  couldn't 
you,  when  rapidly  uttered,  so  that  the  termi- 
nal t  and  initial  y  are  fused  into  one  sound. 

u   in  pws/i. 

u    in   rude,  or  oo  in  pool, 
v 

x  in  expect, 
y    in  lynch. 

1  in   pique,  or  ee  in  seen, 
z   in  zeal. 

z    in    azure,  or  s  in  pleasure. 


Names  of  the  letters. 


15 


The  beginner  must  try  to  master  thoroughly  the  peculiar  sound  of 
every  accented  letter  in  the  Bohemian  alphabet,  before  proceeding  with 
his  lessons.  However,  it  is  evident  that  of  all  the  accented  letters  only 
four  will  present  a  certain  difficulty:  <P,  n,  t'  and  r.  The  rest  are 
simple.  Among  the  plain  consonants,  the  peculiar  sound  of  ch  must  be 
well  practiced;  the  combination  kh  gives  it  only  imperfectly. 


The  names  of  the  letters  of  the  Bohemian  alphabet,  though  of  little 
consequence  to  the  beginner,  are  given  in  the  following  table  as  near  as 
can  be.  However,  the  Bohemian  sounds  of  the  letters,  as  explained  in  the 
foregoing  section,  must  be  well  kept  in  mind,  in  order  to  name  the  letters 
correctly. 

For  instance:  b  is  called  be,  to  be  pronounced  like  beh,  the  e 
sounding  like  e  in  ere,  ai  in  air,  or  a  in  fare,  the  final  h  being  mute  and 
serving  only  as  a  lengthening  mark. 

Two  of  the  accents  {a,  u),  whenever  they  occur,  signify  only  a  pro- 
longation of  the  sound;  the  quality  of  the  other  accents  has  been  explained 
in  the  foregoing  section. 

In  spelling  a  word,  the  vowels  with  a  long  accent  {a,  e,  I,  u,  y)  are 
called  long  a,  long  e,  etc.;  also,  a  with  a  comma,  e  with  a  comma,  and 
so  forth;  u  is  called  u  with  a  ring. 


SECTION  3. 


Names  of  tlio  letters. 


a 


THE  LETTERS  NAMED. 


a,  a 
b 


a  (ah) 


oh 

M 
j 
k 
1 


khd 
ee(in  bee) 
ye 


ersh 
ess 
esh 
te 

U 


c 


6 

a 


be 
tse 
die 
de 


kd 
el 


s 


s 
t 

i 


16 


Bohemian  pronunciation . 


d' 

m 

m 

em 

u,  u,  u 

00 

e,  © 

e,  {eh) 

n 

en 

(in  boom) 

e 

iye 

n 

en 

V 

ve 

f 

f 

o,  6 

6  (oh) 

X 

ix 

S 

P 

pe 

y,  y 

ee  or  ypsilon 

(like  g  in 

koo 

z 

zet 

h 

r 

er 

z 

zet 

SECTION  4. 

Bohemian  pronunoiatioii. 

After  mastering  the  sounds  of  the  Bohemian  letters,  the  learner  may 
be  said  to  have  fully  conquered  Bohemian  pronunciation. 

There  is  in  fact  only  one  rule:  Pronounce  as  it  is  loritten,  sounding 
every  letter,  —  of  course,  giving  the  letters  their  proper  Bohemian,  and  not 
their  English  sounds. 

The  English,  French  and  German  written  languages  abound  with 
silent  letters;  the  Bohemian  language  has  practically  none,  that  is,  ex- 
tremely few.  Such  as  there  are,  will  be  pointed  out  in  the  course  of  the 
following  lessons. 

It  is  a  well  known  rule  in  English,  that  there  can  be  no  written  syl- 
lable without  a  vowel.  In  Bohemian  we  sometimes  encounter  syllables 
made  up  of  consonants  without  any  vowel. 

"How  in  the  world  can  you  pronounce  that?"  • 

Not  infrequently  have  we  heard  such  a  question  from  persons,  hav- 
ing no  idea  of  any  language  but  their  own. 

But  it  is  just  as  easy  to  pronounce  such  syllables  in  Bohemian,  as 
it  is  in  English  to  give  utterance  to  syllables  with  a  mute  vowel.  An  ex- 
ample will  elucidate  it: 

Trn  means  thorn.  This  word  is  evidently  of  the  same  derivation 
in  both  languages. 

Now,  the  Bohemian  word  trn  being  composed  of  three  consonants 
and  no  vowel,  how  is  it  pronounced? 


Rules  of  Bohemian  pronunciation.  17 

In  the  same  way,  as  the  second  syllable  of  the  English  words  bit- 
Urn,  slattern,  where  the  vowel  e  is  silent.  We  hear  in  that  second  syl- 
lable only  the  sounds  of  t-r-n,  the  sound  of  the  vowel  e  disappearing  en- 
tirely; and  this  explains  exactly  the  pronunciation  of  Bohemian  words 
of  one  syllable,  or  syllables,  without  a  vowel.  Syllables  with  silent  vowels 
abound  in  English  as  well  as  in  German,  —  not  quite  so  in  French;  —  and 
they  are  constantly  pronounced  with  the  same  ease,  as  the  syllables  having 
no  vowel  sounds  in  Bohemian. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  such  syllables  always  contain  one  of 
the  two  consonants  1  and  r  which  are  sometimes  called  ''half -vowels", 
because  in  such  cases  they  almost  take  the  place  of  vowels.  In  a  prolon- 
gation of  the  sound  we  hear  in  Bohemian  somewhat  indistinctly  the  vowel 
e  before  the  proper  sound  of  those  consonants,  as  if  we  wrote  and 
partially  pronounced: 

tern  instead  of  trn  (thorn) 
.     velk      "      "  vlk  (wolf) 

The  number  of  monosyllabic  words  without  a  vowel  is  not  large; 
but  syllables  consisting  of  two  or  three  consonants  occur  quite  often. 

For  instance:  trceti,  strciti?  means  in  English  to  stick  out,  to  push. 
Each  of  these  words  is  composed  of  three  syllables;  tr-ce-ti,  str-ci-ti; 
and  the  first  syllable  of  each  contains  only  consonants:   tr,  str. 

How  are  they  pronounced? 

Just  like  ter  and  ster  in  the  English  words  hitter,  blister.  Nobody 
finds  any  difficulty  in  passing  over  the  silent  e  and  saying  bittr,  blistr. 

Among  the  Bohemian  vowels  there  are  some,  which  are  called  soft, 
namely:  e,  e,  i,  i;  and  others  (a?  o,  \\,  y)  which  are  called  hard  or 
broad. 

Of  the  soft  vowels  the  last  three,  e,  i  and  i,  have  a  softening  in- 
fluence upon  some  preceding  consonants,  particularly  n,  d,  t9  which 
they  change  into  the  soft  sounds  of  n,  d',  t',  as  noticed  in  section  1, 
For  instance: 


18 


Parts  of  Speech. 


sane  (sleigh)   is  pronounced  as  if  spelt  sane; 

pani  (mistress,  lady)   is  pronounced  as  if  spelt  pafii ; 

delo  (cannon)   sounds  like  d'elo; 

dilo  (work)   d'ilo; 

telo  (body)   t'elo; 

tisk  (printing)   t'isk; 

This  will  always  be  plainly  indicated  in  the  pronouncing  columns 
of  the  practical  lessons  contained  in  Part  II. 

Care  must  be  taken  to  give  every  long  vowel  (a,  e,  i,  f9  6,  u,  u) 
its  proper  long  sound,  because  a  shortened  sound  would  often  make  the 
word  unintelligible  or  change  its  meaning,  the  same  as  in  English  in 
numerous  cases.   For  instance: 

pata  means  heel;  patd  means  the  fifth  (in  the  feminine  gender). 
The  only  difference  is  in  the  length  of  the  vowels.  Likewise  in  English: 
lid  and  lead  have  the  same  vowel  sound,  the  only  difference  being  in  its 
length  or  quantity.  — 

We  have  said  all  it  is  necessary  to  say  about  Bohemian  pronuncia- 
tion and  in  closing  we  again  enjoin  the  only  rule,  which  obtains  in  the  Bo- 
hemian with  very  few  exceptions:  Pronounce  as  it  is  written,  —  giving 
every  letter  its  proper  Bohemian  sound. 


SECTION  5. 

F»at*ts  of  speech, 

In  Bohemian  the  parts  of  speech  or  classes  of  words  are  the  same 
a*  in  English  excepting  the  article. 

In  English  we  have  the  definite  article  the  and  the  indefinite  article 
a,  an.  In  French,  masculine,  feminine,  le,  la,  —  un,  une;  in  German, 
masculine,  feminine  and  neutre,  der,  die,  das,  —  tin,  eine,  ein.) 


Gender. 


19 


In  Bohemian  there  is  no  article,  definite  or  indefinite.  In  this 
regard,  Bohemian  agrees  with  Latin. 

We  say  in  English:  the  house,  the  houses,  a  house;  in  Bohemian 
dum,  domy,  diiin. 

SECTION  G. 
Gender. 

But,  having  no  article,  the  Bohemian  noun  suffers  nevertheless 
from  the  useless  infliction  of  grammatical  gender  in  the  same  degree  as 
the  German,  Latin  and  Grtek.  It  has  three  genders,  namely:  masculine, 
feminine  and  neutre 

The  English  language  has  rejected  all  distinction  of  gender,  at- 
tributing sex  to  living  beings  only,  which  is  one  of  the  greatest  advan- 
tages the  English  language  has  over  all  other  European  tongues,  ancient 
and  modern. 

In  the  absence  of  an  article  in  Bohemian,  if  we  want  to  designate 
the  gender  of  a  noun,  we  use  the  indicative  pronoun  this  or  that,  name- 
ly: ten  for  the  masculine,  ta  for  the  feminine  and  to  for  the  neutre 
gender.    Hence  we  say: 

ten  dum     this  (or  that)  house 
ta  bouda     this  (or  that)  hut 
to  okno     this  (or  that)  window 

In  the  plural  it  is  ti  for  living  masculine  beings: 
ti  muzi,  these  (or  those)  men; 
ty  for  inaaimate  masculine  things  and  for  the  feminine  gender;  ta  for 
the  neutre: 

ty  domy,  these  or  those  houses; 
ty  boudy,  these  or  those  huts; 
ta  okna.  these  or  those  windows. 


20 


Grammatical  rules. 


However,  in  colloquial  parlance,  ty  is  hearl  in  the  plural  regard- 
less of  gender.  — 

Always  remember,  that  the  article  has  no  existence  in  Bohemian;  * 
and  that  the  words  ten,  ta,  to,  —  ti,  ty,  ta,  when  used  before  a  noun, 
are  simply  indicative  pronouns  and  nothing  else. 


SECTION  7. 

Grammatical  rules  in  general. 

Bohemian  is  one  of  the  highly  inflected  languages,  like  German  or 
the  classic  tongues,  which  is  doubtless  a  disadvantage,  to  be  deplored 
especially  from  the  standpoint  of  the  learner.  On  account  mainly  of  the 
useless  distinction  of  gender,  which  permeates  the  whole  structure  of  the 
Bohemian  language,  grammatical  forms  and  rules  are  numerous,  forming 
the  principal  difficulty  encountered  in  the  study  of  the  language. 

But  to  some  extent,  at  least,  that  difficulty  is  offset  by  colloquial 
usage,  which  largely  disregards  the  artificial  distinction  of  gender  in  the 
employment  of  pronouns,  adjectives  and  verbs,  as  they  relate  to  nouns 
of  different  gender.  This  serves  to  simplify  the  matter  somewhat  for  the 
learner  of  Bohemian  as  commonly  spoken. 

In  the  following  lessons  we  try  to  imitate  the  natural  method  of 
learning  a  language.  We  do  not  teach  the  child  grammatical  rules  and 
complications  before  it  knows  how  to  speak.  We  teach  its  words  and 
their  connection  in  phrases,  expressing  thoughts. 

Consequently  we  do  not  intend  to  cram  the  beginner  at  the  outset 
with  all  sorts  of  grammatical  rules.  Trere  are  not  thousands  but  millions 
of  people  using  the  Bohemian  language  and  knowing  little  of  the  rules 
and  perplexities  of  its  grammar.  The  same  is  true  of  every  other  living 
tongue. 

This  Course  being  designed  solely  for  practical  purposes,  it  will  be 
our  aim  to  impart  to  the  learner  some  practical  knowledge  of  the  language  - 
in  the  easiest,  most  natural  and  most  direct  way  possible.  We  shall  there- 
fore interpolate  in  the  following  lessons  only  such  grammatical  rules,  as 


1 


The  Accent.  21 

may  appear  to  be  indispensable  to  facilitate  the  student's  progress  and 
which  may  easily  be  mastered  en  passant,  or,  so  to  say,  by  a  method  of 
easy  induction. 

A  more  extended  and  methodical  review  of  the  Bohemian  grammar 
will  be  found  in  the  last  part  of  this  book.  After  acquiring  to  a  certain 
degree  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  language,  the  learner  will  find  it 
much  easier  to  grapple  with  the  details  of  its  grammar,  which  in  the  begin- 
ning would  serve  only  to  perplex  him  unnecessarily  and  to  dampen  his 
ardor.  And  when  a  moderate  knowledge  of  the  tongue  is  attained,  tr-e 
progressive  student  will  naturally  take  a  Dictionary  of  the  English  and 
Bohemian  languages  to  his  aid,  which  will  make  further  progress  rapid 
and  pleasing. 

The  main  difficulty  is  in  the  start,  as  in  every  other  language.  It 
requires  earnestness  of  purpose  and  perseverance.  The  beginner  must 
not  allow  himself  to  be  discouraged  by  such  initial  difficulties,  as  he  is 
sure  to  meet  with;  and  whenever  the  pronunciation  of  an  accented 
letter  or  a  word,  as  given  in  this  book,  seems  to  be  a  stumbling  block, 
we  would  advise  him  to  ask  some  neighbor  or  acquaintance,  who  speaks 
Bohemian,  to  pronounce  it  for  him  repeatedly,  so  that  his  ear  may  grow 
accustomed  to  the  sound  and  the  same  may  become  quite  familiar  to  him. 
If  he  fails  tc  catch  it  forthwith  let  him  try  again  and  again,  until  he 
succeeds.  Let  him  remember,  that  the  thousands  of  Bohemians  who 
learn  English  find  similar  difficulties  in  their  way;  and  numbers  of  those, 
who  at  first  felt  discouraged,  thinking  they  could  never  master  the 
intricacies  of  the  English  tongue,  to-day  speak  and  write  it  tolerably 
well,  —  many  of  them  with  fluency  and  grace. 


SECTION  8. 

Tl i o  accent.. 

In  the  Bohemian  language  the  accent  is  always  placed  upon  the  first 
syllable;  consequently  its  rules,  which  in  English  have  to  be  closely 
studied,  do  not  offer  any  difficulty  whatever.  Only  when  a  noun  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  preposition  of  one  syllable,  the  accent  is  transferred  and 
placed  upon  that  preposition. 


22 


Grammatical  rules. 


SECTION  9. 

Ty  and  vy,  —  thou  and  you. 

The  personal  pronoun  ty  of  the  second  person  singular  is  used  in 
Bohemian  in  family  circles,  and  in  addressing  familiar  or  intimate  friends. 
It  expresses  endearment,  familiarity  or  close  friendship. 

But  among  the  Bohemians  in  America  it  is  very  often  improperly 
employed  instead  of  vy  (you)  in  addressing  others,  which  latter  word  in 
Bohemian  has  the  same  general  usage  as  in  English.  By  a  curious  mistake 
most  of  the  original  Bohemian  settlers  in  America,  like  many  of  the  Ger- 
mans, translated  the  English  you  by  ty,  fancying  the  meaning  to  be 
identical  and  supposing  that  in  English  the  second  person  singular  is  used 
in  addressing  another  person,  instead  of  the  second  person  plural,  as  is 
the  proper  custom  in  Bohemian.  But  the  rule  in  ordinary  discourse  is 
almost  the  same  in  English  as  in  Bohenran,  the  second  person  plural 
(you,  vy)  being  employed  in  addressing  others  and  always  combined  with 
a  plural  verb,  there  being  only  a  few  exceptions  in  Bohemian  as  stated 
above.  The  French  language  follows  exactly  the  same  rule  as  the  Bohe- 
mian: but  in  German  discourse  the  third  person  plural  is  used  in  speaking 
to  another  (Sie,  they). 

This  explanation,  though  somewhat  lengthy,  has  been  deemed  nect  s- 
sary  at  the  outset. 

SECTION  10. 

In  vulgar  language,  the  sound  of  the  consonant  v  is  often  impro- 
perly placed  before  the  initial  vowel  o,  so  that  for  instance,  in  place  of 
a  pure  on,  ona,  ono  (he,  she,  it)  we  hear  von,  vona,  vono.  It  is  some- 
thing similar  to  the  vulgar  English  custom  to  place  the  sound  of  h  before 
an  initial  vowel.  IT  englishman,  Ji  eye-tooth,  instead  of  Englishman, 
eye-tooth. 


PART  II. 

* 


Rules  of  pronunciation. 


25 


Utiles  of  pronunciation. 


The  following  rules  must  constantly  be  kept  in  mind: 

1 —  The  Bohemian  pronunciation  in  the  following  lessons  is  always 
given  in  italics. 

2—  We  proceed  upon  the  supposition  tha*".  section  2,  part  I,  ex- 
plaining the  sounds  of  all  the  Bohemian  letters,  and  particularly  the 
sounds  of  aceented  vowels,  has  been  fully  digested  by  the  beginner. 

3—  Consequently  we  do  not  attempt,  in  the  following  lessons,  to 
give  English  equivalents  for  the  long  vowels  a  and  e,  which  are  of  very 
frequent  occurence,  because  it  would  be  a  useless  complication.  For  the 
long  vowels  f  and  y,  whose  sound  is  identical,  the  English  ee  as  heaid 
in  seen  will  have  to  answer.  But  it  is  to  be  observed  that  in  ordinary 
Bohemian  discourse  the  sound  of  y  is  frequently  (in  fact,  nearly  always) 
changed  into  ej?  i.  e,  ey  as  heard  in  tliey,  obey.  The  word  syr  (cheese), 
for  instance,  is  properly  pronounced  seer,  but  commonly  seyr. 

4—  The  sound  of  the  Bohemian  short  vowels  a,  e,  0,  is  repres  nted 
by  a,  b;  but  the  marked  characters  a,  8,  o  are  avoided  when  their  use 
appears  to  be  superfluous.  For  instance  the  pronunciation  of  words  like 
tento  (this  one)  pense  (pension),  ponor  (draught  of  a  chip)  is  sufficient^ 
indicated  by  tento,  pense,  ponor  to  an  English-speaking  beginner;  and 
it  would  by  superfluous  to  write  tento,  p8nse,  pondr 

5  -  The  short  sound  of  i  is  given  by  i,  as  heard  in  pin.  When 
the  long  English  sound  of  i  (as  heard  in  dine)  is  to  be  employed  a  full- 
face  i  or  I  will  stand  for  it,  which  however  is  of  rare  occurence. 


26 


Part  II 


6—  Short  y  always  retains  its  shokt  English  sound  as  heard  in 
the  word  lynch,  and  we  use  for  it  in  the  pronouncing  column  either  i 
or  y,  as  may  be  more  appropriate.  The  combination  ej  will  commonly 
be  represented  by  ey,  which  must  always  be  pronounced  like  ey  in  they, 
whey,  obey. 

7 —  The  short  vowel  u  is  represented  by  it,  but  frequently  also  by 
oo,  where  a  slight  lengthening  of  the  sound  is  not  only  admissible,  but 
conducive  to  a  clear  enunciation.  Long  u  and  u  are  naturally  always 
rendered  by  oo,  as  heard  in  boot. 

8—  The  vowel  e,  when  preceded  by  d,  n,  t,  changes  them  into 
d',  n,  t',  and  )  as  then  the  sound  of  a  simple  e.  When  it  retains  its 
proper  sound  of  e,  we  commonly  write  it  ye  in  the  pronouncing  column. 
The  student  must  be  careful  always  to  sound  it  like  'ye  in  Hie  English 
words  yes,  yet,  yell,  and  NEVER  like  the  word  ye,  meaning  "you". 
For  instance:  me,  pr&ve,  (me,  just),  mye,  prdvye,  (my 8,  prdvyg). 

The  syllable  je  is  identical  in  pronunciation  with  e,  and  is  also 
rendered  by  ye;  for  example:  jen  (only),  yen.  Je  is  generally  used  in 
common  discourse  as  an  abbreviation  of  jest,  yest  (is);  to  guard  against 
possible  mispronunciation,  we  will  always  write  it  y8. 

9—  The  sound  of  the  soft  consonants  d'9  li,  t'  is  represented  by  the 
combination  dy,  ny,  ty,  when  practicable,  which  is  rarely  the  case. 
Whenever  this  is  found  impracticable,  or  w^  en  it  would  only  serve  to 
obscure  instead  of  facilitating  matters,  a  full-face  d',  n,  t'  it  is  used  in  the 
pronouncing  column  and  the  student  must  try  his  best  to  give  it  the 
proper  Bohemian  sound. 

Inflexible  rule:  When  the  soft  vowels  e,  i9  l  follow  after  d,  n,  t, 
these  consonants  are  softened  into  d%  n,  t',  and  will  be  so  marked. 

10  — To  represent  the  sound  of  ch,  the  combined  letters  kh  are  in- 
variably employed,  for  want  of  a  better  substitute  The  sound  of  f  is 
given  by  rsh,  for  the  same-  reason. *) 

*)  The  letter  f  was  unknown  in  the  old  BohemKn  larguage  and  is  wisely  rejected 
by  thu  Slovaks,  who  use  the  letter  r  ia  its  place.  In  many  cases  also,  where  its  use  is 
insisted  upon  by  strict  and  pedantic  grammarians,  it  is  avoided  by  the  practical  com 
mon  sense  of  the  people. 


Rules  of  'pronunciation. 


27 


11—  For  the  letter  c  we  use  ch  or  tch  as  heard  in  chap;  wretch; 
for  §  the  English  equivalent  sh  is  used;  for  the  Bohemian  j,  the  let  er  y 
as  heard  in  yonder  is  made  to  answer.  A  final  s  in  Bohtmian  has  always 
the  sharp  hissing  sound  and  will  be  marked  ss. 

12 —  For  the  sound  of  z  the  Imperial  Dictionary  gives  zh  as  a  sub- 
stitute; but  we  retain  the  full-far  e  Bohemian  z  in  the  pronouncing  column, 
as  nothing  would  be  gained  by  such  a  substitution.  It  is  always  pro- 
nounced like  z  in  azure,  or  s  in  pleasure.  But  in  some  cases,  when 
terminating  a  word  or  a  syllable,  the  letter  z  takes  the  sharper  £ound  of 
sh  and  will  be  so  noted. 

The  diphthong  oh. 
This  is  the  only  diphthong  in  the  Bohemian  language,  and  it  must 
always  be  pronounced  like  ou  in  dough,  or  like  the  word  owe,  —  never 
like  ou  in  pound  or  ghoul.    We  shall  commonly  mark  it  ou. 

Abbreviations 

will  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible,  and  their  meaning  will  in  every  case 
be  self-evident.  —  The  letters  m,  f,  n  beside  a  noun  denote  gender  (mas- 
culine, feu  inine,  neutre).  —  Sing,  means  singular  number;  pi.  means 
plural  number. 

The  hyphen. 

Syllables  without  a  vowel  —  but  always  containing  one  of  the  so- 
called  "semi-vowels"  1  and  r,  as  before  observed,  —  are  separated  from 
other  syllables  of  the  same  word  by  a  hyphen,  to  make  their  separate 
pronunciation  apparent.  For  instance:  brzo  (soon),  br-zo,  —  the  syl- 
lable br  being  pronounced  exactly  like  bor  in  the  English  words  labor, 
neighbor. 

However,  a  silent  e  will  often  be  interpolated  in  such  syllables,  to 
elucidate  their  pronunciation;  for  instance:  prsi,  pershee,  it  rains. 

The  apostrophe 

wi  1  be  used  to  prevent  a  collusion  of  two  letters,  into  which  an  English- 
speaking  beginner  rn'ght  easily  be  entrapped,  and  to  keep  them  separate; 
as,  for  example:  meljsem  (I  had),  pronounced  m'yell  s&m,  —  and  not 
my-ell  sfrrn. 


28 


Part  II. 


LESSON  I. 


Ja 

ty 

on 


ya 

ty 

on 


I                              on  a  ona 

thou  (improperly  you)    ono  ono 

lie                            t6n,  ta,  to, 

ty   ty,    that    or  those 

tu,  zde   tU,    zd%  here 


she 
it 

ten,  tu,  to,    this,  tha^ 


a. 


a, 


and 


ano,  ne   ano.  ne   yes,  uo 
za   za   for;   pill  ^<?o?  half 
na  na  on 


J  a  mam,  yd  mam,  | 

mam  warn  i 
mam?  mam? 


have  or 

have  got 
have  I? 


ty  mas,  ty  mash,  |  thou    hast  or 

mas  )  thou   hast  got 

(improperly:  you  have) 

mas   mash  hast  thou?  (have  you?; 

dollar,  m.  dollar  dollar 
pul- dollar,  m.  pool-d.  half-a-dollar 
cent,  m.  tsent  cent 
peirizo,  pi.  peneezg  money  or  cash 
hotove         hotove  cash 


on  ma, 

ma 
ma? 
ona  ma, 

ma 


on  m 


ma 


d,  ^ 


he 
he 


ma 


ona  md,  ^  .she 
md        )  she 


has  or 

has  got 
has  he? 
has  or 


has  got 


ono  ma,  dno  md,  Y  it  has 
ma         md        \  it  has 


or 


got 


licet,  m.  oo-chet,  bill,  account 
dluli,  m.  c?Zoc»/i  debt 
na  dlnh  rffoo/i  on  trust,  on  credit 
na  licet  na-oochet,  on  trust,  on  credit 


niaso,  n, 


mtisd 


meat 


Lesson  1, 


29 


chleb, 

m. 

khleb  ) 

pivo, 

n. 

peevo 

beer 

bread 

veend 

chleba 

kJdeba  ) 

vino, 

n. 

wine 

syr, 

m. 

seer 

cheese 

soda, 

f. 

soda 

soda 

inaslo, 

n. 

mdslo 

butter 

voda, 

f. 

voda 

water 

Note  1.  Pronounce  ma  like  ma'a,  the  vulgar  abbreviation  of 
Mamma;  and  mam  like  ma'am,  the  vulgar  abbreviation  of  Madam;  it  wilj 
assist  in  catching  the  true  sound, 

N  ote  2.  In  Bohemian,  miti  meefi  (to  have),  is  not  an  auxiliary 
verb  as  in  English,  but  always  an  independent  verb. 

Note  3.  Soda  is  commonly  used  as  an  abbreviation  of  sodovka, 
soda-water.  —  In  vulgar  speech,  the  expression  jo,  yd,  (from  the  German 
ja)  is  often  heard  instead  of  auo,  yes. 

Not  e  4.  The  long  vowel  li,  oo,  which  occurs  only  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  word  or  syllable,  is  often  changed  into  oil,  oti,  and  so  pro- 
nounced. Hence  we  frequently  hear  oucet,  oitchet,  instead  of  licet,  oochet, 
and  ths  like. 


Exercises. 


Ja  mam  penize,    I  have  money. 

Mam  penize,  I  have  money. 

Ty  mas  penize,  thou  hast  money 
(sometimes  improperly  used  for: 
you  have  money,  See  Section  7. 
Part  I.) 

On  ma  hotove,    he  has  the  cash. 
Ona  ma  chleba,  she  has  bread  (or 
the  bread). 

Ona  ma  dollar,  she  has  a  dollar. 

Ona  ma  cent,  she  has  a  cent. 

Ja  mam  licet,  I  have  the  bill. 

Ja  mam  dluh,  I  have  a  debt. 


Ty  mas  dluh,  thou  hast  (you  have) 
a  debt. 

On  ma  dlnb,  he  has  a  debt. 
Ja  mam  ten  licet,  I  have  the  bill. 
Mam  ten  licet?  have  I  that  bill  ? 
Mam,    I  have. 

Mas  ten  licet?  hast  thou  (have 
you)  that  bill  ? 

Mam,    I  have. 

Mas  dollar?   hast  thou  (have  you) 
a  dollar? 

Ja  mam  pul-dollar,  I  have  half  a- 
dollar. 


30 


Part  11. 


Mate  penizel  have  you  money? 
Ma  penize  2  has  he  money? 

Ma  on  ty  penize?  has  he  that  money 9 
On  ma  dollar,  he  has  a  dollar. 
On  ma  ten  dollar,  he  has  that  dollar. 
Ona  ma  ty  penize,  she  has  that 
money. 

Ona  ma  dluh,      she  has  a  debt. 

Ona  ma  zde  licet,  she  has  an  ac- 
count here. 

Ona  ma  ten  ucet,  she  has  that  bill. 
Mam  chleba,  I  have  bread. 
A  ja  mam  maso,  and  I  have  meat. 
Mas  chleba?   hast  thou  (have  you) 

bread? 
Ano,  mam;   yes,  I  have. 


Mas  maso?   hast  thou  (have  you) 

meat? 
Ne,  no. 

Mam  chleba  a  maso,  I  have  bread 

and  meat. 
A  ja  mam  pivo,  and  I  have  beer. 
To  pivo,  that  beer  {or  this  beer). 
To  pivo  a  to  vino,  that  beer  a  d 

that  wine. 
Chleba  za  penize  )  bread  for  cash 

a  pivo  na  dluh,  )  and  beeron  trust. 
Maso  za  hotove  )  meat  for  cash  and 

a  vino  na  licet  i  wine  on  account. 
Ma  ten  chleb  )  has  he  that  bread 

a  to  maslo?  )  and  that  butter? 
Chleb  i  voda,  bread  and  water. 
Maslo  a  syr,  butter  and  cheese. 


Note  5,    Gender  of  the  nouns.    It  will  be  observed  that  the  nouns 
dollar  licet  chleb 

cent  dluh  syr 

are  all  of  the  masculine  gender,  and  using  the  indicative  pronoun  we  say: 

ten  dollar,  ten  cent,  etc. 

Nouns  terminating  in  consonants  are  mostly,  of  the  masculine  gender t 

The  nouns  voda,  soda,  are  of  the  feminine  gender:  ta  voda, 
ta  soda. 

Nouns  terminating  in  a  are  always  of  the  feminine  gender. 

But  some  feminine  nouns  also  terminate  in  e  and  in  consonants: 
for  instance  zeme,  earth  (land,  country):  kost',  bone;  daii,  tax. 

The  nouns  maso,  maslo,   pivo,  vino,  are  neutre:   to  maso,  to 
maslo,  etc, 


Lesson  2. 


31 


Nouns  terminating  in  o  are  always  of  the  neutre  gender. 

But  some  neutre  nouns  have  the  termination  e,  e  or  i;  for  in- 
stance pole,  field;  (loupe,  den;  oseni,  crop. 

Note  6.    The  noun  penize  (money)  is  in  the  plural,  the  singular 
peniz,  peneez,  means  either  "a  coin"  or  "an  amount". 


LESSON  II. 


My. 
oni 


me 
oni 


we 
you 
they 


mame 

mate 

maji 


mdm8 
mat 8 
ma-yee 


we  have 
you  have 
they  have 


Note  1.  In  the  third  person  plural  oni  oni  (they)  is  used  in  the 
masculine  gender  for  animate  creatures;  ony,  ony  (they)  in  the  feminine 
gender,  and  in  the  masculine  for  inanimate  things;  ona  dna  (they)  in 
the  neutre  gender. 

But  in  common  discourse  no  such  grammatical  distinction  is  made 
and  the  masculine  form  oni  is  employed  in  all  cases. 


papir,  m. 

papeer 

paper 

plac, 

m. 

plats 

place  or 

pero,  n. 

per  8 

pen 

misto, 

n. 

meestd 

room 

inkoust,  m. 

inkoust 

ink 

stul, 

m. 

stool 

table 

viiz,  m. 

vooz 

wagon 

seno, 

n. 

send 

hay 

bic,  m. 

bitch 

whip 

obili, 

n. 

dbe-lee 

grain 

pytel,  m. 

pitell 

sack 

potah, 

m. 

potah 

team 

cas, 

m.  chdss 

time 

tarn 

tarn 

there 

dost 

ddst 

enough 

jen,  jenom 

yey,  yenom 

only 

kazdy 

Mzdee 

every  one 

YSichni,  fshikh%i  all 


32 


Part  II. 


Exercises. 


My  mame  papir,  we  have  paper. 
Mate  pero1?  have  you  a  pen? 

Ano,  mam;  yes,  I  have. 

Mate  inkoustS  have  you  ink? 

Mam,  I  have. 

Mate  penizeJ       have  you  money? 
Zde  mate  plac,here  you  have  a  pi  ace. 
Tam  mate  misto,  there  you  have  a 
place. 

Zde  ma  kazdy  misto,  here  every 
one  has  a  place. 

Tam  maji  vsichni  misto,  there  they 
all  have  a  place. 


Zde  mate  stul,here  youhavc  a  table. 
Maine  viiz,  we  have  a  wagon. 
On  ma  bic,  he  h  s  a  whip. 

Ona  ma  pytel,  she  has  a  sack. 
Maji  potah,  they  have  a  team. 
Oui  maji  obili  a  seno,    they  have 

grain  and  hay. 
Maji  obili  a  seno  J   have  they  grain 

and  hay? 
Maji  jen  seno,  they  have  only  hay. 

Oni  maji  jenom  pytel,  they  have 
only  a  sack. 

Maine  cas,  we  have  time. 


Note  2.  As  observed  in  vsichni  (all),  when  a  word  commences 
with  the  letter  v  followed  by  another  consonant,  the  initial  v  takes  the 
sharp  sound  of  an  f,  whenever  the  facility  of  pronunciation  naturally  re- 
quires that  modification  of  the  sound. 


LESSON  III. 


Kde 

gde 

kdy 

gdy 

kdo 

gdo 

ted' 

tetf 

nyni 

nym 

where 
when 
who 


now, 

at  present 


ue 
proc 
proto  ze 

ani 


n8 

prdch 
proto  ze 

ani 


no,  not 
why 
because 


)  no,  not  one, 
>  not  even, 
)  neither  — nor 


nemam  nemdm 


nomas 


item  a 


nemdsh 


nema 


I  have  not,  I 
have  not  got 
thou  hast  (you 

have)  not 
he  (she,  it)  has 
not 


nemame  ncmdmg 
nemate  nem&tS 
nemaji  nemdyee 


we  have  not 
you  have  not 
they  have  not 


Lesson  3. 


33 


Note.  1.  In  the  words  kde,  kdy,  kdo  the  hard  consonant 
k  is  pronounced  like  g  in  go.  In  nemam,  nemas,  etc..  nem  has  exactly 
the  same  sound  as  iu  the  word  nemesis. 

Note  2,    Negation  is  always  expressed  by  the  prefix  ne. 

Exercises, 


Nemam  peirize,  I  have  no  money. 
Nemas  penize?  hast  thou  no  money  ? 
Neimite  penize?  have  you  no  money  ? 
Ne;  no. 

Proc  li  em  a  peirize?  why  has  he  (she, 
it)  no  money? 

Proto  ze  nema  ofoili,  because  he  has 
no  grain. 

Nemame  licet,  we  have  no  account. 

Nemate  hotove?  have  you  no  cash? 

Nemate  ani  dollar?   have  you  not 
even  a  dollar? 

Nema  ani  cent?  has  he  not  a  cent  ? 

Nemam  ani  dollar,  Ihave  nota  dollar. 

Nema  ani  cent,  Tre  has  not  a  cent. 
Nemaji  ani  chleb,  ani  mj|slo;  they 

have  neither  bread  nor  butter. 
Nemaji  clileba,  ani  maslo,  ani  syr; 

they  have  no  bread,  no  butter  and 
no  cheese. 

Nemame  papir,  pero,  ani  inkoiist; 

we  have  no  paper,  no  pen  and  no 
ink. 

Nemate  plac?   have  you  no  place? 

Zde  nemame  nristo,  we  have  no 
place  here, 


Tarn  nemame  nristo,  we  have  no 

place  there. 
Mas  cas?  hast  thou  time? 

Mate  das?        |    ,  .  „ 

Mate  kdy?         1    nave  you  time? 

Nemam  cas,      )    _ _ 

XT     'ii         c    I  have  no  time. 

Nemam  kdy,  ) 

Ted'  nemame  cas,  we  ha  e  no  time 
now. 

Nyiri  nemaji  cas,  they  have  no  time 
now. 

Kdy  mate  cas?  when  have  you  time  ? 
Kdy  mame  cas?  when  have  we  time  ? 
Nyiri;  now. 

Kdo  ma  peirize?  who  has  money? 
Kdo  ma  cas?  who  has  time  ? 

Kde  mas  peirize?  where  hast  thou 

the  money? 
Kde  mate  peirize?  where  have, you 

the  money  ? 

Kdo  nema  peirize?  who  has  no 

money? 

Kdo  ma  dluh?      who  has  a  debt? 

Kde  mate  dlnh?  where  have  you  a 
debt? 

Proc  nemate  hotove?  why  have  you 
not  the  cash? 


34 


Part  II. 


LESSON  IT. 


Co 

tso 

what 

1110C 

mots 

co  to 

tso  to 

what  it  is  (that; 

mnolio 

mnolio 

much, 

many 

neco 

fietsd 

something 

tuze 

toozti 

very; 

too 

nic 

nits 

nothing 

jak 

ytifc 

how 

pranic 

promts 

nothing    at  all 

tak 

tak 

so 

Exercises. 
Ja  mam  neco.     I  have  something. 
J  a  nemain  nic.  Nemam  nic.  I  have 
nothing. 

Ja  mam  dollar,    I  have  a  dollar 


Nemam  ani  dollar,  I  have  not  even 
a  dollar. 

Nemam  pranic,    I  have  nothing  at 
all. 

Nemas  nic,         thou  hast  nothing. 

Nemate  nic,      you  have  nothing. 

Oni  nemajiiiic,  they  have  nothing. 

Co  to  mas?  what  is  it  thou  hast  got? 

Mas  neco?       hast  thou  anything? 

Co  to  mate  J  what  have  you?  (what 
is  it  you  have  ?what  have  you  got?) 

Mate  neco?       have  you  anything? 

Co  to  niaji?      what  have  they  got? 

Nemate  nic?      have  you  nothing? 

Nemate  pranic?   have  you  nothing 
at  all  ? 

Tak  vy  nemate  nic,    so  you  have 
nothing. 

Nic  nemam,         I  have  nothing. 


Pranic  nemame,  we  have  nothing 
at  all. 

Pranic  nemaji,  they  have  nothing 
at  all. 

Ani  vino,  ani  pivo  nemaji;,  they 
l  ave  neither  wine,  nor  beer. 

Mam  moc,  I  have  much. 

Ma  me  mnolio,         we  have  much. 

Ty  nemas  moc,  thou  hast  not  much. 

Vy  nemate  nice,  .you  have  not  much. 

Oni  nemaji  mnolio,  they  have  not 
much. 

Jak  moc?  Jak  mnolio?  how  much? 
Tuze  moc.  Tuze  mnolio;  very  much. 

Ne  moc.  Ne  nirioho;  not  much. 
Ne  tuze  moc,  not  very  much. 

Ne  tuze  mnolio,        "      "  " 
Ne  tak  tuze  mnolio, not  so  very  much . 

Mas  dost?  hast  thou  enough. 

Mate  dost?        have  you  enough? 

Ano,  mam  dost;  yes,  I  have  enough. 

Nemam  dost,    I  have  not  enough. 

To  je  tuze  mnolio,  co  mate;  that  is 
very  much,  what  you  have  got. 


Lesson  5. 


35 


LESSON  V. 


nekdo  negdd  somebody,  some  one 
nikdo  Tiigdd 


zadny  zddnee 


nobody,    no  one 


nekde  TLegde  somewhere,  anywhere 
nikde  Tngde  nowhere 
nikdy  Tiigdi  never 


vzdy        vzdi  i  n  a  •+■  stale  state 

v  -,  ,  v  7.  .  7  .Yx  r  always,  all  the  time,  ever  ■  v ,  ,*■>.  -  7  w 
vzdycky    vzdi-fski")  )         J  '  '         ( ■•  porad7*)  pofs/iad 

praee,    f .      prdtse        work       |       co  delat  tfdat         to  do. 

Exercises. 


Mate  neco3  have  you  something? 
Mate  nekde  neco?   have  you  got 

something,  anywhere  ? . 
?  emame  nikde  nic,  we  have  got 


nothing,  nowhere, 


Kdo  ma  neco?      who  has  some- 


thing? 

Zadny  nie,  nobody  (has)  anything. 
Nikdo  nema  nic,  nobody  has  any- 
thing. 

Nemame  zadny  nic;  nobody  (none 
of  us)  has  anything. 

Nikdo  nenni  tuze  inoe,  nobody  has 
too  much. 

Nemani  nikde  nic,  I  have  not  any- 
thing anywhere. 

Ty  n  em  as  nikdy  nic,  thou  never 
hast  anything. 


Yy  nemate  qikdy  nic,  you  never 
have  anything. 

Mam  vzdy  (dyeky)  neco,  I  always 
have  something. 

Mate  vzdycky  neco,  you  always 
have  something, 

Porad  neco  mate,  you  always  have 
something. 

Ty  porad  neco  mas,  thou  hast  al- 
ways something. 

Stale  neco  mate,  you  always  have 
something. 

Nciisttile  neco  maji,  they  always 
have  something. 

Neniam  porad  nic,  I  never  have 
anything. 

Stale  nema  nic,  he  never  has  any- 
thing, 


*)  Colloquially  dycky,  dit-ski:  porad,  porad. 


/ 


36 


Part  11 


Porad  nemaji  nic,  they  never  have 

anything. 
Proc  nemas  nic?  why  hast  thou 

nothing? 

Proc  nemate  nic?   why  have  you 
nothing? 

Proc  nemate  neco?  why  have  you 

not  something? 
Proto  ze  nemam,  because  I  have 

not. 

Neinas  dollar?  hast  thou  not  a  dol- 
lar? 

Nemate  penize?  have  you  no  money  ? 
Proc  nemate  penize?  why  have  you 

no  money? 
Ja  mam  pfil- dollar,  I  have  half-a- 

dollar. 

On  ma  dollar  a  pul,  he  has  a  dollar 

and  a  half. 
Nikdy  nemam  cas,  I  never  have 

time. 


Proc  nemate  nikdy  cas?  why  have 
you  never  time  ? 

Proto  ze  mam  moc  prace,  because 
I  have  much  work  (much  to  do). 

Proto  ze  mam  mnoho  co  delat,  be- 
cause I  have  much  to  do. 

Proto  ze  mam  tnze  moc  prace,  be- 
cause I  have  very  much  to  do. 

Jak  moc?  Jak  mnoho?  how  much 
(many)? 

Tak  moc.  Tak  mnoho.  So  much 
(many). 

Tak  tuze  moc,         so  very  much. 
Proc  tak  moc?        why  so  much? 
Stale  tak  tuze  moc,  always  so  very 
much. 

Zadny  nema  tak  mnolio,  nobody 

has  so  much. 
Ne  tuze  moc,  not  too  much. 

Co  to?      what  is  it? 


Nic,  nothing. 

Note  1.  It  will  be  observed  that  in  Bohemian  there  is  a  double 
negation  expressed  in  a  negative  sentence: 

Ja  nemam  nic,  literally,  I  have  not  nothing,  (actually,  I  have  nothing). 
Zadny  nema  nic;  nobody  has  not  nothing,  (nobody  bus  anything). 
Nemate  nikdy  nic;  you  never  have  not  nothing,  'you  never  have  anything). 

Note  2.  The  order  of  the  words  in  a  sentence  is  much  less  rigid 
than  in  English,  and  may  often  be  changed  at  pleasure  or  according  to  the 
stress  we  wish  to  lay  upon  a  certain  word,  without  chang'ng  the  sense. 
For  instance; 

v 

Z:niii\  nema  mnoho;         mnoho  nema  zadny; 
neind  fcadny  mnoho, 


Lesson  6. 


37 


This  is  always  one  and  the  same  sentence,  the  words  fitting  together  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  speaker.  But  in  English  wre  are  rigidly  bound  to  a  cer- 
tain order:  nobody  has  much.  It  would  be  impossible  to  transpose  the 
words  and  say:  much  has  nobody;  has  nobody  much. 

Of  course,  not  every  Bohemian  sentence  yields  to  transposition  to 
the  same  extent,  but  nearly  every  one  yields  more  or  less.  Let  us  take 
another  illustration  at  random  from  the  foregoing  exercises: 

Proto  ze  mam  moc  prace,  because  1  have  much  work  {much  to  do) 
may  be  expressed  as  follows,  without  changing  the  sense: 

proto  ze  moc  prace  mam; 
proto  ze  prace  moc  mam; 
proto  ze  moc  prace  mam; 
proto  ze  prace  mam  moc. 

In  the  English  sentence  no  transposition  is  possible  What  an  im- 
mense help  this  freedom  of  transposition  is,  especially  in  poetry,  will  be 
apparent  to  the  student. 


LESSON  YI. 


Ja  jsem 
jsem 

yd  shn 
sem 

J.    I  am 

ty  jsi 

•  • 

ty  si 
si 

! 

thou 

art 

on  jest, 
ona  " 
ono  4fc 

on  yest; 
ona  "  ; 
ono   "  ; 

on  je, 
ona  " 
ono  66 

on 

ona 

ono 

ye; 
> 
> 

jest, 

66 
66 

je 

66 
66 

he  is 
she  is 
it  is 

My  jsme, 
jsme 

me  smg  ^ 
sm8  f 

we  are 

• 

vy  jste 
jste 

vee 
ste 

S 

you  are 

oni   (ony,    ona)  json      oni   (any,    ona)      soti  ^    tj  £ 

jsou  sou  \ 


38 


Part  11. 


Notel.  The  verb  byti,  beetH  (to  be)  is  the  only  auxiliary  verb 
in  the  Bohemian  language. 

Jsem,  jsi,  jsme,  jste,  jsou,  as  shown  above,  are  p-onounced: 
sem,  si,  sme,  st&,  sou.  In  spelling  the  initial  j  is  also  frequen  ly  omitted, 
even  by  some  of  the  best  writers:  sem,  si,  sine,  ste,  son. 


dobry,  a, 

e 

dobree 

good 

take,  taky 

take         also,  too; 

spatny,  a, 

e 

slipdinee 

bad 

ale 

alg  but 

drahy,  a, 

e 

dr&hee 

dear 

zde,  to,  lady 

zde,  til,  fade,  here, 

lac  I  n  y,  a, 

e 

latsinee 

cheap 

present: 

eerstyy,  a, 

e 

ckerstv.ee 

fresh 

teda 

tela      well  then; 

doina 

do  ma 

at  home 

nz,  jiz 

'ii sh,  yeet  already 

neiii 

ncTit 

(colloquially:    iiejni,  neym),  he 

(she,  it)  is  not 

prayda,  pravda  true,  truth 

Exercises. 

Jsem  zde,  I  am  here. 

Zde  jsem,  here  I  am. 

Ja  jsem  nz  zde,  I  am  here  already. 
JU  zde2  art  thou  here? 

Uz  jsem  tn,  I  am  here  already. 
Jste  nz  tady?  are  you  already  here? 
Uz  jsme  lady,  we  are  here  t  lready. 
Myjsme  nz  take  z<le,  we  are  also 

here  already. 
Json  nz  zde?  are  they  already  her^V 


Maine  dobry  chleb,  we  have  good 
brea  1. 

Je  ten  clileb  dobry?  is  this  bread 
good? 


Ano,  nz  json  tn!  Yes,  they  are  here 
already. 

Teda  json  vsichui  zde|  well,  then 

they  are  all  here. 
P.roc  jsme  zdcl  why  are  we  here? 

(what  are  we  here  for?) 
Proe  vy  jste  tn?  why  are  you  here? 
A  proc  on  tady  je?  and  why  is  he 
present  ? 

Procjsou  tyzde?whyare  those  here? 


Ano,  je  dobry;  Ycs>  it  is  good. 

Ale  je  drahy,  but  it  is  dear. 

My  manic  ehleba  doma,  we  have 
bread  at  home. 


Lesson  6. 


39 


Je  cerstvyl  is  it  fresh? 

Alio,  ten  clileba  je  cerstvy ?  yes,  that 

bread  is  fresh. 
Ale  proc  je  tak  draliy?  but  why  is 

it  so  dear? 
Neiri  draliy,  it  is  not  dear. 

Jest  tuze  draliy,      it  is  very  dear. 


Ten  syr  je  dobry,  tint  cheese  is 
good. 

Je  cerstvy,  it  is  fresh. 

To  pivo  je  taky  dobre,  that  beer  is 

also  good. 
Ano,  to  je  pravda;  ye.%  that  is  true. 
Je  cerstve,  it  is  fresh. 

Ale  ta  soda  neiii  dobra,  but  this 

soda-water  is  not  good. 
To  vino  je  spatne,  that  wine  is  bad. 
Proc  neiil  to  vino  take  tak  dobre? 

why  is  that  wine  not  just  as  good? 


Vzdyt'  (dytf)  neiii  draliy;  but  it  is 

not  dear. 

Ale  vzdyt'  iieni  draliy;  why,  it  ain't 

dear  at  all. 
Je  laciiiy,  it  is  cheap. 

Je  dost  laciny,  it  is  cheap  enough. 

Je  tuze  laciiiy,      it  is  very  cheap. 

My  mame  dobre  vino,    we  have 
good  wine. 

Ede  niaji  dobre  pivo2  where  do 

they  have  (keep)  good  beer? 
Zde  vsiide,  here  everywhere. 

Je  to  pravda?  is  it  true?  . 

Ano,  to  je  pravda;  yes,  that  is  true. 
Zde  vsude  maji  dobre  pivo,  here 

they  everywhere  have  good  beer. 
Ale  vino  neiiiaji  dobre,  but  their 

wine  is  not  good  {literally:  but 

wine  they  have  not  good). 
Proc  nemate    dobre  vmo2  why 

have  you  not  good  wine? 


Note  2.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  termination  of  the  adjectives 
dobry,  draliy  etc.  changes  according  to  gender. 

The  masculine  gender  terminates  in  y 
the  feminine  "  "  "a 

the  neutre  "  "       "  e 

dobry  syr   (masc),      dobree  seer,       good  cheese; 
dobra  voda  (fern.),        dobra  voda,       good  water; 
dobre  pivo  (neut.),  dobre  {eh)  pivo,        good  beer. 


40 


Part  II. 


The  feminine  and  neutre  will  always  be  indicated  by  placing  a,  e 
after  the  masculine  adjective,  as  above. 

In  common  conversation,  however,  the  masculine  termination  is 
also  used  in  the  neutre  gender:  dobry  pivo;  so  that  practically  we  hear 
only  the  two  terminations  y  and  a:  dobry,  dobra. 

Note  3.  In  ordiuary  speech  the  final  y  of  all  adjectives  in  the 
masculine  gender  is  pronounced  ey  (as  in  they),  and  such  is  in  fact  the 
prevalent  custom  in  relation  to  the  long  letter  y,  no  matter  where  it 
occurs,  as  stated  in  the  "Rules  of  Pronunciation".  Hence  we  hear  dobrey, 
drahey  in  the  masculine  gender,  instead  of  dobree,  drahee.  This  is  the 
general  colloquial  usage,  by  no  means  confined  to  the  uneducated  -  lasses. 
It  has  sprung  up  quite  naturally  because  the  sound  of  ey  is  not  only 
easier,  but  also  more  euphonious  than  the  sound  %of  ee,  in  most  such 
cases.  Listening  to  the  common  conversation  of  Bohemians,  the  beginner 
will  a'most  constantly  hear  the  long  y  pronounced  ey. 


LESSON  YII. 


Rad 

nerad 

radi 
neradi 

nriti  rad 


rad  glad 
nerad  sorry 
>"'//<i)]v.     i  (the  same 


rd&H  ) 
neratfi  ) 


neratfi  )  in  plural) 
meetH  rad  (meet  rad) 
to  like 


vzdyt'  vzdit  \ ,   ,     in  , 

^  J,  i,  •  ,s  -,  »  [-but, well, yet 
dyt'  (colloquial)  dyV  ) 

tak 

take  tak 
tnky tak 

vsude 
vsade 
vsudy 


tak       so,  such 

l  tm  tak  \  j.llst  so' 

\  (  just  as 

fshudS  \ 
fshude  ' 


every- 
where 


neiniti  rad  nemeeVi  rad,  (nemeet 
rad),  to  dislike 

byti  rad  beeVi  rad,  (beet  rad),  to 
be  glad 

byti  nerad  beeISi  nerad  (beet  nerad), 
to  be  sorry 


veliky,  a,  e 
velky 

maly,  a,  e 

dloiiliy,  il,  e 

kratky,  a,  e 


nelikee 
velkee 

mtilee 

dlotihee 

krdtkee 


large, 
great,  big 

small,  little 

long 

short 


pravy,   a,  e  prtivee  right,  genuine 

fale§ny,  a,  e  fdleshnee  false 

piny,     a,  e  pl-nee  full 

prazny,  a,  e  prdznee  empty 


Lesson  7. 


41 


l 

V 

ze 

zeje 

zase 

zas 

opet 


e 

ze  ye 

zd-se 

zass 

op-yet 


oh,  well 
that 

that  he  (she,  it)  is 
\  again 


nebo 

n&bo 

or 

jako 

yako 

as,  like 

skoro 

skoro 

almost 

tonm 

tomti 

of  it 

zadue 

zddne 

none 

dluzen 

dloozen 

indebted 

Exercises 
I  am  glad 


am  so  glad, 
very  glad! 


J  a  jsem  rad, 
To  sem  rad! 
Tuze  rad! 
Jsme  tomu  radi,  we  ar  glad  of  it. 

Tuze  jsme  tomu  radi,  we  are  very 
glad  of  it. 

Oui  jsou  tomu  moc  radi,  they  are 
very  glad  of  it. 

Jsi  rad  nebo  ne?  art  thou  glad  or 
not? 

Jste  tomu  radi?  are  you  glad  of  it? 
Mate  to  rad?   (speaking   to  one 

person)  do  you  like  it? 
Nemam  to  rad,        I  do  not  like  it. 
Nic  to  nemam  rad,  I  do  not  like  it 

at  all. 

Nemaji  to  radi.  Oni  to  nemaji  ni- 
di. They  do  not  like  it. 

Jsem  rad  ze  mam  penize;  I  am  glad 
(that)  I  have  money. 

Ten  dollar  je  falesny;  that  dollar  is 
false. 

Neui.  je  pravyj  no,  it  is  genuine. 
Ja  mam  vzdycky  dobre  penize,  I 

have  always  good  money. 


full 


Miite  vuz  piny?  have  you  a 
wagon  (is  your  wagon  full)? 
Vuz  neni  piny, the  wagon  is  not  full. 
On  je  skoro  prazny,  it  is  almost 
empty. 

On  je  rad  ze  ma  prazny  vfizj  he  is 

glad  that  he  has  an  empty  wagon. 
J  a  mam  dluh,  I  have  a  debt. 

Mam  jen  maly  dluh,  I  have  only  a 
small  debt. 

Ale  ty  mas  (vy  mate)  velky  dluh; 

but  thou  hast(youhave)  a  big  debt. 

Mam  take  tak  velky  dluh  jako  vy; 

I  have  just  as  large  a  debt  as  you. 

Vzdyt'  mate  penize!   but  you  have 
money ! 

I  nemam  zadne;  oh,  I  have  none 

(well,  I  have  none). 
On  je  vsude  dluzen,  he  is  indebted 

everywhere  (he  owes  everybody). 

Uz  zase  mame  penize,  again  we 
have  (some)  money. 

Ale  vy  zas  \iz  neniate  penize,  but 

you  again  have  no  money. 

Jajsem  tuze  rad,  ze  main  penize! 

I  am  very  glad  that  I  have  money! 


42 


Part  II. 


On  je  tuze  nerad,  ze  je  dlnzen;  lie 

is  very  sorry,  that  he  is  in  debt. 
Proc  je  dluzeu?  why  is  he  in  debt? 
Proto  ze  liema  peirize,  beeause  he 

has  no  money. 
Yzdytf  (dytf)  on  nenia  skoro  zadny 

dluh;  well,  he  has  almost  no  debt 

(is  almost  out  of  debt). 
To  je  pravda,  that  is  true. 

On  neni  dlnzen,  he  is  not  in  debt. 
Mam  velky  dlult,  nebo  maly?  have 

I  a  large  debt  or  a  small  one? 
Tu  jest  licet,  here  is  the  bill. 

To  neni  dlouhy  licet,  that  is  not  a 

long  bill. 
Je  jenom  kratky,  it  is  only  short. 
Alio,  velmi  kratky  $  yes,  very  short. 
Mate  jen  tak  maly  ucet?  have  you 

only  such  a  small  bill? 
Nemam  rad  velky  ricet,  I  do  not 

like  to  have  a  large  account. 


Je  velky  dost,  it  is  large  enough. 
Nemam  mnolio,  I  haye  not  much. 
To  je  nic,  that  is  nothing. 

To  je  jako  nic,  that  is  like  nothing. 
TozejenicS  this  you  call  nothing 

(literally:  that  this  is  nothing)? 
Oni  jsou  radi,  ze  tarn  neni  zadny 

(Huh;  they  are  glad,  that  there 

is  not  any  debt  there. 
I  je  tarn  (Hull,  ale  maly;  well,  there 

is  a  debt  there,  but  a  small  one. 
Pravda,  jenom  maly;  true,  only  a 

small  one. 
Alio,  taktoje;  yes,  it  is  so. 

Ne,  tak  to  neni;  no,  it  is  not  so, 
Ucet  je  pra r  y  the  bid  is  right. 
Ten  ncet  neni  pravy,that  bill  is  not 

right. 

Je  falesny,  it  is  false. 

A  proc]  and  why? 

Proto  zeje!  because  it  is! 


LESSON  VIII. 


Nejsem      neysem  I  am  not 

neni  neyni  he  (she,  it)  is  not 

nejsi         neysi         thou  are  not 

Note.    Always  pronounce  ney,  in  the  pronouncing 
the  English  word  neigh. 


nejsme 

nejste 

ncjsoii 


neyame 

neyst& 

neysou 


sam   (masc.)  sdm 
sama  (fern . )  scima 
samo  (ncut.)  samti 
samoten  (tn%  tiio) 


alone;  him- 
self, herself 
itself, 


dues 

prave 
zrovna 


dness 

prat  y  8 ) 
c-rornd  ) 


we  are  not 
you  are  not 
they  are  not 

column,  like 

to-day 

just; 
this  moment 


Lesson  S. 


43 


otec 

otets 

ill  lilt  L 

n  n  p  1  o 

matka 

matkit 

mother 

teta 

tetd 

aunt 

bratr 

hrct-tr 

brother 

hocfa 

Iwhli  i 

boy 

sestra 

sest-ra 

sister 

cliiapec 

khlapets  \ 

syn 

syn 

son 

holka 

liolka  \ 

girl 

dcera 

ts&ra 

daughter 

(levee,  n. 

tfefehe  ) 

docela 
pryc 


dotsela 
pritch 
e 

Exercises. 


all,  quite 
away,  gone 
both . .  .and 


Nejsein  rad,  I  am  not  glad. 

Nejsem  tomu  rM,  I  do  not  like  it. 

Nejsi  rad?         art  thou  not  glad? 

Nejste  rad?  (addressing  on 3 person ;) 
nejste  radi?  addressing  morethan 
one  person;)  are  you  not  glad? 

Jsem  sum,  I  am  alone? 

Docela  sam2  all  alone? 

Auo, docela  samoten;  yes,  all  alone. 

Hem  otec  doma?  is  father  not  at 
home  ? 

He,  011  iieni  doma;  no,  he  is  not  at 
home. 

Heiii  zadny  doma?  is  nobody  at 
home? 

Matka  ani  bratr,  ani  sestra  ne- 
jsou  doma;  neither  mother,  nor 
brother  or  sister  are  at  home. 

Xde  json  i  where  are  th^y? 

Pryc;  gone. 

Vsiclmi  j.son  pryd?  are  they  all  gone? 
Alio,  vsichui;      yes,  all  of  them. 


Je  stryc  doina?    is  uncle  at  borne? 
Nefoo  teta?      or  aunt? 
Jsou  taky  pryc;  they  arc  gone,  too. 
Ten  hoch  je  ta  sam;  the  boy  (this, 
that  boy)  is  here  alone. 

Ta  holka  je  prycj  the  girl  (that  girl) 
is  gone. 

To  devce  je  doma  samotno,  that 
girl  is  at  home  alone. 

Proe  ta  iieni  bratr?  why  is  the 
brother  (her  brother)  not  here? 

On  iieni  doma,  011  je  pryc;  he  is  not 
at  home,  lie  is  gone. 

Dcera  iieni  zde  docela  sasii<»tna,the 
daughter  is  not  here  all  alone 

Matka  je  zde  take;  the  mother  (her 

mother)  is  here,  too. 
Je  nekdo  doma?   is  somebody  at 

home  ? 

KTcm;  no. 

Dues  j^ou  vsichni  pryc,  to-day  they 
are  all  gone. 


44 


Part  11. 


A  kde  jsou]  and  where  are  they? 
Nekde  pryc,      somewhere  away. 

Prave  jsem  tu  sama  (fern.);  I  am 
here  just  alone. 


Procjste  tu  samotnaS  (fern.)  why 
are  you  here  alone? 

Protoze  otec  i  matka  jsou  pryc,  be- 
cause both  father  and  mother  are 
gone. 


LESSON  IX. 


By  1  jsem      bill  sem    .       I  have 
(byla,  f.      billd  "      (  been; 
bylo,  n.)     billd  k<      )       I  was 
byl  jsi  bill  s  v  thou  hast 

(abbr.)  byl's,  m.  bills  (  been; 
by  la's,  f.  bildss  j  thou  wast 
he  (she,  it) 

byl  (a,  o)    bill  (a,  o)  J     has  been; 

'  he  (she,  it) 
was 


byli  jsme   billy  sme 

(byly,  f- 
byla,  n.) 


we  have 
been; 
we  were 


bylijste  ^Hy°U"ere 


byli  (y,a)  billy{y,d)  J  theyhavebeen; 
VJ'  (        they  were 


Nebyljsem  ne-bill 
se~m 


I  have  not 
been; 
I  was  not 


Nebylijsme  ne  billy  i  we  have  not 
sm8  <  been; 
(  we  were  not 


etc. 


Kde  jsein  hyU  g'dti  \  where  have  I 
shn  bill  y  been? 


i  where  was  I? 


Kd( 


5 jsme  I  where  have  we 

sm&  billy?  \  been? 

(  where  were  we'' 


etc. 


Miti,  to  have:    mam,  I  have: 

mfcljsem,  m; 'yell  sem,  j  I  have  had;  I  had' 
melajsem,  m'yellti  $#m,  > 

liieli  jsme,  m'yelli  sme,    we  have  bad :  we  had; 

and  so  forth, 'using  niM,  meli  in  place  of  byl,  byli. 


Lesson  9. 


45 


Note  1.  There  is  in  Bohemian  no  such  foimal  difference  between 
the  perfect  and  imperfect  tense  as  in  English:  1  have  been;  I  was. 

Note  2.  There  is  a  distinction  of  gender  in  the  past  tense,  "which 
does  not  exist  in  English.  I  have  been,  I  was,  is  used  in  all  cases.  In 
Bohemian  however,  when  a  man  speaks,  he  says:  byl  jsem,  bill  sem; 
when  a  woman  speaks,  she  says:  byla  jsem,  billa  sent.  And  this  rule 
covers  every  ve.b  in  the  language.    For  instance,  a  man  says: 

jedl  jsem,  yffil  sem,  I  ate;  I  have  eaten; 

sedl  jsem,  sed'l  sem,  I  sat  down;  I  have  sat  down; 

sel    jsem,  shell  sem,  I  went;  I  have  gone; 

sil     jsem,  skill  sem,  I  sewed;  i  have  sewn; 

videl  jsem,                     el  sem,  i  saw;  I  have  seen. 

A  woman  says: 

jedla  jsem,         yMla  sem;  sla  jsem,        shift,  sem; 

sedla  jsem,         sedla  sem;  sila  jsem,        shilla  sem; 

videlajsem,  vi&'ela  sem; 

In  the  third  person  of  the  past  tense  we  say  in  English: 

he  icas,    he  has  been;         she  was,  she  has  been;         it  teas  it  has  been; 

In  Bohemian  we  must  say :  on  byl,  ona  byla,  ono  bylo,  according 
to  gender.   This  rule  holds  good  in  the  conjugation  of  every  verb. 

For  in  tance: 


Jedl,  yed'l,  he  has  eaten;  he  ate; 
jedla,  yedla,  she  has  eaten;  she  ate; 
jedlo,  yedlo,  it   has  eaten;  it  ate; 


sel,  shell,  he  has  gone;  he  went; 
sla,  shla,  she  has  gone;  she  went, 
slo,  shlo,  it    has  gone;   it  went. 


In  the  plural  number  the  distinction  of  sex  is  simply  grammatical 
and  perfectly  useless;  in  the  ordinary  spoken  language  there  is  none  what- 
ever.   In  grammatical  theory 

byli  jsme,  byli  jste,  byli,  is  masculine; 
bylyjsme,  byly  jste,  byly,  is  feminine; 
byla  jsme,      byla  jste,      byla,         is  neutre. 


46  Part  II. 

But  in  the  living  tongue,  or  at  least  in  ordinary  conversation,  we 
hear  in  all  three  genders: 

bylijsiue,    Mllisme;      bylijste,    Ulliste;      byli,  billi. 

There  is  no  difference  of  pronunciation  betwen  byli  and  byly; 
and  this  orthographical  distinction  as  well  as  the  form  byla  in  the  third 
p  rson  neutre  are  only  maintained  by  the  pedantry  of  theoretical  gramma- 
rians, opposing  changes  which  a  living  tongue  has  actually  undergone  and 
which  always  tend  in  the  direction  of  practical  simplicity.  That  artificial 
and  useless  distinction  of  gender  is  found  in  writing,  but  not  in  conver- 
sation. 

Note  3.  The  form  of  the  second  person  plural  as  given  above 
(byli  jsie,  MM  ste)  is  of  course  used  when  several  persons  are  meant  or 
spoken  to;  but  when  employing  vy9  you,  in  addressing  a  single  person, 
we  leave  the  main  verb  in  the  singular,  "whereas  in  English  it  is  put  in  the 
plural,  as  if  several  persons  were  addressed:  byl  jslo,  bill  ste,  you  have 
been,  you  were,  (meaning  only  one  person).  And  so  in  all  Bohemian 
verbs;  for  instance: 

jedii  jste9   yed'li  ste,  you  have  eaten,  you  ate,  (meaning  several  persons); 
jedl  jste5  yed'l    st&,  you  have  eaten,  you  ate,  (meaning  one  person,  ad- 
dressed vy5  yov). 


lli'mo  rand  in  the  morning 
V  polcilnc  f poled ne  at  noon 

vecer  vec/ter  in  the  evening 
veriku        venkit  outside, 

on!  of  doors 


vcera  fchcra.  yesterday 

vcera  veeer,  fcherd  ve'eer,-  last  even- 
ing; la&t  night 
zima  ziina  cold 

oba  obd  both 


E.\  ERCTSES. 


Byljsem  donia,       I  wai  at  home. 
Byl  jsem  stale  (loma,  I  have  been 
at  home  all  the  time. 


Byl  jsi  doma*  (abbreviated:  byl's 
doniai)  hast  thou  been  at  home? 
wast  thou  at  home? 


Lesson  10. 


Ne,  nebyl  jsem  do m a;  no,  I  was 

not  at  home. 
Ale  bratr  byl  doma,  but  brother 

was  at  home; 
Kde  jsi  byl  I  (abbreviated:  kdes  byl, 

gtUss  Ml?  where  hast  thou  been? 

where  wast  thou? 
Kde  jste  byl?  Kde  jste  by  la?  (fern. ) 

{when    addressing    one  person) 

where  have  you  been?  where 

were  you? 
Byl  jsem  pryc,  I  was  away. 

Byla jsem  pryc?  (fern.)  I  was  away. 
Byli  jsme  prave  pryc,  we  were 

just  gone. 
Byli  jsme  vsiclmi  pryc,  we  were 

all  gone;  we  have  all  been  away. 
Kde  byl  otec?  where  was  father? 
Byl  Yenkii,  he  was  ont  of  doors. 
A  matka?  and  mother? 

Matka  byla  take  pryc,  mother  also 

was  gone. 
Oba  byli  pryc,  they  were  both  gone. 

Zadny  nebyl  doma,  nobody  was 
at  home  (literally:  nobody  was 
not  at  home.)  f 

Ysichni  byli  pryc,     all  w.  re  gone. 


47 

llano  byli  jsme  doma  a  v  pi>ledne 
pryc;  in  the  morning  we  were  at 
home  and  at  noon  we  ?rere  gone. 

Byli  jste  vecer  doma?  (addressing 
one  person:  byl  jste  vecer  doma?) 
Were  you  athomein  the  evening? 

Nebyl i  jsme  doma,  we  were  not  at 
home. 

Nebyl  jsem  doma,  I  wasnot  athome. 

Proc  jsi  nebyl  doma?  why  wast 
thou  not  at  home  ? 

Proc  jste  nebyl  doma?  why  were 
you  not  at  home  ? 

Kdo  byl  doma?  who  was  at  home? 

Bratr  asestrabyliobadoma,  broth- 
er and  sister  were  both  at  home. 

Proc  nebyli  venku?  why  were  they 
not  out  of  do  rs? 

Proto  ze  bylo  ziina,  because  it  was 
cold. 

Nebylo  zima  vcera  vecer,  it  was 

not  cold  last  evening. 

Ze  nebylo?  wasn't  it? 

Ba  bylo!  oh  yes,  it  was! 

Ycera  bylo  zima,  yesterday  it  was 
cold. 

Nebylo  tnze,  it  was  not  very. 


LESSON  X. 


It  will  doubtless  b  self-evident  to  the  student,  that  the  past  tense 
in  the  preceding  lesson  may  at  pleasure  be  con  ected  with  the  personal 
pronoun,  as  is  the  rule  in  English. 


48 


Part  It 


(Instead  of:) 
byl  jsem,  I  have  been 

byl  jsi,  tliou  hast  been 


byl,  a,  o, 
byli  jsme, 
bylijste, 
byli,  y,  a, 


he  vshp,  it)  has  been 
we  have  been 
you  have  been 
he  (she,  it)  has  been 


(we  can  say:) 
ja  jsem  byl,  ydshnbil 
ty  jsi  byl,  ty  si  bill 

(abbrev.  ty's  byl,  tyss  bill) 

on  (ona,  0110)  byl,  a,  o,  or  bill 
my  jsme  byli,  me  sme  billy 

vy  jste  byli,  veeste  billy 

oni  byli,  dm  billy 


The  sense  is  not  changed  thereby,  only  more  emphasis  is  laid  on 
the  subject. 

Then  again,  in  the  first  person  of  the  second  form,  both  singular 
and  plural,  the  auxiliary  jsem,  jsme  is  commonly  left  out. 


(Instead  of:) 


(we  can  say:) 


ja  jsem  byl, 

yd  s8m  bill 

ja  byl, 

I  have  been;     I  was; 

my  jsme  byli, 

me  sm%  billy 

my  byli, 

we  have  been;  we  were; 

ja  jsem  mel, 

yd  s8m  m'yell 

ja  mel, 

I  have  had;     I  had; 

my  jsme  meli, 

me  sm$  m'yelli 

mymeli, 

we  have  had;  we  had; 

ja  jsem  sel, 

yd  s8m  sliell 

ja  sel, 

I  have  gone;    I  went; 

my  jsme  sli, 

me  sm&  shli 

my  sli, 

we  have  gone;  we  went; 

u  me 
u  tebe 
it  n  eh  o 
u  nej 
u  in 
u  iias 
ii  vas 
ii  nich 

rod  ice 
<loiuii 


nic  nc£ 


tim'yg 

mbe 

Uneho 

tiney 

urlee 

H?idss 

tivdss 

tinikh 

roiYichg 

(I  om  U 
nils  n&.sli 


by  me, 
by  thee, 

by  him, 

by  her, 
by  us, 
by  you, 
by  them, 

parents 

home 


nothing  but 


with  me, 
with  thee, 

with  him, 


at  my  house  (or  place) 
at  thy  house 


with  her, 
with  us, 
with  you, 
with  them, 

cely  den   tsfflee  den 

az  ash 


pak 


pdk 


at  his  house 

at  her  house 
at  our  house 
at  }rour  house 
at  their  house 

all  day 

till,  until 

then 


Lesson  10 


49 


Exercises. 


Ja  byl  doma,  I  was  at  home. 

Byl  jsem  doma  cely  den,  I  was  at 

home  all  day. 
Byl  jsem  pofad  doma,  I  have  been 

at  home  all  the  time. 
Byl  otec  doma?  was  father  at  home  ? 
Ano,  bylj  yes,  he  was. 

A  kdy  byl  doma?  and  when  was  he 

at  home!1 
Skoro  cely  den,       nearly  all  day. 
Ja  sel  domu  ratio,  I  went  home  in 

the  morning. 
Kdy  sestra  sla  domu?  when  did 

sister  go  home? 
Ona  sla  domuvecer,  she  went  home 

in  the  evening. 
Nesla  domu  az  vecer,  she  didn't  go 

home  till  evening. 
Byl  stryc  doma?  was  uncle  at  home  ? 
Kebyl;  he  was  not. 

Byl's  u  neho?  wast  thou  at  his 

house? 

Byl  jste  u  neho?  were  you  at  his 
house9 

Ano,  byl  jsem  tarn;  yes,  I  was  there. 
Sestra  byla  zde,  sister  was  here. 
Byla  u  me,  she  was  at  my  house 
Byla  take  u  vas?   was  she  also  at 

your  house? 
Byla  tarn  v  poledne,  she  was  there 

at  noon. 


Teta  u  nas  nebyla,  aunt  was  not  at 
our  house. 

Ale  jeji  hoeh  tarn  byl,  but  her  boy 

was  there. 

My  byli  vcera  u  ni,  we  were  at  her 
house  yesterday. 

Bodice  byli  vcera  rano  doma,  our 

parents  were  at  home  yesterday 
morning. 

Pak  sli  pryc,  then  they  went  away. 

A  my  jsme  sli  taky  pryc,  and  we 

went  away,  too. 

Byl  nekdo  u  nicli?  was  anybody  at 
their  house  ? 

Zadny  u  nich  nebyl,  nobody  was 
at  their  house. 

V  poledne  nekdo  tarn  byl,  ale  sel 
pryc;  at  noon  somebody  was 
there,  but  went  away. 

Ja  mel  dues  maso  a  pivo,  I  had  to- 
day meat  and  beer. 

Sestra  inela  maso  a  chleba,  sister 
had  meat  and  bread. 

Ten  maly  liocli  nemel  nic,  that 
little  boy  had  nothing. 

Proc  nemel  nic?  why  did  we  have 
nothmg? 

^emeli  jsme  nic  pro  neho,  we  had 

nothing  for  him. 
Byl  zde  ten  chlapec?  was  that  boy 

here? 


50 


Part  II. 


Byl  til,  lie  was  here. 

Co  mel'l  •  what  did  he  have? 
Me  nem&l;  he  had  nothing 

Byl  zde  pofadl  has  he  been  here  all 

the  time? 
Ano,  byl  tu  stale;  yes,  he  has  been 

here  all  the  ime. 

Kdy  gel  prycl  when  did  he  go  away? 

v 

Sei  yeeer,  he  went  in  the  evening. 
Sel  sam?  did  he  go  alone? 


Docela  sam,  all  alone. 

Meli  jste  dues  vino?  have  you  had 
wine  to-day? 

Ne,  iny  jsme  meli  pivoj  no,  we  had 

beer. 

A  co  oni  meli?  and  what  did  they 

have  ? 

Take  pivo|  beer,  also. 

My  nemeli  nic,  we  had  nothing. 
Ale  prairie?  not  a  thing! 


LESSOR  XI. 


Badu 

bades 
bade 


bildu 


I  shall  be 
"   will  be 

budesli,      thou  will  be 

bude   he  (she,  it)  will  be 


budeme  budeme\ 
bmlem    btidem  S 


budete 
biulou 


budetV 
budoU 


nebiulii  ntibudti,  I  shall  (will)  not  be;  etc. 


11  eb 
uebo 
brzo 
brzy 
lined 
az 

kdyz 

delati 

platiti 

knpovati 


neb 
n&bd 
br-zd 
br-ze 

lined  presently/right  away 
ash  ) 
gdi%  ) 


or 


soon 


when 


iYela  Vt  to  do 

pidVi-Vl  to  pay 

ktipovti-M  to  buy;  to  be 
buying; 


snad 

snad 

sotva 

stitva 

zitra 

zeetra 

zejtra 

zeytra 

letos 

letos 

dobre 

dobrshS 

we  shall  be 
we   will  be 

you  will  be 

they  will  be 


perhaps 
hardly 

to-morrow 

this  year 
well,  right,  it  is 
well,  all  right. 


prodiWati  proddva-Vi  to  sell;  to  be 

selling; 

clitili         k7tfee-Vi  to  want. 


Lesson  11. 


51 


Note  1.    English  verbs  in  the  infinitive  have  various  endings; 
to  do,  to  pay,  to  sell,  to  speak,  to  converse,  to  understand,  etc. 

Bohemian  verbs  invariably  end  in  ti.    However,  in  ordinary  dis 
course  the  final  i  is  nearly  always  dropped,  and  very  often  it  is  also  omit- 
ted in  spelling;  the  preceding  t  in  such  cases  should  indeed  be  written 
and  pronounced  t'j  but  it  generally  retains  its  common  hard  sound: 

deiat  tfeUtt  to  do    kupovat      kiipovat  to  buy 

platit  platit  to  pay     prodavat    proMvat  to  sell 

ciiiit        khUeet         to  want. 

.Mote  2.    Buihij  budes,  etc.,  connected  as  an  auxiliary  with  the 
infinitive  of  another  verb  forms  the  future  tense  of  this  verb: 

bude  kupoyat  he  will  buy 

budeme  prodavat  we  shall  (will)buy 
budete  cktit  you  will  want 


budu  delati 
"  delat 
budes  platit 


I  shall  (will)  do 


thou  wilt  pay 
budou  chliti  they  will  want. 


Zde  jsem,  here  I  am. 

Uz  jste  tu'2   are  you  here  already? 
Je  zde  taky  bratH  is  brother  also 
here? 

Neni,  ale  bude  in  hnedj  he  is  not, 
but  he  will  be  here  presently. 

To  bude  dobre,that  will  be  all  right. 

Kdy  zde  bude  ©tee  2  when  will  fath 
er  be  here? 

Dues  sotya,  hardly  to-day. 

Siiad  zcjtra,  perhaps  to-morrow. 


Mate  cerstve*  maslo!  have  you 

fresh  butter? 
Dues  nemaine9  to-day  we  have  not. 

*)    See  lesson  VI,  note  2. 


Proc  tu  bude?  why  will  he  be  here? 
Kupoyat  obili  a  seno,  to  buy  grain 
and  hay. 

Budete  suit  letos  vino?  will  you  have 
wine  this  year? 

Aebudeme  mit  zadue  vino,  we  shall 
have  no  wine. 

Co  budou  u  vas  prodavat  I  what  will 
they  sell  at  your  place? 

Nebudou  uic  prodavat.,  they  will 
sell  nothing. 


Nemame  zadue, 


we  have  none. 


Ale  budeme  mit  zejtra,  but  we  shall 
have  (some)  to-morrow. 


52 


Part  11. 


Co  budete  delat  dues  vecer?  wliat 
will  you  do  this  evening? 

Nebudu  nic  delat, I  shall  do  nothing. 
A  proc?  and  why? 


Nemam  co  delat,    I  have  nothing 
to  do. 

Az  bude  zase  prace,  budu  delat; 

when  there  will  be  work  again,  I 
shall  work. 


LESSON  XII. 


Miti 
mitO 


clici 

chces 
chce 


meetii 
meet 


to  have 


chtiti 
chtiti) 


khVeeVi 
kliteet 


khtsi 

khtstish 

khtsel 


I  want 
thou  wantst 
he  wants 


to  want 


chceme      khtsgmel  we  want 

clicete       klrfseite  you  want 

chteji        kMe-yee        they  want 

chtel  jsemS)    khtiel  shn    I  wanted  |  chteli  jsme  khteli  sme  we  wanted 

budu   chtiti3)         bUdtl  khteeti  ) 

chtit  "     khfeet  f 

budem.8  khVeefi  I 

"     MVeet  ) 


biideme  chtiti 
"  chtit 


I  shall  (will)  want 
we  shall  (will)  want 


Note  1.    Ii regular  verbs  in  the  Bohemian  language  are  far  less 

numerous  than  in  English.  There  is  not  a  full  dozen  of  them,  whereas 
in  English  we  find  nearly  two  hundred.  On  the  other  hand,  regular  verbs 
have  only  one  conjugation  in  English,  whereas  in  Bohemian  there  are 
several  conjugations,  as  we  shall  see  in  due  time. 

Chtiti  and  miti  are  irregular  verbs. 

1)  See  Lesson  XI.  Nole  1. 

2)  See  Lesson  IX.    Chtel  simply  takes  the  place  of  byl. 

3)  See  Lesson  X  I.  Note  2. 


Lesson  12. 


53 


Od 

pro 
vice 

jeste 

trochu 

spolu 

dloulio 


pro 
veetse 

yesh-Ve 


na  prodcj 
novy,  a,  e, 


od  since,  from 

for 
more 
still,  more, 
another 
trokliu  some,  somewhat 
spolu  together 
dloitho  long 
]  already  long 
long  time 
already) 
for  sale 
new 
old 
wood 
lumber 


uz  davno   tis7t  davno  r  (a 


O  V 

nuz 


vidlicka 
jidlo 


1IOOZ 

vidlichkd 


knife 
fork 


ycedlo 


jist  (jisti)  yeest 
krajet  (i)  krdyet 
mluvit  (i)  rnluvit 


something  to  eat; 
victuals;  meal 
to  eat 
to  cut 
to  speak 


naprodey 
ndvee 

stary,  a,  e,  stdree 
drivi,  drshee-vee 
stavivo  stavivo 
miti  hlad   meeti  Mad  to  be  hungry 

Exercises 
Mate  penizeS       have  you  money  ? 
Mam  asi  dollar,  I  have  about  a  dol- 
lar. 

Nic  vice  J  nothing  more  ? 

Ani  cent,  not  a  cent. 

Co  s  dollareni?  what  (can  you  do) 
with  a  dollar? 

Aha,  zde  je  jeste  pul  dollaru;  ah, 

here  is  half  a  dollar  more. 
Bude  to  dost?  wili  that  be  enough? 
Sotva,  hardly. 
Ani  to  nebude  dost,  even  that  will 

not  be  enough. 
Ja  mam  lilad   (literally:  1  have 

hunger),  I  am  hungry. 

*)   The  plural  of  the  noun 


dat  (i) 

ddt 

to  give 

dejte  mi 

deyte  me 

give  me 

k  ii  n 

bun 

horse 

kone*) 

kone  | 

of  the  horse; 
for  the  " 

ani 

ani  J- 

not  one;  not 

even;  neither 

asi 

dssi    about,  probably 

se,  s 

se 

with 

opravdu 

oprdvdit 

truly,  really 

muz 

mooz 

man 

Chci  neco  jist,  I  want  something 
to  eat. 

Mate  nejake  jidlo  J  have  you  some- 
thing to  eat? 
Tu  mate    maso,  here  you  have 

(some)  meat. 
Dejte  mi  niiz,        give  me  a  knife. 
Zde  mate  niiz  a  tu  je  vidlicka;  hc  e 
you  have  a  knife  and  here  is  a  fork. 
Nozem  nmzete  dobfe  krajet,  with 

the  knife  you  can  cut  well. 
Tu  je  kfm  a  vuz,  here  is  a  horse 

and  a  wagon. 
Vy  mate  zde  kone;  3^011  have  a  horse 
here. 


kfm  is  also  kone,  kone  (the  horses). 


54 


Part  11 


Alio,  jsem  tu  s  konem;  yes,  I  am 

here  with  the  horse. 
To  je  do>H/y  Mm,  that  is  a  good 

horse. 

•Fuze  dobryj  a  take  neni  na  prodeji 
very  good;  and  he  is  not  for  sale. 
Mate  iiovy  viiz$   have  you  a  ikw 

I  lie;  to  je  stary  yf?z|  o  no;  that  is 

an  old  wagon. 
Ale  jako  novyj  but  (it  looks)  like  a 

new  one. 
Opravdu?  really? 
Co  mate  na  voze  (ve.  voze)?  what 

i  ave  you  got  in  the  wagon? 

Drivi,  .  wood. 

Stayiyo,  lumber. 
Trocliu  obi'M  je  tain,  some  grain  is 
in  there. 

Bndete  neco  kupo,vati2  will  you  buy 
something  (will  you  make  some 
purchases?) 

Kone  pro  syna  a  viiz  pro  stryee,  a 
horse  for  my  son  and  a  wagon  for 
my  uncle. 


Chci  dati  synovi  dobry-  potah.  I 

w  nt  to  give  my  son  a  good 
team. 

Clitel  jsem  to  uz  daynoj  I  wanted 
(to  do,  it  long  ago. 

On  je  zde  §e  strycem,  he  is  here 
with  uncle. 

Jsoh  til  spoln,  they  are  here  to- 
gether. 

Jak  dloulio  jsou  tul   how  long  are 

they  here? 
Od  vecera,  since  evening. 

A  jak  davno  vy  jste  tul  and  Low 

long  are  you  here? 
Od  polediie,  ■  since  noon. 

Tain  ten  muz  ma  kone  na  prodej, 

that  man  there  has  ahorse  to  sell. 
Clicete  videt  toho  {toho)  muzeS  do 

3rou  want  to  see  that  man. 
Cliei  mlurit  s  tim  (stlim)  muzem;  I 

want  to  speak  with  that  man. 
Je  na'keni,       he  is  on  horseback. 
Dobre  ze  je  tu  s  tim  koneni;   it  is 

well  he  is  here  with  that  horse. 
Je  to  velky  kun  j    it  is  a  big  horse . 


Note  2.  In  the  English  language  the  noun  remains  nearly  un- 
changed in  all  its  relations, there  being  only  a  slight  change  in  the  genitive 
or  possessive  case:  brother,  brother's-,  (Of  the  brother);  but  this  form  of 
the  possessive  case  is  being  more  and  more  limited.  The  relations  of  one 
person  or  thing  to  another  are  expressed  by  separate  words,  called  pre- 
positions: of  a  brother;  to  a  brother;  with  a  brother. 

In  Bohemian  these  relations  are  expressed  by  changes  in  the  termi- 
nation of  the  noun,  which  process  is  called  declension:  bratr,  brother; 
—  bratra,  of  a  brother;  bratra*  to  a  brother;  brat  rem,  with  a  brother. 


Lesson  12. 


55 


This  is  a  heavy  encumbrance  which  the  Bohemian  language  shares 
with  the  German  and  Latin.  The  declension  of  the  nouns  is  followed  by 
that  of  the  adjectives  joined  to  the  nouns,  which  are  subject  to  com  spond- 
ing  changes  in  their  terminations.  Pronouns  also  have  declensions,  and 
these  continue  to  exist  even  in  the  English  tongue. 

Note  3.  The  declension  of  Bohemian  nouns  varies  according  to 
their  gender  and  the  termination  of  their  nominative;  there  is,  besides,  a 
slight  variation  between  animate  and  inanimate  nouns  of  the  masculine 
gender. 

The  following  table  will  bring  before  the  student's  eyes  the  differ- 
ent changes  of  the  termination  of  Bohemian  masculine  nouns,  in  the 
singular,  omitting  the  vocative  case.  A  glance  over  the  same  now  and 
then  may  assist  him  to  become  more  rapidly  familiar  with  the  different 
endings  and  their  signification  in  English;  but  only  frequent  use  in  common 
sentences  during  the  further  progress  of  these  lessons  will  make  them 
handy  to  him. 


Inanimate 

Dollar,  vuz 
dollaru,  vozu 


nouns 

dolar, 
dolaru, 


dollarcni,  vozem  doldrem, 


Animate  nouns: 
Syn,         muz  syn, 

syna,       muze  synd, 

synu,       nuizi  synti, 
— ovi,      — ovi  synovi, 

synem,    muzem  synem, 


vooz     the  dollar,    the  wagon; 

vozu  of  the  dollar,  the  dollar's;  of  the  wa- 
gon, the  wagon's;  (v  dollaru,  in  the 
dollar;  ve  voze,  in  the  wagon;  etc.) 

vozem  (or  s  dollarem,  s  vozem),  with  the  dol- 
lar, with  the  wagon. 

mooz   the  son,    the  man; 

i  of  the  son;  the  son's:    of  the  man, 
mooie     -\  the  man's;  also  in  the  accusative: 
'  the  son,  the  man); 

moozi  j  to  the  son,  to  the  man;  (v  synu,  v 
moozovi  (  synovi,  in  the  son;  etc.) 

moozcm  (or  so  synem,  s  muzem),  with  the 
son,  with  the  man. 


56 


Part  II. 


N  o  i  c  4.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  letter  u  in  the  nominative 
case  of  a  monosyllable  changes  into  o  in  the  inflected  cases: 

vuz,       the  wagon;  vozu,  -e  of  the  wagon; 

kim,       the  korsp;  kone^      of  the  horse; 

nuz,       the  knife;  noze,      of  the  knife; 

Nfiz  and  similar  nouns  (masculine  inanimate  and  ending  in  a  soft 
consonant)  are  declined  just  like  muz;  only  in  the  dative  and  locative 
case  we  cannot  use  the  long  form  like  uiuzovi9  v  muzovi  (to  the  man,  in 
the  man),  but  must  always  employ  only  the  .short  form:  nozi,  v  nozi, 
nozi,  vp oii  (to  the  knife,  in  the  knife);  and  the  accusative  agrees  with 
the  nominative:  nuz— nuz. 

Note  5.  Prepositions  consisting  of  a  single  consonant  (v?  s,  k, 
simply  abbreviations  of  ve,  se5  ke,  —  in,  with,  to)  are  always  join*  d 
in  pronunciation  to  the  succeeding  syllable;  hence  we  write:  v  synu, 
s  konem;  and  pronounce  vsynu  (or  fsinu  ,  skonem;  in  the  son,  with  the 
horse. 

It  may  hardly  be  necessary  to  mention  that  the  locative  case  does 
not  always  appear  with  the  preposition  v  or  vp,  but  employs  also  differ- 
ent other  prepositions.  For  instance:  ve  voze9  in  the  wagon;  na  voze, 
on  the  wagon;  o  voze,  about  the  wagon. 


L  E  S  SON  XIII. 

Museti  museW)  \ 
tniiset  \ 

must, 

to  have  to 

jiti 

yeetH 
ycet 

j-  to  go,  to  come. 

musiti  mitsiVi  ) 

musim  museem 

I  must 

jdu 

dti 

I  go 

rnusi's  mtiseesh 

thou  must 

,jdc§ 

desk 

thou  goest 

musi  milsee 

he  must 

jde 

dg 

he  goes 

mil  si  me  miiseemV 

we  must 

jdeme 

d8mg 

we  go 

musite  mtiseetti 

you  must 

jdete 

dm 

you  go 

musi  milsee 
miiseji  mtisg-yee 

\ 

i 

they  must 

jdou 

don 

they  go 

(.*  The  lett- r  s  has  the 

same  sharp  sound  as  in  must, 

Lesson  13. 


5? 


iimset  platit  to  have  to  pay 

biidu  inuset  bu da  mUset,   I  shall 

have  to;  I  shall 
be  obliged. 

liuisel  jsem    musell  sem     I  was  o- 

bliged 

lnnsel  milsell  he  was  obliged 

muset  to  have  to  go,  to  be 

obliged  to  go 
seljseni       shell  sem  I  have  gone; 

I  went 


sel  shell  he  has  gone; 

he  went 

pujdu  ptiyda  (coloquially 
pud it>  I  shall  go 

pfijdes,  pujde,  pujdeme,  pujdete, 
piYjdou;  pitydesh,  puy&e,  ptiy- 
demg,  pUydetg,  pUydou;  collo- 
quially: pildesh,  ptidel,  pudgme, 
pfidete,  pudoU); 

jdi  dV  go  (thou) 

jdete  dW  go  (you) 


Note  1.  All  Bohemian  verbs  in  the  inflnitive  (as  stated  in  Lesson 
XI.  Note  1)  end  in  ti9  which  becomes  a  simple  t  in  ordinary  discourse: 

delati,  to  do,  to  nrake;  platiti,  to  pay;  kupovati,  to  buy,  to  be  buying; 
prodavati,  to  sell,  to  be  selling;  museti,  urns'- . 

Note  2.  Leaving  out  ti  and  putting  1  in  its  place  (la  for  the 
feminine,  lo  for  the  neutre  gender),  we  get  the  past  tense  of  every  regular 
verb,  using  the  auxiliary  jsem,  jsi  in  the  first  and  second  person  singular, 
jsme,  jste  in  the  first  and  second  person  plural,  and  changing  1  into  li  in 
the  plural  (feminine  ly,  neutre  la,  —  of  no  account  in  ordinary  con- 
versation); in  the  third  person  singular  and  plural  no  auxiliary  is  used: 


delal 
delali 
delal  jsem 
delal jsi 
delali  jsme 
delali  jste 

platil 
knpoval 
prodaval 
musel 


(Xelal 
ftelali 
(Veldl  sem 
(Xelal  si 
tfeltili  sme 
(Xeldli  ste 

plaVil 
kupovdl 
prodaval 
musell 


he  made; 
they  made; 
I  made: 
thou  madest; 
we  made; 
you  made; 

he  paid; 
he  was  buying; 
he  was  selling; 
he  had  to; 


he  has  made; 
they  have  made; 
I  have  made; 
thou  hast  made; 
we  have  made; 
you  have  made; 

he  has  paid; 
he  has  been  buying; 
he  has  been  selling; 
he  was  obliged. 


58 


Part  II. 


Ho  ho 
ven  ven  } 

venku  venkti 
pry  pree 
(colloq.  yve})prey 
ndsh 
ndshee 
dobre  dobrshe 
tuze  dobre 
casne 


nas?  m 
nasi,  f. 


him,  it;  of  it; 

out 

out  of  doors 
they  say; 
it  is  said 
our,  ours 
of  our 
well;  right 


tooze  dobrshe  very  well 
early 


chdssne 
nejaky,  a,  e,   Hey  alee  ) 
(colloq.  fiakej     Tidkey  S 
poliromade  po  ll  romaffe 
najeduou  nayednoil 


some 


together 


dai 

at' 

po 
do 


ddl 
at 

po 
do 


at  once 
in,  farther 
j    let  him  be,  let 
I  her  be,  let  it  be 
after 
tc,  before 


podivat  se  po&'eevat  se  to  take  a  look 


staji 
cckati 
videti 
divati  se 


spdti,  spat 
sXdti,  st'tt 
chektiti,  chekdt 
vid'eViritfet 


to  sleep 
to  sland 
to  wait 
to  see 


flees  at  se 


to  look,  to  be 
looking 


zena 

zena 

woman 

sluzka 

sliishka 

servant  girl 

zemc,  f. 

zemye 

land,  earth 

snldane,  f.  sneedaTie 

breakfast 

obpd  m 

ob-yed 

dinner 

veeef e«  f 

veehersche~ 

supper 

kost',  f. 

host 

bone 

kus,  m. 

ktiss 

piece 

odcv,  m. 

oiYef 

clothing 

©blek>  m. 

oblek      suit  of  clothes 

kabat,  m 

kabdt 

coat 

kalhoty, 

pi.  k&lhoty 

pants 

vesta,  f. 

vesta 

vest 

klobonk, 

m.  kloboUk 

hat 

boty,  pi. 

botty 

boots 

Skoda 

shk odd 

pity 

Iiotov,  a, 

0,  hotof 

ready 

ke 

kg 

to 

delati 

d'eltiVi,  tfelat 

to  make 

myslini 

mysleem 

I  think 

konpiti 

koiipit 

to  buy 

kupovati  kuporat 

to  be  buying 

prodati 

pro  da  t 

to  sell 

prodavati pr&ddv&t      to  be  selling 


Exercises. 


Miisim  jit  ven.         I  must  go  out. 
Pfsjdu  se  podivat  yen.  I  shall  go  and 
look  out. 

Je  nekdo  venku?   Is  somebody  out 
of  doors? 


Kdo  je  venku?  Who  is  out  of  doors? 
Nejaka  zona  je  tain.    Some  woman 
is  there. 

Co  chce  ta  zena?  What  does  that 
womi.n  want? 


Lesson  13. 


59 


dice  vidoti  dcern.  She  wants  to  see  j 

(her)  daughter. 
Je  to  matka  nasi  sluzky.  It  is  the 

mother  of  our  servant  girl. 
At'  jde  dal.  Let  her  come  in, 

Froc  nejtle  dal]   Why  doesn't  she 

come  in? 

(J  I  see  iieco  jist?  Does  she  want  any- 
thing to  eat? 

Dejte  zeae  jist  a  pit.  Give  that  wo- 
man to  eat  and  to  drink. 

Maso  na  kosti  a  pivo.  Meat  on  the 

bone  and  beer 
Az  bade  obed.    When  dinner  is 

(shall  be)  ready. 
Bade  zde  spatH  Will  she  sleep  here  ? 
Ja  myslim,  I  think  so. 

Dobreteda.  Very  well,  then, 

Musi  spati  se  sluzkou.    She  'must 

sleep  with  the  servant  girl. 

Cliei  neco  koupit.  I  want  to  buy 
something. 

Cliei  si  neco  koupit.  I  mant  to  buy 
me  something. 

Co  si  cheete  koupit'!   What  do  you 
want  to  buy  (yourself)? 
•  Myslim  ze  nejaky  ode  v.    I  think 
(that)  some  clothing. 


XJz  jdu.  I  am  going  already. 

Jdete  takji  Are  you  g.  ing,  too? 
My  taky  jdeme.  We  are  g<ing,  too. 
Oui  Ysichni  jdou.Tliey  are  all  going. 


Ilolka  ma  muoho  pi-ace.  The  girl 
;  lias  much  to  do. 

Bade  sotva  do  vccera*)  liotova.  She 

ill  hardty  be  done  before  even- 

MysVm  ze  bade  s  praei  liotova.  I 
think  she  will  be  done  with  the 
work. 

Fo  yecefi  nemusi  delat  uie.  After 
supper  she  need  not  do  anything. 

At'  je  vee«-re  brzy  liotova.  Let  sup- 
per be  soon  ready. 

Bade  zde  ta  zenskake  smdani?  Will 
that  woman  be  hereto  breakfast? 

Myslim  ze  bude.  I  think  (that)  she 
will. 

Budeme  miti  snidani  brzy  rano. 

We  shall  have  breakfast  soon  in 

the  morning. 
An©,  easue  nino.  Yes,  early  in  the 

morning. 

Kabat,  kalhoty,  vestu,  klobouk.  A 

coat,  fa  pair  of)  pants,  a  vest,  a  hat. 
Snail  take  footy.    Perhaps  also  (a 

pair  of)  boots. 
Cely  oblek.  A  whole  suit. 

Pravda,  bade  dobi'e  koupit  oblek. 

True,  it  will  be  wel    to  buy  a 

suit. 


Myslim  ze  sestra  pa  jde  taky.  I 
think  that  sister  will  go,  too. 

Alio,  pfijde  s  teton.  Yes,  she  will  go 
with  auntie. 


*)    Bo  vecera,  instead  of  do  veceru.  —  Vecer  has  the  same  endings  in  1  lie 
singular  as  the  animate  rioun  syn,  excepting  -ovi  in  the  dative  and  locative. 


60 


Part  IT 


Pfijdeme  vsichui  pohromade.  We 

will  all  go  together. 
Jdi  se  podivat  zdali  jsou  hotove.  Go 

(thou  and  see  if  they  are  ready. 
My  zde  nebudeme  stat  a  cekat.  We 

shall  not  stand  here  and  wait. 


Jdete  se  tarn  zase  podivat.  Go  (you) 

there  and  see  again. 
Uzjdou;  tn  jsou.  They  are  coming 

already;  here  they  are. 
Pujdou  vsichui  uajednou.  They  will 

all  go  together. 


Ten  dum  clici  prodat.    That  house 

I  want  to  sell. 
A  proc  to  2  And  why  ? 

Je  maly;  miisim  ho  prodat.   It  is 

small,  I  must  sell  it. 
Myslim  ze  je  trochu  maly.  I  think 

it  is  somewhat  small. 
Ten  stary  dum  byl  dost  velky.  The 

old  house  was  large  enough. 


Skoda  ze  museli  sme  lio  prodat.  It 

is  a  pity  we  had  to  sell  it. 
Nas  novy  dum  nebude  na  prodej. 

Our  new  house  will  not  be  for  sale. 

Neni  dobfe  prodavat  novy  dum.  It 

is  not  well  to  sell  (to  be  selling) 
a  new  house. 
Budeme  nut  u  domu  kus  zeme.  We 

shall  have  by  (our)  house  a  piece 
of  land. 


Note  3.    The  changes  of  endings  of  feminine  nouns,  excepting 
the  vocative  case,  are  shown  in  the  following  exhibit: 


1.  Zena 

zena 

the  woman; 

zeny 

zeny, 

of  the  woman; 

zenu 

zenit 

the  woman,  (accusative); 

zene 

zene 

to  the  woman,  (v  zene,  in  the  woman,  etc.); 

zenou 

ze?ioti, 

(or  se  zenou)  with  the  woman. 

2.  Zeme 

zemyg 

the  earth,  of  the  earth; 

zemi 

zemi 

to  the  earth,  (v  zemi,  in  the  earth,  etc.); 

zemi 

zemee 

(or  se  zemi)  with  the  earth; 

3.  Kost' 

host 

the  bone; 

kosti 

kosVi 

of  the  bone,   to  the  bone,  (v  kosti  f kosti,  in  the 

bone,  etc.); 

kosti 

kosVee 

(or  s  kosti  skosVee)  with  the  bone. 

Lesson  13.  61 

Nouns  ending  in  e  (like  riize  rooze,  the  rose)  agree  with  zeme. 

Nouns  ending  in  ka  change  the  hard  consonant  k  into  c  ts,  when 
the  final  a  changes  into  e  : 

matka,    sfuzka,      matka,      slushka,      the  mother,    the  servant  girl. 

matce,    sluzce,       mdtse,       slushtse,  to  the  mother,  to  the  servant  girl. 

Nouns  ending  in  stf ,  like  kost',  are  always  of  the  feminine  gender. 

Note  4.  The  verb  jiti  is  irregular.  Its  future  tense  is  formed 
by  the  prefix  pii,  and  not  by  the  auxiliary  budu.  The  formation  of  the 
future  by  means  of  prefixes  occurs  quite  often,  as  will  be  seen  hereafter. 

Note  5.  The  verbs  prodavati,  kupovati  (to  be  selling,  to  be 
buying)  are  in  fact  reiterative  forms  of  prodati  (to  sell,  to  make  a  sale) 
and  koupiti  (to  buy,  to  make  a  purchase). 

Com  on  on  indefinite  verbs,  denoting  a  continuous  action,  may,  as  a 
rule,  be  changed  into  reiteratives,  denoting  a  repeated  action,  by  insert- 
ing va  before  the  final  syllable  ti  (or  the  final  t)  and  lengthening  the 
preceding  vowel,  if  it  be  short.    For  instance: 

delati,    to  make;   delavati,    ffeldvafi    or    fteldvat,  to  use  to  make, 

to  be  in  the  habit  of  making, 
platiti,  to  pay;      plativati,   pldVeevdt,  to  use  to  pay; 
spati,     to  sleej. ;    spavati,      spdvat,      to  use  to  sleep; 
jisti,      to  eat;      jidavati,     yeeddvat,    to  use  to  eat;    (irregular  verb). 

Note  6.  In  Euglish,  verbs  are  sometimes  formed  by  prefixes 
joined  to  other  verbs,  to  vary  their  signification;  for  instance: 

to  deck,  — to  bedeck  |  ^o  judge  —  to  prejudge  to  sell  —  to  undersell 
to  grow  —  to  outgrow  I  to  stand  — to  withstand    to  turn  —  to  overturn. 

The  same  rule  finds  application  in  Bohemian  in  a  much  higjier 
degree.  Prefixes  may  be  joined  to  most  of  the  verbs  in  order  to  modify 
or  change  their  meaning;  and  it  is  astonishing  how  many  new  verbs  are 
sometimes  derived  from  the  original  verb  by  that  process,  As  an  example, 
Jet  us  take  the  verb  jiti,  to  go; 


62 


Part  II. 


dojiti, 

do-yeefi, 

to  go  (get,  reach)somewhere;  to  make  an  errand 

najiti, 

na-yeetH, 

to  find; 

iiadejiti, 

nade-yeetvi, 

to  gain,  to  get  ahead,  to  head  off; 

obejiti, 

obe-yeeVi, 

to  go  around; 

odejiti, 

ode-yeetH, 

to  go  away,  to  leave; 

pojiti, 

po-yeetli, 

to  perish,  to  die; 

podeji'ti, 

pode-yeeVi, 

to  deceive,  to  cheat; 

pfejiti, 

prshe-yeeti, 

to  pass  over,  to  pass  by; 

predejiti, 

prs/iede-yeett, 

to  come  before,  to  get  a  ead,   to  anticipate; 

prijiti, 

prshi-yeetfi, 

to  come; 

projiti, 

pro-yeefi, 

to  pass  through; 

rozejiti  se 

,  roze-yeeHi  se, 

to  part,  to  disperse; 

njiti, 

ti-yeeVi, 

to  escape; 

vejiti, 

ve-yeeV/., 

to  go  in,  to  come  in; 

vyjiti, 

vy-yeetH, 

to  go  out,  to  come  out; 

zajiti, 

zd-yeefH, 

to  go  down,  to  set,  to  pass  behind; 

zajiti  si, 

za  yeeti  si, 

to  go  out  of  one's  way. 

This  shows  the  immense  adaptability  of  the  Bohemian  verb,  and 
certainly  looks  somewhat  perplexing  at  first  sight; but  it  is  only  necessary 
to  fix  in  one's  mind  the  meaning  of  a  dozen  of  prefixes,  which  occur  in  all 
such  cases,  in  order  to  have  a  key  to  the  whole  system.  The  same  is  true 
in  English;  a  knowledge  of  the  signification  of  the  prefixes  used  in  con- 
nection with  verbs  explains  th«  modified  meaning.  Verbs  formed  by 
prefixes  are  in  most  cases  contained  separately  in  Bohemian  dictionaries, 
trc  same  as  in  English. 

Note  7.  An  indefinite  verb  like  jiti,  to  go,  denotes  a  continuous 
action.  When  a  new  verb  is  formed  by  means  of  a  prefix,  it  is  definite, 
denoting  a  completed  action:  dojiti,  to  go  (get,  reach)  somewhere; 
liajiti,  to  find;  etc.  The  present  form  of  these  verbs  denotes,  iu  fact,  a 
future  action:  dojdu,  I  shall  go  or  get  somewhere;  najdu,  I  shall  find. 
Heuce  it  is  actually  the  future  tense,  there  being  no  present,  and  the 


Lesson  lj. 


63 


auxiliary  budu  can  never  be  used.  Such  compound  verbs  have  therefore 
only  a  past  with  the  auxiliary  jsem,  and  a  simple  future: 


doseljsem,  do  shell  sem,  I  went  (got, 


dojdti,  doydu  I  shall  go  (get,  reach) 


reached)  somewhere; 

somewhere; 

nasel  jsem, 

nashell  sem, 

I  found; 

najdu,  naydu 

I  shall  find. 

LESSON  XIT. 

slovo 

word 

teprv 

teperf  only,  not  before 

1101 ko,  n. 

liorko 

heat;  hot 

vedle 

vedle      beside,  next  to 

teplo,  n. 

teplo    warmth;  warm 

nefee,  n. 

ne~be 

heaven,  sky 

cliladno,  n. 

khlddno 

cocl 

slimce,  n. 

sluntse 

sin 

blato,  n. 

blato 

mud 

mesic,  m. 

mye-seets  moon,  month 

mesto,  n. 

m  yes  -to 

city 

pocasi,  n 

fide  ha  see 

wcath(  r 

psenice,  r. 

pshe-nitse 

wheat 

znamein, 

n.  zndmenee 

sign 

pole,  n. 

pole 

field 

de§f,  m. 

desht 

ram 

poiipe,  n. 

potipye  . 

bud 

B  US!  ,  ill. 

steen     shade,  shadow 

dite,  n. 

d'eete 

child 

vitr,  m. 

vee-t  r 

wind 

den,  m. 

den 

day 

pekuy,  a, 

e,  pyek-nee 

nic\  fine 

110c,  f. 

nots 

night 

jasny,  a, 

e,  y  ass-nee 

clear,  bright 

tyden,  m. 

teeden 

week 

hezky 

hessky 

nice 

odpoledne 

odpoledne 

afternoon 

zle 

zle 

bad,  badly 

pitlnoc,  f. 

poolnots 

midnight 

|>  OS  11(1 

posit  d 

till  now,  stil 

dues  v  noci 

dness  vnotsi 

to-night 

okolo 

okolo 

about 

zapad  shmcezdpad  sltintse  sunset 

na 

71(1 

on,  in 

cesta,  f. 

tsestd 

way,  road 

s  tllll 

steem 

with  ihat 

radost 

radost 

pleasure 

za 

za        behind,  beyond 

les 

less         forest,  timber 

zase,  zas 

zdsse,  zdss 

again 

0 

0 

at,  on. 

vidim 

vi&'eem 

I  see 

SYitfti 

siceetit 

to  shine 

prseti 

p  ersheti 

to  rain 

sviti 

siceetee 

shines 

pusi 

p  ers7iee 

it  rains 

uz  neiri 

Ush  neyfiee 

is  no  more 

64 


Part  II. 


chodi  ti       khoftit  to  walk 

cliodim      Mdii'eem  I  walk 

chodi         khoiXee  he  (she,  it)  walks 


dej  mil  dey  mti  give  (  hou)  him 
dejte  mu     deyte  mil  give  (you)  him 


No  tel.  Prseti,  prset,  p  er$hetH,  pers7iei;  to  rain;  vitr,  veeter; 
e  is  silent  and  placed  there  simply  to  elucidate  the  pronunciation.  See 
Sec  4.  Part  I. 

Exercises. 


Vcera  byl  spatny  den.  Yesterday 

was  a  bad  day 
Dues  je  hezky.        To-day  is  nice. 
Opravdu,  je  pekne  pocasi.  Truly, 

it  is  fine  weather. 
Myslim  ze  bude  tak  cely  den.  I 

think  it  will  be  so  all  day. 
Bude  teplo  cely  den.   It  will  be 

warm  all  day. 
Odpoledne  bnde  horko.  La  the  after- 
noon it  will  be  hot. 
Eal  jsem  venkn  za  tepla.  I  like  to 

be  out  when  (it  is)  warm. 
Y  horku  nerad  jdu  do  mesta.  In  the 

heat  I  do  not  like  to  go  to  town. 


Ja  take  ne. 


Neither  do  I. 


Je  nebe  jasneJ       Is  the  sky  clear? 
Bylo,  ale  uz  neni.  It  was,  but  is  no 
more. 

Yidim  na  nebi  znaineni  deste.  I  sec 

in  the  sky  a  sign  of  rain. 
Ale  slnnce  jeste  sviti.    But  the  sun 

is  still  shining. 
Po  si  mice  zapadu  bude  snad  prset. 

After  sunset  perhaps  it  will  rain. 
Je  silny  vitr.  There  is  a  strong  wind. 


Nebude  tak  zle  s  tim  horkem.  It 

won't  be  so  had  with  the  heat. 

Cesta  je  pekini.     The  road  is  fine. 

Neni  zadne  blato.  There  is  no  mud. 

Ycera  bylo  jeste  dost  blata.  Yester- 
day there  was  still  enough  mud. 

Nerad  cliodim  v  blate.  I  do  not  like 
to  walk,  in  mud. 

Nas  hoch  rad  chodi  blatem.  Our 
boy  likes  to  walk  through  mud. 

To  snad  kazde  dite.  Perhaps  every 
child  (likes  that). 

To  je  radost  ditete.  That  is  a  child's 
pleasure. 

Ano,  to  dela  radost  diteti*  Yes,  it 
makes  pleasure  to  a  child. 


Je  skoro  chladno  ve  stinu.  It  is  al- 
most cool  in  the  shade. 

Na  sluncije  dosud  horko.  In  the 
sun  it  is  still  hot. 

Dues  v  noci  sviti  mesic.  To-night 
the  moon  shines. 

Teprv  o  piilnoci.  Only  at  (i.  e.  not 
before)  midnight. 

Ano,  okolo  pnlnoci.  Yes,  about 
midnight. 


Lesson  14. 


65 


Zde  je  nas  dum.  Here  is  our  house. 

Yedle  domu  je  stodola.  Beside  the 
house  there  is  a  barn. 

Za  stodolou  mame  pole.  Behind  the 
barn  we  have  a  field. 

Na  torn  poli  je  psenice.  On  that 
field  there  is  wheat. 

Za  tint  polem  mame  kus  lesa.  Be- 
yond that  field  we  have  a  piece  of 
timber. 

Je  to  dobry  kus  lesa.  It  is  a  good 
piece  of  timber. 


Pak  je  zase  kus  pole  s  obilim.  Then 
there  is  again  a  piece  of  a  grain- 
fit  Id,  {literally:  of  a  field  with 
grain). 

Jdete  na  pole.  Go  to  (on)  the  field. 
Jdi  s  tim  ditetem.  Go  (thou)  with 

the  child. 
Dej  diteti  poupe  z  ruze.  Give  (thou) 

the  child  a  rose  bud,  {literally:  a 

bud  from  the  rose). 
Otec  je  na  poli.  The  father  is  in  the 

field 


Note  2.    The  following  little  scheme  shows  the  changes  of  the 
endings  of  neittr  enounz,  which  in  the  nominative  always  end  in  0,  e,  e  ori: 


slovo, 

slovo 

the  word; 

slova, 

slovci 

of  the  word; 

slovu, 

sldvil 

to  the  word; 

poupe, 

potipyS, 

the  bud; 

poupete, 

potipyetg, 

of  the  bud; 

pole,      pdl#,  the  field;  of  the  field; 
poli,      pdli,  to  the  field;  (v  poli, 
in  the  field;  etc.) 

znameni,  znmnenee,   the  sign;  of 
the  sign;  (ve  znameni, 
in  the  sigj;  etc.); 


ve  slovu,  vl  slovit  I  ^he  word;(o 
"  slovi 

slovem 


slove'   v8sldvyA*l0™>  about 

the  word); 


sWvem,  (or  se  slovem)  by 
or  with  the  word. 


poupeti,   poupyetH,  to  the  bud;  (v 
poupeti,  in  the  bud,  etc  ) 
poupetem,  potipytitem  (or  s  poupe- 
tem)  with  the  bud. 

polem,      polem,  (or  s  polem)  with 

the  field. 


znamenim,  zname-neem  (or  se  zna- 
menim),  with  the  sign. 


66 


Part  11. 


LESSON  XV. 


T  "1 

Jeden 

ye. ten 

one 

jedna,  f. 
dva 

yedna 
dwa 

two 

"I      v  n 

dve,  t.  &  n. 
ti-i 

dwy8 
trshi 

4  I 

three 

ctyry 
pet 
sest  . 

iSftbbl  V 

pytt 

1UU1 

five 
six 

seum 

irvllwlll 

seven 

USUI 

\J  tj  W  lit/ 

pi  o*Ti  t. 

V  I  ( — ,  1 1  U 

dpvftt 

dev-yet 

nine 

deset 

desset 

ten 

OU«lj  ill. 

obe,  f .  &  n 

oba  I 
obyV  S 

both 

par 

nekolik 

par  ) 
nekolik  f 

some,  a  few 

mnoho 

mnoho 

a  good  deal 

mnoholi 

mnolio-li 

how  muc^i 

kolik 

kolik 

how  many 

asi  tak 

asi  tak 

about 

tolik 

tdlik  so  many,  so  much 

k,  ke,  ku, 

k$,  kit 

to,  unto 

i 

e 

oh!  well 

s,  se, 

s8 

with 

muj,  m.  mooy 

moji,  pi.  moye 

niych,  pi.  meekh 

inym,  pi.  meem 

mymi,  pi.  meemi 

ty  ty 

k  tern  Mem 

tech  tekh 

z  tech  stekh 

v  tech  /tf«M 

od  nas  od  nass 


mv,  mine 
my,  mine,  pi. 
of  my 
to  my 
with  my 
those 
to  those 
)  of  those,  from 
)  those 
in  those 


from  us,  from 
our  place 

jaky,  a,  e,  yakee  what,  what  kind 
tamlile  titmlS  there,  over  there 
lined         lined  right  away 

a  sice  a  sitsti  that  is,  namely 
mozna  moznd  perhaps,  possibly 
dokonce  dokontsg  ptrhaps  even 
jeste  neco?  yeshfe  netso  anything 

else? 

nejmm  neymeen  at  least,  least  of  all 
inn,  jemu,  mu,  ygmil,  to  him 

v,  ve,        ve~  in 


z,  ze 


from,  of 


Mluviti 

mluvil*) 

utratiti 


mMvil 
ittrdHit 


to  speak 
spoke 
to  spend 


utratil 

prodati 

prodal 


vtraVil 

proddt 

prodal 


spent 
to  sell 
sold 


*)   gee  Lesson  XIII.  Note  2, 


Lesson  15. 


67 


koupiti 

koilpit 

to  buy- 

koupil 

koupil 

bought 

koupim 

koilpeem 

I  shall  buy- 

roznmeti 

roztimyet 

to  understand 

rozumel 

rozilni'yeU 

understood 

rozumim 

rozUmeem 

understand 

jezditi 

yez&'it     to  drive,  to  ride 

jezdil 

yezfiil 

drove,  rode 

jezdim 

yeztfeem 

I  drive,  I  ride 

znam 

znam   I  know,  I  am  ac- 

quainted 

vim  to 

veem  to 

I  know  it 

dela 

field 

makes 

clovek,  m.  chlo-vyek 

man 

pan 

pan 

gentleman 

farma,  f. 

farma 

farm 

hospoda, 

f.  hospoda 

saloon,  tavern 

mouka,  f 

mwtika 

flour 

eena,  f. 

tstind, 

price,  value 

podpora, 

f.  podpora 

support 

drobne,  pi.  drobne 

change 

vyber.  hi. 

veeb-yer 

choice 

tueet,  m. 

tut  set 

dozen 

domu 

domu 

home 

na  venkii 

na  venkti  in  the  country 

spokojen 

sptikbyen 

satisfied 

nmzete 

m^ozete 

you  can,  you 

may 

pocitejme 

poclicetcyme  let  us  count 

sto, 

sto 

a  hundred 

vie,  vice 

veets,  veetsg  more 

stoji 

sloyee . 

costs 

Tady  jsme  zas.  Here  we  are  again . 
Jaky  pekny  den!  What  a  nice  day! 
Mate  jeste  penize?   Have  you  still 

(some)  n  oney  ? 
I  jeste  neco  mam.  Well,  I  have  still 

something. 
Mnolio-li  asi  mate?   About  how 

much  have  you? 
Ne  mnoho.  N<~>t  much. 

Mam  jeste  dva  dollary.  I  have  stilj 

two  dollars. 
Ja  taky  mam  par  dollaru.    I  also 

have  a  few  dollars. 
Kolik  dollaru?   How  many  dollars  ? 
Asi  tak  ctyry  dollary.   About  four 

dollars, 


Zadne  drobne?  No  change? 

Mam  take  par  centu.    I  have  also 

a  few  cents. 
Utratil  jsem  mnoho.    I  have  spent 

a  good  deal. 
Jak  mnoho  asi?  About  how  much  1 
Kejmin  pet  nebo  sest  dollaru.  At 

least  five  or  six  dollars. 
Ja  take  utratil  nekolik  dollaru.  I 

also  spent  a  few  dollars. 
Yic  nez  ja?  More  than  I? 

Mozna  asi  sedm  dollaru.  Perhaps 

about  seven  dollars. 
Nebo  dokonce  osm.    Or  perhaps 

even  eight. 


68  Pai 

K  dollarum  pocitejme  cas.   To  the 

dollars  let  us  count  the  time. 
Ten  ma  taky  cenu  v  dollarech.  It 

also  has  n  price  (value)  in  dollars. 

Co  stoji  ten  vuz2  How  much  is  that 

wagon?  (literally:  what  costs  that 

wagon?)  • 
Sto  dollaru.      A  hundred  dollars- 
Za  sto  dollaru  muzete  koupit  dva 

vozy.  For  a  hundred  dollars  you 

can  buy  two  wagons. 

Zde  je  muj  syn.  Here  is  my  son. 
Oba  moji  synove  jsou  tu.   Both  my 

sons  are  here. 
Ano,  mysliin  ze  jsou.  Yes,  I  think 

(that)  they  are. 
Jeden  z  mych  synu  prave  sel  ven. 

One  of  my  sons  has  just  gone  out. 
Dejte  mym  synum  obed;   a  sice 

lined.  Give  (to)  my  sons  a  dinner; 

1  mean  right  away. 
Ano,  dame  panum  dobry  obed. 

Yes,  we  shall  give  to  the  gentle- 
men a  good  dinner. 

Koupil  jsem    mouku.   I  bought 

(some)  flour. 
Chcete  koupit  jeste  neco?  Do  you 

want  to  buy  anything  else? 
Pujdu  a  koupim  dva  noze.   I  shall 

go  and  buy  two  knives. 
Ja  pujdu  taky  a  koupim  tucetnozu. 

I  shall  go,  too,  and  buy  a  dozen 

linives. 


II. 

To  dela  mnoho.  That  makes  much. 
Devet  nebo  deset  dollaru  je  pryc. 

Nine  or  ten  dollars  are  gone. 


Dost  mozna.  Very  likely. 

J  a  rozumim  vozum.  I  understand 
wagons. 

Je  velky  rozdil  ve  vozech.  There  is 
a  great  difference  in  wagons. 

Ja  jezdim  s  vozy  uz  davno.  i  drive 
wagons  a  long  time  already. 

Y  synecli  (mych)  mam  nyni  podpo- 

ru.  In  my  sons  I  have  now  a 
support. 

To  je  dobre.  That  is  well. 

Jsem  spokojen  se  syny.  I  am  satis- 
fied with  (my)  sons. 

Jsme  vsichni  na  farme.  We  are  all 
on  the  farm. 

Synove  jsou  radi  na  farme.  My 
sons  like  it  on  the  farm. 

Jsme  vsichni  radi  na  venku.  We 
all  like  it  in  the  country. 

Ale  k  nozum  take  vidlicky.   But  to 

the  knives  also  forks. 
Tamlile  maji  velky  vyber  v  nozicli. 

Over  there  they  have   a  large 

choice  in  knives. 
Ano,  vim  to;  maji  tuze  dobr£  noze. 

Yes,  I  know  it:  they  have  very 

good  knives. 
Mate  pravdu.  You  are  right  (literal 

ly:  you  have  right). 


Lesson  14-. 


69 


Tamhle  V  hospode  jsou  tri  muzi. 

Over  there  in  the  saloon  there  are 

three  men. 
Z ii a m  ty  muze.  I  know  those  men. 
Jeden  z  tech  muzu  je  od  nas.  One 

of  those  men  is  from  our  place. 
Prodal  jsem  mu  kone.   I  sold  (to) 

him  a  horse. 
Jaky  je  to  clovekl   What  kind  of  a 

man  is  that? 


Je  dobry  muz.    He  is  a  good  man. 
Jdete  k  tern  muzu  in.    Go  to  those 
men. 

Pujdu,  chci  mluvit  s  temi  muzi.  I 

will  go;  I  want  to  speak  with  those 
men. 

Myslim  ze  ti  muzove  pujdou  brzy 
domii.  I  think  that  those  men 
will  soon  go  home. 


Note  1.  The  formation  of  the  plural  of  masculine  inanimate  and 
animate  nouns,  and  the  changes  of  their  endings  in  different  cases,  are  seen 
in  the  following  table: 

dollar,  dollar,  the  dollar;    vuz,  vooz,   the  wagon;    sjn,  syn,  the  son; 

muz,  mooz,  the  man; 

the  dollars 


dollary 

dollary 

vozy 

vozy 

syni 

syni 

— ove 

synove 

muzi 

moozi 

 ove 

moozove 

dollaru 

dollaroo 

 fit 

dollar  oof 

vozu 

vozoo 

o 

— uv 

 -/ 

synu 

synoo 

 iiv 

—f 

muzu 

milzoo 

■  o 

 UV 

the  wagons 
the  sons 
the  men; 


of  the  dollars 
of  the  wagons 
of  the  sons 
of  the  men 


Remakk.  The  long  termination  ove 
belongs  to  animate  nouns;  only  in 
poetic  language  or  solemn  expres- 
sions does  it  sometimes  appear  con- 
nected with  inanimates.  — 
In  the  accusative  or  objective  ca  e 
animate  nouns  have  syny,  muze; 
Mam  syny  zde,  I  have  my  sons  here; 
vidim  ty  muze,  I  see  those  men.  — 
S  dollary,  s  vozy,  se  syny,  s  muzi,* 
sdollary,  svozy,  sS  syny,  s  moozi; 
with  the  dollars,  with  the  wagons, 
with  the  sons,  with  the  men. 

Remark.  Both  animate  and  inani" 
mate  nouns  use  the  long  termination 
uv,  —  but  never  in  ordinary  dis- 
course and  seldom  in  the  spoken 
language  generally. 


70 


Par.  11. 


dollariim  dolltirum  to  the  dollars  synum 
vozuni       vdzoom     to  the  wagons  muzum 


synoom 
mvzoom 


to  the  sons 
to  the  men; 


v  dollarech  vdolltirekh  in  the  dollars  Remark.  Also  with  other  preposi- 

ve  vozech    ve  vozekJi  in  the  wagons  tions:  o  dollarech,  about  the  dol- 

v  synech     vsynSkh       in  the  sons  fars:  po  dollarech,  after  the  d-  liars 

V  muzlch     vmtizeekh    in  the  men.  or  dollar  by  dollar);  etc. 


Note  2.  The  prepositions  k,  s,  v,  z,  consisting  of  a  single 
consonant,  are  simply  abbreviations  of  ke,  ku,  se,  ve,  ze,  as  before  ex- 
plained. Their  use  is  almost  abitrary.  in  cases  where  they  can  easily  be 
connected  and  pronounced  with  the  succeeding  syllable;  hence  they  are 
nearly  always  used  when  the  following  word  begins  with  a  vowel  or  with 
a  consonant  followed  by  a  vowel:  v  obleku,  vd-bl8-kU,  in  the  suit  of 
clothes;  v  dollarech,  vdol-lti-r8Mi,  in  the  dollars;  v  synech,  vsy-'-tikh,  in 
the  sons;  — s  oblekeni,  8&-b!&-kem,  with  the  suit  of  clothes;  s  dollarem, 

sdol-la-rem,  with  the  doll  tr;  s  muzein,  smoo-item,  with  the  man;  

k  obleku,  kd-MS-ku,  ti  the  suit  of  cloth  s;  k  vozu,  k  o-zti,  to  the 
wagon;  etc. 

We  can  never  say  v  vozu,  s  synem,  k  koni  (in  the  wagon,  with 
the  son,  to  the  horse),  because  it  could  not  be  pronounced;  the  letter  e 
has  to  be  retained  and  it  is  ridiculous  to  leave  it  out  in  writing  as  a  silent 
letter,  a*  it  can  never  be  silent.  We  speak  and  write:  ve  vozu  (or  ve  voze), 
v&  vozti  (vozg),  in  the  wagon;  se  synem,  s8  syntim,  with  the  son  (or*  with 
my  son);  ke  koni,  ke  kdni,  to  the  horse. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  long  form  ke,  ku,  ve,  ze  may  nearly  al- 
ways be  employed,  when  the  following  word  begins  with  a  consonant; 
we  can  say  and  write  ve  dollar ech,  ve  synech;  •  ut  it  is  not  customary. 
The  sound  of  v  connects  easily  with  every  other  consonant  without  the 
help  of  an  e.  However,  the  short  prepositions  k,  s,  z  are  being  limited 
in  their  use  and  the  proper  long  form  ke,  ku,  se,  ze  is  en  ployed  wher- 
ever practicable. 

Note  3.  The  letters  h,  ch,  k,  r  are  called  hard  consonants 
"par  excellence".  When  they  occur  in  a  MASCULINE  ANIMATE  noun,  or 


Lesson  16. 


71 


in  its  ultimate  syllable,  they  are  changed  or  softened  in  the  nominative 
plural  after  the  following  manner: 


h  changes  into  z 

ch  "      "  s 

The  following  examples  will  explain  it: 


changes  into 


C 


soudruh,  soudruh,  {soudrukh),  a  comrade;  soudruzi,  soudruzi,  comrades; 
hocli,      hokli,      a  boy;  liosi,        Jtd-she.    1  boys: 

kluk,  kluk,  a  boy,  an  urchin;  kluci,  klutsi,  bo}^,  urchins ; 
bratr,     brater,    a  brother;  bratri,      brat-rslii,  brothers; 

But  whenever  the  long  form  of  the  nominative  plural  (ove)  is  em- 
ployed, the  hard  consonant  remains  unchanged:  soudruhove,  the  com- 
rades; bratrove,  the  brothers.  In  the  other  cases  (excepting  the  vocative, 
which  is  like  the  nominative:  o  soudruzi!  o  comrades!),  the  hard  con- 
sonant also  retains  its  place:  soudruhu,  hoclni,  kluku,  bratrfi,  of  the 
comrades  (boys,  brothers);  soudruhum,  and  so  forth. 


LESSON  XVI. 


Libi  se  mi 

nesti 
nesou 

prines 
prinesu 
vede  se 
citam 

sednu 
bavim  se 


leebee  s8  me  I  like  it,  (him, 
her,  etc) 

nesti  to  bring,  to  yield 
nessoti  they  bring,  they 
yield  (or  pay) 
prshi-ness  bring  (thou) 
prshi-nessU  I  shall  bring 
v&d8  s8  thrives 
cheetdm  I  read  (i.  e.  I  use 
to  read) 

sednil  I  sit  down 

bUveem  s#  I  amuse  mycelf 


dejte 
posazim 
povida 
letos 
v  loni 

hodne 


deytti  give,  put 

posdzeem  I  shall  set  out 
poveedd  says 
letoss  this  year 

vloni  last  year 

hodne     j  much,  many 


(the  same  as  innoho)  '  a  good  deal 
treba        trshS-bd    lt  needs'  need" 


ed.  necessary 
i  treba  e  trsM-ba  I  don't  care 
vseho  druhu  vshgho  drithii      of  all 

kinds 

krajina,  f.  krayinti  country 


72 


Part  II. 


soused,  m. 

soused 

neighbor 

puda,  f. 

Invifl       DAI  1 
idlJ.ll,  &U1I 

uzitek,  m.    uUtek  profit 

kukurice,  f  ktikursliitse'  } 

c  corn 
korna,  f.     kornfi,  ) 

prairie,  f. 
bah  no,  n. 

reznik,  m. 

prairie1 

bahnd 

rsMz-neek 

^Jl  all  1C 

swamp 
butcher 

brambory,  pi.  branbory  potatoes 

kniha,  f. 

kniha 

book 

oves,  m. 

ovess 

oats 

knihovna,!  kmhovnd 

lihrai'V" 

jecmen,  m. 

ygclimen 

barley 

milovirik,m.  mildv-neek 

lover 

sklizen,  f. 

sklizen. 

crop 

zaliba,  f. 

zaliba 

pleasure 

slad, 

slad 

malt 

ruze,  f . 

rooie 

rose 

trk,  m. 

teTll 

market 

pivonka,  f . 

pivonkd 

peony 

u  cesty 

U  ts8sty  J 

by  the  road 
near  the  road 

okno,  n. 
poklad,  m. 

oknd 
poklad 

window 
treasure 

samy,  a,  e 

samee 

nothing  but 

kdykoli 

gdi-koli 

Turn  on  pvpt 

urodny,  a, 

e  oo-rodnee 

fertile 

jeste  jeden  yes7ite  yMen 

one  more, 

obzvlaste  ob-zvldshMe 

[  especially 
1  particularly 

pi-ed 

prshM 

another 
before 

zvlastni 

zvldsht-nee  special, 

bez 

b£z  or  bess 

without 

zpatky 

spdtke 

particular 
back 

za 

za         beyond,  behind 

Exercises. 


Zde  se  mi  libi.  I  like  it  here 

Zde  je  pekna  krajina.  This  is  (here 

is)  a  nice  country. 
Kazcly  to  povida.  Everybody  says  so. 
My  mame  zde  farmu.   We  have  a 

farm  here. 
Stryc  je  na§  soused.   Uncle  is  our 

neighbor. 
On  ma  zde  dVe  fanny.  He  has  two 

farms  here. 


Ma  velky  uzltek  z  tech  faremS  Has 

he  a  large  profit  from  those  farms  ? 
Myslmi  ze  ma,    I  think  (that)  he 
has. 

Myslim  ze  nesou  inn  hodne.  I  think 
(that)  they  yield  (i.  e.  pay)  him  a 
good  deal. 

Y  loni  mel  mnoho  sklizne  (skliz-vie, 
of  the  c  )  vseho  druliu.  Last  year 
he  had  a  large  crop  of  all  kinds. 


Lesson  16. 


73 


Je  to  tuze  urodna  farma.   It  is  a 

very  fertile  farm. 
Mel  mnoho  sena,  psenice,  kukuri- 
ce  i  brambor.    He  had  a  great 
deal  of  hay,  wheat    corn  and 
potatoes. 

Letos  bude  miti  take  oves,  jecmen 
a  zito.  This  year  he  will  also 
have  oats,  barley  and  rye. 

Jecmen  na  slad  ma  vzdycky  (dycky 
dit-ski)  dobry  trh.  Barley  for 
malt  has  always  a  good  market. 


Knihy  jsou  poklad.  Books  are  a 
treasure. 

Had  citam  knihy.  I  like  to  read 
books. 

Obzvlaste  kdyz  jsem  doma.  Espe- 
cially when  I  am  at  home. 

Jste  teda  milovnik  knih.  You  are 
then  a  lover  of  books. 

Tojeprayda.  That  is  true. 

Mate  mnoho  knih?  Have  you  many 
books? 

Ma  kniliovna  je  velika  My  library 
is  large. 


Mate  rfize  pfed  oknem.  You  have 
roses  before  the  window. 

Mame  tam  hodne  ruzi.  We  have 
many  roses  there. 

K  riizim  dejte  pivonky.  To  the 
roses  put  peonies. 


Na  farmach  zde  jecmen  vede  se  do- 
bre.  On  the  farms  here  barley 
thrives  well. 

Za  farmami  u  cesty  je  kus  spatne 
pudy.  Beyond  the  farms  by  the 
road  there  is  a  piece  of  bad  land. 

Ja  myslel,  ze  je  to  lirodna  prairie. 

I  thought  (that)  it  was  a  fertile 
prairie. 

Neni;  je  to  skoro  same  bahno.  It  is 
not;  it  is  almost  nothing  but 
swamp. 


Jake  knihy   mate?  What  books 

have  you? 
Mam  knihy  vseho  druhu.   I  have 

books  of  all  kinds. 

Sednu  ke  knihamkdykolimam  cas. 

I  sit  down  to  the  books  whenever 
I  have  time. 
Teda  mate  zalibu  veknihach.  Then 
you  have  (you  find)  pleasure  in 
books. 

Ano,  tuze  rad  bavim  se  s  knihami. 

Yes,  I  like  very  much  to  amuse 
myself  wi'h  books. 


Y  rustich  mam  zvla§tiri  zalibu.  In 

roses  I  have  (I  take)  particular 
"  pleasure. 

Posazim  jeste  jeden  zahon  ruzenii. 

I  shall  plant  another  bed  with 
I  roses. 


74 


Part  11. 


Byl  jsem  u  feznika.   I  was  at  the 

butcher's. 
Koupil  jsem  maso  oil  feznika.  I 

bought  (some)  meat  from  the  but- 
cher. 

Tu  je  to  maso.    Here  is  that  meat. 
To  je  sama  kost.    That  is  nothing 
but  bone. 

Jsou  tu  nejake  kosti.    There  are 
some  bones  here. 

Ano,  kosti  je  dost.   Yes,  there  are 
bones  enough. 


K  tern  kostim  tfeba  vice  masa.  To 

the  bones  (besides  the  b.)  we  need 

more  meat. 
JSa  tech  kostech  neni  homnoho.  On 

these  bones  there  is  not  much  of  it. 
Co  s  kostmiS  What  (can  we  do)  with 

the  bones? 
Nechceme  tolik  kosti.   We  do  not 

want  so  many  bones. 
Primes  maso  bez  kosti.    Bring  meat 

without  bones. 
Pujdu  zpatky  a  prinesu  ho.  I  shall 

go  back  and  bring  it. 


Note  1.    The  formation  of  the  plural  of  feminine  nouns,  and  the 
changes  of  their  endings  in  different  cases, are  shown  in  the  following  table: 

cena,  istina",  the  price;      raze,  rooz.8,  the  rose;      kost',  kdst,  the  bone; 


ceny 

tsgny 

the  prices 

o  v 

ruze 

rooz.8 

the  roses 

kosti 

kosti 

the  bones; 

cen 

tstin 

of  the  prices 

o  v  ' 

ruzi 

rooi.ee 

of  the  roses 

kosti 

kosHee 

of  the  bones; 

con  a  in 

tstindm 

to  the  prices 

ruzim 

roozeem     to  the  roses 

kostem 

kostem 

to  the  bones; 

remark.  When  two  consonants 
terminate  the  noun  iu  the  genitive, 
an  e  is  interpolated:  fanny,  the 
farms  ;farem  (instead  of  farm),  of  the 
farms;  matky,  the  mothers;  matek 
instead  of  matk),  of  the  mothers. 


v  cenach  ftsg-ndkh 
v  ruzich  vroo-zeekh 
v  kostech  flcds-tZkh 


in  the  prices 
in  the  roses 
in  the  bones; 


remark.  ,  Also  with  other  preposi- 
tions: o  cenach,  about  prices;  pfi 
cenach,  at  the  prices;  etc. 


Lesson  17. 


75 


cenami 
ruzemi 
kostmi 


tsendmi  with  the  prices 
roozemi  with  the  roses 
kostmi     with  the  bones. 


remark.  Usually  with  the  preposi- 
tion s  (with):  s  cenaini,  ststi-nami; 
s  ruzemi,  sroo-zemi;  s  kostmi, 
skost-mi. 


LESSON  XVII. 


Vam 
jim 
mi,  me 
moje,  me 
nase 
vase 
s  temi 

tohle 

tarn  ty 

tuze 

blize 

nikoli 

kolem 

pojd'me 

jde 

hled'te 

vidim 

vidite 

znam 

znate 

pfidam 

reknu 

slyset 

postaci 

roste 


warn 
yim 

me,  my& 
moye,  me 
nasM 
vash8 
sfemi 

tohle 
tarn  ty 
tooze 
bleeze 
nikoH 
kolem 
poftme 
de 

liletfte 
viii'eem 
vi&'eetg 
znam 
znatti 
prshi  dam 
rsht  k  nit 
slishet 
postd-chee 
rost8 


to  you 
to  them 
to  me 
mine,  my 
our,  ours 
your,  yours 
with  those 

this  here 
those  over  there 
very  much 
nearer 
no,  not  at  all 
round 
let  us  go 
cr  mes 
see,  look 
I  see 
you  see 
I  know 
you  know 
I  shall  add 
I  shall  tell 
to  heai 
is  sufficient 
grows 


bohactvi,  n. 
stesti,  n. 


moiidrost,  f. 
vaha,  f. 
poupe,  n. 
poupata 
plot,  m. 
obtiz,  f. 
mylka,  f. 


bdhats-tcee  richess 
shVess-Vi  happiness, 
luck,  good  fortune 
moiidrost  wisdom 


valid  weight 
poupye  bul 
pouydta  buds 
plot  fence 
ob  Heez  trouble 
meelka  mistake 
matepravdu  mdteprdvdit   you  are 
right  (literally:  you 
have  right' 
lieni  tieba     rum  trshe-ba  it  is  not 

necessary 

obaleny,  a,  e  obdlenee  covered 
drateny,  a,  e  drd-Venee        of  wire 
hluboky,  a,  e  hlubokee      deep,  pro- 
found. 

zdravy,  a,  e  zdravee  healthy,  welb 

sound 

devce  (i'ef-che  gir1 

devcata  ftef-chata  girls 
dobfe  dobrsle  well,  all  right 

slovem         slovem  in  a  word 


Part  11. 


Exercises. 


Ja  yam  neco  reknu.    I  will  tell  you 

something. 
Bohactvi  neni  stesti.  Riches  are  not 

happiness. 
To  jsou  slova  moudrosti.  These  are 

words  of  wisdom. 
Znate  vahu  tech  slov?  Do  you  know 

the  weight  of  those  words? 
K  tern  slovum  nic  vice  neni  tfeba. 

To  those  words  nothing  more  is 

needed. 


Tain  ty  rfize  uz  maji  poupata.  The 

roses  over  there  already  have  buds. 
Alio,  maji  mnoho  poupat.  Yes,  they 

have  many  buds. 
Letos  jsou  obaleny  poiipaty.  This 

year  they  are  covered  with  ^buds. 
V  loni  byly  skoro  bez  poupat.  Last 

year  they  were  almost  without 

buds. 

Pojd'nie  blize  k  tern  poupat  fun.  Let 

us  go  nearer  to  those  buds. 
Yidim  neco  na  tech  poupatcch.  I 

see  something  on  the  buds. 
To  neni  nic.  That  is  nothing. 

Mate  pravdu;  poupata  jsou  zdrava. 

You  are  right;  the  buds  are  sound. 
Ano,  jsou;  yes,  they  are. 


Y  tech  slovech  je  hluboka  pravda. 

In  those  words  there  is  a  profound 
truth. 

Chcete  slyseti  vice  %   Do  you  want 

to  hear  more  ? 
Mkoli;  ta  slova  postaci.  Not  at  all; 

those  words  suffice. 
Jsem  spokojen  s  temi  slovy.   I  am 

satisfied  with  ihose  words. 
Slovem:  mate  pravdu!   In  a  word: 

you  are  right! 

Aha,  zde  je  moje  devcc!   Ah,  here 

is  my  girl ! 
Jsou  vase  devcata  zdrava  1  Are  your 

girls  well? 
Obe  nase  devcata  jsou  zdrava.  Both 

our  girls  are  well. 
Pfines  devceti  poupe  Bring  (thou) 

to  the  girl  a  bud. 
Jsou  zde  dve  devcata.    There  arc 

two  girls  here. 
Pf ineste  jim  nekolik  poupat.  Bring 

(you  to)  them  some  buds. 
Tady  jde  s  temi  poupaty.    Here  he 

comes  with  the  buds. 
Tu  je  par  poupat.    Here  are  some 

buds. 

Dobfe.  All  right. 


Hled'te!  See! 

Ty  pole  co  vidite  jsou  moje.  The 

fields  you  see  are  mine. 


Kolem  tech  poli  je  novy  plot.  A- 

round  those  fields  there  is  a  new 
fence. 


Lesson  17. 


77 


Je  to  drateny  plot.  It  is  a  wire  fence. 
K  tern  polim  je  dobra  cesta.  To 

those  fields  there  is  a  good  road. 
Co  bude  na  tech  polich?  What  will 

there  be  on  those  fields? 
Na  tech  polich  bude  obili  a  kukuri- 

ce.  On  those  fields  there  will  be 
grain  and  corn.   

Co  je  tohleS  What  is  this  here  ? 
Nejaka  znameni.  Some  signs. 

To  jsou  moje  znameni.    These  are 

my  signs. 
Ja  neco  pridam  k  tern  znamenim. 

I  shall  add  something  to  those 

signs. 


Jste  spokojen  s  temi  polemic  Are 

you  satisfied  with  those  fields? 
Jsem  tuze  spokojen.    I  am  very 

much  satisfied. 
Ysechno  dobfe  roste  na  tech  polich. 

Everything  grows  well  on  those 
fields. 

Neni  mylka  v  tech  znamenfch!  Is 

there  no  mistake  in  those  signs? 

S  temi  znamenimi  je  nekdy  obtiz. 
With  those  signs  there  is  some- 
times trouble. 

Pravda,  je  nekdy  obtiz.  True,  there 
is  sometimes  trouble. 


Note.  The  formation  of  the  plural  of  neutre  nouns,  and  the 
changes  of  their  endings  in  different  cases,  will  appear  from  the  following 
table: 


sIoto  sldvti  the  word 

poupe  potipyg         the  bud 

slova  sWvd  the  words 

poupata       poupdtd       the  buds 

slov  slof         of  the  words 

poupat  potipat     of  the  buds 

slovum  slovoom    to  the  words 

poupatum  poUpdtoom  to  the  buds 

ve  slovech  v&  sltivgkh  in  the  words 
v  poupatech  fpotipatikh  in  the  buds 
V  polich  fpoleekh  in  the  fields 
ve  znamenich zntim&wieekh  in  the 

signs; 


pole  pol8  the  field 

znameni  zndm^nee  the  sign; 

pole  ptile  the  fields 

znameni  znamefiee  the  signs; 

poll  pdlee  of  the  fields 

znameni  znam^nee  of  the  signs; 

polim  pdleem  to  the  fields 

znamenim  zndm^neem  to  the  signs; 

remark.  Also  with  other  prepo- 
sitions: o  polich,  about  the  fields; 
na  polich,  on  the  fields. 


78 


Part  11. 


slovy  slovy      "with  the  words 

poupaty  poitpaty  with  the  buds 
poli  (-emi)  poli{-8mi)  with  the  fields 
ziiamenimi  znam&neemi      with  the 

signs. 


remark.  Also  with  the  preposition 
se,  s:  se  slovy,  se  sldvy;  s  poupaty, 
spoUpaty;  spolemi,  spol&mi;se  zna- 
m^nimi,  sgznamgneemi. — Instead  of 
polemi,  the  short  forms  polmi  and 
poli  {polmi,  polli)  are  also  used. 


LESSON  XVIII. 


Mrak,  m. 
mracek,m 
zena 
mile*),  f. 
hodina*),f 
jizda,  f. 
k  veceru 
za  svetla 
tma 
pozde 
dobra! 
krasny,  a, 
s  nami 
brzy 
l?o  svem 

■       V  J  V 

jeste 


mrak 

mrd-cluk 

zena 

,  Itoftina 

ye  zdd 


cloud 
little  cloud 
wife 
mile 

hour,  o'clock 
drive,  ride 


kwgch&ru  toward  evening 
za  swygt-la  by  daylight 
tma        dark,  darkness 


poztfe 

dobra 
e  krdssneee 
s  nami 
o  r-zy 
po  em 

yeshte 


late 
very  well! 
beautiful 
with  us 
soon 
after  one's 
business 
still,  yet. 


ja  pravil   yd  pravil  I  said 

jafku        yd-rshkti      I  said,  I  say 
(like  the  colloq.  '4says  I".) 
jeti  yeVi,  yet  to  drive,  to  ride 

pojedem    pdyMem  we  shall  drive, 

we  shall  ride 
pojed'me    poyfflmti      let  us  drive, 

let  us  ride 

vyjeti,       ve-yeVi,  ve-yet     to  drive 
out,  to  ride  out,  to  start 
vyjeli  jsme  »e -yelti '  sm8    we  started 
vratime  se  vrdf!eemeJ  s8  we  shali  re- 
turn, we  shall  come  back 
vratil  mi  vrdfWme      he  returned 
to  me  (something); 
piijcene  penize      piiyeMne  peneezS 
the  mone}r  loaned; 


*)  Jedna,  dve,  tfi,  ctyry  mile,  yednti,  dwy#,  trshi,  slain  meelS^ 
o-ie,  two,  three,  four  miles;  pet  mil,  pytit  mill,  five  miles;  sest  mil, 

sliest  mill,  six  miles;  and  S3  forth. 

Jedna  hodina,  yednti  hoiXina,  one  hour,  one  o'clock;  dve,  ti*i, 
ctyry  hodiny,  dwyg,  trsjii,  sldiri  Jioftiny,  two,  three,  four  hours;  two, 
laree,  four  o'clock;  pet  hodin,  pySthoftin,  five  hours;  five  o'clock;  sest 
ho  dill  j  sMst  lioiSin,  ux  hours,  s  x  o'clock;  —  and  so  forth. 


Lesson  18, 


79 


Exercises. 


Ycera  byl  krasny  den;  —  nebe  bylo 
jasne.— ani  mracku  nikde. 

Jafku,  zeno!  dnes  pojedem  do  me- 
sta. 

Ano,  pojed'me!  pravila  zena; — je 

den  tak  krasny ! 
Maine  deset  mil  do  mesta. 

Brzy  po  snidani  vyjeli  jsme;  —  by- 
lo prave  osm  hodin. 

Soused  pan  Rohan  byl  s  mi  mi. 

J  a  pravil:  sousede,  jak  brzy  bude- 

me  ve  mesteS 
Y  deset  hodin  jsme  tarn!  pravil 

pan  Rohan. 
A  i»yli  jsme. 

Je  to  as  dve  hodin y  jizdy,  kdyz 

cesta  je  dobra. 
Ye  meste  soused  sel  kupovat  neco 

a  my  take  sli  po  svem. 

Pujcil  jsem  mn  pet  dollaru. 
Jafku,  sousede!  kdy  se  vratime? 

Myslim  pozde  odpoledne,  nebo  k 
veceru;  —  to  bude  dost  easu. 

Dobra;  vratime  se  asi  v  sedm  ho- 
din veeer,  —  jeste  za  svetla. 

Ale  bylo  uz  tma,  kdy£  jsme  se  vra- 
tili. 


Yesterday  was  a  beautiful  day;  — 
the  sky  was  clear,  —  not  a  cloud 
anywhere. 

I  said:  wife,  to-day  we  will  drive  to 
town. 

Yes,  let  us  drive!  said  (my)  wife;  — 

the  dajr  is  so  beautiful! 
It  is  ten  miles  to  town  {literally:  we 

have  tefi  miles  to  town). 
Soon  after  breakfast  we  drove  out 

(we  started;;  —  it  was  just  eight 

o'clock. 

(Our)  neighbor  Mr.  Rohan  was 
with  us. 

I  said:  neighbor,  how  soon  shall  we 

be  in  the  cily? 
At  ten  o'clock  we  are  there!  said 

Mr.  Rohan. 
And  we  were. 

It  is  about  a  two  hour's  ride,  when 
the  road  is  good. 

In  t  he  city,  the  neighbor  went  to  buy 
something,  and  we  also  went  after 
our  business. 

I  loaned  (to)  him  five  dollars. 

I  said:  neighbor,  when  s^all  we  re- 
turn? 

I  think  late  in  the  afternoon  or  to- 
wards evening;  —  that  will  be 
time  enough. 

Very  well;  we  shall  return  about 
seven  o'clock  in  the  evening.  — 
still  by  daylight. 

But  it  was  already  dark,  when  we 
returned. 


80 


Part  It. 


Soused  §el  domu  a  vratil  mi  pfijce' 
ne  peirize* 


The  neijghbor  went  home  and  re- 
turned to  me  the  money  I  loaned 
him. 


Note  1*  The  noua.  inracek  is  a  diminutive  of  mrak.  In  Eng- 
lish only  a  few  nouns  have  their  proper  diminutives;  for  instance:  man, 
manikin;  eagle,  eaglet;  river,  rivulet;  goose,  gosling. 

In  Bohemian  diminutives  are  exceedingly  numerous;  and  very 
often  a  noun  has  two,  sometimes  three  diminutives,  differing  in  degree. 
For  example: 

dum,  m.    dwm,  a  housQ;  domek,  ddmgk,  a  small  house;  domecek,  dd- 

m^chek,  a  very  small  house. 

lioch,        7idkh,  a  boy;  hosik,  hdsheek,  a  small  boy;  hosicek,  hdshee- 
chek,  a  very  small  boy. 

ruka,  f.     riika,  a  hand;  rucka,  rtichka,  a  small  hand;  rucicka,  rti- 
chich-ka,  a  very  small  hand. 

oko,  n,      dko,   an  eye;  ocko,   dch-kd,  a  small  eye;  oeicko,  tieMch-kd, 
a  very  small  eye. 

Diminutives,  however,  are  often  used  simply  as  expressions  of  fond- 
ness and  endearment,  apart  from  any  relation  of  size  or  degree. 

Note  2.  The  genitive  or  possessive  case  of  mracek  is  mracku, 
not  mraceku.  All  nouns  ending  in  ek  drop  the  letter  e  in  their  de. 
clension.  They  are  all  of  the  masculine  gender  (as  observed  in  Lesson  I, 
Note  5),  and  the  animate  have  ka,  the  inanimate  ku  in  the  genitive: 

ptacek,      ptdchek,   (colloq.  ftdchek),   a  small  bird;  ptacka,  ptdchM 
(ftdchkd),  a  small  bird's; 

svatek,       sicdtek,  a  holiday;  svatku,  swat-kit,  a  holiday's. 

Note  3.  Reflexive  verbs  in  English  are  followed  by  reflexive  pro- 
nouns; for  instance:  to  forswear  one's  self;  I  foreswore  myself;  he  for- 
swore himself;  they  forswore  themselves;  etc. 


t 


Lesson  18. 


81 


In  Bohemiaii,  the  r  flexive  pronoun  is  always  se,  without  any 
Variation.  But  many  verbs,  which  are  reflexive  in  Bohemian,  are  not  so 
in  English;  and  vice  versa: 

Yratiti  se,  vrdVit  tie  (to  return,  to  come  back),  is  a  reflexive  verb; 
we  sa} :  vratim  Se,  vrdtieem  s8,  I  shall  return;  vratime  se,  irdVeemg  se, 
we  shall  return;  vratite  se,  vrdVeetg  s&,  you  will  return:  vrati  se,  yrdtiee 
s8,  they  will  return. 

Note  4.  In  the  foregoing  exercis  s,  sousede,  zeno,  are  the  voca- 
tive cases  of  soused  (neighbor),  zena  (wife).  The  noun  is  put  in  the 
vocative  case,  when  the  person  or  thing  is  addressed:  OLord!  o  heavens! 

In  Bohemian,  the  vocative  case  in  the  singular  is  very  often,  in  the 
plural  always  like  the  nominative,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  following 
comparison: 


Nominative. 

Vocative 

soused, 

sotised. 

the  neighbor 

sousede! 

soilsedS 

o  neighbor! 

muz, 

moofr, 

the  man 

muzi! 

moozi, 

o  man ! 

zena, 

zena, 

the  woman 

zeno! 

zend, 

o  woman! 

kost,  f . 

Jctist, 

the  bone 

kosti! 

ktisfi, 

o  bone! 

O  V  J* 

ruze,  f. 

rooz$, 

the  rose 

ruze! 

rooze 

o  rose! 

slovo,  n. 

sidvd, 

the  word 

slovo! 

slovb4, 

o  word! 

pole,  n. 

pdle, 

the  field 

pole! 

pol8, 

o  field! 

znameni,  znamenee, 

the  sign 

znameni! 

zndmeiiee, 

o  sign! 

In  the  plural  number,  the  nominative  and  vocative  always  agree 
sotisefti,      the  neighbors;  o  neighbors! 


sousedi*), 
muzl  (-ove), 
zeny, 
kosti, 

O  V 

ruze, 
slova, 
pole, 
znameni. 


moozi, 

z8ny, 

kosVi, 

rooz8, 

sldva, 


the  men; 
the  women; 
the  bones; 
the  roses; 
the  words; 
the  fields; 


o  men! 
o  women! 
o  bones! 
o  roses! 
o  words! 
o  fields! 
o  signs! 


znam8fi.ee,  the  signs; 

*)  Sousede,  soilsede,  is  the  proper  grammatical  form,  this  noun 
forming  an  exception:  but  sousedi  is  the  common  usage. 


82 


Fart  II. 


Note  5.  The  Latin  noun  lias  six  cases;  the  Bohemian  noun  has 
six  cases  corresponding  perfectly  with  the  Latin,  and  an  additional  case 
called  "instrumental",  because  it  denotes  by  whom,  with  whom  or  through 
whom  (by  means  of  what  or  through  what)  something  happens  or  is  done: 
muzem,  s  muzeni,  by  the  man,  with  the  man;  dollarem,  s  dollarem, 
with  the  dollar. 

The  nature  of  the  six  cases  of  the  Bohemian  noun  apart  from  the 
vocative  will  appear  more  distinctly  by  stating  the  questions  to  which 
they  respond. 

The  nominative  case,  of  course,  responds  to  the  question  kdo]  co?  gdo, 
tsd;  who?  what? 

dollar,  muz,  zena,  slovo;  the  dollar,  the  man,  the  woman,  the  word. — 
dollary,  muzi,  zeny,  slova;  the  dollars,  the  men,  the  women,  the  words. 

The  genitive  or  possessive  case  responds  to  the  question  ci,  ceho2  chee, 
c7i8h$;  whose?  of  what? 

dollaru,  muze,  zeny,  slova;  of  the  dollar;  the  man's,  the  woman's,  of 
the  word;  —  dollaru  (-uv),  muSui  (-uv),  zen,  slov;  of  the  dollars, 
the  men's,  the  women's,  of  the  words. 

The  dative  case  responds  to  the  question  komu2  cemu?  komit,  cliemv; 
to  whom?  to  what? 

dollaru,  muzi,  zene,  slovu;  to  the  dollar,  to  the  man,  to  the  woman, 
to  the  word;  —  dollarum,  inuzum,  zenain,  slovumj  to  the  dollars;  to 
the  men,  to  the  women,  to  the  words. 

The  accusative  or  objective  case  responds  to  the  question  kohoS  co2 
ktihti,  tsd;  whom?  what? 

dollar,  muze,  zeuu,  slovo;  the  dollar,  the  man,  the  woman, 
the  word;  —  dollary,  muze,  zeny,  slova;  the  dollars,  the  men,  the 
women,  the  words. 

Tbe  locative  case  responds  to  the  question  v  koni'J  v  cem$  (na  kom£  na 
cem?--0  kom£  o  Cem2),  fktim,  fchSm;  in  whom?  in  what?  (on 
whom  —  what?  about  whom  —  what?) 

v  dollaru,  V  mu£i,  v  zene,  ve  slovu  (-e);  in  the  dollar,  in  the  man, 


Lesson  19. 


83 


in  the  womai,  in  the  word;  —  v  dollarech,  v  muzich,  v  zenach,  ve 
slovech;  in  the  dollars,  in  the  men,  in  the  women,  in  the  words. 

The  instrumental  ease  respo  ds  to  the  question  kym?  cim2  —  s  kym? 
s  Clin?  keem,  cheem,  skeem,  seheem;  by  whom?l)y  what?  with  whom? 
with  what? 

dollarem,  muzem,  zenou,  slovem;  with  the  dollar,  with  the  man, 
with  the  woman,  with  the  word;  —  dollary,  imizi,  zenaini,  slovy; 

with  the  dollars,  with  the  men,  with  the  women,  with  the  words. 


LESSON  XIX. 


Pan  pan  Mr  (mister) 

pan  pan  gentleman 

pani  paneeeMrs.  'missis); lady 
clovek  chlovygk  man;  one; 
Karel  kdrell  Charles 
Anna  and  Anna 
Marie  mariS  Mary 
dceruska  tserUshkd  little  daughter 
hosik        hosheek  little  boy 

sousedka  sotisedkd  female  neighbor 
vdova  vddvd  •  widow 
vdovec  vdo-vSts  widower 
domov,m.  ddmof  home 
rok,  m.  rdk  year 
leta  letd  \ 

let  let  S 

naklonriost,f.m«A:£#7iw0s£  inclination 
nekolik      nekolik     several,  some, 

a  few 


years*) 


blizky,  a,  e  bleeskee 
hodny,  a,  e"  hodnee 
jiny,  a,  e  ye-nee 
letny,  a,  e  letnee 
bohaty.  a,  e  bohdtee 
child  y,  a,  e  khMee 
poctivy,  k,  &  pots-twee 
in  lady,  a,  e"  mlddee 
cetny,  a,  e  clietnee 
pilny,  a,  e  pillnee 


near 
nice,  good 
another 
aged 
rich 
poor 
honest 
young 
numerous 
industrious 


poslusny,  a,  e  poslushnee  obedient 

jeste  tri   yeshte  Irshi  I three  other 

)  three  more 

usazen  tissdzen  settled 
jmennje  se  mentiyg  sg  is  called 
v  skutku  fskut-kit  I  indeed,  in 
opravdn  oprdvdu  f  fact,  really 
ma  byt  md  beet  ought  to  be 
mate  rad     mdt&  rdd         you  like 


*)  D?e  leta,  dwyghta,  two  years;  tri  leta,  trshi  letd,  three  years ; 
ctyry  leta,  shtiri  letd,  four  years;  pet  let,  pytt  let,  five  years;  sest  let,' 
shest  let,  six  years;  sedm  let,  sUum  let,  seven  years;  and  so  forth. 


84 


Part  11. 


Mate  to  radl  mdt'6  to  rdd?   do  you 

like  it? 

main  vzdycky  rdd?  mam  dit-sld  rdd, 

I  always  like; 
davno,  ddvno-,     a  long  time; 

jak  davno,     yak  ddvno  how  long; 


nesklame  se,  nessklam®  s&,  will  not 
be  disappointed; 
jednam,        yed-ndm,  I  deal; 

jedna,  yed-nd,  deals; 

vas,  your,  yours; 

Mh  yeyee,  her,  hers 


Tak  zde  je  vas  domov! 

Kdo  je  vas  soused 2 

Pan  Hodan  je  muj  soused. 

On  je  nas  blizky  soused. 

Je  pan  Hodan  hodny  muz? 

Ano,  je  hodny  muz;  a  pani  Hoda- 

nova  je  liodna  zena. 
Maji  detH 

Maji  jednu  dcerusku. 
Jak  se  jmenujeS 

Myslim  ze  jmenuje  se  Marie;  je  to 

hodne  dite. 
Jiny  soused  nas  je  pan  Braun. 

Jak  ddvno  je  zde  usazen? 

Je  zde  usazen  asi  rok  nebo  dve 
leta. 

Je  pan  Brauu  boliaty? 
Neni;  on  je  chudy  clovek. 

Je  chudy  a  tuze  poetivy. 
Je  letny  muz? 

Ne,  pan  Braun  je  nilady  mu£  a  pa- 
ni Braunova  je  mlada  zena. 
Ale  rodina  je  uz  cetna. 
Maji  nekolik  deti. 


So  here  is  your  home ! 

Who  is  your  neighbor? 

Mr.  Hodan  is  my  neighbor. 

He  is  our  near  neighbor. 

Ts  Mr.  Hodan  a  nice  man* 

Yes,  he  is  a  nice  man;    and  Mrs. 

Hodan  is  a  nice  woman. 
Have  they  children  ? 
They  have  one  little  daughter. 
What  is  her  name? 
I  think  she  is  called  Mary;  she  is  a 

nice  child. 
Another  neighbor  of  ours  is  Mr. 

Brown. 

How  long  is  he  (has  he  been)  set- 
tled here? 

He  has  been  settled  here  about  a 
year  or  two  (years). 

Is  Mr.  Br  wn  rich? 

He  is  not;  he  is  a  poor  man. 

He  is  poor  and  very  honest. 

Is  he  an  aged  man? 

No;  Mr.  Brown  is  a  young  man, and 

Mrs.  Brown  is  a  young  woman. 
But  the  family  is  already  numerous. 
They  have  several  children. 


Lesson  ID. 


85 


Karel  je  asi  deset  let  a  pak  maji 

je&te  ti'i  deti. 
Karel  je  poslusny  a  pilny  hoch. 

Anna  je  take  poslusna  a  pilna. 

Je  ji  asi  osm  let. 

Dite  ma  byt  poslusne  a  pilne. 

Ano,  ma  byt;  ale  nekdy  neni. 

Ydova  Borosova  je  take  naseblizka 

sousedka. 
Jeji  bratr,   pan  Bloeh,  je  take 

vdovec. 


Teda  mate  rad  pana  Hodana?  (p&na 

hodana), — accusative). 
Mam  vzdycky  rad  hodneho  muze,  a 

hodnou  zenn  take. 
K  hodnemu  muzi  a  k  hodne  zene 

mime  vzdy  naklonnost. 
A  je  take  pravda,  ze  vhodnem  mn- 

zi  a  v  hodne  zene  se  elovek  nikdy 

nesklame. 
S  liodnym  mnzem  a  hodnon  zenon 

kazdy  rad  jedna. 
Tez  rad  jednam  s  hodnym  ditetem. 
Pana  Brauna  hosik  je  v  skutkn 

hodne  dite. 


Charles  is  about  ten  years,  and  then 
they  have  three  more  children. 

Charles  is  an  ohe  iient  and  indus- 
trious boy. 

Anna  is  also  obedient  and  indus- 
trious. ^ 

Phe  is  (literally:  it  is  to  her)  about 
eight  years. 

A  child  should  be  obedient  and  in- 
dustrious. 

Yes,  it  ought  to  be;  but  sometimes 
it  is  not. 

The  widow  Borosh  is  also  our  near 

neighbor. 
Her  brother,  Mr.  Bloch,  is  also  a 

widower. 


So  you  like  Mr.  Hodan? 

I  always  like  a  nice  man,  and  a  ni  e 

woman  too. 
Toward  a  nice  man  and  a  nice  wo- 
man we  always  have  an  inclination. 
And  it  is  also  true,  that  in  a  good 

man  and  in  a  good  woman  one  is 

never  disappointed. 
With  a  nice  man  and  a  nice  woman 

everybi  dy  likes  to  deal. 
I  also  like  to  dea!  with  a  nice  child. 
Mr.  Brown's  little  boy  is  really  a 

good  child. 


Jf  o  t  e  1.  In  Lesson  VI.  Note  2,  it  was  explained  that  the  termina- 
nation  of  adjectives  changes  according  to  the  gender  of  the  nouns  which 
they  qualify: 


86 


Part  II. 


hodny  muz, 
hodna  zena, 
hodne  dite, 


hodnee  mooz,  a  nice  man; 

hodna  zena,  a  nice  woman; 

hodne  d'eeUe,  a  nice  child      (in  ordinary 

discourse  hodny  dite,  like  the  masculine). 


Adjectives,  also,  are  declined  and  agree  in  number  and  case  with 
the  nouns.  The  changes  of  termination  in  the  singular  number  appear  in 
the  following  table: 


hodny  muz, 
hodne  dite, 
hodneho  muze, 
ditete, 


hodnee  mooz, 
hodne  d'eeVe, 
hodneho  mooz&, 
d'eeVetg, 


a  nice  man; 
a  nice  child; 
of  a  nice  man, 
of  a  nice  child; 


HEM  ARK. 


The  accusative  or  objective  agrees  with  the  possessive  in  the 
masculine,  and  with  the  nominative  in  the  neutre  gendei: 
vidim  hodneho  muze,  vitXeem  hodnehd  mooz8,  I  see  a  nice  man; 
vidim  hodne  dite,      vid'eem  hodne  d'eet'e,      I  see  a  nice  child. 


hodnemu  muzi, 
"  dileti, 
v  hodnem  muzi, 
"      "  diteti, 


hodnemii  moozi, 
d'eeMi, 
vhodnem  moozi, 
d'eet'etH, 

s  liodnym  muzem,  shodneem  moozem, 


to  a  nice  man, 
to  a  nice  child; 
in  a  nice  man, 
in  a  nice  child; 

with  a  nice  man, 


6  6  66 


dite tern, 


d?eeVete?n,   with  a  nice  child. 


hodna  zena, 
hodne  zeny, 
kk  zene, 
v  ifc  zene, 
hodnoii  zenu, 
s  hodnou  zenou, 


hodna  zena, 
hodne  zeny, 


zene, 


hodnou  zenti, 
shodnoii  zenou, 


a  nice  woman; 
of  a  nice  woman; 
to  a  nice  woman; 
in  a  nice  woman; 
a  nice  woman  (accusative); 
with  a  nice  woman. 


Lesson  19. 


87 


Note  2.  In  common  discourse  no  distinction  whatever  is  made 
between  the  masculine  and  neutre  gender,  and  the  terminal  y  does  not 
change.    We  hear: 

hodny  mu2,  hodny  dite;  a  nice  man,  a  nice  child; 

liodnylio  muze,  liodnylio  ditete;  of  a  nice  man,  of  a  nice  child; 
hodnymu  mvizi,  hodnymu  diteti;  to  a  nice  man,  to  a  nice  child; 
liodnylio  muze,  hodny  dite;  {(accusative);  a  nice  man,  a  nice  child; 
v  hodnym  muzi,  v  hodnym  diteti;  in  a  nice  man,  in  a  nice  child; 
s  hodnym  muzem,  s  hodnym  diteteni;  with  a  nice  man,  with  a  nice  child. 

In  thefeminine  gender,  we  hear:  hodna  zena,  hodnou  zenu  (accus.), 
s  hodnou  zenou;  but  in  the  other  cases: 

hodny  zeny,  of  a  good  woman; 
hodny  zene,  to  a  good  woman; 
v  hodny  zene,      in  a  good  woman ; 

The  ordinary  usage  of  the  people  evidently  rejects  all  artificial  and 
unnecessary  grammatical  distinction,  always  tending  to  simplicity;  and 
it  will  be  noticed  that  there  is  much  more  consistency  in  this  common 
rule  as  applied  to  the  declension  of  aejectives,  when  we  come  to  treat 
of  their  plural  number. 

N  ote  3.  In  Bohemian,  the  adjective  may  be  placed  either  before 
or  after  the  noun,  according  to  the  speaker's  pleasur< ; 

pan  Hodan  je  hodny  niuzj  ) 

\       Mr.  Hodan  is  a  nice  man; 
pan  Hodan  je  muz  hodny;  ) 

je  to  letny  muz;  ) 

l       he  is  (literally,  it  is)  an  aged  man. 

je  to  muz  letny;  \ 

It  is  usually  placed  after  the  noun  when  the  speaker  wishes  to  lay 
particular  stress  upon  the  adjective  (liodny,  letny)  qualifying  the  noun, 


88 


Part  II. 


LESSON  XX. 


Sonsedstvo,  n.  sousedstvd  neighbor- 
hood 

cely,  a9  e    tselee  whole,  all 

mily,  a,  e    millee   pleasant,  pleas- 
ing, dear 

pfijemno,  t.prshee-ygmno  agreea- 
ble, pleasant 
nehodny  n8  hodnee  naughty 
bydleti  bidlet  to  live,  to  reside 
vse  fshe         )  everything, 

vseclmo  fshekh-no  f  all 
vsak  fshdk  but 

vsakje        fshdk  ye~     but  there  is 

(there  are) 

nad  ndd  over 

neni  nad  neni  nad  there  is  nothing 
better  than  ...  ; 


nothing  like. . . . ; 

velmi 

velmi 

very 

jich 

yikh 

of  them 

nam 

nam 

to  us 

vain 

mm 

to  you 

vejde  veydS       enters,  calls 

rad  vejde      rdd  veydg,  likes  to  call 
rad  promlim,  rdd  promluvee,  likes 
to  talk  (to  have  a  chat) 
ma  rad        md  rdd  he  likes 

ma  rada  md  rddd  she  likes 
doufam        doufdm  I  hope 

ba  prave       bd  prdvyg    that  is  so; 

to  be  sure; 

ba  veru        bd  vygrU  certainly:  no 

doubt  of  it 

v  poradkn    fpo-rshdd-kit  right 

all  right 

dobra  vfile  dobrd  vool$  good  will 
na  stesti        nd  shfesfi,  happily, 

fortunately; 
je  na  to  cas,  y8  nd  td  chdss,  there  is 

time  for  it. 

zene*  Mn&fX^  [t  80 ?  is  lt  DOt? 

)  are  they  not? 

to  vis  td  veesh  thou  knowest 

to  vite  td  veetS       you  know 


REMARK. 


When  standing  alone  and  used  as  a  rejoinder,  to  vis  and  to 

vite  signify;  of  course,  to  be  sure. 


Lesson  20. 


89 


Exercises. 


Mysliin  ze  vsickni  vasisousede  jsou 
hodni. 

Pravdaj  cel^  sousedstvo  je  hodne\ 

Pakje  prijemno  bydleti  zde. 
Opravdu,  velmi  prijemno. 
A  jake"  je  sousedstvo  vase? 

My  take  mame  par  hodnych  sou- 
sedu. 

Myslim  ze  je  vam  to  take  mile. 

Je  nam  to  tuze  mile. 
Clovek  rad  vejde  k  hodnym  son- 
sedum. 

Kazdy  ma  rad  hodne  sousedy. 

Ba  prave;  a  v  hodnych  sousedech 

vzdycky  (dit-ski)  ma  podporu. 
Kdyz  je  na  to  cas,  clovek  rad  pro- 
mluvi  s  hodnymi  sousedy. 
Neni  nad  hodne  sousedy! 


Ma  zena  je  zde  velmi  spokojena. 
Vase  sousedky  jsou  vsechny  hodne, 
ze  ne? 

Nase  sousedky  jsou  hodne. 

To  vite,  ze  mezi  hodnymi  soused- 

kami  je  dobra  vule. 
Neni  nad  dobrou  vuli  v  sousedstvu. 

To  vite. 

Kdy^  sousede  take  maji  hodne  deti, 
vsechno  je  v  poradku. 


I  think  that  all  your  neighbors  are 
nice. 

True;  the  whole  neighborhood  is 
nice. 

Then  it  is  agreeable  to  live  here. 
Truly,  very  agreeable. 
And  what  kind  is  your  neighbor- 
hood? 

We  also  have  some  nice  neighbors 
(i  e.  some  of  the  nice  neighbors). 

I  think  (that)  it  is  also  agreeable  to 
you. 

It  is  very  agreeable  to  us. 

Oae  likes  to  call  on  nice  neighbors; 

(literally:)  one  likes  to  enter  to 

nice  neighbors). 
Everybody  likes  good  neighbors. 
To  be  sure;  and  in  good  neighbors 

one  always  has  (finds)  a  support. 
When  there  is  time  for  it,  one  likes 

to  have  a  chat  with  good  neighbors. 
There  isnothinglike good  neighbors ! 


My  Tvife  is  very  much  satisfied  here. 
Your  female  neighbors  are  all  nice, 

are  they  not? 
Our  female  neighbors  are  nice. 
You  know  that  among  nice  female 

neighbors  there  is  good  will. 
There  is  nothing  like  good  will  in  a 

neighborhood. 
Of  course  (i.  e.  you  know). 
When  the  neighbors  also  have  nice 

children,  everything  is  all  right. 


90 


Part  11 


Maine  opravdn    muoko  hodnych 
deti  v  sousedstvu. 

Vsak  je  take  nekolik  nehodnyeh. 

Donfam  ze  neiri  jich  mnoho. 

Na  stesti  neiri  jich  mnoho. 

Je  jich  jen  par;  ale  je  to  dost. 

Ba  veru. 


We  have  indeed  many  nice  children 
in  the  neighborhood  (i.  e.  many 
of  the  nice  children)*). 

But  there  are  also  a  few  naughty 
(ones). 

I  hope  (that)  there  are  not  many  of 
them. 

Fortunately  there  are  n  t  many  of 
them. 

There  are  only  a  few;  but  it  is 

enough. 
No  doubt  of  it. 


Note  1.  In  the  plural,  the  masculine  gender  of  an  adjective 
changes  the  terminal  y  into  an  i  ; 

hodny  nmz,  hodnee  mooz,  a  nice  man;  hodtri  muzi,  hodnee  mooii,  nice  men. 

The  feminine  gender  changes  the  terminal  a  into  an  e  : 
hoilna  zena,  hodna  zena,  a  nice  woman;    hodne  zeny,  hodne  zeny,  nice 

women. 

The  neutre  gender  changes  the  terminal  e  into  an  a  : 
hodne  decko,  hodne  tfet-sko,  a  nice  child;  hodna  decka,  hodna  (Xet-skd, 

nice  children. 

Dite,  tet'e,  (child,)  follows  the  feminine  in  the  plural:  hodne  deti,  hodne 

d'etV,  nice  children. 

Note  2.  Adjectives  containing  in  their  last  syllable  the  hard  con- 
sonants h,  ch,  k,  r,  change  these  consonants  in  the  plural  of  the-mas- 
culine  animate  gender  into  z,  s,  c,  f,  in  the  same  manner  as  stated  in 
Lesson  XV.  Note  3.    For  example: 

*)  Mnoho,  malo,  par,  kolik,  nekolik,  (many,  few,  a  few,  how 
many,  some \  as  well  as  all  numbers  after  "four"  (see  foot-notes  in  Les- 
sons XVII [  and  XIX)  govern  the  genitive  or  jiossessive  case;  hence  the 
noun,  or  pronoun,  adjective,  which  follows  them,  must  always  appear  in 
that  case. 


Lesson  20. 


91 


dlouhy  had,  dlouhee  had,  a  long  snake;   dlouzi  hadi,  dloitzee  M&'i,  long 

snakes; 

hluchy  muz,  hliikhee  mooz,  a  deaf  man;  hlusi  muzi,  hlushee  moozi,  deaf 

men; 

velky  hoch,  velkee  hokh,  a  big  boy;  velci  hosi,  veltsee  Jw-shi,  big  boys; 
dobry  soused,  dobree  soused,  a  good  neighbor;   dobri  sousedi,  dobr-shee 

soUse&'i,  good  neighbors. 

Note  3.  The  following  table  presents  a  complete  view  of  the 
plural  number  of  adjectives  ending  in  y  (a,  £). 

The  nominative  and  accusative  cases: 

hodni  muzi  (accus.  hodne  muze),  hodnee  ?noozi,  hodne  moo%8,  nice 

men; 

hodne  zeny,  hodne  z&ny,  nice  women; 
hodna  decka,  hodnd  tXetska,  nice  children. 

The  genitive  or  possessive  case  : 

hodnych  muzu,  zen,  decek,  hodneekh  moozoo.  zen,  fletsek,  of  the 

nice  men,  women,  children. 

The  dative  case  : 

hodnym  muzTuii,  zenam,  deckum,    hodneem  moozoom,  zenam  (Xet- 

skoom,  to  the  nice  men,  women,  children. 

The  locative  case: 

o  hoduych  muzicli,  zenach,  deckach,  d  hodneekh  moozeekh,  zendkh, 
ftetskdkh,  about  the  nice  men,  women,  children. 

The  instrumental  case: 

s  hodnymi  muzi,  zenami,  decky,  shodneemi  moozi,  zendmi,  d'etski, 

with  the  nice  men,  women,  children. 

Note  4.  In  common  discourse,  however,  the  grammatical  dis- 
tinction of  gender  in  the  nominative  plural  of  this  class  of  adjectives  is 
treated  as  perfectly  useless,  which  in  fact  it  is.  The  Bohemian  language, 
as  it  lives  in  the  daily  intercourse  of  millions,  employs  the  masculine 
singular  form  of  the  adjective  in  all  three  genders  of  the  plural,  recogniz- 
ing only  one  form  of  declension  : 


92 


Part  It 


hodny  innzi,  hodny  zeny,  hodny  deti  (or  decka);  the  nice  men,  women, 

children ; 

hodnych  nmzu,  zen,  deti;  of  the  nice  men,  women,  children: 

and  so  forth. 


LESSON  XXI. 


Soiiseduv,  m.  soiisedoof  \  ^ 
sonsedova,  f  sotisedova    [  neigh_ 
sousedovo,  n.  soUsedovo    C  bor>s 
sousedovi,  pi.  sousedovi  J 
bratruVj  m.  bratroof,  the  brother's 
piny,  a,  e"     pi- nee  .  full 

novy;  a,  e  novee  new 
falesny,  a,  e  fdleshnee  false 
CO  noveho?     tso  noveho,    what  is 

the  news? 

noviny,  pi.    ntiviny  news,  news- 
paper 

tiskarna,  f.  tiskarna  printing  office 
list  list,  paper,  sheet,  leaf 
hlas,  m.  Mass  voice 
sloupec,  m.  slotipets  column 
sloupce  sloup-ts8  columns 
cisti,  cheesHi,  cheest,  to  read 

cteme  cJU&m8  we  read 

v  .tom,  m&  n./^m  \  -m  that 
v  te,  f .  fte  ) 
proto  prdtd  hence,  therefore 
proto  ale  pfece,  prot<5  dig  prshZ-tsV, 
in  spite  of  that,  notwith- 
standing that 


deniii  d$\\ee  daily 

tydenni  teedgnee  weekly 
deimik,  m.  defieek,  daily  paper 
tydennik,  m.  teedSneek  weekly  " 
dnesiii  dnesli-\\ee  today's 
vcerejsi  fcMreyshee  yesterday's 
posledni  poslednee  last 
volba,  f.  volba  election 
zprava,  f.  sprdvd  advice 
den  co  den,  den  tso  den,  day  by  day 
Co,  neco  tso,  netso  something 
brzo  hotovi,  b  erzo  hotovi,  soon  done 
pfinesl  prshi  nessl  he  brought 
dopadnouti,  dopddnout,      to  come 

out,  to  result 
podivej  se,  poiXeevey  sg,  look  thou) 
podivejte  se,  potfeeveytg  sg,  look 

(you) 

pokazde,  pdkazde  every  time 
tez  tM  also 

veriti,  vyg-rhiti,  vyg-rsMt,    to  be- 
lieve 

nesmite  ngsmeetg  you  must  not 
praeovati  prdtsdvdt  to  work 
pracnje      prtXtsUyg  work 


Lesson  21. 


93 


Kdo  to  byl? 
To  byl  souseduv  syn. 
Prinesl  neco? 
Prinesl  nam  noviny. 
Sousedovy  noviny? 
Ano,  sousedovy  noviny. 
Jsou  to  denni  nebo  ty  denni  noviny? 
Je  to  dennik. 
Jaky  je  to  dennik? 
Je  to  Denni  Hlas. 
Bratruv  hoeh  pracuje  v  te  tiskar- 

ne,  myslim. 
Ano,  a  sousedova  dcera  tez. 


Bratrova  dcera  dice  tarn  pracovat 
tez. 

A  Hodanova  Marie  take. 


Exercises. 

Who  was  it? 

That  was  (our)  neighbor's  son. 
Has  he  brought  something? 
He  brought  (to)  us  a  newspaper. 
Our  neighbor's  newspaper? 
Yes,  our  neighbor's  paper. 
Is  it  a  daily  or  a  weekly  newspaper? 
It  is  a  daily. 
What  daily  is  it? 
It  is  the  Daily  Voice. 
My  brother's  boy  works  in  that 

printing-office,  I  think. 
Yes,  and  (our)  neighbor's  daughter 
also. 

My  brother's  daughter  wants  to 

work  there  Uso. 
And  Mary  Hodan  too. 


Je  to  dnesni  list? 

Je  dnesni;  ale  souseduv  Jan  take 

prinesl  vcerejsi  list. 
Co  je  noveho?  Podivej  se  do  dnesni- 

ho  listu. 

Ye  dnesnim  listu  neni  mnoho  nove- 
ho; —  jen  neco  o  posledni  volbe. 

Jak  dopadla  posledni  volba? 
Hned  to  budu  cisti. 
Budeme  brzy  liotovi  s  dnesnim 
listem. 


Denni  listy  vzdycky  (dit-ski)  maji 

neco  noveho. 
Pravda,  v  dennich  listecli  je  po- 

kazde  co  cisti. 


Is  it  to-day's  paper? 

It  is  to-day's;  but  (neighbor's)  John 

also  brought  yesterday's  paper. 
What  is  the  news?  Look  (thou)  into 

to-day's  paper. 
In  tc-day's  paper  there  is  not  much 

news;  only  something  about  the 

last  election. 
How  did  the  last  election  come  out? 
I  shall  read  it  right  away.  - 
We  shall  soon  be  done  with  to-day's 

paper. 


Daily  papers  always  have  some- 
thing new. 

T  o  be  sure,  in  daily  papers  there  is 
every  time  something  to  read. 


94 


Part  11. 


Ale  nesmite  vzdy  veriti  dennim 
listum. 

S  dennimi  listy  je  to  tak  :  sloupce 
musi  byti  pine  den  co  den. 

Proto  jsou  nekdy  falesne  zpra^y  v 
dennich  listech. 

Proto  ale  pfece  radi  cteme  denni 

v  listy. 

Cteme  nekolik  dennich  listu  (genit. 
case,  —  "of  the  daily  papers"). 


But  you  must  not  always  believe 
the  daily  papers. 

With  the  daily  papers  it  is  so;  the 
columns  must  be  full  day  by  day. 

Hence  there  are  sometimes  false  ad- 
vices in  daily  papers. 

In  spite  of  that  we  like  to  read  the 
daily  papers. 

We  read  several  daily  papers. 


Note  1.  Adjectives  ending  in  i,  like  denni,  dnesiri,  posledni, 
vcerejsij  have  the  same  termination  in  all  genders  and  both  numbers;  and 
in  the  singular  of  the  feminine  gender  they  remain  unchanged  in  all  cases: 
in  the  masculine  and  neutre  gender  the  genitive  case  is  characterized  by 
the  termination  iho,  the  dative  by  imil,  the  locative  and  instrumental 
by  im,  —  corresponding  with  eho,  emu,  em  &  ym  of  the  main  order  of 
adjectives. 

In  the  plural,  their  declension  is  the  same  in  all  three  genders, show- 
ing the  termination  ich  in  the  genitive  and  locaiive,  im  in  the  dative, 
and  imi  in  the  instrumental  case. 

Note  2.  There  is  also  a  class  of  adjectives  derived  from  nouns 
denoting  persons  or  animals,  by  means  of  the  suffixes  iiv,  ova,  ovo, 
according  to  gender.  They  are  called  "possessive  adjectives",  and  their 
sense  is  rendered  in  English  by  the  "possessive  case"  of  the  noun  : 


souseduv  syn, 
sousedova  dcera, 
sousedovo  dite, 
sousedovi  synove, 


soilsedoof  syn, 
souseddva  U8ra, 
saiiseddvti  tfeeVe, 
soitscdtfvi  syndve, 


the  neighbor's  son; 
the  neighbor's  daughter; 
the  neighbor's  child; 
the  neighbor's  sons; 
the  neighbor's  daughters 
(children). 

From  feminine  nouns  they  are  derived  by  the  sutfixes  in,  ina?  ino 
(iny  in  ihe  plural,  in  colloquial  usage), 


sousedovy  dcery  (deti),  souseddvi  tsgry  (dW), 


Lesson  21. 


95 


zenin  kloboukj    zemn  kloboick,    the  woman's  (or  wife's)  bonnet; 

zeniny  saty,       zeniny  shaft/,     the  woman's  (or  wife's)  clothes  or  dress. 

Grammatically,  these  adjectives  have  their  own  mode  of  declension; 
but  colloquially,  they  are  declined  just  like  adjectives  of  the  main  order  : 
hodny,  a,  e. 

5ote  3.  A  ftw  more  examples  of  such  possessive  adjectives  as 
are  commonly  in  use,  in  connection  with  nouns  of  different  gender,  will 
make  the  student  sufficiently  familiar  with  them: 


Otec,  oigts,  the  father  : 

otcuv  klobouk,  m.  otsoof  klobotik, 

otcova  cepice,  f.  otsovd  chepitse, 

otcovo  misto,  n.  otsovo  meesto, 

Matka?    maika,    the  mother: 

matcin  pokoj,  m.  mtitcMn  pokoy, 

matcina  stolice,  f .  mtitchina  stolitse, 

matcino  slovOj  n.  mdtchino  slovo, 


the  father's  hat; 
the  father's  cap; 
the  father's  place; 

the  mother's  room; 
the  mother's  chair; 
the  mother's  word. 


Sestra,    sestra   the  sister 
sestrin  sal,  m. 
sestrina  taska,  f. 
sestrino  piano, 

Hoch,    hokh,    the  boy  : 
hochuY  mic,  m. 
hochova  mapa,  f . 
hochovo  pero,  n. 

Holka,   holka,    the  girl 
holcin  kufr,  m. 
holcina  postel,  f - 
Jiolclno  pradlo,  n. 


sest-rshin  shawl,       the  sister's  shawl; 
sest-rshina  tdshka,   the  sister's  satchel; 
sest-rshino  piano,     the  sister's  piano. 


hokhoof  meech, 
hokhova  mapa, 
hdkhovti  pero, 

holchin  Mffer, 
holchina  postell, 
Jiolchino  prdtfld, 


the  boy's  ball; 
the  boy's  map; 
the  boy's  pen; 

the  girl'd  ttunk; 
the  girl's  bed; 
the  girl's  linen. 


96 


Part  11. 


remark.  It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  derivatives  from  feminine 
nouns  ending  in  ka,  ra,  the  hard  consonants  k,  r,  change  into  the  soft 
consonants  c,  r:  niatka,  matcin;   sestra,  sestfin. 


LESSON  XXII. 


Mlady,  a,  e  mlddee  young 
mladsi  mlad-shee  younger 

nejmladsi  ney -mlad-shee  youngest 
stary,  a,  e  stdree  old 
slarsij  stdr-shee  older 

nejstarsi      ney-star-shee '  oldest 
bohatsi        bohdt-shee  richer 
nejboliatsi    ney -bohdt-shee  richest 
clmdsi         khiid-shee  poorer 
nejchudsi      ney-khud-shee  poorest 
nejposlednejsi  ney-posled-neyshee 
last  of  all,  the  very  last 
j ak  se  j menu j e  %       ydk  s8  mentiyg, 
what  is  his  name? 
bud'  jak  bud',  butf  yak  bM\   be  it 
as  it  may;  no  matter  how  it  is; 
neni-li  pravda?    neyni-li  prdvdd, 

isn't  it  so? 

je-li  mozua!  yelli  moznd,  is  it  pos- 
sible! 

jil  myslel,  yd  mis-lel,  I  thought 
oni  mysli,  oni  mislee,  they  think 
bydlite,  bidleetS  you  live  (reside) 
zmiiny,  a,  &znamee,  known; 
pfil  leta,   pool  letd,  half  a  year; 


pfitel,  m.  prshee-tel 
obchod,  m.  ob-hkdd 
obchodirik,  m.  ob-khdd-neek 


kram,  m. 
sklad,  m. 
zbozi,  n. 


friend 
business 
mer- 
chant, business  man; 
krdm  store 
skidd  warehouse 
zbozee      goods,  stock 
of  goods; 

zelezny,  a,  e  zeleznee,         of  iron; 
zelezne  zbozi,  zelezne  zbozee,  hard- 
ware; 

konkurent,  m.  concUrent,  compet- 
itor; 

lidi,  lide,  Mi,  lide,  people 
jedeu  z  (ze),  yeden  z  (28),  one  of 
jeko  yehd  his 

zathn  zdt'eem  )  pn  the  contrary 
naopak  nd-opdk  ) 

mezi             mtizi  among 

pfes             prshSs  over,  across 

skoupy,  d,  e  skoupee  miserly 

stedry,  a,  e   shXedree  liberal 

patri            patrshee  belongs. 

(used  as  a  noun>  acquaintance; 

ze  vsech,  l  z&  fshtikh,   of  all. 


Lesson  22. 


97 


Exercises. 


Jsem  rad  ze  jste  tu. 

Yy  bydliteteda  v  B.2 

A1105  uz  pres  rok. 

Ja  mam  pritele*)  v  B. 

Je  boliaty  obcliodnik;  —  ma  veliky 

sklad  —  a  kram  piny  zbozi  na 

Washington  iilici. 
Jaky  ma  obchod? 

Zelezne  zbozi.  (Obchod  v  zeleznem 

zbozi). 
Jak  se  jmenuje? 

Jmenuje  se  Josef  Baldwin;  —  znate 
ho? 

Znam  ho;  —  je  boliaty,  —  ale  jeho 
konkurent  p.  Adams  je  bohatsi, 

—  a  pan  Fleming  je  nejbohatsi. 
Bud'  jak  bud',  pan  Baldwin  patri 

mezi  nejbohatsi  obchodniky  ve 

meste  B. 
Ano,  jest  jeden  z  nejbohatsich  ob- 

chodniku,  —  to  je  pravda. 
Ale  neni  pravda,  ze  je  skoupy;  — 

naopak,   on  je  tuze  stedry. 

Jeho  soused  pres  ulici,  pan  Wild, 
je  take  muj  znamy;  —  myslim  ze 
je  posud  chudy  muz. 

Ano,  je  pry  chudsi  nez  lidi  mysli; 

—  vsak  neni  ten  nejchudsi  ob- 
chodnik  ve  meste. 


I  am  glad  that  you  are  here. 

You  live,  then,  in  B.  ? 

Yes;  already  over  a  year; 

I  have  a  friend  in  B. 

He  is  a  rich  merchant;  —  he  has  a 
large  warehouse  —  and  a  store  full 
of  goods  on  Washington  street. 

What  business  has  he? 

Hardware.   (A  hardware  business). 

What  is  his  name? 

His  name  is  Joseph  Baldwin;  —  do 
you  know  him? 

I  know  him;  — he  is  rich,  —  but  his 
competitor  Mr.  Adams  is  richer, — 
and  Mr.  Fleming  is  the  richest. 

Be  it  as  it  may,  Mr.  Baldwin  be- 
longs among  the  richest  business 
men  in  the  city  of  B. 

Yes,  he  is  one  of  the  richest  mer- 
chants,—that  is  true; 

But  it  is  not  true,  that  he  is  miserly; 
—  on  the  contrary,  —  he  is  very 
liberal. 

His  neighbor  across  the  street,  Mr. 
Wild,  is  also  my  acquaintance; — I 
think  that  he  is  still  a  poor  man. 

Yes,  he  is  said  to  be  poorer  than 
people  think;  —  but  he  is  not  the 
poorest  business  man  in  town. 


-*)  The  noun  pritel  is  somewhat  irregular  in  its  declension:  prite- 
le, prshee-tel8,  in  the  genitive  and  accusative  case  (of  a  friend:  a  friend); 
pfiteli,  the  dative,  also  the  vocative  (to  a  friend;  friend!).  The  plural  is 
pfatele,  prshd-tele,  the  friends;  pratel,  prshd-tel,  of  the  friends. 


4 


98 


Part  11. 


Vas  Robert  je  klerkem*),  neni-li 
pravda? 

Alio,  je**)  klerkem  uz  pM  leta. 

My  slim  ze  Robert  biule  dobry  ob- 
chodnik(or  dobrym  obcliodmkem). 
Robert  je  pilny  hoch,  —  ale  Frank 

je  pilnejsi,  — a  Edward  je  nej- 

pilnejsi  ze  vseeh. 

Xeni  Frank  stars!  nez  Robert? 

.Ne;  Robert  je  stars!  a  Edward  je 
nejstarsi. 

Je-11  mozna!  —  J  a  myslel,  ze  Ro- 
bert je  mladsi  nez  Frank,  —  a 
Frank  zatim  je  nej  mladsi. 


Your  Robert  is  a  clerk,  is  he  not? 

Yes,  lie  has  been  a  clerk  forhalf-a- 
year. 

I  think  that  Robert  will  be  a  good 

business  man. 
Robert  is  an  industrious  boy,  — but 
Frank'is  more  industrious,  —  and 
Edward  is  the  most  industrious  of 
all. 

Is  not  Frank  older  than  Robert? 
No,  Robert  is  older,  and  Edward  is 

the  oldest. 
Is  it  possible!  -  I  thought  that  Rob- 
ert was  younger  than  Frank,  — 
and  Frank,  on  the  contrary,  is 
the  youngest. 

*)   The  noun  klerk  is  here  used  in  the  instrumental  case,  answer- 
ing the  question  cim  je?  cheem  y&,  what  is  he? 

This  is  a  common  c  nstruction.  —  We  may  ask:  Co  je  vas  syn? 
what  is  your  son? — The  answer  would  be:  On  je  klerk,  lie  is  a  clerk. 

We  may  also  ask:  Cim  je  vas  syn?  (which,  in  English,  is  identical 
with  the  first  question;)  the  answer  would  be:  On  je  klerkem,  he  is  a  clerk. 
In  a  similar  manner  we  say  in  Bohemian,  using  the  instrumental  case: 
Jsem  farnierem,      I  am  a  farmer; 
on  je  farnierem,      he  is  a  farmer; 
on  je  obchodnikem,  he  is  a  merchant; 


je  generalem, 


he  is  a  general; 


etc. 


Je,  on  je,  on  jest,  he  is,  the  simple  present  tense  of  byti,  to 
be,  is  also  used  in  Bohemian  for  the  perfect  tense  he  has  been.  (See 
Lesson  IX.  Note  1.)    Similarly  we  say; 

jsem  tn  rok,      I  have  been  here  a  year; 
jajsemturok,  "   "      "      "    "  " 

jsem  farnierem  deset  let,    I  have  been  a  farmer  for  ten  years; 
jsme  doma  tyden,      we  have  been  at  homoa  week;  etc, 


Lesson  22. 


99 


Mate  take  deer y  2 

Mam  dceru;  je  jeste  mladsi  nez 

hoch  Frank. 
To  je  nejposlednejsi  dite. 
To  je  ina  eel  a  rodina. 


Have  you  also  daughters? 
I  have  a  daughter;  she  is  still  young- 
er than  the  boy  Frank. 
That  is  the  very  last  child. 
That  is  my  whole  family. 


Note  1.  In  the  English  language,  the  comparative  degree  of  ad- 
jectives is  formed  either  by  adding  er,  or  by  placing  more  before  them, 
young,  younger;  industrious,  move  industrious. 

The  superlative  degree  is  formed  either  by  adding  est  (st),  or  by- 
placing  most  before  the  adjective:    youngest;   most  industrious. 

In  Bohemian,  the  comparative  degree  is  formed  by  adding  si  or 
ejsi  (sometimes  ejsi)  in  place  of  tbe  final  y  (a,  e): 

mlady,  a,  e  mladee,  young;         mladsi,    mladshee,  younger; 

pilny,  a,  e  pillnee,  industrious:  piln-ejsi,  pillneysliee,  more  industrious. 

The  superlative  degree  is  always  formed  by  prefixing  nej,  ney,  to 
the  comparative  degree: 

nej-inladsi,         neymlddshee,  youngest; 
iiej-pilnejsi,         neyyilliieyshee,      most  industrious. 

Note  2.    Some  adjectives,  in  Bohemian  as  well  as  in  English 
have  an  irregular  comparison.    The  most  common  of  them  are  the  fol- 
iowbig: 


dobry, 

dobree, 

good; 

lepsi, 

lepshee, 

better; 

zly, 

zlee, 

bad; 

horsi, 

horshee, 

worse; 

maly, 

malee, 

small; 

inensi, 

menshee, 

smaller; 

velky, 

velkee, 

large; 

vetsi, 

vyetshee, 

larger; 

dlouliy, 

dlouhee, 

long; 

delsi, 

delshee, 

longer; 

vysoky, 

visokee. 

high; 

vyssi, 

vishee, 

higher; 

hluboky, 

Mubokee, 

deep; 

hlubsi, 

7ilUbshee, 

deeper; 

siroky, 

shirokee, 

wide; 

v  •      v  r 

sirsi, 

shirshee, 

wider; 

daleky. 

far; 

daliij 

farther; 

100 


Part  II. 


blizky, 
hezky, 
lehky, 
mekky, 


bleeskee,           near;  blizsi,  blishee,  nearer; 

hesskee,  pretty,  (nice);  liezci,  hess-chee,  prettier; 

Whkee,             light;  lehci,  Uh-chee,  lighter; 

mygkee,             soft;  mekci,  myek-chee,  softer. 


The  superlative  is  formed  without  exception  by  prefixing  nej  to 
the  comparative. 


LESSON  XXIII. 


J  a  jel,  yd  yell,  I  rode,  I  went; 
cekal,  cliekdl,       (he)  waited; 

pravil,        pravil,  (he)  said; 

vesel,  vgshell  went  in; 

psala,  psdld,       (she)  wrote; 

nevidel  jsem,  ngviftel  sem,  I  did  not 

see; 

milujem  se,    milUyem  se,  we  love 

each  other; 

postavim  si,   postdveem  si,    I  shall 
build  for  myself; 
at'  to  stojl,  af  id  stoyee,  let  it  cost; 
rka,  rshkd,  saying; 

rekl  jsem,  rshgkl  sem,  I  said,  I  told; 

I  have  said  (told); 
mluvil  jsem,  mltivil  sem,      I  have 
spoken;  I  spoke; 
slysel  jsem,    slishell  sem;   I  have 

heard;  I  heard; 
sednouti  si,  sednoUt  si,Ao  sit  down; 
tazati  se,     tiztit  s8,    to  ask,  to  in- 
quire; 


domov,  m.    dtimdf,  a  home; 

obydli,  n.  dbidlee,  dwelling; 
svetnice,  f.  swy8tnits#  { 


sednice,  f . 
loznice,  f 
draha,  f. 
po  draze, 
nadrazi,  n. 
pohodli,  n. 


sednitsti  ) 
loz-nitsti,  bedroom; 
drdhd,  road,  railroad; 
pd  drdze,  by  railroad; 
nddra-zee,  depot; 
ptihodlee,  comfort; 
pohodlny,  a,  e  pdhodelnee,  com- 
fortable 

svagrova,  shwdgrovd,  sister-in-law 
fteetkb,  child,  baby 
ntimots,  sickness 
vselico,  fshellilsd,  different  things 
dlouho,  dlotihd,  long,  a  long  time 
onehdy,  tin8h-de,  the  other  day 
zdrtiv,  a,  o,  zdrdv,  well,  healthy 
uiiaven,  a,  o,  undven,  tired 
takovy,  a,  e,  tdkovce,  such 
vedle,  next  to;  side  by  side 

veru,  vy$t%  indeed; 


ditko,  n. 
nemoc,  f 


Lesson  23. 


101 


ziistati,  zoostat,  to  stay,  to  remain; 

svlekni  se,    svlekw  s8,  undress! 

lehl  jsem  si,  W-hlsem  si,  Hay  down; 
se,  sebe,    s#,  seM,  oneself; 


pro  pro  for. 

napred,         ndprshed,  first,  ahead; 


myself  thyself, 
ourselves, 

si,  sobe,  si,  sdby&,  to  oneself:  to  myself,  etc.  etc 
sebou,       s8boti,      by  or  with  oneself;   etc.  etc. 

Exercises. 


himself,  herself,  itself; 
yourselves,  themselves; 


Ja  jel*)  onehdy  do'  Chicago;  — 
mam  tam  bratra;  —  chtel  jsem  ho 
videt,  —  t6z  jeho  obydli;  —  on  ce- 
kal  na  me  v  nadrazi.  —  Ja  prijel 
po  draze  C.  &  W. 

Pravil  mi:  "Had  te  vidim,  bra- 
tfe!  -  Cekal  jsem  tebe;  —  ukazu 
ti  mfij  domov.  —  Dame  tobe  nasi 
nejvetsi  loznici. 

Musis  ziistati  u  me  aspon  tyden; 
—  tak  teda  p  jd'  se  mnou." 

Rekl  jsem  mu,  ze  ja  take  rad 
ho  vidim,  —  Jsi  zdrav?  tazal  jsem 
se  ho. 

"Ano,  jsem  tuze  zdrav",  pra- 
vil on;  "ma  zena  je  take  zdrava 


I  went  the  other  day  to  Chicago; 
—I  have  a  brother  there; — I  wanted 
to  see  him,—  also  his  dwelling; — he 
waited  fcr  me  at  the  depot. — I  came 
by  the  C.  &  NW.  railroad. 

He  said  to  me:  ''I  am  glad  to  see 
thee,  brother! — I  have  been  expect- 
ing thee;  —  I  will  show  to  thee  my 
hom^.—  We  shall  give  (to)  thee  our 
largest  bedroom. 

Thou  must  stay  with  me  (i.  e.  at 
my  house)  at  least  a  week;  —  so, 
then,  come  with  me." 

I  told  him  that  I  also  was  glad  to 
see  him?—  Are  you  well?  I  asked 
him. 

"Yes,  I  am  very  well",  said  he; 
"my  wife  is  also  well  and  the  baby 

*)  Jeti,  yeVi  (commonly  yet),  to  ride,  to  go  by  railroad  or  other- 
wise. Ja  j*em  jel,  yd  sem  yell,  I  rode,  I  went, — I  have  gone;  ja 
jel,  yd  yell,  is  the  past  tense  with  the  auxiliary  jsem  left  out,  as 
explained  in  Lesson  X.  The  same  applies  to  ja  prijel,  yd  prshi-yell 
I  came  (by  train  or  other  means  of  conveyance).  From  the  verb  jeti, 
yeVt,  (or  yet)  to  ride,  or  to  go  by  some  conveyance,  about  as  many  new 
verbs  can  be  derived  by  prefixes  as  from  jiti,  yeefi,  (or  yeet)  to  go  See 
Lesson  XIII,  Note  6. 


102 


Part  II. 


a  ditko  je  take  zdravo.  —  Jsme 
spokojeni  a  milujem  se. " 

A  veru,  na  nem  nevidel  jsem 
zadnou  nemoc.  —  Svagrova  psala 
pravdu  o  nein,  ze  je  zdrav. 

Sel  jsem  s  nim.  —  Za  pal  hodi- 
ny  byli  jsme  u  neho.  —  Ja  sel  na- 
pfed,  on  za  mnon.  —  Jeho  zena 
tez  rada  me  videla;  —  ona  take 
me  cekala. 

Prinesl  jsem  ji  vselicoj  —  neco 
pro  in,  neco  pro  jeji  ditko.  —  Mlu- 
ul  jsem  s  m  dlouho  o  vselicem,  — 
a  sly  sel  jsem  od  m  muoho  nove- 
ho.  —  Ono  bylo  skoro  vseeko  nove 
pro  me. 

Myslil  jsem  si:  Maji  pekny  diim? 

—  poliodlny  domov.  —  Tolik  sve- 
tuic!— Ja  si  postavim  takovy  dum; 

—  malou  lozniei  pro  sebe  a  dve  ye- 
like  loznice  pro  rodinu.  —  Posta- 
vim sobe  tez  vedle  pisarnu. 

At'  to  stoji  neco;  —  postavim  to 
pro  s  be.  Anebo  koupim  si  pe- 
kny dum. 

Sedl  jsem  si  na  sofa,  rka:  Jsem 
unaven! 

"Udelej  si  pobodli,  —  svlekni 
se," —  pravil  bratr. 
Jd  se  svlekl  a  lehl  jsem  si. 


is  well,  too. — We  are  contented  and 
we  love  each  other." 

And  indeed,  on  him  I  didn't  see 
any  sickness.— Sister-in-law  wrote 
the  truth  about  him  that  he  was  well. 

I  went  with  him.-  In  half  an  hour 
we  were  at  his  house.— I  went  in  first, 
he  (followed)  after  me.  —  His  wife 
also  was  glad  to  see  me;  —  she  also 
expected  me. 

I  brought  to  her  different  things; 
—  something  for  her,  something  for 
her  baby. — I  spoke  with  her  long  a- 
bout  different  things,— and  I  heard 
from  her  many  news. — It  was  near- 
ly all  news  to  me. 

I  thought  to  myself:  They  have 
a  nice  house,— a  comfortable  home. 
— So  many  rooms!— I  shall  build  me 
such  a  house; — a  small  bedroom  for 
myself,  and  two  large  bedrooms  for 
the  family.  —  I  shall  build  myself 
also  next  to  it  an  office. 

Let  it  cost  something;  —  I  shall 
build  it  for  myself. — Or,  I  shall  buy 
me  a  nice  house. 

I  sat  down  on  the  sofa,  saying:  I 
am  tired! 

"Make  thyself  comfortable, —  un- 
dress (thysi  If),"  —  said  my  brother. 

I  undressed  and  lay  (myself)  down. 


Note  1.    The  personal  pronouns  ja,  ty,  on  (ona,  ono),  show 
the  following  variation  : 


Lesson  23. 


103 


Ja,  yd,  I; 

me,  my  8,  me; 

mi,  mne,  me,  mne,  to  me 

se  mnou,  s8  mnou,  with  me: 

on,  ono,  tin,  8no,  he,  it 

ho,  lid,  him  it 

jeho,  y&7id,  his,  its 
mu,  jemu,  neimi,  mil,  ygmti,  nemit. 


ty,  te, 

te  tebe,  tf#, 

ti,  tobe,  t%  toby 8, 

s  tebou,  steboti, 


thou; 
thee; 
to  thee; 
With  thee; 


■  •       •  f 


ona, 


ova, 
ye,  yee, 
yfyee, 


she; 
her,  to  her; 
her,  hers; 


to  him,  to  it 
in  him,  in  it 


V  nem,  vnem,  in  him,  in  it 
s  nim,        smm,  with  him,  with  it 


v  ni, 

s  ni, 


vnee, 
snee, 


in  her; 
with  her. 


Note  2.    Adjectives  sometimes  take  an  indefinite  form: 
on  je  zdrav,      tin  yti  z'drdv,      he  is  well  (or  healthy); 
ona  je  zdrava,    ona  y8  zdrdvd,    she  is  well; 
onojezdravo,    tinti  y 8  zdrdvd,    it   is  well; 

but  when  placed  before  a  noun,  the  adjective  must  always  have  its  definite 
form:  zdravy  muz,  zdrdvee  mooz,  a  healthy  man;  zdrava  zeoa,  zdrdvd 
lend,  a  healthy  woman;  zdrave  dite,  zdrave  (SeeUe,  a  healthy  child. 

The  followi  g  indefinite  adjectives  are  of  common  occurence: 


nemocen, 

ntimotsen, 

instead  of 

nemocny, 

ntimotsnee, 

sick; 

mrtev, 

m  ertev, 

C  I 

mrtvy, 

m  ertvee, 

dead; 

star, 

star, 

c  < 

i  4 

stary, 

stdree, 

old; 

mocen, 

mtitsen. 

Ci. 

(  « 

mocny, 

mots  nee, 

capable; 

znain, 

zndm, 

4  4 

4  4 

znamy, 

zndmee, 

known; 

vesel, 

vti-sell, 

4  4 

4  4 

vesely, 

vesselee, 

cheerful; 

prav, 

prav, 

«  ( 

4  I 

pravy, 

prdvee, 

just; 

bos, 

bos, 

I  4 

.  4 

bosy, 

bosee, 

barefoot, 

Adjectives  ending  in  vy  and  ny  frequently  take  the  indefinite 
form  in  the  nominative  case,  changing  their  termination  into  v  and  en 
(va,  na  in  the  feminine,  vo,  no  in  the  neutre  gender). 


104 


Part  II. 


Note  3.  As  observed  in  Note  2.  Lesson  XIII,  the  past  tense  of 
regular  Bohemian  verbs  is  formed  from  the  infinitive  by  an  1  in  place  of 
the  usual  termination  ti  : 

jeti,         yetH  or  yet,      to  ride;  jel,         yell,  rode; 

cekati,     c7iekat,  to  wait;  cekal,     chekdl,  waited; 

mluviti,    mltivit,  to  speak;  mluvil,    mltivil,  spoke; 

But  some  verbs  ending  in  outi  show  a  slight  deviation  from  this 
rule,  changing  outi  into  ul,  and  having  besides  a  short  form  of  the  past 
tense,  in  which  the  letter  1  is  substituted  for  the  whole  termination 
nouti,  being  attached  immediately  to  the  stem  of  the  verb  : 

lehnouti,      le7i-noittH  (or  leh-notit),   to  lie  down;  lehnul,  lehl,  le7i-ntil, 

Iti-hl,  lay  down; 

sednouti,      sednotit,    to  sit  down,  sednul,  sedl,  sednul,  sedl,  sat  down; 

svleknouti,    svlek-noitt,  to  undress;  svleknul,  svlekl,  svleknUl,  svlekl,  un- 
dressed. 

The  verb  svleknouti  has  also  an  irregular  form  of  the  infinitive  : 
svleci,  svlet-si.  In  common  conversation  we  hear  sliknout,  slikl,  sle- 
ceny,  sleeknoUt,  (to  undress),  sleekl,  sWcJignee  (undressed,  —  as  past 
participle  and  adjective). 


LESSON  XXIY. 


At'jde,      MS  d8,     let  him  (her,  it) 

come,  or  go; 
zustanem,  zoost&nem,  we  shall  stay; 
zustan,  zoostdn,  stay  (thou); 
ukax,    tikash,  show  (thou),  let  see; 

prijeti,  prs7d-yet,  to  come  (by  rail- 
way, etc); 

pfijedem,   prs7ii-yeJdem,   we  shall 
come  (by  some  conveyance); 


to  je  Skoda,  tti  yg  shko  la,    that  is  a 

P^y; 

pollOStSm,  n.   po7idsVenee,  hospi- 
tality; 

navSteva,  f.  ndfsJiVeva,  visit; 
casto,  duistd,  often; 
bud'  nebo,  &#d\ . . nebd,  either,  .or; 
nemam  co,  nemdm  tsti,  I  have  no- 
thing (to  ); 


Lesson  24. 


105 


lib!  se  mi,    leebee  s$  me,    I  like  it 
(him,  her);  it  pleases  me; 
bude  se  jim  libit,  btidb  se  yim  leebit, 
they  will  like  it;  it  will  please  them; 
bude  jim  mile,  budS  yimmile,  it  will 

please  them; 
doufam,       dotifdm,  I  hope; 

v  Chicago*)?  f Chicago,  in  Chicago; 


pfijedou,   prsJii-yHoU,   they  will 

come; 

povidal  jsem,  poveedal  sem,  I  said, 
slibiti,  sleebit,  t  >  promise; 
tajiti,        tdyit,  to  hide; 

ukryvati,   ukreevat,     to  cover  up: 
to  hide,  to  conceal; 
nemiizem,  nemoozem,  we  can  not; 


Exercises. 


My  zustanem  v  Chicago,  —  pra- 
vil  bratr;  —  pro  nas  je  to  dobre" 
misto;  —  uka2  nam  lepsi!  —  At'  ro- 
dina  jde  sem,  —  a  zustan  zde  s 
nami. 

Ja  pravil  :  Vy  mate  zde  pekny 
domov;  —  lib!  se  mi  u  vas;  —  my- 
slim  ze  casto  prijedem  k  yam,  — 


"We  shall  stay  in  Chicago,  —  sail 
(my)  brother:  —  for  us  it  is  a  good 
place;  —  show  (to)  us  a  better  one! 

—  Let  (your)  family  come  here.  — 
and  stay  here  with  us. 

I  said:  You  have  here  a  nice  house; 

—  I  like  it  here  (i.  e.  at  your  house, 
with  you, — u  vas); — I  think  that  we 


*)  If  we  insist  upon  declining  Chicago  like  a  Bohemian  noun  o1 
the  neutre  gender  (ending  in  0),  we  should  say  in  the  locative  case;v  Chi- 
cagu,  fchicagU.  However,  this  is  rather  an  exception  among  the  Bohe- 
mians in  America,  names  of  places  of  foreign  origin  being  usually  left  un- 
changed, the  same  as  in  English  This  may  not  exactly  satisfy  unyielding 
grammarians  but  it  is  a  rule  dictated  by  common  sense,  the  inflection  of 
such  proper  names  being  not  only  useless,  but  in  many  cases  perfectly  ab- 
surd, and  often  impossible.  Hence  we  say:  do  Milwaukee,  v  Milwaukee, 
za  Milwaukee  (to  Milwaukee,  in  M.,  beyond  M  );  do  Kewaunee,  do 
Spring  Yalley,  do  Dubuque,  do  Des  Moines,  etc  To  attempt  an  in- 
flection of  such  names,  according  to  the  rules  of  some  declension  of  Bo- 
hemian nouns,  would  be  an  intolerable  absurdity.  The  name  of  Chicago, 
indeed,  yields  easily  to  the  Bohemian  declension,  and  hence  it  is  now  and 
then  declined,  the  same  is  true  of  some  other  names.  There  are  also  a 
few  names  of  places  well  known  throughout  the  world,  which  are  always 
declined  in  Bohemian,  presenting  no  difficulty  to  such  a  process;  such 
are  for  instance:  New  York,  —  v  New  Yorku,  do  New  Yorku,  za  New 
Yorkem  (in  New  York,  to  N.  Y.,  beyond  N.  Y.);  Boston,  —  v  Bostonu, 
do  Bostonu,  za  Bostonem;  Washington,  do  Washingtonu;  and  some 
others.  —  These  names  are  masculine  by  force  of  their  termination. 


106 


Part  11. 


bud'  ja,  nebo  jeden  z  nas.  —  Ale 
zustati  s  Viiini  nemuzem. 
domov  je  na  venku. 


Nas 


shall  often  come  to  you,  —  either  I, 
or  one  of  us.  — But  to  stay  with  you 
we  can  not.  —  Our  home  is  in  the 
country. 

They  both  said:  That  is  a  pity! 
I  asked  them,  when  they  would 
come  to  us  on  a  visit;  —  I  said,  that 
we  should  give  (to)  them  also  a  nice 
room; — that  they  will  like  it  at  our 
place  (u  nas  ,  —  as  I  like  it  at  their 
house  (u  nich). 

They  promised  to  come  on  a  visit. 
—  I  hope  that  hospitality  from  us 
will  be  pleasing  to  them,  as  it  is 
pleasing  to  me  from  tliem. 

That  day  I  spoke  with  them  a  long 
time;  —  1  have  nothing  to  hide  from 
them; — I  have  nothing  to  conceal. — 
So  we  spoke,  until  there  was  no 
thing  further  to  speak  about. 

Note.    The  personal  pronouns  my,  vy,  oni  (ony  f.,  ona,  n.) 

show  the  following  variation,  which  has  already  become  somewhat  fami- 
liar to  the  student  from  the  preceding  lessons  : 

me,  we;  vy, 

nds,  us;  vas, 

nam,  to  us;  vain, 

sndmi,  with  us;  s  vami, 

(ony,  ona,)  tifii,  (tine,  #na),  they; 

yikh,  of  them,  them; 


Oni  oba  pravili:  Toje  skoda! 

Tazal  jsem  se  jich,  kdy  prijedou 
k  nam  na  navstevu;— povidal  jsem, 
ze  dame  jim  take  hezkou  svetniei; 

—  ze  se  jim  bade  libit  u  nas,  —  ja- 
ko  se  nine  libi  u  nich. 

Slibili  prijeti  na  navstevu.  — 
Doufam  ze  pohosteni  od  nas  bude 
mile  jim,  jako  je  mile  nine  od 
nich. 

Ten  den  mluvil  jsem  s  nimi  dlou- 
ho;  —  nemam  co  tajiti  pred  nimi; 

—  nemam  co  ukryvati.  —  Tak  mlu- 
vili  jsme,  az  nebylo  uz  co  mluviti. 


my, 
nas, 
nam, 
s  nami, 

oni, 
jich, 


ve, 
vas, 
vdm, 
svdmi, 


you; 
you; 
to  you; 
with  you ; 


Jim, 
v  nich, 


yim,  to  them; 

y8,  them: 
vnikh,    in  them,    (o  nich, 


S  in  mi 


smme,    with  them; 


about  them;  od  nich, 
from  them;  etc;) 
(za  nimi,    behind  or  after 
them,  etc.) 


Lesson  25. 


107 


LESSON  XXV. 


Stati,         stdfi  (stdt),  to  stand;  to 

cost; 

stoji,  stoyee,      stands;  costs; 

stal,  stal,  stood;  cost; 

oiluvi,  mlUvce,  speaks; 
pujcil,  puycliil,  (colloquial^  : 
pUchil,  lent,  loaned, 
snasi  se,  sndshee  se,  agrees; 
smal  se,  smdl  s&,  lie  laughed; 
podivej  se,   po&'eevey  s$,  look  (thou): 


podivejte  se,  pofteeveytg  s8, 
sejde  se, 


look 
(you); 

seyde  s8,  (he,  she,  it)  will 
meet; 

Exercises. 


tisic,  m.  fiseets,  thousand; 
stat,  m.  stdt,  state; 
lieta,  f.      ootsta,  respect; 

rozpravka,f .roz-prdfkd  )  talk,  con- 

i  7  v  -  „  >  versation, 

hovor,  m.   hdvor,         j  discourse; 

little  tooth; 
some; 
than; 

horn 


zoubek,  m.  zoubek, 
netsd, 

nesh, 
o  rtizen 


neco, 
nez, 
rozen, 
narozen. 


a. 


a,  0  nardzen 


prave  jako,  prdvyg  ydkd,    same  as; 
nebyla  u  nas,  nebillti  undss,  she  was 
not  at  our  house;  she 
has  not  been  to  see  us. 


Mujbratrje  posud  mlady; — je 
mladsi  nez  ja.  —  Ja  jsem  o  dve  leta 
stars!  nez  on. 

I)  urn  meho  bratra  stoji  teprvrok; 
—  stal  pet  tisic*)  dollar fi;  —  sou- 
sed pujcil  neco  penez  in  emu  bra- 
tru. 

On  ma  rad  meho  bratra;  -  on 
mluvi  o  mem  bratra  s  actou.  —  $ 
mym  bratrem  kazdy  se  snasi  dobre. 


My  brother  is  still  young;  —  he  is 
younger  than  I.  —  I  am  (by)  two 
years  older  than  he. 

The  house  of  my  brother  stands 
only  a  year;  —  it  cost  five  thousand 
dollars: — the  neighbor  loaned  some 
money  to  my  brother. 

He  likes  my  brother:  —  he  speaks 
of  my  brother  with  respect. —  With 
my  brother  everybody  agrees  well 


108 


Part  11. 


Moje  svagrova  je  ze  statu  Indi- 
ana*), —  rozena  v  Terre  Hautej  — 
ma  zena  je  z  Ohio. 

Moji  svagrove**)  libi  se  v  Chica- 
go tuze;  — 1116  zene  libi  se  vice  na 
venku. 

Rozpravka  neb  hovor  s  moji  sva- 
grovou  jest  mily,  —  velmi  mily,  — 
prav£  jako  s  moji  zenou.  —  Nevim 
kdy  sejde  se  s  mou  zenou  zas;  — 
nebyla  n  nas  davno. 

Podivejte  se  na  moje  ditko,  — 
in  a  uz  zoubek!  —  pravila  svagrova 
a  smala  se.  —  Ho&ik  take  smal  se 
na  me.  —  To  je  me  dobre  ditko! 
pravila  matka. 


My  sister-in-law  is  from  the  state 
of  Indiana,  —  born  in  Terre  Haute; 
my  wife  is  from  Ohio. 

My  sister-in  law  likes  it  in  Chica- 
go very  much:  —  nny  wife  likes  it 
more  in  the  country. 

A  conversation  or  discourse  with 
my  sister-in-law  is  pleasant,  —  very 
pleasant,— the  same  as  with  my  wife. 
— I  don't  know  when  she  will  meet 
(with)  my  wife  again; —  she  has  not 
been  to  see  us  a  long  time 

Look  at  my  baby,  —  he  has  already 
a  tooth! —  said  my  sister-in-law  and 
laughed. — The  little  boy  also  smiled 
at  me. — That  is  my  good  baby!  said 
(his)  mother. 


Note  1.  The  so-called  possessive  pronoun  muj,  mily  (my,  mine), 
takes  in  the  feminine  gender  the  form  moje,  ma,  and  in  the  ne litre 
gender  moje,  me.  Hence  we  say:  miij  bratr,  my  brother;  moje  sestra, 
or  ma  sestra,  my  sister;  moje  dite  or  me  dite,  my  child  —  The  vari- 
ation of  this  pronoun  is  shown  in  the  following  table: 


muj,  m. 
meho, 
mC'mii, 
v  mem, 
s  my  in, 


muy, 
rnehd; 
memti; 
vmem; 
smeem; 


moje,   ma,  f. 
moji,  me, 
moji,  me, 
v  moji,  v  m£, 
s  moji,  s  mou, 


moyti, 
moyee, 


ma; 
me; 


smoyee,  sviou, 


my,  mine; 
of  my; 
to  my; 
in  my; 
with  my; 


•)   Or  Indiany.    Se  foot-note  in  Lesson  XXIV. 


**)  Moji  svagrov^,  me  zone,  is  the  dative  case,  responding  to  the 
question  koiim*  (to  whom?»  Koniu  se  libi?  to  whom  is  it  pleasing?  (whom 
does  it  please?)  —  Libi  se  me  svargov^;  —  libi  se  me  zone;  -  -  it  pleases 
'to)  my  sister-in-law;  it  pleases  (to)  my  wife. 


Lesson  25. 


109 


The  neutre  gender  moje,  me,  shows  in  the  other  cases  the  same 

variation  as  the  masculine  mfij,  excepting  the  accusative  \  or  objective) 
and  the  vocative  case,  which  are  like  the  nominative:  to  je  me  (lite,  this 
is  my  child;  vidiin  me  (lite,  I  see  my  child;  6  me"  dite!  oh  my  child! 

Note  2.  The  possessive  pronoun  tvuj,  m.,  twtiy  (tvoje  or  tva,  f., 
tictiyti,  twd;  tvoje  or  tv6,  n.,  twe.,  thy,  thine,  —  agrees  in  its  declension 
perfectly  with  mfij  (moje,  ma,  me). 

The  same  is  true  of  the  possessive  pronoun  svuj,  (svoje,  sva,  f . ; 
svoje,  sve,  n.),  swuy,  (swdye~,  swd,  swe),  which  means  "one's  own",  but 
frequently  stands  for  muj,  tvuj,  jeho,  jeji  (my,  «thy,  his,  her),  na§,  va§, 
jich  (our,  your,  their). 


Moji  lide,  moye  lide,  my  folks; 
pud  a,  f.  poodd,  ground,  soil; 
krov,  m.  krof,  roof; 
pfibuzny,  kprshee-btiznee,  relative, 
kinsman,  relation; 
vlast-nee,  own; 
sMasten,  happy: 
ntispygt,  back; 
spyg-kham,  I  hasten,  I 
hurry; 


vlastiri, 
§t'asten, 
nazpet, 
specham, 


radsi  jsem,  radii  sem,  I  like  better 

to  be; 

nejradsi  jsem,  nejraclii  sem,  I  like 

best  to  be; 

nerad  jsem,     nerad  sem,  I  do  not 

like  to  be; 

sejdu  se,      seydU  s8,         I  meet; 
kolem  sebe,  kolem  s$bg,  around  me 
(him,  her,  us,  etc.) 


Exercises. 


Mi  pratel^*)  v  Chicagu  vsichni 
radi  me  videli;  —  Skoda  ze  moji 
lide  nebyli  se  mnou. 

Nerad  jsem  pryc  od  mych  lidi;  — 
pokazde  specham  nazpet  k  niyin  li- 
dem. 

Had  vidim  sv£  pratele;  —  rad  se 
sejdu  se  svymi  pribuznymi  —  ale 


My  friends  in  Chicago  all  liked 
(were  glad)  to  see  me;  —  it  is  a  pity 
that  my  folks  were  not  with  me. 

I  do  not  like  to  be  away  from  my 
folks;  —  every  time  I  hasten  back 
to  my  folks. 

I  like  to  see  my  friends;  —I  like  to 
meet  (with)  my  relatives; — but  I  like 


*)   See  foot-note  in  Lesson  XXII. 


110 


Part  II. 


radsi  jsem  donia.  —  Opravdu,  nej- 
radsi  jsem  doma  s  my  mi  lidmi. 

Nej  radsi  vidua  kolem  sebe  sve 
lidi.  —  Jsem  st'asten  se  svymi  lid- 
mi  ve  svem  vlastmin  domove,  —  na 
sve  vlastni  pMe,— pod  svym  vlast- 


better  to  be  at  home.— 1  ruly,  I  like 
best  to  be  at  home  with  my  folks. 

I  like  best  to  see  around  me  my 
folks.  —  I  am  happy  with  my  folks 
in  my  own  home,  —  on  my  own 
ground,  —  under  my  own  roof. 


nim  krovem. 

Note  2.  The  plural  of  niisj  m.  moje  or  ma  f.,  and  moje  or 
men.,  is  as  follows  :    nioji,    mi,    moye,    mee,  m 

moje,  me,  moy&,    me,  f. 
moje,   ma,   moy%,    ma,  n. 
In  common  discourse  moje,  me  is  used  in  the  neutre  as  well  as  in 
the  feminine  gender.    In  English,  we  invariably  employ  my  and  mine. 

In  the  plural  number  the  following  variation  takes  place  : 

moji,  mij    moje  me.    moyi,  mee;   moy8,  me;   —my,  mine; 

mych,  meekh,  of  my  (od  mych,  from  my;  v  mych,  in  my;  etc.),  of  mine; 

mym,   meem,  to  my.  to  mine; 

s  my  mi,  smeeme,  with  my,  with  mine;  (za  my  mi,  after  or  behind  mine,  etc.) 

The  plural  of  tvuj  m.,  tv«je,  tvaf.,  tvoje,  tve*  n.  (thy,  thine)  is 
perfectly  analogous:  tvoji,  tvi  m.,  twoji,  twee;  tvoje,  tve  f.  &  n. 
twoy8,  twe  (thy,  thine);  tvych,  tweeJch,  of  thine;  tvym,  tweem,  to  thine; 
s  tvymi,  sticeemi,  with  thine. 


LESSON  XXVI. 


Zaklad,  m.  zdklad, 


foundation; 


kolik  svetnic,  kdlik  swytt-mts,  how 

many  rooms; 
kuchyne,  f.  kukhine,  kitchen 
sklep,  m.      sklep,  cellar 


zahrada,  f.  zahrddd,  garden 
zahradka,!'.  zahrddka,  small  garden 
strom,  m.  strom,  tree 
stromy,  pi.  stromy,  \ 
stromovi,  n.  stromdvee,  j" 


trees 


Lesson  26. 


Ill 


patro,  n. 

patrd, 

story 

ovoce,  n. 

oxotsg, 

fruit 

studne,  f. 

studne, 

well 

ovocne, 

dvotsne,, 

fruit-bearing 

cisterna,  f. 

tsisternd, 

cistern 

nesou, 

nesou, 

they  bear 

altan,  m. 

(titan, 

bower 

mrva,  f. 

m  erva, 

manure 

plot,  m. 

plot, 

fence 

v  lete, 

vlefe, 

in  summer 

docela, 

dotsela, 

quite 

v  zime, 

vzimyg, 

in  winter 

uplne, 

oop  elfie,  perfectly 

z  jara, 

zyara, 

in  the  spring 

drive,  drshee-vg  (or  drsTieev)) 

)  be- 

puda,  f . 

pooda, 

land 

prve,  perv&, 

)  fore 

akr,  m. 

ak  r, 

acre 

je-li  pravda?  yelli  pravda  ) 

isn't  it 

zbytek,  m. 

zby-tek, 

remainder 

ze  ne? 

z£  nS?  ) 

80? 

je,  jest,  y&,  yest,  there  is,  there  are; 

pouze, 

pouzg, 

only. 

Exercises. 


Ya§  dum  je  novy,  je-li  pravda? 
Ano,  nas  dum  je  doeela  novy. 
Zaklad  naseho  domu  je  dobry. 

Ten  velky  lot  patfi  k  vasemu  do- 
mu, ze  nei 

Ten  lot  patri  k  nasemu  domu;  — 
je  to  zbytek  akru  pudy  co  jsine 
meli  drive. 

Co  je  ve  vasem  dome?  kolik 
svetnic  mate? 

Y  nasem  dome  je  kuchyne,  pet 
svetnic  a  dobry  sklep,  —  studeiiy 
v  lete,  teply  v  zime. 

Doufam  ze  jste  spokojeni  s  va- 
sim  domem  (or  se  svym  domem). 

Ano,  jsme  uplne  spokojeni  s  na- 
sim  domem. 

Yds  dum  ma  dve  patra,  ze  ne? 

Ne;  pouze  jedno  patro. 


Your  house  is  new,  isn't  it? 
Yes,  our  house  is  quite  new. 
The  foundation  of  our  house  is 
good. 

That  large  lot  belongs  to  your 
house,  does  it  not? 

That  lot  belongs  to  our  house;  — 
it  is  a  remainder  of  the  acre  of  land 
(what)  we  had  before. 

What  is  in  your  house  ?  how  many 
rooms  have  you? 

In  our  house  there  is  a  kitchen, 
five  rooms  and  a  good  cellar, —  cold 
in  summer,  warm  in  winter. 

I  hope  that  you  are  satisfied  with 
your  house. 

Yes,  we  are  ptrfectly  satisfied 
with  our  house. 

Your  house  has  two  stones,  hasn't 
it? 

No;  only  one  story. 


112 


Part  II. 


My  slim  ze  mate  u  vaseho  domu 
malou  zahradu  a  za  vasim  domem 
si  mini,  tez  cistemu. 

Ano,  nase  misto  je  pekn£;  —  na 
nasi  zahrade  mame  alt  an;  —  kolem 
nasi  zahrady  je  vysoky  plot.  —  Je 
to  prijemna  zahradka. 


I  think  tliat  you  have  by  your 
house  a  small  garden  aud  back  of 
your  house  a  well,  also  a  cistern. 

Yes,  our  place  is  nice;  —  in  our 
garden  we  have  a  bower;  —  around 
our  garden  there  is  a  high  fence.  — 
It  is  a  pleasant  little  garden. 


Nasi  lide  maji  radi  stromovi*). 
— Nase  stromy  jsou  ovocne\ — Zja- 
ra  davame**)  mrvu  k  nasim  ovoc- 
nym  stronium. — Rad  sedam**)s  na- 
simi  lidmi  ve  stinu  nasieh  stromu. 


Our  folks  like  trees.  —  Our  trees 
are  fruit-bearing.  —  In  the  spring 
we  put  manure  to  our  fruit-trees. 
—  I  like  to  sit  with  our  folks  in  the 
shadow  of  our  trees. 


Note  1.    The  possessive  pronoun  nas,  (nase,  f.  and  n.)  shows 
the  following  variation : 

{Masculine  and  neutre  gender.) 

nas,  m.  nase,  n  ndsh,  nasM,   our,  (ours), 

naseho,  nasJighft,         of  our;  our  (in  the  accus.  or  objective  case) ; 

to  our; 

in  our,  (o  nasem,  about  our;  etc); 


nasMmu, 
vnashSm, 


nasemu, 
v  nasem, 

{Feminine  gender.) 

nase,  nash&, 


nasi, 
nasi. 


naslii, 


our,  ours; 

our  (in  the  accus.  or  objective  case); 


ndsliee,     of  our,  to  our;  (v  nasi,  in  our!  s  nasi,  with  our;  etc.) 


*)  Stromovi,  stromdvee,  is  a  collective  noun  and  means  trees 
(stromy)  in  general. 

**)  Dati,  ddtH,  to  give:  davati,  ddv&iSi,  to  give  repeatedly,  to  use 
to  give;  diivame,  ddvdmg,  we  use  to  give;  we  are  giving.  See  Lesson  XIII, 
Note  5.  —  Sedeti,  seii'eVi,  to  sit;  sedat'i,  seddtfi,  to  sit  repeatedly,  to 
use  to  sit;  sedam,  I  use  to  sit. 


Lesson  27. 


113 


{Plural  of  all  genders.) 

nasi,  m.  nase,  f.  &  n.    ndshi,  ndsM,    our,  ours; 

nasicli,      ndshikh,         of  our;   (v  nasich,  in  our;    etc  ) 
nasini,       ndshim,  to  our; 

s  nasimi,    sndshimi,    with  our:  (za  nasi  in  i,  beyond  or  back  of  our;  etc.) 

Note  2.  The  pronoun  vas  (vase,  f.  and  n.)  is  perfectly  analogous 
with  nas  in  its  declension.  (Instrumental  case  m.  &  n.  gender  singular, 
omitted  above  :  s  nasini,  s  vasim,  sndsheem,  sndsheem,  with  ours,  with 
yours.) 

The  English  words  their  and  theirs  are  both  expressed  by  jich,  — 
in  common  discourse  nearly  always  jejicli;  yikh,  yfryikh.  This  is  in  fact 
the  genitive  of  the  personal  pronoun  oni  (ony,  ona),  they,  and  naturally 
remains  unchanged.    For  instance: 

Jich  dum,  jich  doiny,   or  jejicli  dum,  jejich  domy|   yikh  dum,  ddmi; 
ytiyikh  dum,  ddmi;   their  house,  their  houses. 

Ten  dum  jest  jejich,  ten  dum  yest  yfyikh,  that  house  is  theirs.  —  Ty  do- 
in  y  jsou  jejich,    ty  ddmi  soil  yfyikh,  those  houses  are  theirs. 


LESSON  XXVII. 


The  student  is  already  somewhat  acquainted  with  the  indicative  pro- 
nouns ten,  ta,  to,  this  or  that;  plural:  ti,  ty,  ta,  t%  ty,  td,  these  or 
those  (m  common  discourse  ty  for  all  genders).  Hence,  in  a  short  prac- 
tical review  of  their  variations  he  will  only  meet  old  acquaintances. 


Lide,  Ude > 

lidi,  ftffi ) 

stave  ti,  stdvytt, 

stavenf,  stdv^nee, 

zdeny  dum,  ztfenee  dum 
cihelnydum,  tsihelnee  dum 

stfecha,  strsM-khd, 


people 

to  build 
building 

)  brick 
f  house 
roof 


kuZelna,      kufrelnd,  bowling-alley;' 
zahava,       zdbava,  amusement; 
bydli,  bidlee,  lives;  they  live; 

co  bydli,      tsd  bidlee,      who  lives 

(lit.  what  lives); 
nic  nechybi,  nits  ngkhibee,  nothing 

is  wanting-,' 


114 


Part  11. 


sindel,  shindell,  shingle 
ucitel,  Uchitell,  teacher 
pokojny,  a,  e,  pdkoynee,  quiet 
prazny,  a,  e,  prdznee,  vacant 
jiste,      yisfg,     surely,  certainly; 


niuze,         rnoozS,  can,  may; 

byti  za  dobre,  beeHi  zd  dobre,  to  be 

on  good  terms; 
na  pravo,  ndpravd,  to  the  right; 
na  levo,       na  I8vd,       to  the  left. 


Exercises. 


Ten  dum  je  veru  pekny;  —  je  to 
zdeny  dum. 

Strecha  toho  domu  je  ze  sindele, 
neni? 

Myslimzeje.  —  Sic  nechybi  to- 
rn u  domu;  —  jest  pfijemno  bydleti 
v  torn  dome;  —  s  tim  domem  kazdy 
muze  byti  spokojen. 


That  house  is  indeed  nice;  -  -  it  is 
a  brick  house. 

The  roof  of  that  house  is  of  shin- 
gle (i.  e.  covered  with  shingles),  is  it 
not? 

I  think  it  is.  — Nothing  is  wanting 
to  that  house;  —  it  is  agreeable  to 
live  in  that  house; — with  that  house 
everybody  can  be  satisfied. 


Ta  zahrada  ma  velkou  cenu.  — 
V  t6"  zahrade  je  innoho  ovocneho 
stromovi. 

Tu  zahradu  mam  radsi  nez  park. 
—  Mame  take  kuzelnu  v  te  zahra- 
de, pro  nasi  (or  pro  svou)  zabavu. 

To  misto  s  tim  stavenim  a  s  tou 
zahradou  ma  vysokou  cenu. 


Ti  lid£  co  bydli  vedle  nas,  jsou 
pokojni  sousede;—  zadny  z  tech  li- 
di  neni  zly;  —  se  vsemi  temi  lid  mi 
jsme  za  dobre\ 

Yidel  jsem  doktora  jiti  k  tern  li- 
dem  na  pravo  od  nils;— jistfc  nekdo 
ie  nemoceu. 


That  garden  has  a  large  value.  — 
In  that  garden  there  are  many  fruit- 
trees. 

That  garden  I  like  better  than  a 
park.— We  have  also  a  bowling- alley 
in  that  garden,  for  our  amusement. 

That  place  with  the  building  and 
garden  has  a  high  value. 


The  people  who  live  next  to  us, 
are  quiet  neighbors;  —  nobody  (not 
one)  of  those  people  is  bad; — with  all 
those  people  we  are  on  good  terms. 

I  saw  the  doctor  go  to  those  peo- 
ple to  the  right  of  us;— surely  some- 
body is  sick. 


Lesson  #7. 


115 


Kdo  jsou  ti  lide  na  levo2  —  Na 
levo  od  nas  bydli  ucitel,  pan  Stan- 
ton, se  svou  (i.  e.  s  jeho)  rodinou. 

Ty  loty  za  nami  jsou  prazne;  — 
ale  budou  pry  stavet  na  tech  lo- 
tech. 

Kolik  tech  lotu  je$  —  Myslsin  ze 
je  sest  tech  lotu. 


Who  are  those  people  to  the  left? 

—  To  the  left  of  us  lives  a  teacher, 
Mr.  Stanton,  with  his  family. 

Those  lots  back  of  us  are  vacaot, 

—  but,  it  is  said,  they  will  build  on 
those  lots. 

How  many  of  those  lots  are  there » 
— I  think  that  there  are  s'xof  those 
lots. 


Note  1.    The  variation  of  the  indicative  pronouns  employed  in 
the  foregoing  is  shown  to  be  as  follows  : 


ten,  m.  to,  n.  t8n,  id,      this,  that 


toko, 
tomu, 
vtom, 

s  tim, 


toko,  of  this,  of  that 
iomu,  to  this,  to  that 
ftdm,  in  this,  in  that 
(o  torn,  about  that;  etc). 
sVeem,  with  this,  with 
that;  (za  tim,  beyond  that;  etc. 


ta,  f . 
tn. 


te, 

s  tou, 


id,  this,  that; 

tit,      this,  that  (accus. 
or  objec.  case); 
te,    to  this,  to  that;  v  t£,  in 
that;  o  te,  about  that,  etc. 
stoit,      with  this,  with  that; 
za  tou,  behind  that;  etc. 


Plural: 
ti,  ty,  ta, 
tech, 

tern, 
s  temi, 


these,  those; 
tWc/i,  of  those ;   v  tech, 
fVekh,  in  those;  etc. 
fern,  to  those; 

sHemi,  with  those; 

za  temi,  behind  those;  etc. 


These  indicative  pronouns  often  occur  in  a  compound  form:  tento, 
tato,  toto,  always  meaning  "this  one";  in  the  plural:  tito,  tyto,  tato, 
"these  ones".  Their  inflection  remains  the  same,. with  the  suffix  to  at- 
tached to  the  original  pronoun  in  every  case:  tohoto,  to  this  one;  tomu- 
to,  of  this  one;  and  so  forth. 


116 


Part  11. 


Note  2.    The  numeral  jeden  (f.  and  n.  jedna,  jedno),  yMen, 
yMna,  yMnti,  one, —  agrees  perfectly  with  ten,  (ta,  to)  in  its  inflection: 

jeden  clovek  tarn  byl,  one  man  was  there; 
videl  jsem  jen  jednoho  (accus.  or  objective  case)  I  saw  only  one; 
dal  jsem  to  jednomu  z  nich  (zmkh)),  I  gave  it  to  one  of  them; 
v  jednom  z  nich  se  mejlim*),  in  one  of  them  I  am  mistaken; 
sel  jsem  s  jednim  z  nich,  I  went  with  one  of  them. 

Jedna, zena  je  zde,  one  woman  is  here;  —  vidimjednu  zenu,  I  see  one 
woman;  —  mam  to  od  jedne  z  nich,  I  have  it  from  one  of 
them  X);  —  mluvil  jsem  s  jednou,  I  spoke  with  one  (f.). 


LESSON  XXVIII. 


Sem,         s8m,  hither,  here; 

s&in,         sdm,  alone; 
cekate,      chekdt&,  you  expect,  you 
await  (or  you  wait); 
necek&m,  nfohekdm,    I  do  not  ex- 
pect; 

ze  pfijde,  %8prshiy-d8,  that  he  will 
(or  would)  come ; 
na  ulici,    nd  tilitsi,    on  the  street, 
ze  jste?      &8  st8?  you  say  you  are  ? 
ze  s  nikyml  i8  snikeem,  (literally: 
that  with  nobody?)  you 
say  with  nobody? 


lek,  m. 
lahev,  f . 
v  lahvi, 
davka,  s. 


lek, 
lahev, 
vlah-vi, 
ddfkd, 


medicine; 
bottle; 
in  the  bottle; 
dose; 


po  davkach,  pd  ddfkdkli,  in  doses; 
nastuzen,  nastuzen, having  a  cold; 
jste  nastuzen,  sMndstUzen,  you  have 

a  cold; 

nastuzeni,  n.  ndsiuzenee,  a  cold; 
kasel,  m.  kdshell,  cough; 
d&ti  vinu,     ddVi  vinti,  to  charge  to; 

to  blame  (for); 
mysliti,        myslifi,         to  think; 


*)  Mejliti  se,  myliti  se,  meylit  s8,  meelit  s8,  to  be  mistaken;  mej- 
lim se,  meyleem  s2,  I  am  mistaken.  —  Zmejliti  se,  zmyliti  se,  zmeylit  s#, 
zmeelit  sS,  to  make  a  mistake;  zmejlil  jsem  se,  zmeylil  sem  s#,  I  made  a 
mistake. 


Lesson  28. 


117 


neotevru.    nSo-tev-rU,     I  shall  not 

open; 

jindy,         yindy,  before;  at  other 

times; 

tohle,         ttihW,  this  here: 


mazati  se,  m&zaVi  s8,  to  rub  oneself; 

uzivat,     tibeevat,  to  take  medicine, 
'otherwise:  to  use); 
mazat  se,    mdzat  s$,    to  rub  one's 

self. 


Exercises. 


Myslim  ze  nekdo jde  sem;  —  kdo 
je  to? 

Nevi'm;  —  koho  cek&te? 

5ec  kdm  nikolio;  —  daes  clici 
byti  s&m;     nechci  videti  nikoho. 

Komu  poslal  jste  to  pozvdni?  — 
Nikomu. 

0  kom  myslil  jste  veera,  ze  pfi- 
jde?— 0  nikom. 

S  kym  mluvil  jste  dnes  r&no  na 
ulici?— S  nikym. 

Ze  s  nikym  S  —  Yy  se  mejlite.  — 
Yidel  jsem  vas  stati  s  nekym  na 

111  HI. 

Pravda;  ale  dnes  necekam  ni- 
koho.-Je  nekdo  zde;  opravdu? 

1  ne;  zadny  tu  nenl.  —  Nevidim 

z&dnelio  a  neotevru  zadnemu.  — 
J  a  vim,  ze  dnes  nechcete  mluvit  se 
zadny  ui. 


I  think  that  s  >mebody  is  coming 
here;  who  is  it? 

I  do  n^t  know;  —  whom  do  you 
expect? 

I  do  not  expect  anybody;  —  to- 
day I  want  to  be  alone;  —  I  do  not 
want  to  see  anybody. 

To  whom  did  you  send  that  in- 
vitation?— To  nobody. 

Of  whom  did  you  think  yesterday, 
that  he  would  come?  —  Of  nobody. 

With  whom  did  you  speak  this 
morning  on  the  street?  —  With  no- 
body. 

Ycu  say,  with  nobody?— You  are 
mistaken. — I  saw  you  standing  with 
somebody  on  the  street. 

That  is  true;  but  to  day  I  do  not 
expect  anybody.  —  Is  somebody 
here,  really? 

O  no;  nobody  is  here.  --  I  do  not 

see  anybody,  and  I  shall  not  open  to 
anybody.  — I  know  that  to-day  you 
do  not  want  to  speak  with  anybody. 


118 


Part  II. 


Zde  neco  mate;  —  co  to  je2 

Toje  lek. 
Jste  nemocen? 
Mam  nastuzeni  a  zly  kasel. 
Ze  jste  nastuzeni  —  od  ceho  to 
je? 

Nevim  cemu  dati  vinii. 

K  cemu  je  ten  lek? 
Budu  ho  uzivat  po  davkach. 
A  co  je  v  torn?  —  V  cent]  —  V  te 
male  lahvi.  —  To  je  liniment. 

Co  s  tim  budete  deiat?  -  S  can! 
S  tim  linimentem. 

Tim  se  budu  mazat. 

film  jste  se  jindy  mazal?  —  Ni- 
cim. 


Here  you  have  something; — what 
is  it? 
That  is  medicine. 
Are  you  sick? 

I  have  a  cold  and  a  bad  cough. 

You  say  you  have  a  cold?— what 
is  it  from? 

I  do  not  know,  to  what  I  should 
charge  it. 

What  is  that  medicine  for? 

I  shall  take  it  in  doses. 

And  what  is  in  that  ?— In  what  ? — 
In  that  small  bottle. — That  is  a 
liniment. 

What  will  you  do  with  that?  — 
With  what?— With  that  liniment. 

With  that  I  shall  rub  n^self.  . 

With  what  did  you  rub  yourself 
before?— With  nothing. 


Note.  The  student  is,  by  this  time,  quite  familiar  with  the  inter- 
rogative pronouns  kdo,  co,  geld,  tsd,  (who,  what).  This  lesson  is  de- 
signed simply  to  serve  as  a  review  of  their  variation,  already  shown  in 
Note  5,  Lesson  XVIII. 

Kdo,  co,  gdd,    tsd,      who,  what; 

kolio,  ceho,        ktihti.  cMhtf,  wixose,  whom;  of  what;  od  koho,  (ceho), 

from  whom  (what;) 

kom  ii,  cemu,  kdmit,  cMmit,  to  whom,  to  what;  k  cenm5&eA#m#j  what  for; 
V  kom,  v  cem,   fkom,  fcliem,  in  whom,  in  what;    o  kom,  o  cem,  about 

whom  (what);  etc. 

kym,  cim,         keem,  cheem,  by  whom,  by  what;    s  kym,  s  cim,  with 

whom,  with  what, 


Lesson  $9. 


119 


LESSON  XXIX. 


Cislo,  n.  cheesld,  number 
povera,  -f.  povytiia,  superstition 
u  stolu,  UstoW,  at  xov  by)  the  table 


rokti, 
pd  rotsg, 


roku, 
po  roce, 

vsecko, 
nynejsi, 
sousedni, 
spolecne, 

pres, 
pred, 
teda, 

o  to  vice,  o  td  veetse.  so  much  more 
poutiy,  a,  e,  pouhee,    pure,  mere 
nest'astny,  a,  e    n&s7iVdstnee,  un- 
lucky, unfortunate; 


in  the  year 
after  a  year 
in  a  year 
fsMtsko,  everything,  all 
nyneyshee,  present 
soitsednee,  neighboring 
spolechne,  jointly 
together 
prs7i8s,  over 
prshM,  before,  ago 
ttdd,  therefore 


Jedenact, 

dvanact, 

tfinact, 

ctrnact, 

patnact, 

sestnact, 

sedmnact, 

osmnact, 


ytidendtst, 

dwdndtst, 

trsMndtst, 

sTit  erndtst, 

pdtndtst, 

shSstndtst. 

sedumndtst, 

osUmndtst, 


eleven 
twelve 
thirteen 
fourteen 
fifteen 
sixteen 
seventeen 
eighteen 


zdalo  se,      zddl<5  s&,      it  seemed; 
stehovat  se,  sfehovdt  se,     to  move: 
vysteliovat  se,  vy -stehovat  sg,  to  emi- 
grate ; 

pfestehovat  se,-p>rs7ie-sVe7iovat  s&,  to 

remove; 

usadit  se,     tisaftit  s8, 
odtud         dttid  ) 
odsud,         dtsitd  ) 
odtamtud,  titamtud, 
kolikje,      kolik  y8, 


vam  je, 
zeje, 

to  pry  je, 


to  settle; 
from  here, 
from  there; 
from  there; 
how  many 
are;  how  much  is; 
vdm  y&,  you  are; 

z#  ye,    (that)  there  is, 
(that)  there  were; 
td  pree  y8,    that  is  said 
to  be. 


ctyrycet, 

padesat, 

sedesat, 

sedmdesat, 

osmdesat, 

devadesat, 

sto  jeden, 


s7itiritset, 

pad&sdt, 

s7ieJd$sdt, 

sedtimd&sdt, 

ostimd8sdt, 

dSdddSsdt, 


forty 
fifty 
sixty 
seventy 
eighty 
ninety 


sto  yMen,  one  hundred 
and  one 


120 


Part  11. 


devatenact,  dfrvattindtst,  nineteen 
dvacet,  dwdtset,  twenty 
dvacet  jeden,  dwdtset  y Me*,  twenty 

one 

dvacet  dva,  dwdtset  dwd,  twenty  two 
tficet,         trshitset,  thirty 

tricet  jeden,  trshitset  y Men,  thirty 

one 

tricet  dva,  trshitset  dwd,  thirty  two 


tisic,  Viseets,        a  thousand 

tisic  jedno  sto,    Viseets  yednd  std, 
one  thousand  one  hundred; 
tisic  pet  set,    Viseets  pytt  set,  one 
thousand  five  hundred; 
dva  tisice,   died  ViseetsS,  two  thou- 
sands 

tfi  tisice,  trshi  Viseets^,  three  thou- 
sand; 

ctyry  tisice,  shtiri  Viseetsti,  four 

thousand; 

pet  tisic,   py8t  Viseets,    five  thou- 
sand; etc. 

tisic  osm  set  devadesat,  Viseets  bstim 
set  dgvdd&sdt,  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  ninety; 

milion,       millitin,  a  million; 

dva  milliony,  dwdmillidny,  two  mil- 
lions; 

tfi  miliony,    trshi  millitiny,  three 

millions; 


sto  dva,      std  dwd,     one  hundred 

and  one 

sto  dvacet,  std  diedtset,  one  hundred 

and  twenty 

dve  ste,  dwyg  sVe,  two  hundred 
tfi  sta,  trshi  std,  three  hundred 
ctyry  sta,  shtiri  std,  four  hundred 
pet  set,  py#t  set,  five  hundred 
§est  set,  shest  set,  six  hundr  d;  etc. 


6tyry  miliony,  shtiri  millitiny,  four 

millions; 

pet  milionu,  pyU  millidnoo^ve  mil- 
lions; 

§est  milionu,    shest  millidnoo,  six 

millions;  etc. 

Jednotka,    yMnotkd,  a  unit; 

dvojka,       dwoykd,  a  two;  the  fig- 
ure two; 

trojka,        troykd,  a  three; 

ctyrka,  dtverka,  shtirka,  shtwerka, 

a  four; 

petka,         pyUkd,  a  five, 

desitka,       dg-seetkd,  a  ten ; 

dvacitka,  dwdtseetkd.  a  twenty; 
tficitka,  trshitseetkd,  a  thirty; 
ctyry citka,  shtiritseetkd,  a  forty; 
padesatka,  pddgsatkd,  a  fifty;  etc. 
stovka,  stofkd,  a  hundred; 
tisicovka,    Viseetsofkd,  a  thousand. 


Lesson  29. 


121 


Exercises. 


Kolik  je  nas  u  stolu?  —  Je  nas 
dvanact.  --  To  je  dobre;  ja  myslel 
2e  je  nds  tfmact  a  to  pry  je  ne- 
st'astne"  cislo. 

I?  tojepouha  povera! 


Kolik  akru  ma  vase  farma?  — 
Sto  sedesat  akru.  —  A  farma  vase- 
ho  otce?  —  Otec  ma  tf i  ctyrycitky; 
ja  mam  0  6tyrycet  akru  vice. 

Moje  farma  st&la  0  tisic  dollaru 
vice,  ne^li  farma  otcova. 

Oba  mate  dobre"  farmy;  —  obe 
farmy  jsou  dobre\  —  To  jsou  dve 
pekn£  farmy. 

Jaka  je  asi  nynejsi  cena  tech 
dvou  farem?  —  Asi  devet  tisic  dol- 
laru. 

Min  dvoum*)  take*  patri  osmde- 
satka  lesa  v  sousedulm  townshipu. 

Yarn  oboum*)?  —  Ano,  nam 
dvoum*)  spolecnS. 

Kdy  jste  se  tu  usadili? 

Otec  usadil  se  tu  pred  dtyrmi  le- 
ty>  —  jateZ;  stryc  pfed  dvouma*) 
nebo  tremi  lety. 


How  many  are  we  at  the  table?  — 
There  are  twelve  of  us.  —  That  is 
right;  I  thought  there  were  thirteen 
of  us,  and  that  is  said  to  be  an  un- 
lucky number. 

O,  that  is  a  mere  superstition. 


How  many  ac^es  has  your  farm  ?  — 
One  hundred  and  sixty  acres. — And 
the  farm  of  your  father?  —  Father 
has  three  forties;  I  have  forty  acres 
more. 

My  farm  cost  one  thousand  dol- 
lars more  than  my  father's  farm. 

Both  of  you  have  good  farms;  — 
both  farms  are  good.  —  Those  are 
two  nice  farms. 

What  is  about  the  present  price  of 
those  two  farms? — About  nine  thou- 
sand dollars. 

To  us  ti?o  also  belongs  an  eighty 
of  forest  in  the  neighboring  town- 
ship. 

To  both  of  you? —  Yes,  to  us  two 
jointly. 

When  did  you  settle  here? 

Father  settled  here  four  years 
ago;  —  I  also;  uncle  two  or  three 
years  ago. 


*)  %.  In  ordinary  discourse  always  :  dvoum,  oboum,  dwotim,  oboum,  to 
the  two,  to  both;  pred  dvouma,  pred  obouma,  prshH  dwoumti,  pr she'd 
oboumd,  before  two,  before  both.  —  The  precise  grammatical  form  is: 
dvema,  obema,  dwy8m&,  obytma;  pred  dvema,  pred  obema. 


122 


Part  11. 


Nam  trem  zdalo  se,  ze  musirne 
bydleti  pohromade. 

My  vystehovali  se  z  Evropy2)  do 
Ameriky2),  —  usadili  se  v  Ohio,  — 
po  roce  pf  istehovali  jsme  se  do  sta- 
tu Illinois,  odtud  po  dvou  nebo 
tfeeh  letech  do  Nebrasky2),  a  od- 
tud po  peti  letech  do  Kansasu. 

Kdy  jste  narozen?  —  Koku  tisic 
osm  set  padesat  dva.  —  Teda  je 
vam  tricet  osui  let. 

Jak  stary  je  vas  otec?  -  Muj  otec 
je  pfes  sedes.it;  muj  stryc  je  sko- 
ro  sedmdesat  let  star;  —  je  o  pet 
let  stars!  nez  muj  otec. 

J  a  jsem  jeu  o  rok  stars!  nez  ma 
sestra  a  o  tf i  leta  stars!  nez  muj 
bratr. 


To  us  three  it  seemed  that  we 
must  live  together. 

We  emigrated  from  Europe  to  A- 
merica,  —  settled  in  Ohio,  —  after  a 
year  we  removed  to  the  state  of  Illi- 
nois, from  there  after  two  or  three 
years  to  Nebraska,  and  from  there 
after  five  years  to  Kansas. 

When  were  you  ("are  you")  born? 
—  Iq  the  year  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  fifty  two.  —  Then  you  are 
thirty  eight  years. 

How  old  is  your  father?  —  My 
father  is  over  sixty;  —  my  uncle  is 
nearly  seventy  years  old;— he  is  five 
years  older  than  my  father. 

I  am  only  one  year  older  than  my 
sist.'  r  and  three  years  older  than  my 
brother. 


Note  1.    We  have  seen  that  the  numeral  jeden  is  declined  (Note 

2,  Lesson  XXVII1.    The  same  is  true  of  the  numerals  dva,  tri,  ctyry 

and  oba.  The  feminine  and  neutre  gender  of  dva  and  oba  is  dve,  obe; 
but  the  inflected  cases  are  the  same  in  all  three  genders.  Ctyry  is  used  in 
the  feminine  and  neutre  gender,  and  in  connection  with  inanimate  nouns 
of  the  masculine  gender:  ctyry  zeny,  ctyry  deti,  ctyry  domy  (four 
women,  four  children,  four  houses);  whereas  the  masculine  inanimate  use 
ctyri;  for  instance:  ctyf i  muzi,  ctyfi  liosi  (four  men,  four  boys).  Collo- 
quially, however,  ctyry  is  used  without  any  discrimination. 


2)  Evropa,  Ainerika,  foropa,  amerikd;  z  Evropy  do  Ameriky, 
zgvropy  eld  ameriky,  from  Europe  to  America.  Nebraska,  do  Nebrasky, 
to  Nebraska.  Kansas,  do  Kansasu,  to  Kansas.  —  Evropa,  Amerika, 
Nebraska,  are  feminine,  Kansas  is  masculine,  by  reason  of  their  termina- 
tion.   See  also  foot-note  in  Lesson  XXIV. 


Lesson  29. 


128 


The  variation  of  these  numerals  is  set  forth  in  the  following  expose* 

dva,  oba  nr.,  dve,  obe,  (f.  &  n.)  dwa,  oba,  dwye,  oby8,  two,  both; 
dvon,  obou,        dwdit,  obou,    of  two,  of  both; 

dvema,  obema,  (colloq.  dvoum,  oboum),  dwy&ma,  oby&ma,  (dwotim,  oboum), 

to  two,  to  both;  se  dvema,  s  obema,  (se  dvouma, 
s  obouma)  with  two,  with  both;  etc. 


tfi,    ctyri  (ctyry),    irshi,  stirshi  (shiiri),  three,  four; 
tfi,  trech;   ctyr,  ctyrech;   trshee,  trshekh,  shtir,  shtirekh;  of  three,  of 

four;   ve  trechj  ve  ctyrech,  in  three,  in  four;  etc. 

trem,  ctyrein,  trshem,  shtir  em,  to  three,  to  four; 

se  tremi,  se  ctyrmi,  s8  trsMmi,  s8  shtirmi  (colloq.  se  tfema,  se  ctyrma, 

with  three,  with  four. 

Note  2.    The  adverbial  numerals  once,  iicice,  three  times,  four 

times,  etc.,  are  formed  in  Bohemian  by  adding  the  suffix  krat  to  the 
cardinal  number:  jedenkrat,  dvakrat,  tfikrat,  ctyrykrat,  etc. 

In  place  of  jedenkrat,  yMenkrdt,  (once),  the  shorter  form  jednou, 
yMnou,  is  generally  employed: 

Kolikrat  jste  tain  byH  how  many  times  have  you  been  there?  — 
Jenjeduou|   only  once. 

Kolikrat  se  to  staloS  how  many  times  has  it  happened?  -  Myslim 
ze  dvakrat;   I  think  (that)  twice. 


Note  3.    The  ordinal  numbers  are  as  follows: 


prviri, 

p  ervnee, 

first 

sesty, 

shtistee, 

sixth 

druhy, 

drtihee, 

second 

sedmy; 

sedmee, 

seventh 

tfeti, 

trsh&Uee, 

third 

osmy, 

osmee, 

eighth 

ctvrty, 

shtvertee, 

fourth 

devaty, 

d&vdtee, 

ninth 

paty, 

pdtee, 

fifth 

desaty, 

dessdtee, 

tenth 

124 


Part  II 


From  eleven  to  nineteen  they  are  formed  by  appending  y  to  the 
cardinal  num  er  (corresponding  with  the  English  th):  jedenacty,  y£de- 
ndtstee,  eleventh;  etc. 

Dvacet,  tricot,  ctyrycet  have  dvacaty,  tricaty,  ctyrycaty,  dioatsa- 
ty,  trshitsdtee,  shtiritsdtee  (twentienth,  thirtieth,  fourtieth).  The  rest  of 
the  tens  are  regular:  padesaty,  padSsdtee,  fiftieth,  etc.  —  Sty,  stee,  one 
hundredth;  tisici,  tyseetsee,  one  thousandth. 

Dvacaty  prvni,  twenty  first;  dvacaty  druhy,  twenty  second;  etc. 
Both  tens  and  units  take  the  ordinal  form. 

There  is  also  a  distinction  of  gender,  the  feminine  terminating  in  a 
and  the  neutre  in  e*  (in  place  of  the  masculine  y),  corresponding  exactly 
with  the  adjectives:    dobry,  a,  e"  (see  Note  2,  Lesson  VI). 

Hence  we  say:  druhy  mu2,  druha  zena,  di'iilie"  dite,  the  second 
man,  the  second  woman,  the  second  child; 

The  plural  form  druzi,  druhe^  driizee,  druJie,  means  "the  others". 

Prvni,  treti,  have  the  same  termination  in  every  gender,  like  ad- 
jectives ending  in  i.    (See  Note  1,  Lesson  XXI. 

Ordinal  numbers  are  declined  like  adjectives  of  a  corresponding 
termination:  prvniho  muze,  of  the  first  man;  druheho  dne,  of  the 
second  day  (or:  on  the  next  day);  druhe'  zeny,  of  the  second  woman  (or 
wife);  druheho  ditete,  of  the  second  child;  druli&nu,  to  the  second; 
v  druh^m,  in  the  second;  s  druhym,  with  the  second. 

Note  4.  The  adverbs  formed  from  cardinal  numbers  by  means 
of  the  suffix  fold,  denoting  multiplication,  are  in  Bohemian  called  special 
numerals  and  formed  as  follows: 


dvoji,  dicoyee,  twofold 
troji,  troyee,  threefold 

tftvery,       shtw&ree,  fourfold 


patery,  pattiree,  fivefold 
Sestery,  shfottiree,  sixfohl 
sedniery,    sedmgree,  sevenfold; 


and  so  forth,  always  appending  ery  to  the  cardinal  number  (in  the  f<  m- 
inine  gender  era,  in  the  neutre  er£). 


Lesson  30. 


125 


From  these  there  is  derived  a  distinct  class  of  multiplicative  numer- 
als by  changing  ery  into  ero  and  appending  nasobny  (which  in  English 
also  means  fold),  only  the  first  three  forming  an  exception: 


dvojnasobny,  dwoy-n&sobnee, 

trojnasobny,  troy-ndsobnee, 

ctvernasobny,  shwer-ndsobnee, 

pateronasobny,  pater  ti-ndsobnee, 


twofold  (double); 
threefold  (treble); 
fourfold  (quadruple); 
fivefold  (quintuple):  etc. 


LESSON  XXX. 


Ysecek,  fshgtsek,  m.  )  ^ 
vsecka,  fsMtskd,  f .  r  whoje) 
v&eckO)V8e,fsMtsko.fsh8,n.  ' 
prodej,  m.  prodfy,  sale 
yfpro6.ej9m.veeprodSyt  selling  out; 
zasoba,  f;  zdsobd,  stock 
latka,  f.  Idtkd,  stuff 
latka  na  saty,  Idtkd  nd  shdte,  dress- 
goods; 

znamka,  f.  zndmkd,  label 
kupec,  m.  kupels,  buyer,  purchaser, 
(kupci,  pi.  kuptsi) 
odkupnik,  m.  odkupneek,  customer 
vec,  f.  vytts,  thing,  article^ 
vydelek,  m.  veetfelek,  profit 
vule,  f.  voolS,  will 
zaklad,  m.  zdkldd,  foundation 
zakladni,  zdklddnee,  fundamental 
kamen,  m.  kdmen,  stone 
zarmutek,  m  zdrmUtek,  sorrow 


silny,  silnee,  strong 

silne,  silhe,  strongly 

silneji,  silneyi,    more  strongly 

nejsilneji,  neysilneyi,  most  strongly 


nicely 
deep 

deeply 
greatly 


pekne,  pySkne, 
hluboky,  hMbokee, 
hluboko,  hlUbdkd  I 
hluboce,  hltibotsg  ) 
velice,  v£lits8, 
hezky,  hesskee,  nice,  prett}^  fine; 
hezky,  hesske,  nicely,  prettily, finely 
cesky,  chesskee,  Bohemian 
cesky,  (adv. ),chesske,  " 
po  cesku,  pti  chessku,  in  Bohemian 
anglicky,  (adv.),  dnglitske,  English 
francouzsky,  frdntsoilske,  French 
spanelsky,  shpdnelski,  Spanish 
nemecky,  nemetske,  German 
pozde,         poztfe,  late 


pozdej' 


pozfteyi, 


later 


126 


Part  II. 


psati,  psdfi,  psdt,  to  write 
uciti  se,      uchit  s$,  to  learn 

vyprodan,  a,  o,  veproddn,  a,  d,  sold 

out 

kladli  jsme,  kffldli  sme,     we  were 

laying; 


daljsem,  dal  s8m,  I  gave,  Iput; 
rucim  (za),  rucheem  I  warrant; 
dojat,  doydt,  moved 
trapilo*),  trdpild,  it  grieved 
zbylo*),  zbyW,  remained,  was  left 
zenifel,      zemrsJiel,  died 


poloMli  jsme,  pdlozili  sm8,  we  lad;  '  val, 


vdl, 


blew 


Exercises. 


Mel  jsem  vyprodej.  --  Muj  kram 
je  vsecek  vyprodan;  —  vsecka  za- 
soba  je  vyprodana;  —  prodal  jsein 
vsecko  zbozi  lacino.  —  Vyprodal 
jsem  vsecko  za  hotove. 

Ze  vseho  zbozi  zbylo  jen  neco  lat- 
ky  na  saty. 

Ke  vsemu  zbozi  dal  jsem  ceny;  — 
znamky  byly  na  vsem.  —  Jsem  ted' 
hotov  se  vsim. 

Ysiclmi  kupci,  doufam,  budou 
spokojeni;  -  vsecky  veci  byly  do- 
bre;  —  na  vsech  vecech  mel  jsem 
jen  maly  vydelek. 

Ysem  svym  odkupnikiun  rucim 
za  zbozi;  —  chci  miti  se  vsemi  do- 
brou  vuli. 


I  had  a  selling  out.  —  My  store  is 
all  sold  out;  —  the  whole  stock  is 
sold  out;  —  I  sold  all  goods  cheap- 
ly. —  I  sold  out  every  thing  for 
cash. 

Of  all  the  goods  there  only  re- 
mained some  dress  goods. 

To  all  the  goods  I  put  (i.  e.  at- 
tached) prices ;— labels  were  on  every 
thing. — I  have  now  done  with  every- 
thing. 

All  the  buyers,  I  hope,  will  be  sa- 
tisfied; —  all  articles  were  good;  — 
on  all  articles  I  had  only  a  small 
profit. 

To  all  my  customers  I  warrant 
my  goods;  —  I  want  to  have  with 
all  a  good  will. 


*)    Trapiti,  trdpitH  (trdpit),   to  grieve,    to  trouble,    to  torment: 
trapil,  a,  o,  (he,  she,  it)  grieved,  troubled,  etc. 

Zbyti,  zbeeiji,  (zbeet),  to  remain,  to  be  left; 
zbyl,  a,  o,  (he,  she,  it)  remained,  was  left; 
zbylo,  there  remained.  —  £ee  Note  2,  Lesson  IX. 


Lesson  30. 


127 


Dues  je  liezky  den.  —  Ano,  dries 
je  liezky;—  slunce  sviti  hezky. 

Boufam  ze  zitra  bade  take  pekny 
den  a  ze  slunce  bude  pekne  svitit. 

Tcera  byl  silny  vitrs  —  Rano  vi- 
tr  val  silne,  odpoledne  jeste  silneji 
a  nejsilneji  k  veceru. 


Yas  dum  ma  hluboky  zaklad.  — 
Ano,polozili  jsme  zaklady  hlnboko. 

Kdyz  jsme  kladli  zakladni  ka- 
men,  nas  hosik  zemfel  a  byl  js^m 
hlnboce  dojat. 

Byl  to  veliky  zarmutek;  —  tra- 
pUo  nas  to  velice. 

Kolik  let  mu  byloF)  —  Bylo  mu 
dvanact  let. 

Mluvil  anglicky  i  cesky,  —  take 
psal  po  anglicku  i  po  eesku. 

Pozdeji  clitel  uciti  se  tez  fran- 
couzsky,  spanelsky  i  nemeeky,  — 
aspon  eisti  a  psati  troclm* 


To-day  is  a  fine  day. — Yes/o-day 
it  is  nice;— the  sun  is  shining  nicely. 

I  hope  that  to-morrow  will  be  also 
a  nice  day,  and  that  she  sun  will 
shine  nicely. 

Yesterday  there  was  a  strong 
wind.  —  In  the  morning  the  wind 
blew  strongly,  in  the  afternoon 
more  strongly  yet,  and  most  strong- 
ly toward  evening. 

Your  house  has  a  deep  foundation. 
— Yes,  we  laid  the  foundations  deep. 

When  we  were  laying  the  founda- 
tion stone,  our  little  boy  died,  and 
I  was  deeply  moved. 

It  was  a  great  sorrow;—  it  grieved 
us  greatly. 

How  old  was  he? — He  was  twelve 
years 

He  spoke  English  and  Bohemian, 
— He  also  wrote  in  English  and  in 
Bohemian. 

Later  he  wanted  to  learn  also 
French,  Spanish  and  German,  —  at 
least  to  read  and  write  a 'little. 


Note  1.  Grammarians  call  vsecek  (all)  an  indefinite  numeral;  it 
also  takes  the  form  of  vsechen  or  vsecken  (femiuinine,  vsechna,vseckna, 
neutre,  vsechno,  vseckno).  The  plural  is  vsickni,  vsecky,  vsecka,  vsitskm, 
vsMtski,  vsMtska.  In  common  discourse  vseeky  or  vseci  is  used  in  the 
plural  in  all  three  genders. 


*)  Kolik  let mn  by lo2  {literally:  how  many  years  was  it  to  him?) 
the  same  as:  jak  byl  star  J  how  old  was  he?  Bylo  mu,  the  same  as  byl? 
he  was.  . 


128 


Part  11. 


This  numeral  is  also  declined  and  plesents  the  following  variation 
of  form  : 

Singular : 

vseho,  m.  &  n  fsMJiti,  (vsi,  f.  fshee)  of  all  (of  the  whole,  of  everything); 

vsemii,  fsMmit;  to  all;  ve  vsem,  vtifslitim,  in  all;   se  v§im,  s&  fsheem, 

with  all. 

Plural: 

vsech,  fsliVkli,  of  all;   ve  vsecli,  v8fs7i8kh,  in  all;   v§em,  fs7i8m,  to  all; 

se  vsemi,  s8fs7i$mi  with  all. 

Note  2.  Adverbs  (qualifying  verbs)  are  often  derived  from  ad- 
jectives, qualifying  nouns.  This  rule  obtains  in  Bohemian  as  well  as  in 
Esglish. 

Such  adverbs  are  formed  in  English  by  adding  ly  to  the  adjective  : 

strong,  strongly;  nice  nicely.  In  Bohemian,  the  terminal  y  of  the  ad- 
jective is  changed  into  an  e  : 

silny,  silne;   pekny,  pekne. 

In  some  cases,  however,  the  final  y  changes  into  an  o,  or  the  final 
syllable  ky  into  ce:  hluboky,  hluboko,  hluboce,  deep,  deeply;  veliky, 
velice,  great,  greatly.  In  a  few  cases  the  formation  of  adverbs  is  wholly 
irregular  :   dobry,  good;   dobre,  well. 

Sometimes  the  long  y  simply  changes  into  a  short  y  :  liezky, 
hezky,  nice,  nicely.  This  is  generally  the  case,  when  the  adjective  is 
derived  from  the  name  of  a  nation  :  anglicky  narod,  the  Englis7i  nation; 
mluvim  anglicky,  1  speak  Englis7i; — cesky  jazyk,  the  Bo7iemian  tongue; 
mluvini  cesky,  /  speak  Bo7iemian.  In  these  cases  we  can  also  use  the 
form:   po  anglicku,    po  ceskn. 

In  common  discourse,  the  distinction  between  such  adjectives  and 
adverbs  as  hezky  —  hezky,  cesky  —  cesky,  etc.,  is  obliterated,  their 
pronunciation  being  the  same. 

Note  3.  Many  adverbs  of  quality  have  a  comparison,  like  ad- 
jectives, in  order  to  express  various  degrees  of  quality.    In  regular  com^ 


Lesson  30. 


129 


parison,  the  second  degree  is  formed  by  adding  ji  to  the  adverb,  and 
the  third  degree  by  prefixing  nejto  the  second  degree  :  siine,  strongly; 
silneji,  more  strongly;  nejsilneji,  most  strongly.  Some  adverbs  have 
an  irregular  comparison,  which  must  be  learned  and  remembered.  The 
following  are  mostly  in  use  : 

dobre,    dobrahti,    well;    lepe,    lepe,    better;    iiejlepe,    neylepg,  best; 

lip,      leep,       "     ;     nejlip,     neyleep,     "  ; 

zle,  badly;   Imre,  hoorshS,  worse;   nejliiire,  neyhoorsM,  worst; 

haf,    hoorsh,       "    ;    nejhiif,    neyhoorsh,         "  ; 

brzo,  berz8,  soon;  drive,  drsheeve.  sooner;  nejdfive,  neydrsheev&,  soonest; 

driv,  drsheef,       "     ;  nejdMv,   neydrsheef,  " 

dbailio,  dloUhd,  long;   dele,  del8,    longer;   nejdele,    neydelg,  longest; 

dyl,   deel,       "     ;    nejdyl,     neydeel,       "  ; 

blizko,  bleesko,  near;  blize,  bleeze,  nearer;    nej  blize,  neybleeze,  nearest; 

bliz,    bleez,       "     ;    nejbliz,    ney  bleez,        "  ; 

daleko,  daWko,  far;   dal,     ddl,     farther;     nejdal,    neyddl,  farthest; 

vysoko,  vystikd,  high;    vyse,  veesM,  higher;    npjvyse,  neyvees7ie,  highest; 

hiuboko,  hlubokd,  deep,  deeply;  hloub,  hloUb,  deeper;  nejhloub,  neyhloUb, 

deepest; 

snadno,  snadntf,  easily;  snaz,  sndz,  more  easily;  nejsnaz,  neysndz,  most 

easily ; 

mnoho,  mnohti,  much,  vie,  vice,  verts,  *eetse,  more;  nejvic,  nejvice,  ney- 

veets,  neyveetsg,  most; 

malo,  maid,  little;  mene,  nrin,  mene,  mee%,  less;   nejmene,  nejmiii,  ney- 

merie,  neymeen,  least; 

draho,  draze,  drahti,  draze,  dear,  dearly;  draze,  draze,  dearer;  nejdraze, 

neydrdze,  dearest. 

5 


130 


Part  II. 


LESSON  XXXI.*) 


Nesti  (or  nesti),  to  carry,  to  hear,  is  a  verb  denoting  a  continuous 
action. 

By  means  of  prefixes  numerous  other  verbs  are  d  'rived  from  it  (see 
Note  6,  Lesson  XIII),  denoting  a  finite  or  finished  action,  or  a  solitary 
aet  of  that  nature  : 


pfinesti, 
prenesti, 

nanesti, 

odnesti, 

donesti, 

podnesti, 

pfednesti. 


prsJiinesti, 
prshe-nest, 

nanest, 

ddnest, 

do  nest, 
p  ddnest, 
pr  shed-nest. 


pronesti,    pro  nest, 


roznesti, 
nnesti, 
vynesti, 
zanesti, 


rozncst, 
unest, 
vinest, 
zanest, 


or  prshinest,  to  bring,  to  fetch; 
to  carry  over,    to  transplace; 

to  bring  a  heap;  to  pile  on; 

to  carry  away;  to  take  away; 

to  carry  to  a  place;  to  carry  to  somebody; 
to  carry  under; 

to  carry  before;  (hence:  to  la}r  before,  to  submit, 

to  deliver;) 

to  carry  through;  pronesti  se,  to  grow  heavy,  to 
tire  out  (said  of  a  burden  which  is  carried); 
to  carry  round;  to  scatter  or  spread;  to  deliver; 
to  carry  off,  to  kidnap;  (also:  to  be  able  to  carry); 
to  carry  out; 

to  carry  behind,  away,  i.  e.  out  of  sight;  (also:  to 

enter  in  a  book  or  list). 


*)  We  bespeak  the  student's  particular  attention  for  this  Lesson, 
designed  as  a  systematic  but  easy  and  popular  introduction  to  a  complete 
mastery  of  the  Bohemian  verb,  which  is  the  most  important  and  the  most 
complicated  part  of  the  language.  To  a  great  extent,  this  introduction 
will  not  appear  as  a  review  of  what  has  already  been  learned  about  the 
verb  in  the  preceding  lessons,  and  hence  will  be  the  more  readily  mastered 
by  the  student.  There  being  only  a  few  hundred  verbs  used  in  the  ordina- 
ry intercourse  of  any  language,  their  acquisition  for  practical  every-day 
purposes  is,  after  all,  only  a  matter  of  a  few  weeks'  application. 


Lesson  31. 


131 


As  before  observed,  the  meaning  of  these  derivatives  becomes  in 
most  cases  self-evident,  when  we  bear  in  mind  t^e  signification  of  the 
prefixes,  which  constantly  recur  in  this  process  of  formation  of  new  verbs: 

do,  do,  to;  pre,  prslie,    over;         pod,  pod,  under; 

od,  dd,  from,  off;  pfi,  prs7ii,  to,  by,  at;  nad,  nad,  over,     up,  above; 

na,  nd,  on;  pred,  prshed,  before;  pro,  prti,  through; 

re,  v&,  in;  ob,     ob     \   round,  roz,   roz,  apart,  asunder; 

vy,  vy,  out;  o,       o      )    about;  za,     za,    behind,  away,  into; 

The  prefix  za  very  often  denotes  a  solitary  action  or  eudden  mani- 
festation; for  example  : 

peti,  zpivati,  pyeVi,  speevaVi,  to  sing;  zapeti,  zazpivati,  zdpytit,  zaspee- 

vat,  to  sing  a  song. 

zvoniti,  zwtiwt,  to  ring;   zazvoniti,  zaziconit,  to  give  a  ring;  to  pull  the 

bell  once. 

The  prefix  u  denotes:    1.    an  action  separating  a  part  from  the 

•whole:  seknouti,  seknouti,  to  make  a  cut;  useknouti,  tiseknoUtli,  to  cut 
off;  —  2.  a  diminutive,  momentary,  or  solitary  action  :  Sklebiti  se,  shkW- 
MVi  s8,  to  frown;  -  usklebiti  se,  to  make  a  frown;  3.  a  progressive  destruc- 
tion or  disappearance:  paliti,  p&UXli,  to  burn;  up&liti,  to  burn  up. 
to  burn  at  the  stake;  —  4.  a  completion  or  carrying  out  of  something: 
delati,  (I'eldfi,  to  do,  to  make,  to  work:  udelati,  to  make  or  finish  some- 
thing; to  do  a  certain  act. 

These  are  the  main  modifications  due  to  the  pr<  fix  u,  connected 
with  verbs;  there  are,  besides,  two  or  three  minor  or  incidental  ones, 
which  it  is  not  necessary  to  mention. 


The  principal  parts  of  a  Bohemian  verb,  from  which  the  entire  con- 
jugation may  easily  be  formed  by  means  of  the  proper  endings,  are  the 
following: 

the  perfect  indicative:  nesl,  carried; 


The  infinitive:  nesti,  to  carry; 
the  present  indicative :  nesu,  I  carry; 


the  imperative;   nes?  carry  (thou), 


132 


Part  II 


Nesu, 

neses, 

nese, 

neseme, 

nesete, 

neson, 


nesstl,  I  carry, 

nessesh,  thou  carriest, 
nesse,  (he, she, it)  carries, 
nesseme',  we  carry, 
nessVU,  you  carry, 
nessoti,        they  carry; 


nesl*)  jsem,  nessl  sem,  I  carried, 
nesl  jsi,       nessl  si,  thou  carriedst, 


nesl, 


nessl, 


he  carried, 


nesli**)  jsme,wm#  sm8,  we  carried, 
nesli  jste,  nessli  st8,  you  carried, 
nesli,  nessli,     they  carried: 


nes, 

at'  nese, 
nesine, 
neste, 
at'  neson, 


ness,  carry  (thou), 

#t'  nessV,  let  him  (her,  it)  carry, 
nessmS,  let  us  carry, 

nesste,  carry  (you), 

aV  nessoti,  let  them  carry. 


Note  1.  The  future  tense  of  nesti  is  usually  not  formed  by  means 
of  the  auxiliary  byti  (to  be)  in  connection  with  the  infinitive:  bitdn  nesti, 
biules  nesti,  etc. ;  but  by  means  of  the  prefix  po,  connected  with  the 
present  tense:  ponesu,  pdnessu,  I  shall  carry;  ponese§,  ptinessesh,  thou 
wilt  carry;  and  so  forth. 

The  derivatives  mentioned  above,  formed  by  means  of  prefixes,  have 
in  fact  no  present,  but  only  a  past  and  a  simple  future  tense;  for  example: 

prinesti,  to  bring;    prinesl  jsem,  I  brought;    pfinesn,  I  shall  bring;  — 
odnesti,  to  carry  away;   odnesl  jsem,  I  carried  away;  odnesn,    I  shall 
.   carry  away.    (See  Notes  4  and  7,  Les?on  XIII.) 


*)  Feminine  nesla,  nessla;  neutre  neslo;  —  see  Note  2,  Lesson  IX. 
—  Ja  jsem  nesl,  ja  nesl,  I  carried;  ty  jsi  nesl,  ty's  nesl,  taou  carriedst; 
vy  jste  nesli,  you  carried.    See  Lesson  X. 

As  already  mentioned  in  Note  1,  Lesson  IX,  the  distinction  b<  tween 
the  perfect  tense,  so  difficult  and  puzzling  for  the  student  of  the  English 
language,  does  not  exist  in  Bohemian.  Nesl  jsem  means  both  I  carried 
and  I  have  carried;  it  also  means  I  did  carry  and  I  was  carrying,  — 
when  the  latter  relates  to  a  separate  action. 

Likewise  the  present,  nesii,  means  not  only  1  carry,  but  also:  I 
am  carrying,  I  do  carry;  or,  if  used  interrogatively:    nesti?  do  I  carry  1 

The  same  observations  apply  to  all  other  verbs,  there  beiog  only 
one  form  of  the  present  tense,  and  of  the  past  tense,  in  Bohemian. 
**)   Feminine  nesly;   neutre  nesla;  see  Note  2,  Lesson  IX. 


Lesson  31. 


133 


The  verbs  lezu,  I  crawl;  vezu,  I  carry;  jedu,  I  ride;  kvetu,  I 
blossom;  rostu,  I  grow,  —  and  seme  others,  usually  form  their  future  in 
the  same  way  as  nesu,  I  cany.  Hence  we  do  not  say  tmdu  lezti,  etc: 
but  we  say  : 

polezu,  polgzti,  I  shall  crawl;  povezu,  povgzti,  I  shall  carry;  pojedii, 
poytidu,  I  shall  ride;  pokvetu,  pokuetU,  I  shall  blossom;  porostu,  po- 
rostit,  I  shall  grow. 

In  the  sequel  we  shall  give  the  principal  parts  of  every  verb,  from  which  the  stu 
dent  can  form  the  whole  conjugation  without  any  difficulty.    There  being  a  slight  ir- 
regularity in  the  formation  of  the  present  tense  from  th*?  infinitive  in  some  cases,  this 
course  will  obviate  any  confusion  which  might  arise  therefrom,  for  a  beginner. 


Yezti,     vgzti,  vezt*),  to  cany  (in  a 

vehicle); 

vezti  se,  vgzti  s8,  to  ride; 


vesti, 

lezti, 

kvesti, 

cisti, 

riisti, 

rosti, 

plesti, 


vessel,  to  lead; 

Itiztii,  to  crawl,  to  climb: 
kwesti,  to  blossom; 

cheesti,  to  read; 

roosti  ) 

rem   I  togrow; 

plessti,  to  twist,  to  knit; 
to  confuse,  to  mix  up; 


plesti  se, 

p.  s$, 

to  be  mistaken, 

confused;  etc.**) 

masti, 

masti, 

to  confuse; 

masti  se, 

masti  s8, 

to  be  mistaken; 

mesti, 

mesti, 

to  sweep; 

klasti, 

Masti, 

to  lay; 

krasti, 

krasti, 

to  steal; 

pasti, 

pasti, 

to  herd,  to  tend, 

to  pasture. 

pasti  se,  p.  sg,  to  graze,  to  browse; 


vezu,  vezu, 


I  carry;    vezljsem,    v8zl  sem,  I  carried,  or  I  have  carried; 

vez,    vfa,    carry  (thou/**); 


*)   See  Note  1,  Lesson  XI. 

**)  This  and  many  other  verbs  have  a  variety  of  significations,  which 
cannot  here  be  explained.  We  refer  the  student  to  the  Dictionary  of  the 
Bohemian  and  English  languages,  by  Charles  Jonas,  second  edition. 

***)  The  reflexive  form  of  a  verb  is  conjugated  in  the  same  way  as  the 
ordinary  form,  with  se  added:  vezu  se,  I  ride;  vezl  jsem  se,  I  rode; 
povezu  se,  I  shall  ride;   vez  se,  ride  (thou)! 

The  student  is  already  well  aware  that  negation  is  always  expressed 
by  the  prefix  ne,  which  stands  for  the  English  do  not,  does  not,  did  not; 
lievezu,  I  do  not  carry;  nevezl  jsem,  I  did  not  carry;  nepovezu,  I  shall 
not  carry;  nevez!  do  not  carry! 


134 


Part  II 


vedu,  v&dil,  I  lead;  vedl  sem,  vtidl  s8m,  I  led;  ved',  vetf,  lead; 
lezu,  I8z&,  I  crawl;  lezl  jsem,  I8zl  sem,  I  crawled;  lez,  lez,  crawl; 
kvete,  kw8t&,  it  blooms ;  kvetl,  kicM,  it  bloomed;  kvet1,  kwH\  bloom: 
ctu?  chtti,  I  read;  cetljsem,  cMtl  sem,  I  read;  cti,  c?<Vi,  read; 
rostuj  rostit,  I  grow;  rostl  jsem,  rostl  sem,  I  grew;  rosf,  rost,  grow; 
pletu,  pletu,  I  knit ;  (pletu  se,  I  getmixt  d  up,  etc.);  pletl  jsem,  1  knit- 
ted;   plet',    plet\  knit; 

matu,  mdtii,  [confuse;  matljsem,  matt  sem,  I  confused;  mat',  mat,  con- 
fust; 

metii;  metu,  I  sweep;  metl  jsem,  metl  sem,  I  swept;  met',  mef,  sweep; 
kladu,  kladti,  I  lay;  kladl }&em9kladl  sem,  I  laid;  klad',MTd\  lay; 
kradu,  kradu,  I  steal;  kradl  jsem, krMl  sem,  I  stole;  krad',&r£d', steal; 
pasu,    pasil,     I  herd;    pasljsem,  pa1  si  sem,  I  herded:  pas,    pas,  herd. 


Pasak,  m.   pdssdk,      the  cowboy, 

the  herdsman; 
ddbytek,  the  cattle 
khodneek,  th  sidewalk 


dobytek,  m. 
cliodnik,  m. 
zlodej,  m. 
cerv,  m. 
jabloB,  m. 
ptaci,  pi. 
dejepis,  m. 
cestopis,m. 

sli'ulo,  n. 
ovee,  f .  s  & 
sotva, 
snadiii), 
uikam, 


zloiXey,  the  thi.  f 

cherf,  the  worm 

yablon,  the  applutree 
ptdlsi,  the  birds 

iXey&pis,       the  history 
tsestdpis,    the  book  of 
travc  Is; 

stddd,  the  herd 

pi.  ofts8,  the  sheep 
sotwti,  hardly,  scarcely; 
sndd/id,  i  asily 

mkdm,  nowhere 


datum,  n.    datum.,  the  date 

skola,  f.      nhkola,  the  school 

novela,  f.  novella 
roman,  m.  rdmdn 
zem,  f.  zem 
podlaha,  f.  podl&ha 
pastva,  pdstwd, 
ruka,  f.  rtika, 
noha,  f.  ndhd, 
mleko,  n.  mlekd, 
zeleniny,  f.  pi.  z&Wmny,  the  vege- 
tables; 

zamesti,  zdmexHi,  to  sweep  up; 
doeisti,  dticheesXi,  to  finish  reading; 
mu£e,  moo'tJ,  he  (she,  it)  can 
z&bSL\nj,&,&9zdbdvnee,  entertaining. 


the  novel 

the  floor 

the  pasture 
the  hand 
the  foot 
the  mdk 


Lesson  31. 


135 


Co  neses?  (co  to  neses?) 

Nesu  obed  pro  otce*). 
Co  vezete  na  ir\\l  —  Yczu  trochu 
obili. 

Co  veze  vas  soused?  —  On  veze 

brambory. 
Kain  vedete  tolio  chlapce*)]  —  Ye- 

do  ho  do  skoly.  —  Ze  skoly  pove- 

du  ho  zas  do  in  u. 

Kelez  na  strom!  —  Ja  nelezu. — 
Nelezl  jsem  nikam.  ~  Yidel  jsem 
te  lezti. 

Co  to  zde  leze  J  —  Cervi  zde  lezou. 

Ysecko  kvete.  —  Stromy  uz  kve- 
tou.  —  Loni  nas  jablon  kvetl 
krasne; —  nevim  jak  pokvete  le- 
tos. 

Co  to  ctesl  —  J  a  ctu  zabavnou  kni- 
hu;  —  a  co  vy  Hetel  —  Dejepis 
Spojenycli  Statu**). 


Exercises. 

What  doest  thou  carry?  (what  is  it 

thou  earnest?) 
I  carry  dinner  for  my  father. 
What  do  you  carry  to  market  ?  -  I 

carry  some  grain. 
What  does  your  neighbor  carry?  — 

He  carries  potatoes. 
Where  do  you  lead  (or  "take")  that 
hoy?  —  I  lead  him  to  school.  — 
From  school  I  shall  lead  him  home 
again. 

Do  not  climb  (on)  the  tree !— I  do  not 
(climb).  —  I  did  not  climb  any- 
where. —  I  have  seen  thee  climb. 
What  is  that  crawling  here?  — 

Worms  are  crawling  here. 
Everything  blossoms.  —  The  trees 
are  blooming  already. — Last  year 
our  appletree  blossomed  beauti 
fully:  —  I  don't  know  how  it  will 
bloom  this  year. 
What  is  it  thou  readest?— I  read  an 
entertaining  book; —  and  what  do 
you  read?  —  A  history  of  the  U- 
nited  States. 


*)  The  rule  stated  in  Note  2,  Lesson  XVIII,  applies  also  to  nouns 
ending  in  ec  (declined  like  muz),  the  vowel  e  being  dropped  in  the  in- 
flected cases:  otec,  diets,  the  father  (or  "my  father",;  otce,  btsti,  of  the 
father;  pro  otc{ff  for  the  father;  otcove,  o'tsdve,  the  fathers;  —  chlapec, 
khlapets,  the  boy;  chlapce,  khlaptse,  of  the  boy  (or  "the  boy",  in  the  ob- 
jective case). 


Spojene  Staty,  spoygne  statu,  the  United  States:  Spojenycli 
Statu,  spoySaeekh  stdtoo,  of  the  United  States;  ve  Spojenycli  Statech,  v8 
spoygneekh  stdtech,  in  the  United  States. 


136 


Part  J  I. 


Yeera  cetl  jsem  roman;  —  yecer 
jsem  ho  docetlj  —  zitra  budu  ci- 
sti  nejaky  cestopis. 

Kdyz  je  teplo,  vsecko  roste  ryclile. 
—  Ty  zeieniny  rostou  ryclile;  — 
po  desti  porostou  jeste  rychleji. 

Ja  casto  se  pletu  v  datum.  —  (  io- 
vek  snaduo  se  plete;  —  ja  take 
casto  se  matu. 

Zamet'  kram.  —  Zauietl  jsem  lio 
ulj  —  cliodmk  zametu  hned. 

Ptaci  nyni  kladou  vejce. 

Zlodej  krade  kde  miize.  —  ZIodeji 

kradou  vse. 
Pasak  pase  stado.  --  Bobytek  se 

pase.  —  Ovce  se  pasou. 

Rad  pasu  kravy,  kde  je  dobra 
pastva. 


Yesterday  I  read  a  novel;  —  in  the 
evening  I  finished  reading  it;  — 
to-morrow  I  shall  read  some  book 
of  travels. 

When  it  is  warm,  everything  grows 
fast. — Those  vegetables  grow  fast; 
—  after  a  rain  they  will  grow  still 
faster. 

I  am  often  mistaken  in  the  date.  — 

One  is  easily  mistaken;  —  I  also 

am  frequently  mistaken. 
Sweep  the  store.  —  I  have  swept  it 

already;  —  the  sidewalk  I  shall 

sweep  presently. 
The  birds  now  lay  eggs. 
The  thief  steals  where  he  can.  — 

Thieves  steal  everything. 
The  cowboy  tends  the  herd.  —  The 

cattle  are  grazing  — The  sheep  are 

browsing. 
I  like  to  pasture  cows  where  there 

is  a  good  pasture. 


Biti, 

beeti, 

to  beat,  to  strike; 

kryti, 

kreeti, 

to  cover; 

piti, 

peeti, 

to  drink; 

triti, 

tr  sheet i, 

to  rub; 

Utij 

letti, 

to  pour; 

pflti  se. 

prsheeti  s&, 

to  dispute; 

siti, 

seeti, 

J-  to  sow,  to  seed; 

siti, 

sheeti, 

to  sew; 

seti, 

seti, 

ziti, 

Zeeti, 

to  live*). 

myti, 

?neeti, 

to  wash; 

*)  Notes  1  and  2,  Lesson  XIII,  explain  lhat  in  common  dis- 
course the  final  i  of  the  infinitive  is  nearly  always  dropped.  Con- 
sequently we  hear:  beet,  instead  of  beiti;  feet,  instead  of  peeti;  and  so 
forth.  Myti  is  often  pronounced  meyt,  kryti  —  kreyt.  (See  Note  3,  Les- 
son VI.) — There  is  no  difference  of  pronunciation  between  biti  (to  beat), 
and  byti  (to  be),  except  when  the  latter  is  vulgarly  pronounced  beyt. 


Lesson  81. 


137 


biju  (or  biji),  biyit,     I  b(  at;   bil  jsem,    bill  s em,    I  beat  (have  bt  aten): 

bij,    biy  or  be,    beat  (thou); 
piju  (or  piji),  piyu,  I  drink;    pil  jsem,    pill  sem,    I  drank;    pij,  piy 

(or  pee),  driok; 

iju  or  leju,  Uyit  or  legit,  I  pour:   lil  jsem,    HI  sem,    I  pound;   lij  or 

lej,    Uy,  ley,  pour; 

siju  or  seju,  siyti,  seyU,  I  sow;  siljsem,  sil  sem,  I  sowed;  sej,  sey,  sow; 
myju*),  miyit,  I  wash;  my  I  jsem,  mill  sem,  I  washed;  myj,  miy,  wash; 
kryju,  kriyU,  I  cover;  kryl  jsem,  krill  sem,  I  covered;  kryj,  kriy,  cover; 
tru*),  trit,  I  rub;  treljsem,  irsliell  sem,  I  rubbed;  tri,  trshi,  rub; 
pru  se*),  pru  s8,  I  dispute;  pf el  jsem  se,  pr shell  sem  s$,  I  disputed;  pri  se, 

prshisg,  dispute; 

siju,  slie-yu,  I  sew;  sil  jsem,  slhil  sem,  I  sewed;  sij,  shiy  (or  she\  sew; 
&iju,    ziyu,     I  live;  zil  jsem,  zil  sem,     I  lived;  zij,  ziy,    (or  zi),  live; 

Note  2.  The  paradigm  of  the  present  indicative  of  biti  would  be: 
biju,  bije&,  bije,  bijeme,  bijete,  bijou  (I  beat,  thou  beatest,  he  beats, 
we  beat,  you  beat,  they  beat).  In  the  written  language,  the  forms  biji 
and  biji  (biye,  biyee)  are  frequently  employed  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  third  person  plural,  in  place  of  biju,  bijou  (biyit,  biyou),  which  are 
always  used  in  conversation.  The  same  is  true  of  the  other  verbs  of  this 
class. 


Exercises. 

Proc  bije§  to  diteS  —  Nebij  ho!  —  Why  do  you  beat  that  child?  —  Do 
J&  ho  nebiju.  not  beat  him! — I  do  not  beat  him. 

Hodiny**)  bijou  deset.  —  O  bilo  The  clock  strikes  ten.  —  It  has  al- 
deset.  J     ready  struck  ten. 

*)   Colloquially  also  meju,  kreju,  tru,  pru  se,  meyu,  kreyti,  trsliu, 
prshU  s8;  mej,  krej,  mey,  krey,  (do)  wash,  (do)  cover. 

**)  Hodiny  (the  clock)  is  a  plural  noun;  the  following  verb  must 
therefore  be  put  in  the  plural:    bijou  or  biji  (they^  strike). 


138 


Part  11. 


Co  pij**s2  —  Piju  pivo;  —  co  vy  pi- 
jeteS  —  Pi j erne  vino;  —  deti  pi- 
jou  vodii.  —  Rano  vsiclmi  pili 
jsme  nileko. 

Lijeme  mleko  do  kavy. 

Slu£ka  myje  zem.  --  Kryjeme  pod- 

lalm  kobercem. 
Lil  jsem  liniment  na  ruku  a  tf el 

jsem  nohu. 
Seju  psenici;  —  soused  sil  jecmen. 

-  Sejeme  casne.  —  Cojste  vy  se- 

li?  —  Nicjeste;  —  budeme  siti 

oves. 


What  doest  thou  drink?  —  I  drink 
beer;— what  do  you  drink?  —  We 
drink  wine;  —  the  children  drink 
water.  —  la  the  morning  we  all 
drank  milk. 

We  pour  milk  in  coffee. 

The  servant-girl  washes  the  floor.  — 
We  cover  the  floor  with  a  carpet. 

I  poured  the  liniment  on  (my)  hand 
and  rubbed  (my)  foot. 

I  sow  wheat;— (my) neighbcr  sowed 
barley.  —  We  sow  early.  —  What 
have  you  sowed?  —  Nothing  as 
yet;-  we  shall  sow  oats. 


Note  3«  All  verbs  consisting  of  a  simple  root  or 
stem,  to  which  the  termination  tl  is  directly  attached,  be- 
long to  the  first  conjugation. 

They  may  be  divided  in  two  leading  classes,  slighty  diverging  in 
their  inflection,  but  following  the  same  general  principle,  as  shown  in  the 
preceding  two  groups  of  examples;  namely,  1.  those  terminating  gener- 
ally in  sti,  and  2.  those  terminating  generally  in  iti  : 

1.  nesti,  to  carry  (nes  in  the  root  or  stem);  —  nesu,  neses,  nese,  I  carry, 

thou  earnest,  he  carries;  neseme,  nesete,  nesou,  we  carry, 
you  carry,  they  carry;  —  nesl  jsem,  I  carried;  —  nes,  carry; 

2.  piti,    to  drink  (pi  is  the  root  or  stem);  —  piju,  pijes,  pije,  I  drink, 

thou  drinkest,  he  drinks;  pijeme,  pijete,  pijou,  we  drink,  you 
drink,  they  dri.dk;  —  piljsem,  I  drank;  —  pij,  drink. 

Note  4.  A  few  exceptional  verbs  of  this  conjugation,  with  the 
grammatical  termination  of  ci  (but  popularly  cti)  in  their  infinitive,  show 
a  slight  deviation  from^the  above  paradigms.    For  instance; 


Lesson  32. 


139 


peci,      petsi,  to  bake;  —  peku,  peces,  pece,  peceme,  pecete,  pekou, 

p8kti,  pgdesh,  pticM,  pfoMmti,  pticMtS,  ptikoil  (I  bake,  thou 
bakest,  he  bakes,  we  bake,  you  bake,  they  bake  ;  pekl  jsem, 
pe~kl  sem,  I  baked;    pec,  p8ch,  bake; 

teci,   tetsi,  to  flow;  tece,  tekou,  tekl,  tec,   tticM,  ttkoU,  tekl,   tech  (it 
flows,  they  flow,  it  flowed,  flow). 

But  colloquially,  the  forms  pecu,  pecou,  tecou  (I  bake,  they  bake, 
they  flow)  are  used  in  place  of  peku,  pekou,  tekou. 


LESSON  XXXII. 


Minouti,  minotiti,  to  pass  b}r;  —  minu,  minU,  I  pass  by;  (mine§,  mine, 
minesh,  minti,  thou  passest  by,  he  passes  by;  mineme,  minete, 
mi  11011,  minfrmg,  minUti,  minott,  we,  you,  they  pass  by  ;  — 
minul*)  jsem,  minillsem,  I  passed  by  or  I  have  passed  by;  min, 
mm,  pass  (thou)  by. 

hynouti,  hynotiXH,  to  perish  (or  rather:  to  be  perishing';  —  hynu,  hynu, 
I  am  perishing;  liynul  jsem^  I  was  perishing;  hyn,  hyn,  perish. 

zdvihnouti,  zdwihnoit^i,  to  pick  up,  to  raise;  —  zdvihnu,  zdwihnti**),  I 
shall  pick  up;  I  shall  raise;  zdvihnul  jsem  also  zdvihl  jsem, 
like  the  first  conjugation),  zdwihnM  sem  (zdwihl  sem),  I  picked 
up,  I  raised;  zdvilmi,  zdtcihm,  piek  up.  raise. 

kopnouti,  kopnoUtH,  to  kick;  —  kopnu**),  I  shall  kick;  kopnul  jsem  (also 
kopljsem),  kopnUl  sem,  1  kicked;  kopni,  kopm,  kick. 

Dalka,  f.    ddlkct,         the  distance    oseni,  n.    ossenee,    growing  crops; 

planina,  f  pltininti,  the  plain    takto,       taktd,  in  this  way; 


*)   Feminine  minula,  mintilti,;  neutre  miuiilo,  minuld;  —  see  Note 
2,  Lesson  IX. 

**)  The  present  tense  having  a  future  meaning,  zdvihnu,  kopnu,  is 
in  fact  the  simple  future  tense  of  these  verbs.    See  Note  7,  Lesson  XIII. 


140 

% 


Part  11. 


hruska,  f.  hruslikd, 


the  pear 


jablko,  n.  yablkd,     (colloq.  yabkd), 

the  apple 

sucho,  n,   sukhd,     drought  (as  an 

adverb:  dry); 


ne2, 
hledeti, 

pes,  m. 


nesh,  before; 
Meftet,  to  look; 

pess,  the  dog;  psa,  psa, 
of  the  dog,  the  dog 
(obj.  case). 


Exercises. 


Nez  hodina  mine,  budu  zde,—  pra- 
vil. 

Hodina  minula, —  dve  hodiny  mi- 
nuly,  -  pet  hodin  minulo  (i.  e.  it 
passed),  —  den  minul,  — a  nebyl 
zde. 

Az  mineme  ten  les,  budeme  videti 
vice. 

Jak  brzy  minuli  jste  les? 

Minnli  jsme  ho  za  hodinu;  —  pak 

videli  jsme  celon  planinu. 
Ti  lide  nas  brzy  minoux).  —  Mines 
•  mnoho  lidi  (Utfee,  gen.  c^se). 

Je  sucho;  —  vsecko  hyne;  —  oscni 
liyne; —  zeleniny  liynou. 

Bylo  snclio  a  vsecko  hynulo. 

Takto  vsecko  bude  hynonti. 

Zdvihni  to  jablko.  —  O  jsem  ho 
zdvihnnl  (or  zdvilil).— Zdvilinula 
(or  zd  villi  a.)  jsem  dve  jablka  a 
hru§ku. 


Before  an  hour  passes  by,  I  shall  be 

here,  —  he  said. 
An  hcurpassed, — two  hours  passed, 

—  five  hours  passed,  —  the  day 
passed  by,  —  and  he  was  not 
here. 

When  we  pass  that  forest,  we  shall 

see  more. 
How  soon  did  you  pass  the  forest? 
We  passed  it  in  an  hour;  —  then 

we  saw  the  whole  plain. 
Those  people  will  soon  pass  us.  — 

Thou  wilt  pass  many  people. 
It  is  dry;  —  everything  is  perishing; 

—  the  crops  are  perishing;  —  the 
veg'  tables  are  perishing. 

There  was  a  drought,  and  every- 
thing was  perishing. 

In  this  way  everything  will  be  per- 
ishing 

Pick  up  that  apple. —  I  have  picked 
it  up  already.  —  I  picked  up 
(fern,  j  two  apples  and  a  pear. 


*)   It  is  s  lf-evident  that  this  present  tense  of  the  verb  minouti  also 
has  a  future  meaning,  denoting  an  action  which  is  expected  to  take  place. 


Lesson  32. 


141 


Zdvihli  jsme  se  a  hledeli  do  dalky. 

—  Zdvihni  se!  —  Zdvihnete  se! 

—  Zdvihnete  ruku  (plural  ruce, 

Kopni  toho  psa!  —  Kopnul  jsem  ho 
trochu. 


We  raised  ourselves  and  looked  into 
the  distance  —  Raise  thyself!  — 
Raise  yourself! — Raise  your  hand 
(your  hands). 

Kick  that  dog!  —  I  kicked  him  a 
little. 


Note  1.  The  root  or  stem  of  the  verb  minouti 
is  mm,  to  which  the  termination  Olltl  is  attached.  All 
verbs  ending  in  Olltl  belong  to  the  second  conjugation. 

Some  of  the  verbs  of  this  class  are  derived  from  adjectives,  and  their 
imperative  is  always  formed  like  that  of  zdvihnouti :  zdvihni.  For 
example  : 

bled-y,  bledee,  pale;  bled-nouti,  blednouti,  to  grow  pale;  (blednu,  I  grow 
pale:  blednul  jsem,  I  grew  pale;  hledni,  do  grow  pale); 


bohat-y,  bohdtee,  rich; 

chud-y,   khtidee,  poor; 

mlad-y,  mlddee,  young; 

star-y,    staree,  old; 

slab-y,    sldbee,  weak; 

mek-ky,  myVkee,  soft; 
tvrd-y,    twerdee,  hard; 


bohat-nouti. 

chud-nouti, 

mladnouti, 

star-nouti, 

slab- nou  ti, 

mek-nouti, 

tvrd-noutf, 


bohdt?ioHVi, 

klitidnotifli, 

mlddnotifji, 

stdrnouVi, 

slab  iiotiH!i, 

mytiknotitii, 

tvrdnotiVt, 


to  grow  rich; 
to  grow  poor; 
to  grow  young; 
to  grow  old; 
to  grow  weak; 
to  grow  soft; 
to  grow  hard. 


Yideti, 

W'd'et'i, 

to  see: 

sedeti, 

to  sit; 

bezeti, 

by&zetii, 

to  run,  to  go 

hurriedly; 

drzeti, 

d  erzetH, 

to  hold; 

mlceti, 

m  clc,lieXli, 

to  be  silent; 

hofeti, 

IwrsMtii, 

to  burn; 

prSeti, 

p  ersh8Vi, 

to  rain: 

slyseti,      slisliffii,  to  hear; 

sluSeti,  sltishffii,  to  fit,  to  become; 
stydeti  se,  stuYefH  s&,  to  be  ashamed; 
umeti,  icmyffii,  to  know;  can; 
rozumeti,  roztimy^i,  to  understand; 
hazeti,  hdzeti,  to  throw  (con- 
tinually); 

porouceti,  poroudietii,  to  command. 


142 


Fart  IT. 


Yidim,  ritfeem,  I  sec;  —  vidis,  vidi,  vifteesli,  vitfee,  thou  seest,  he 
sees;  vidime,  vidite,  vidi,  (colloq.  also  videji)  m<Xeemg,vifteet8, 
vitfee,  colloq.  vOXeyee,  we  (you,  they)  see;  —  videl  jsem,  vitfel 
sem,  I  saw,  or  I  have  seen;  viz,  see  (being  an  irregular  imper.). 

sedim,      setSeem,     I  sit;   sedel  jsem,  se&'el  sem,    I  sat;  sed',  sit. 
be^im,       byffieem,  I  run;    bezel  jsein,  byezel  sem,  I  ran;  bez,  by8%,  run; 
drzim,       de?'%ceml  hold;   drzel  jsem,  derzelsem,\ held;  dr£,  ^  Vz,  hold; 
mlcim,      m elcheem,  I  am  silent,  mlceljsem,  meLchel  sem,  I  was  silent; 

mlc,  melch,  be  silent; 

hori,  horshee,  it  burns;    hofel,  horsliel,  burned;    hoi*,  horsh,  burn; 

prsi,  pershee,  it  rains;  prselo,  pers7i&ld,  it  rained;  prs,  pers7i,  rain; 
slysini,      slisheem,  I  hear;  sly§e!  jsem,  slishel  sem;  I  heard;  slys, 

hear; 

slusi,         slUshee,      it  fits;  slnselo,  slush&ld,    it  fitted, 
stydim  se,  stifleem  s8,  I  am  ashamed;  sty  del  jsem  se,  slid' el  sem  s8,  I  was 

ashamed;  styd'  se,  shame  on  thee! 

ii  mini,       itmee:n,    I  know,    lean;   umeljsem,    umygll  sem,   I  knew; 

umej,  UmySy,  know; 

rozumim,   rozUmeem,    I  understand;  rozumel  jsem,  rozumyUlsem,  I  un- 
derstood; rozumej,  rozumygy,  understand; 
liazim,       hdzeem,  I  throw  (I  am  throwing);  hazel  jsem,  hazel  sem  I  was 

throwing;  hazej,  hdzey,  throw; 
poronenn,  poroticheem,  I  comman  1;  poroncel  jsem,  poroUchel  sem,  I  com- 
manded; poroncej,  poroudtey,  command. 


Vlak,  m.  vlak, 
oprate,  f.  pi.  oprate, 
povyk,  m.  ptivik,* 
jazyk,  m.  ydzik, 
p  radio,  n.  prddld, 


the  train; 
the  lines; 
the  cry; 
the  tongue  ; 
the  linen; 


s:ity,  pi.       shdty,   suit  of  clothes; 
kameni,  n.    kdmenee,    stones  (col- 
lectively); 


pevnfc,        pevne,        tightly,  fast: 
silne,         silne,      strongly,  hard; 
vyborne,     veeborne,  very  well,  ex- 
cellently ; 

spinavy,  a,  £  shpinavee,  dirty; 
jiny,  a,  e  yinee,  other,  dilferent; 
zapomnel  jsem,  zdpom-nel  sem,  I 

forgot; 


Lesson  32. 


148 


pred  tllli,  prshed  teem,  before  that; 
za  nej,      za  ney,  for  him,  of  him, 

(for  it,  of  it); 


Yidis  neco? 
11  ic*). 


Co  vidisj  —  Xevidim 


Vidite  dobre?  —  Alio,  vidim  vsecko. 

—  Oni  to  vidi  dobfe. 

Yideli  jsme  vlakj  —  videii  jste  lio 
take? 

Nevideli  jsme  ho;  —  deti  ho  videly. 

Zde  budeine  videti  vsecko.  —  Nasi 
pf  atele  budou  videti  nas  lined. 

Kdo  tu  sediS  —  To  jsem  ja.  —  Proc 
tu  sedisJ  —  Bez  ven;  —  bezte  oba 
veil. 

Sedeli  jste  por ad;  —  vecer  budete 

sedeti  zas. 
Drz  kone  a  mlc.  —  Drzte  oprate  a 

mlcte.  —  Drzite  pevnel  —  Drzi- 

me  pevne. 

Oni  nas  slysi.—  Zadny  nas  neslysi. 

—  Ta  holka  nas  slysela.  —  Slyse- 
li  nas. 

Prsij  sly  sim  to;  -  Sly  site  dest'J 

Neprsi  jeste;  ale  bnde  prseti.  — 
Veer. i  prselo  silne;  —  pfed  tim 
neprselo  nz  davno. 


hrati, 
n z  ne9 


hrdfi,  to  play ; 

ush  n8,    not  any  more. 


Doest  thou  see  something?  —  What 
doest  thou  see? — I  do  not  see  any- 
thing. 

Do  you  {or  can  you)  see  well?  Yes, 
I  can  see  all.  —  They  see  it  well. 

We  have  seen  a  train;  —  have  you 
seen  it  too? 

We  have  not  seen  it; — the  children 
saw  it. 

Here  we  shall  see  all. —  Our  friends 

will  see  us  immediately. 
Who  sits  here?— It  is  I. — Why  doest 

thou  sit  here?— Run  out; —  go  out 

both  (of  you). 
You  have  been  sitting  all  the  time; 

— in  the  eveningyou  will  sit  again. 
Hold  (thou)  the  horse  and  keep  still. 

—  Hold  (you)  the  lines  and  keep 

still.  —  Do  you  hold  fast?  —  We 

hold  fast. 
They  hear  us. — Nobody  hears  us. — 

That  girl  has  heard  us.  —  They 

have  heard  us. 
It  rains;  I  hear  it. — Do  you  hear  the 

rain? 

It  does  not  rain  yet;  but  it  will  rain 
--Yesterday  it  rained  hard;  —  be- 
fore that  it  had  not  rained  for  a 
long  t:me. 


*)    There  is  a  double  negation  in  Bohemian,  similar  to  the  vulgar 
English  way  of  speaking:    1  don't  see  nothing,    See  Note  1,  Lesson  V. 


144 


Part  II, 


Ty  saty  slusi  vam  vyborne. 
Ten  klobouk  mi  neslusi;  stydim  se 
za  nej. 

Nestyd'  se;  slusi  ti  dobfe  dost. 

Tve  pradlo  je  spinave;  ncstydis  se? 
Styd'  se! 

Umis  cesky?  -  Ano  ja  uiinni  cesky. 

Umite  anglicky  ?—  Trochu. 
Umite  nenieeky  I  —  Umel  jsem  do- 
brej  ale  zapoinnel  jsem  trochu. 

Umis  hrati  na  piano?  —  Neuinim. 

—  Umite  zpivati?  —  Neumim. 

Na§e  deti  umeji  cesky  a  anglicky, 

—  a  zadny  jiny  jazyk. 
Rozumeji  nemecky?  —  Nerozuine- 

Hazej  kameni  za  plot.  —  Nehazej 
kaineni  na  cestu. 

Hazejte  ty  pytle  dolu.  ~  Nehazejte 

tak  rychle. 
Hazeli  jsme  dfivi  na  hromadu.  — 

a  budeme  hazeti  zas.  —  Otec  to 

porouci. 

Hazeji  ty  hosi  kameni?  —  Neluize- 
ji.  —  Uz  nehazej  i. 

Uz  davno  nehazeji. 


That  suitof  clothes  fits  you  very  well. 
That  hat  does  not  fit  me;  I  am  a- 

shamed  of  it. 
Do  not  be  ashamed;  it  fits  thee  well 

enough. 

Thy  linen  is  dirty;  art  thou  not  a- 
shamed?— Shame  on  you! 

Doest  thou  know  Bohemian? — Yes, 
I  know  Bohemian. 

Do  you  know  English?  —  A  little. 

Do  you  know  German?  —  I  knew  it 
well:  but  I  have  forgotten  it  some- 
what. 

Doest  thou  know  how  to  play  on 

the  piano? — I  do  not.  —  Can  you 

sing? —  I  can  not. 
Our  children  know  Bohemian  and 

English,  —  and  no  other  tongue. 
Do  they  understand  German?  — 

They  do  not  (understand). 
Throw  (thou)  the  stones  behiud  the 

fence.  —  Do  not  throw  the  stones 

on  the  road. 
Throw  (you)  the  sacks  down.  — 

Don't  throw  so  fast. 
We  have  been  throwing  the  wood 

on  a  heap,  —  and  we  shall  throw 

again.  —  Father  commands  it. 
Are  those  boys  throwing  stones?  — 

They  are  not.  —  They  are  not 

throwing  any  more. 
They  have  not  been  throwing  for  a 

long  time  (i  e.  they  stoppedthrow  - 

ing  long  since). 


Lesson  33. 


145 


Note  2.  The  root  or  stem  of  the  verb  videti  is  vid, 
to  which  the  termination  6ti  is  attached.  All  verbs  ending 
in  etl  or  etl  belong  to  the  third  conjugation. 

The  root  of  the  verb  is  the  usual  form  of  the  imperative:  bez,  run 
(thou);  sed',  sit;  drz,  hold;  etc;  —  The  third  person  singular  and  plural 
of  the  present  tense  are  alike:  vidij  he  (she,  it)  sees;  Yidi,  they  see.  But 
in  colloquial  usage  it  commonly  takes  the  longer  form:  videji,  se- 
deji  (they  see,  they  sit). 

In  some  cases  the  imperative  is  formed  by  cutting  off  the  terminal 
ti  and  adding  j  :  umeti,  —  umej,  know;  hazeti,  —  liazej,  throw;  etc. 
These  verbs  always  use  the  long  form  in  the  third  person  plural  :  umi, 
he  (she,  it)  knows;  umeji,  tirriytiyee,  they  know,  —  hazeji,  hazfyee,  they 
throw. 


LESSON  XXXIII. 


V 

Ciniti, 
choditi, 


uciti, 


c7iiniiJi,  to  do; 

khoftiti,     to  walk;  to  go 
(frequently), 
mluviti,  mluviVi,  to  speak,  to  tell; 

vygr  shift,  to  believe; 
UchiHi,  to  teach; 

uchifi  s8,  to  learn  (i.  e.  to 
teach  one's  self); 


uciti  se, 
Cinim, 


souditi,    soittfitii,  to  judge; 

platiti,    plaVifi,  to  pay;    to  rule, 
prevail,  be  in  force; 
svititi,     sweeViVi,  to  shine; 

bud  Its,     bitffifi,  to  wake; 

blazuiti,  blaznilfii,      to  fool;  to  be 

crazy; 

modliti  se,  modliti  s$,       to  pray. 


chineem,  I  do;  —  cini§,  cJrineesh,  thou  doest;  cini,  chm.ee,  he 
(she,  it)  does;  cinime,  dilute,  cini  (colloquially  also  cineji) 
chineemg,  chineetg,  cMnee  or  chiueyee  we,  you,  they  do;  —  ci- 
nil  jsem,  cMnil  sem,  I  did,  or  I  have  done;  cin,  do  (thou); 

cinte,  chinte,  do  (you); 

chodim,  khoReem,  I  walk;  chodil  jsem?  khoftil  sem,  I  walked;  cliod',  walk; 


146 


Part  11. 


mlu vim,  mlUveem,  I  speak;  mluvil  jsein,  mlUvil  sem,  I  spoke;  mluv,  mlUf, 

speak; 

verim,     vygrslieem,  I  believe;  veriljsem,  vygrshil  sem,  I  believed;  vef, 

believe; 

ucim,      iicheem,  I  teach:  ucil  jsem,  Ucliil  sem,  I  taught;   uc,  teach; 

ucim  se,  ucheem  s8,  I  learn;  ucil  jsem  se,  ucliil  sem  s%,  I  learned;  uc  se, 

learn; 

soudiin,    soUfteem,  I  judge;  soudiljsem,  soUftil  sem,  I  judged:  sud',  s#d\ 

judge; 

platim,    plaHeem,  I  pay;   platil  jsem,  plaVilsem,  I  paid;   plat',  pay; 

svitim,     sweeteem,  I  shine  (I  light);    svitil  jsem,  sioeeVil  sem,  I  shined 

(lighted);  svit',  shine  (light); 

budim,     bufteem,  I  wake;  budiljsem,  bM'il  sem,  I  waked;  bud',  wake; 

blazuim,  bldzneem,  I  am  crazy;  blaznil  jsem.  bldznil  sem,  I  was  crazy; 

blazni,  bldzvd,  be  crazy  ; 

modlim  se,  modleem  s&,  I  pray;  modlil  jsem  se,  I  prayed;  modli  se,  pray. 


Ucitel*),  m.  uchitel,  the  teacher; 
ucitelka,  f .  uchitelkd,       a  female 

teacher; 

zak,  m.  Mk, 
soudce,  m.  soutsg, 
zakon,  m.  zdkon, 
kostel,  m.  ktistel, 
lam  pa,  f.  lampd, 


the  scholar; 
the  judge; 
the  law; 
the  church; 
the  lamp: 


kresliti, 

kressliti, 

to  draw; 

2ivy,  a,  6 

fcivee, 

living; 

nahlas, 

nahlas, 

aloud; 

pilne, 

pilXiS, 

diligently; 

prave, 

prdvyS, 

rightly; 

1    V  «  V 

krive, 

krsMvyg, 

wrongly; 

podle, 

pddU, 

according  to; 

drive, 

drsheev&, 

formerly. 

*)  Ucitel,  the  teacher;  ucitele,  tichitellg,  of  the  teacher;  ucitel i, 
uchitelli,  to  the  teacher;  (plural)  ucitel^,  uchitelle,  the  teachers;  —  like 
pritel,  prated   (see  foot-note  on  page  97). 


Lesson  38. 


147 


Exercises. 


Cin  dobre  a  budes  st'asten. 

Co  jsi  ucinil?  Keucinil  jsem  nic. 

—  On  to  ucinil. 
Chlapec  chodi  do  skoly;  —  obe  deti 

chodi  do  skoly. 
Chodite  casto  do  mesta?  —  Drive 

chodil  jsem  tarn  casto;  —  nyni 

tarn  nechodim. 
Proc  necliodite?  —  Remain  cas. 

Mluv  nalilas;  ja  te  neslysim. 
Mluvil  jsi  s  ucitelemS  —  Nemluvil; 
ale  mluvil  jsem  s  ucitelkou. 

Vef  i  ti  ucitel?  —  On  vzdy  mi  veri, 
protoze  mlu vim  pravdu.  —  To 
rad  slysim. 

Ucitel  uci  nas  mluviti  pravdu.  — 
Ucil  nas  tomu  vzdycky. 

Uc  se  pilne.  —  U^te  se  dobfe.  — 

Ucme  se  spolecne. 
Co  se  ucis*)$  —  Zemepis.  —  Co  vy 

se  ucite?  —  Kresliti.  —  Kreslite 

v 

dobfe.  —  Zak  kreslil  peknS. 

Soudil  jsem  kfive.  —  Vy  jste  sou- 
dili  prave.  —  Soudce  soudil  po- 
dle  zakona. 


Do  good  and  thou  skalt  be  happy. 
What  hast  thou  done?  —  I  have  not 

done  anything  —  He  has  done  it. 
The  boy  goes  to  school.  —  both 

children  go  to  school. 
Do  you  often  go  to  town] — Forau  r- 

ly  I  went  there  often;  —  now  I  do 

not  go  there. 
Why  do  you  not  go?  —  I  have  no 

time. 

Speak  loud;  I  do  not  hear  thee. 
Hast  thou  spoken  with  the  teacher? 

—  I  have  not  (spoken);  but  I  spoke 

with  the  lady  teacher. 
Does  the  teacher  believe  you? — He 

alwaysbelievesme,becausel  speak 

the  truth.  —  I  like  to  hear  that. 
The  teacher  teaches  us  to  speak  the 

truth.  —  He  has  taught  us  that 

always. 

Learn  (thou)  diligently.— Learn  (you) 
well.  —  Let  us  learn  together. 

What  doest  thou  learn?  —  Geogra- 
phy —  What  is  it  you  learn? -To 
draw.  —  You  draw  well.  —  The 
scholar  drew  nicely. 

I  judged  wrong.  —  You  judged 
right.  —  The  judge  judged  ac- 
cording to  law. 


*)  m  This  is  the  colloquial  expression.  In  the  written  language,  ueiti 
and  ufiti  se  govern  the  dative  case,  responding  to  the  question  ceniuS 
(See  page  82).  Hence  we  should  write:  cemu  se  ucisl  what  doest  thou 
learn?  cemu  ucite?  what  do  you  teach?  And  the  answer  would  be:  ze- 
mepisu. 


148 


Part  I  J. 


Zakon  plati,  vMy  platil  a  nnisi  vzdy 
platit. 

Budil  jsem  kazde*  rano  eel  on  ro- 

dinu  easne. 
Myslfm  ze  blaznis.  —  Ten  clovek 

blazni.  —  Neblazni!  —  Blaznil 

jsi2  —  Ba  blaznil  jsem! 

Mesfc  jeste  svitij  svitil  eelou  noc. 

—  Ta  lampa  sviti  spatne;  veer  a 

svitila  dobfe. 
Modli  se!  —  Modleme  se!  —  Lide 

modli  se  v  kostele.  —  Knez  mo* 

dlil  se  za  zive*)  i  za  mrtve. 


The  law  rules,  always  ruled,  and 

must  always  rule. 
I  waked  up  every  morning  the  whole 

family  early. 
I  think  that  thou  art  crazy.  —  That 

man  is  crazy.  —  Don't  be  crazy! 

Wast  thou  crazy  ?  —  Surely,  I  was 

crazy ! 

The  moon  stillshines;ithasbeenshin- 
ing  all  night.  —  That  lamp  shines 
badly;  yesterday  it  shined  well. 

Pray! —  Let  us  pray!  —  People  pray 
in  church.  —  The  priest  prayed  for 
the  living  and  for  the  dead. 


Note  I.  The  root  or  stem  of  the  verb  Ciniti  is  Cin, 

to  which  the  termination  lti  is  attached.  All  verbs  ending 
in  ltl  belong  to  the  fourth  conjugation. 

The  root  of  the  verb  is  the  common  form  of  the  imperative:  cin,  do; 
chod',  walk;  mluv,  speak;  etc.  In  some  cases,  however,  only  the  final  ti 
is  thrown  off  to  form  the  imperative:  blazni,  be  crazy;  modli  se,  pray. 

Note  2.  The  verbs  bydliti,  mysliti,  musiti  (to  reside,  to  think, 
must)  are  also  written  bydleti,  mysleti,  museti,  and  in  popular  language 
this  form  is  always  employed.  This  does  not  materially  modify  ther  in- 
flection, as  the  third  and  fourth  conjugation  are  essentially  almost  iden- 
tical.   For  instance  : 


*)  Zivy,  living;  plural:  zivf,  in  the  objective  case  zive.  Those  dis- 
tinctions, however,  disappear  in  common  discourse.  1  his  adjective  also 
has  an  indefinite  or  short  form  (see  Note  2,  Lesson  XXIII)  :  £iv,  a,  o, 
For  instance;  je  posnd  #iv,  he  is  still  living;  matka  je  ziva,  the  mother  is 
living;  dite  je  #ivo,  the  child  is  living.  The  expression  #iv  a  zdrav,  pro- 
nounced ftifa  zdrdf,  is  frequently  heard. 


Lesson  34. 


149 


(Third  conjugation) 
sedeti,  sedeti,  to  sit 


sednn, 


se&'eem, 


I  sit 

sedel  jsem,  seflel  sem,  I  sat 

sed',  se&\  sit  (thou) 

feudu  sedeti,  bMU  setfeiM  I  shall  sit 


(Fourth  conjugation) 
einiti,  chinii!i,  to  do 


cinim, 
einil  jsem. 


cm, 


chineem, 
chinil  sem, 
chin, 


I  do 
I  did 
do  (thou) 


budu  f  initi,  budU  chmiti,!  shall  do. 


The  above  three  verbs,  in  colloquial  discourse,  always  take  in  the 
third  person  plural  the  form:  bydleji,  mysleji,  museji,  bidlVyee,  misUyee, 
musfyee  (they  reside,  they  think,  they  must);  whereas  the  proper  gram- 
ma'icalform  is  like  the  third  person  singular  :  bydli,  niysli,  innsi. 


LESSON  XXXIV. 


Yolati, 
behati, 
eekati, 
delati, 

hledati, 

doufati, 
Volam, 


beh  am, 
eekam, 
delam. 


voldfi,  to  call; 

by^MXH,  to  run  (about); 
chekati,  to  wait; 

dWtttV,  to  do,  to  make,  to 

work; 

lilM&ti,     to  seek,  to  look 

for; 

dotifafi,  to  hope; 


prodati,  prodaHi,  to  sell; 

prodavati*),  prodavati,  to  be  sell- 
ing; 

povidati,  poveedatH,  to  say,  to  tell; 
trestati,  trestati,  to  punish; 

znati,       zndfi,  to  know; 

ptati  se,  ptdtii  se,  to  ask,  to  inquire ; 
plovati,  plovaHi,  to  swim. 

volam,  I  call;  volas,  voldsh,  thou  callest;  vola,  he  (she,  it)  calls; 
volame,  volate,  volaji,  voldmg,  voldtS,  voklyee,  we,  you,  they 
call;  —  volal  jsem,  voldl  sem,  I  called;  volej,  voley,  call  (thou); 
volejte,  voleytS,  call  (you); 

byghdm.  I  run;  behaljsem,  byVhal  sem,  I  was  running;  bez, 

byffi,  run; 

cJiekdm,  I  wait;  eekal  jsem,  chektil  sem,  I  waited;  eekej,  chelcey, 

wait; 

tfeldm,  I  do,  I  make;  delal  jsem,  ftelal  sem,  I  did,  I  made;  delej, 
  (Xeley,  do,  make; 


k)    Reiterative  form  of  prodati;  see  Note  5,  Lesson  XIII. 


150 


Fart  II. 


hledam,    hWddm,  I  seek;  hledaljsem,  lilMal  sem,  I  sought;  hledej,  hU- 

dey,  seek; 

doufam,    dotifam,  I  hope;    doufal  jsem,  dotifal  sem,  I  hoped;  doufej, 

doit  fey,  hope; 

prodain,    I  shall  sell  (having  a  future  meaning;  see  Note  7,  Lesson  XIV; 

prodal  jsem,  prodal  sem,  Isold;  prodej,  prodey,  sell; 
prod&vam,  I  am  selling:  prodaval  jsem,  proddvdl  sem.  I  was  selling:  pro- 

davej,  proddvey,  sell; 

povidam,  poveeddm,  I  say;    povidaljsem,  p'  veedal  sem,  I  said;  povidej, 

poveedey,  tell; 

trestam  (also  tresci,  trestsi),  I  punish;    trestaljsem,  trestdl  sem,  I  pun- 
ished; trestej,  trestey,  punish; 

znam,       I  know;  znaljsem,  zndl  sem,  I  knew;  znej,  zney,  know; 

ptam  se,  I  ask;  ptal  jsem  se,  ptdl  sem  s8,  I  asked;  ptej  se,  ptey  s#,  ask. 


flower 


Kvetina,  f .  kwygVina  ) 
kvitko,  n.  kweetko  ) 
kytka,  f.  kilka,  bouquet; 
majetek,  m.  mayffiek,  property; 
na  pfesrok,  nd  prsMsrok,  next  year 
pred  lety,  prshed  lety,  years  ago; 
druzi,  drtizee,  the  others; 
nasi,  ndshi,  our  folks; 


spatfiti,      spdtrshVi,  to  see  (or  to 

meet); 

vedeti,  vy&HetH,  to  know; 
poslusny,  a,  e poslushnee,  obedient; 
neposlusny,  disobedient; 
tento  (f.  tato,  n.  toto),  tentd,  this 

one,  this  here. 


Exercises. 


Tolas  me?  -  Koho  volasl  —  Koho 

jsi  volaH 
Yolam  hoclia;  kde  jel  —  Beha  ven- 

ku;  vsechny  dfcti  behaji  venku. 


Volal  jsem  te;  kde's  (abbicv.  of 
kde  jsi;  hyU 


Doest  thou  call  me?  —  Whomdoest 

thou  call  ?— Whom  didst  thou  call  ? 
I  call  the  boy;  where  is  he?  —  He  is 

running  outside  (i.  e.  out  of  doors); 

— all  the  children  are  running  out- 

s  de. 

I  called  thee;    where    hast  thou 
been? 


Lesson  34 . 


151 


Belial  jsem  na  zahradej  —  cekal 
jsem  az  me  budete  volati. 

Co  jsi  delal  na  zahradel  —  Nedelal 
jsem  nie;     Medal  jsem  kvetiny. 

Je  tarn  inn  oho  kvetin?  -  Ano. 
Co  druzi  delali  na  zahrade?  —  Hle- 
dali  kvetiny  se  innou. 

Hledej  pekne  kvetiny  a  delej  kyt- 

ky.  —  Jdete*)  oba,  ty  a  Karel, 

a  hledej  te  kvitka. 
Doufam  ze  napfesrok  budeme  zivi 

a  zdravi.  —  Doufejme! 
Donfal  jsem  spatriti  vas  zde.  — 

Ysichni  doufali  sme  sejiti  se  s  va- 

mi. 

Prodam  sviij  majetek.  —  Prodejte 
ho  brzy.  —  Muj  bratr  prodal  sviij 
majetek  lacino. 

Kasi  prodali  farmu  a  povidaji  ze 
pfljdou  do  mesta. 

Povidal  jsem  mn,  ze  mam  dflm  na 
prodej.  —  Prodavam  vsecko  co 
mam. 

Tento  majetek  neni  na  prodej.  — 
Kdo  to  povidaH  —  Kdo  vam  to 
povidaH 

Kazdy  to  povida.  —  VSichni  to  po- 
vidaji. 

Znas  me?  —  Znam  te  dobrej  —  znal 
jsem  te  u£  pf ed  lety. 


I  was  running  in  the  garden, — I  was 
waiting  until  you  would  call  me. 

What  wast  thou  doing  in  the  gar- 
den? —  I  was  not  doing  anything; 
—  I  was  looking  for  flowers. 

Are  there  many  flowers  there  ?— Yes. 

What  have  the  others  been  doing  in 
the  garden  ? —  They  were  looking 
for  flowers  with  me. 

Look  for  nice  flowers,  and  make  bou- 
quets. —  Go  both  of  you,  —  thou 
and  Charles,  and  look  for  flowers. 

I  hope  that  next  year  we  shall  be  a- 
live  and  well.  —  Let  us  hope! 

I  hoped  to  see  (or  meet)  you  here. — 
We  all  hoped  to  meet  you. 

I  shall  sell  my  property.  —  Sell  it 
soon.  —  My  brother  sold  his  prop- 
erty cheap. 

Our  folks  have  sold  the  farm,  and 
they  say  that  they  will  go  to  the 
city. 

I  told  him  that  I  had  a  house  for 
sale.  —  I  am  selling  everything 
I  have. 

This  property  is  not  for  sale.  — 
Who  said  so?  — Who  told  you 

so? 

Everybody  says  so.  —  They  all 
say  so. 

Doest  thou  know  me?— I  know  thee 
well;  —  I  knew  you  already  years 
ago. 


)   The  infinitive  is  jiti,  yeeVi,  to  go;  See  Lesson  XIII. 


152 


Part  II. 


Kazdy  mfe  znaj  —  vsichni  me 
znaji. 

Znate  meho  otce?  —  Neznam  ho. 

—  Znal  jste  mon  matkuS —  Ne- 

znal  jsem  ji. 
Proc  se  ptasJ  —  Ptam  se,  protoze 

chci  vedeti.*) 
Ptate  se  po  me?  —  Ptal  jsem  se 

kde  bydlite;  —  povidali  mi,  ze 

prodal  jste  svnj  dam.  -  Mepro- 

dal  jsem  lio  jesie. 
Neptain  se  co  ueitel  povidal;  ja  to 

vim. 

VedM  jsem,  ze  chlapec  je  neposlus- 
ny;  —  vite  ze  musel  jsem  tresta- 
ti  ho. 

To  vime.  —  Ysielmi  vime,  ze  tres- 
tal  jste  ho  easto. 


Everybody  knows  me;  —  they  all 
know  me. 

Do  you  know  m}'  father?-  I  do  not 
know  him.  —  Did  you  know  my 
mother?  —  I  did  not  kn '  w  her. 

Why  doest  thou  ask? — I  ask  because 
I  want  to  know. 

Do  you  ask  for  me?— I  asked  where 
you  lived; — they  told  me  that  you 
had  sold  your  house. — I  have  not 
sold  it  yet. 

I  do  not  ask  what  the  teacher  said; 
I  know  it. 

I  knew  that  the  boy  was  disobedi- 
ent;— you  know  tbat  I  was  oblig- 
ed to  punish  him. 

We  know  that.  —  We  all  know  that 
you  punished  him  often. 


Note  I.  The  root  or  stem  of  the  verb  VOlati  isVOl, 

to  which  the  termination  &tl  is  attached.  Verbs  ending  in 
all  belong  to  the  fifth  conjugation. 

Note  2.  Fome  verbs  ending  in  ati  form  their  present  like  the 
verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  ending  in  iti,  (biti,  to  beat;  Mjn,  bijes, 
bije,  etc.);  for  example: 

hrati,  hrdHi,  to  play:  hraju*),  hraje§,  hraje,  hrttyti,  hrityesh,  Jirayg, 
I  play,  thou  playest,  he  plays;  hrajeme,  hrajete,  hrajou**)  hra- 
yemg,  lirayetV,  hr^tyoil  we,  you,  they  play;  —  hral  jsem,  hral 
sem,  I  played;  hraj,  hray,  play. 

*)   Y£deti  (to  know)  is  one  of  the  thoroughly  irregular  verbs:  vim, 
yi§,  vi,  veem,  vees7i,  vee,  I  know,  thou  knowest,  he  (she,  it)  knows;  vime, 
vite,  vedi,  veem&,  veeU,  vytftee,  we,  you,  they  know;  —  vedel  jsem,  vy  fflel 
sem,  I  knew;  vez,  vygz,  know  thou;  vezte,  vy&zte,  know  you. 

**)  Hraji,  hraji,  (I  play,  they  play)  are  considered  the  pure  gram- 
matical forms  of  the  first  person  singular  and  third  person  plural;  but 
hraju,  hrajou,  are  ex  lusively  used  in  the  popular  language. 


Lesson  34- 


153 


However,  this  verb  also  follows  the  rule  of  the  fifth  conjugation  in 
the  present  tense:  brain,  hras,  hraj  hraine,  hrate,  hraji  (I  play,  thou 
playest,  he  plays;  we,  you,  they  play). 

A  few  verbs  modify  the  letter  a  in  the  present  tense: 

Hrati,  hrsMfi,  to  warm;  —  hfeju  (or  hreji)  hfejes,  lifeje;  hrejeine,  life- 
jete,  hrejou  (or  lireji);  I  warm,  thou  warmest,  he  warms;  etc. 
—  hral  jsem,  hrshdl  sem,  I  warmed;  hfej,  hrshey,  warm; 

prati,  prslidti,  to  wish;  —  preju  (or  preji),  I  wish;  pral  jsem,  I  wished; 
prej,  wish; 

smati  se,  smati  s?,  to  laugh;  —  sniejn  se  (or  smeji  se),  smygyti  sg,  I  laugh; 

smal  jsem  se,  smdl  sem  s8,  I  laughed;  smej  se,  smyZy  sg,  laugh. 

Note  3.  There  are  some  verbs  essentially  belonging  to  this  con- 
jugation, which  show  a  considerable  deviation  in  the  present  tense  and 
imperative.    The  following  are  most  frequently  met  with: 

brati,  to  take ;  —  beru,  beres,  bere,  bereme,  berete,  berou,  berti,  beresh, 
berg,  berSme,  berZtg,  berou,  (I  take,  thou  takest,  etc,;  bral  jsem, 
bral  sem,  I  took;  ber,  take; 

prati,  to  wash;  —  peril,  perti,  I  wash;  pral  jsem,  pral  sem,  I  washed; 
per,  wash; 

psatiy  to  write;  —  pisu,  peeshti,  I  write;  psal  jsem,  psdl  sem,  I  wrote; 
pi§,  pish,  write; 

kazati,  to  preach  (or  to  command);  —  kazu,  kdzu,  I  preach;  kazal  jsem, 
I  preached;  kaz,  preach; 

tazati  se,  to  ask;  —  tazu  se,  td&ti  s&,  I  ask;  ta^al  jsem  se,  tdzdl  sem  s8, 
I  asked;  taz  se, "ask; 

plakati,  to  weep;  —  placu,  pldchU,  (but  also  plakam,)  I  w  eep;plakal  jsem, 

pldkdl  sem,  I  wept;  plac,  plach,  weep. 

skakati,  to  jump;  —  skacu,  skdchti,  (but  also  skakam),  I  jump;  skakal 
jsem,  skakal  sem,  I  was  jumping;  skakej,  skdkey,  jump; 

stonati,  to  be  sick;  —  stfinu,  stoonu,  (but  also stonani;  stdnam),  I  am  sick; 

stunes,  stoonesh,  thou  art  sick;  stflne,  stoojH8,  he  is  sick,  etc. ; 
stoiiej,  stdney,  be  sick. 


154 


Part  11. 


LESSON  XXXY. 


Milovati,  mildvatX  to  love; 

dekovati,  tfekdvaffi,  to  thank; 
litovati,    HtdvaVi,     to  be  sorry,  to 

regret ; 

jineiiovati,w6;i#mtY,     to  name,  to 

call 

jmenovati  se,  vn  &&,  to  be  called 
kupovati,  MpdvaVi,    to  be  buying 


pracovati,  prdtsdvdfi,  towo:k; 
radovati  se,  raddvath  s8,  to  rejoice; 
opakovati,  dpakovatli,  to  repeat; 
pamatovati,  pdmatdvaVi,  to  remem- 
ber; 

\)odpQYOYa,ti, ptidporovaVi,     to  sup- 
port, to  assist; 
ztravovati,  strtivdvaHi,     to  board. 


Miluju  (or  miluji*)  miliiyu;  I  love;  milujes,  milUyesli,  thou  lovest;  milu- 
je,  miluye,  he  (she,  it)  loves;  miliijeme,  milujete,  milnjou  (or 
miluji*)  miluyemg,  miltiyUti,  milfiyou,  we,  you,  they  love;  — 
miloval  jsem,  mild val  sem,  I  loved;  miluj,  mMy,  love,  milujte, 
milUytg,  love  (you); 

dekuju  (or  dekuji),  ffektiyU,  I  thank;  dekoval  jsem,  ftektio&l  sem,  I  thank- 
ed; dekuj,  ftektiy.  thank; 

lltuju  (or  lituji),  UttiyU,  I  regret;  litoval  jsem,  litdvdl  sem,  I  regretted; 
lituj,  lituy,  regret; 

jmenuju  (or  jmenuji),  menuyu,  I  nam  ;  jmenoval  jsem,  mend oal  sem,  I 
named;  jmenuj,  mehuy,  name; 

jmenuju  se,  menityii  s8,  I  am  called;  j  men  oval  jsem  se,  mendval  sem  s£, 
I  was  called;  jmenuj  se,  mentiy  s8,  call  yourself; 

kupuju  (or  kupuji),  kiipuyu,  I  am  buying;   kupovaljsem,  kupdvdl  sem, 
"I  was  buying;    kupuj,  kttptty,  buy  (or  rather:  keep  buying). 

*)  Miluju,  miiujou  (I  love,  they  love)  is  always  used  in  ordinary 
conversation:  miluji,  miluji,  mililyi,  milayee,  (I  love,  they  love)  prevails 
in  the  written  language,  being  considered  the  proper  grammatical  form. 
This  applies  to  all  verbs  of  this  conjugation:  dekuju,  dekujou,  or  dekuji, 
dekuji  (I  thank,  th*-y  than  is);  lituju,  litujou,  or  lituji,  lituji  (I  regret, 
they  regret);  etc. 


Lesson  35. 


155 


pracuju  (or  pracuji\  prdtsiiyU,  I  work;  pracoval  jsem,  prtitsovdl  sem,  I 
worked;  pracuj,  prats  ay,  work; 

raduju  se  (or  raduji  se),  rdduyti  sti,  I  rejoice;  radoval  jsein  se,  rdddvdl 

sem  s8,  I  rejoiced;  raduj  se,  radtiy  se,  rejoice; 

opakuju  (or  opakuji),  opdkuyu,  I  repeat;  opakoval  jsem,  dpdkovdl  sem, 
I  repeated;  opakuj,  opdkuy,  repeat; 

pamatuju  (or  pamatuji),  pdmdtuyu,  I  remember;  pamatoval  jsem,  pdmd- 
tdvdl  sem,  I  remembered;  pamatuj,  pdmdtUy,  remember; 

podporuju  (or  podporuji),  ptidporuyti,  I  support;  podporoval  jsem,  ptid- 
pordval  sem,  I  supported;  podporuj,  pddporUy,  support; 

zaliiju  (or  zaluji),  zdltiyti,  I  complain;  zaloval  jsem,  Mldvdl  sem,  \  com- 
plained; zahij,  Mluy,  complain. 

Buh*),  m 


booh,  God; 
blizni**)  m.  bleeznee,the  fellow  man, 

(neighbor); 

kral,  krdl,  the  king; 

kralovna,  krdltivna,  the  queen; 
zebrak,  m.  zSbrdk,  the  beggar; 
kamarad,m.Mwzarad,  the  comrade; 
ob}e\ite\,m.obye-vitel,  the  discov- 
erer; 

sioygi,  the  world; 

zemyg,  the  country,  the 
earth 

vlast,  one's  country 
ddvdtli,to  give,  to  offer 
zivdt,  life 
vdlkd,  war 


svet,  m. 
zeme,  f. 


vlast,  f . 
davati. 


zivot,  m. 
valka,  f. 


osud,  m  osud,  fate; 
vychovaiii,  n.  vykhdvdnee,  education ; 


dil,  m. 
vydelek,  m. 


vespolek, 
nazpamet, 


(Reel,  a  part; 

veeftelek,  earnings,  wa- 
ge?, profit; 

ktery,  a,  6   kteree  or  keree,  which, 

what,  who; 

V7  7    ,  all  together; 
vespolek,  \  , 

(  one  another ; 

ndspamyU,     by  heart; 

z  pameti,  spdmyffii,  from  memory ; 

svobodny,  a,  6    swobodnee,  free; 

single ; 

Bimane,  rshimdne,  the  Romans; 
Yaclav,      vdtsldv,  Venceslaus, 

Wencel. 


*)   Bull,  Bolia,  Bohu,  s  Bohem  Kbooh,  bdhd,  bdhii,  sbdhem),  God 
of  God  (God's),  to  God,  with  God. 

Nouns  having  the  termination  of  adjectives  are  declined  like  ad- 
jectives of  th  *  corresponding  termination.  Hence  we  decline:  bliziii,  — 
bliZniho,  of  (our)  fellow  man  or  neighbor;  bltZirimu*  to  (our)  neighbor; 
s  bliznim,  with  (our)  neighbor.    See  Note  1,  Lesson  XXL. 


158 


Part  11. 


Miluj  blizmho  svelio*).  —  Milujte 

se  vespolek. 
Mihijes  rodice  svel  —  Miluju  je 

velmi. 

Matka  miluje  sve  dite.  —  Deti  mi- 

lyji  matku  svou. 
Washington  miloval  svou  vlast.  — 

Rimane  milovali  valku. 
Co  kupujesl  —  Kupuji  obili.  —  Co 

kupoval  jsi  onehdy %  —  Kupoval 

jsem  par  koni. 

Kdo  kupoval  tento  dum?  —  JSasi 
kupovali  ten  dunij  —  davali  za 
nej  dva  tisice. 

dices  neco  jisti?  —  Nechci  nic, 
dekuju. 

Dal  jsem  zebniku  pet  centu  a  on 

dekoval  mi. 
Dekujme  Bohu,  £e  jsme  zdravi.  — 

Dekuj  svemu  osudu,  ze  jsi  rozen 

ve  svobodne  zemi. 
Dekujte  rodicuin  za  dobre  vycho- 

vani. 

Lituju  ze  muslin  pry  if .  —  Litoval 
jsem,  ze  musil  jsem  odejiti.  Zu- 
staii  zde?  povidali  vsichni,  nebo 
budes  litovati. 


Love  thy  neighbor.  —  Love  (you) 
one  another. 

Doest  thou  love  thy  parents*  —  I 
love  them  greatly. 

The  mother  loves  her  child.  —  The 
children  love  their  mother. 

Washington  loved  his  country;  — 
The  Romans  loved  war. 

What  art  thou  buying?  —  lam  buy- 
ing grain. —  What  wert  thou  buy- 
ing the  other  day? — I  was  buying 
a  pair  of  horses. 

Who  has  been  buying  this  h  use?— 
Oar  folks  wTere  buying  that  house; 
—they  oifered  for  it  two  thousand. 

Doest  thou  want  something  to  eat  ?  - 
I  do  not  want  anything,  thank  you. 

I  gave  to)  the  beggar  five  cents  and 
he  thanked  me. 

Let  us  thank Godthatweare  healthy. 
—  Thank  thy  fate  that  thou  wast 
born  in  a  free  country. 

Thank  (your)  parents  for  a  good 
education. 

I  am  sorry  that  I  must  (go)  away. — 
I  was  sorry  that  I  had  to  leave.— 
Stay  here,  they  all  said,  or  thou 
wilt  be  soriy. 


*)   This  is  the  objective  case,  responding  to  koho!  whom?  It  agrees 
with  the  possessive  case;  see  Remark  on  page  86. 


Lesson  35. 


157 


Jak  se  jmemijesl  —  Jmennju  se 
Vaclav  Zeman.  —  A  jak  vy  se 
jmenujete?  —  Ja  se  jmennju 
Stanek.  Jmenuj  mi  pet  dilii 
sveta. 

Jak  se  jmenovalobjevitel  Ameriky? 

—  Kristof  Kolumbus. 

Jak  se  jnienoval  kral,  ktery  ho 
podporoyal?  —  Ferdinand.  —  A 
kralovnaS  —  Isabella, 

Pracuj  pilne  a  budes  radovati  se 
nad  vydelkem. 

Rad  pracnjesS  —  Ano,  ale  muj  ka- 
marad  nerad  pracuje;  —  on  po- 
rad  zaluje,  ze  musi  pracovati. 

Pracovali  jsme  cely  den. 

Ucitel  zaloval  mi,  ze  jsi  neposlus- 
—  Opakujiij  ze  musis  byti  po- 
slusny;  -  pamatnj  si  to! 

Paui at u j  co  se  ueis;  —  paniatu- 
jes  si  to]  —  Pamatnj  n  to  dobfe; 

—  ucim  se  to  nazpamet. 
Pamatujme  na  chude^  —  podpo- 

rujmeje.  —  Pamatnj  to  ze  zivot 
jest  kratky. 


What  is  thy  name9  —  My  name  is 
Wencel  Zeman.— And  what  is  your 
name?  My  name  is  Stanek.  — 
Name  (to  me)  the  five  parts  of  the 
world. 

What  was  the  name  of  the  discoverer 
of  America?  —  Christopher  Co- 
lumbus. 

What  was  the  name  of  the  king  who 
assisted  him? — Ferdinand. —  And 
of  the  queen?  —  Isabella. 

Work  diligently,  and  thou  wilt  re- 
joice over  (thy)  earnings. 

Doest  thou  like  to  work? — Yes;  but 
my  comrade  does  not  like  to  work ; 
—  he  always  complains  that  he 
must  work. 

We  worked  (or  have  been  working! 
all  day. 

The  teacher  complained  to  me  that 
thou  art  disobedient;  —  I  repeat 
that  thou  must  be  obedient;  — re- 
member that! 

Remember  what  thou  learnest;  — 
doest  thou  remember  it?  —  I  re- 
member it  well  ;-I  learn  it  by  heart. 

Let  us  remember  the  poor;  —  let  us 
support  them  — Remember  (you) 
that  life  is  short. 


Note.  The  root  or  stem  of  the  verb  milovati  is 
mil,  to  which  the  termination  OVati  is  attached.  Verbs 
ending  in  OVati  (when  the  termination  is  attached  to  the 
root)  belong  to  the  sixth  conjugation. 


158 


Part  11. 


LESSON  XXXVI. 


(Ja)  bych 
(ty)  bys 
(on)  by 


bikh  I  should 

bis  thou  wouldst 
bi  he  would 


(my)  bychom  bikhdm  )    we  should 


6  6  bysme  bismS 
(vy)  byste  bistd 


(oni)  by 

Byl*)  bych 
byl  bys 
byl  by 


bi 


you  would 
they  would 


bill  bikh  I  shou'd  be 
bill  bisthou.  wouldst  be 
bill  bi    he  would  be ; 

etc. 


Byl  bych  byl,  )  I  should  have 
byl  bych  by val,  S  been; 
byl  bys  byval,  thou  wouldst  have 

been;  etc. 


Nesl  bych,      nesslbikh,    I  should 
(or  "would")  carry; 
minul  bych,    mintil  bikh,  I  should 

pass 

videl  bych,     vitfel  bikh,    I  should 

see 

cinil  bych,      cMfiil  bikh,  I  should 

do 

volal  bych,      vdlal  bikh,    I  should 

call 

miloval  bych,  miltivtil  bikh,  t  should 

love 


Abych  (ja)  abikh  that  I  should 
abys  (ty)  abis  that  thou  shouldst 
aby     (on)   abi  that  he  should;  etc. 

Kdybych  gdibikh  if  I  should 
kdybys  gdibis  if  thou  wouldst 
kdyby         gdibi    if  he  would  (or 

simply  "if). 

Abych  byl  abikh  bill  that  I  should  be 
abys  byl    abis  bill  that  thou 

shouldst  be 

aby  byl  abi  bill  that  he  should  be ;  etc. 


Kdybjch  byl, 
kdybys  byl, 
kdyby  byl, 


if  I  were, 
if  thou  wert, 
if  he  were;  etc. 


nesli  bychom  (or  bysme)  nessli  bi- 
khdm,  wesbould(or  "would")carry 
minnli  bychom,  minilli  bikhom,  we 

should  pass 

videli  bychom,  vitfeli  bikhdm,  we 

should  see 

cinili  bychom,  chihili  bikhdm,  we 

should  do 

volali  bychom,  vdlali  bikhdm,  we 

should  call 

inilovali  bychom,  mildmli  bikhdm, 

we  should  love. 


*)   In  the  feminine  gender  byla  bych,  byla  bys,  byla  by;  third 
person  neulre:  bylo  by,  it  would  be.    See  Lesson  IX. 


Lesson  26. 


159 


Byl  bych  nesl,  I  should  have  carried, 
bylbychminul, I  should  havepassed. 
byl  bych  videl,  I  should  hav  seen; 


byl  bych  cinil,  I  should  have  done ; 
byl  bych  volal,  1  should  have  called, 
byl  bych  miloval,     I  should  have 

loved 


Kdyby,  gdibi,  if 
kterykoli,  ktereekoli, whichever,  any 
kdoz  (same  as  kdo)9  gdoz,  w  ho 
ci,  cili,  chi,  chilli,  or 
i'ici,  rsheetsi,    to  say,  to  tell 

rekni,       rs7tekm,   say,  tell  (thou) 

reknete,  rsMlmetS,  say,  tell  (you) 
tezky,a,  e  Ueshkee,       heavy,  hard 


kufr,  m. 
kosik,  m. 
list,  m. 
vodopad,  m 
krajina,  f. 

pocasi,  ii. 
stekati, 


Mffer,  the  trunk 
kosheek,  the  basket 
list,  the  letter 

voddpdd,  a  waterfall 
krdyina,  a  section  of 
country 

pticJiassee,  the  weather 
sMeMVi,         to  bark. 


Exercises. 

1  would  carry  that  trunk,  if  it  were 

not  so  heavy. 
I  should  have  carried  that  trunk,  if 

you  had  wanted  it. 
We  should  carry  the  basket,  and  you 

would  carry  the  sack. 
Wouldst  thou  read  that  book?  —  I 
would  like  to  read  it,  if  I  had  it. 
We  should  like   to  read  today's 

newspaper. 
What  newspaper  would  you  like  to 

read?  —  Any  newspaper. 
We  should  have  read  that  letter,but 

it  was  too  long. 
I  should  drink  beer,  if  I  had  it.  — 
Would  you  drink  tea?  —  I  would 
not  drink  anything. 

*)  Speaking  to  one  person  and  using  the  second  person  plural:  vy, 
you;  speaking  to  several  persons,  we  should  say:  pili  byste  (would  you 
dyink),  4 


Nesl  bych  ten  kufr,  kdyby  nebyl 

tak  tezky. 
Byl  bych  nesl  ten  kufr,  kdybyste 

byli  chteli. 
My  bysme  nesli  kosik  a  vy  byste 

nesli  pytel. 
Cetl  bys  tu  knihuS     Cetl  bych  ji 

rad,  kdybych  ji  mel. 
My  bychom  (or  my  bysme)  radi  cetli 

dnesni  noviny. 
Ktere  noviny  byste  radi  cetli?  — 

Kter^koliv. 
Byli  bychom  (or  byli  bysme)  cetli 

ten  list,  ale  byl  tuze  dlowhy. 
Pil  bych  pivo,  kdybych  ho  mel.  — 

Pil  byste*)  cajl—  Sepil  bych  nic. 


160 


Pari  11 


Kdyby  bylopekne,  sil  bych  psenici. 
Kdyby  pes  stekal,  kopnul  bych  lio. 
Tide!  bycli  rad  vodopad  Niagara. 
Na  ceste  do  lowy  videli  bysme  reku 

Mississippi. 
Kdybyste  pf  ijeli  k  nam,  videli  by- 

ste  hezkou  krajinu. 
Kdybych  vedel,  jake"  pocasi  bade, 

rekl  bycli  vam. 
Cliddil  bycli  k  tob&,  kdybys  chtel. 


On  by  chodil  k  vain  casto.  —  Proc 
by  nechodil?  —  Jen  at'  chodi! 

Yefil  bys  tomu2  —  Yeril  byste 
ze  neinam  cas2  —  Neveril  bych 
to**).  - 

Verili  by  nam  2  —  My  slim  ze  verili 

by  vam  to. 
Prodal  bych  rad  muj  obchod.  — 

Tezko  byste  prodal  nyni. 
Litoval  bych,  kdybyste  prodal  ten 

obchod.  —  Ja  bych  nelitoval  nic. 

v 

Je  cas,  abych  sel.  —  Rekni  mu 
aby  sel. 

Chci  abys  prisel  brzy.  —  Chci  aby- 

ste  ode^li. 
Chcete  abych  to  koupiU 


If  it  were  nice*),  I  should  sow  wheat. 
If  the  dog  barkedj  should  kick  him. 
I  should  like  to  see  the  Niagara  Falls. 
On  (our)  way  to  Iowa  we  should  see 

the  river  Mississippi. 
If  you  would  come  to  us,  you  would 

see  a  nice  country. 
If  I  knew  what  kind  of  weather  it 

will  be,  I  should  tell  you. 
I  should  come  to  thee  (i.  e.  "come 

to  see  thee  often"  ,if  thou  wouldst 

wish  it. 

He  would  come  to  you  often. — Why 
should  he  not  come?— Do  let  him 
come  ! 

Wouldst  thou  believe  it?  —  Would 

you  believe  that  I  have  no  lime? 

—  I  should  not  believe  it. 
Would  they  believe  us?-I  think  that 

they  would  believe  you  (it). 
I  would  like  to  sell  my  business.  — 

You  would  find  it  hard  to  sell  now. 
I  should  be  sorry,  if  you  would  sell 

that  business.  —  I  should  not  be 

sorry  at  all. 
It  is  time  that  I  should  go  — Tell  him 

to  go  or  to  come  (i.  e .  tell  him  that 

he  should  go). 
I  want  thee  to  come  soon. —  I  want 

you  to  leave. 
Do  you  want  me  to  buy  that? 


*   That  is,  "if  the  weather  were  nice". 

**)  Veriti  to  (accus.  case),  \eriti  tomn  (dative  case);  both  are  used 
with  equal  propriety. 


Lesson  36. 


161 


Kdybys  byl  zde  byval,  byl  bys  videl 
vselico. 

Kdybych  tarn  byl,  bylo  by  dobfe.— 
Kdybych  tarn  byl  byval,  byl  bych 
rad. 


If  thouhadst  been  here, thou  wouldst 
have  seen  different  things. 

If  I  were  there,  it  would  be  well. -If 
I  had  been  there, I  should  be  glad. 


Note  1.  The  English  conjunctions  if,  whether,  ussd  to  intro- 
duce a  conditional  sentence,  are  expressed  in  Bohemian  by  the  suffix  li, 
or  by  jestli,  zdali,  pakli,  yestli,  zdtili,  pakli: 


sem-M  )  if  I  am, 
yestli  sem  j-  whether  I 


am; 
if  I 


Jsem-li, 
jestli  jsem, 
zdali  jsein,     zdali  sem 

byl-li  jsem,  MM  sem  \ 
jestli  jsem  byl,  yestli  sem  bill  f  was, 
zdali  jsem  byl,  zdali  sem  bill)  have 
pakli  jsem  byl,  pakli  sem  bill  )  been- 
budu-li  budu-li  )  if  I  shall 

jestli  budu,  yestli  budU  )     be;  etc. 

nesu-li,  nessil-li  )  T 

c       '  7.       w  r  if  I  carry; 

jest-li  ne$u,yestli  nessu  ) 


Arci  (ze), 
ovsein  (ze), 
nikam, 
nikdo  jiny, 
ani  my, 

za£  je, 
zacjsou, 

mouka,  f. 
tuna,  f. 


artsi  I  of  course, 
ofshern  \  to  be  sure; 
S('M«i,  nowhere; 
nigdd  yi?iee,no  one  else; 
ani  me,  not  even  we, 
neither  we; 
zach  y8,  what  is  it  worth ; 
zach  sou,  what  are  they 
worth; 

mottM,  the  flour; 

tUnd,  a  ton; 

prshiyffii,  to  arrive  (by 
some  conveyance); 


jsme-li. 


smg-li 


if  I  am, 


jestli  jsme,    yestli  sm8\.  whether 

zdali  jsme,     zdali  sm^)     we  are; 

byli-lijsme,        billi-li  sm$}  if  we 

testl\]smeby\LyestUsm8billi  \  were, 

if  we 

zdali  jsme  hyli^zali  sm8  billi )  have 
paklijsmebyli,p«Mm#6z'&"  f  been; 

budeme-li,  bUd&m8-li)  if  we 

jestli  budeme,  yestli  btidgmti  r  shall 

*  be;etc 

nesl-li  jsem,       nesslli  sem    )  if  I 

jestli  jsem  nesl,  yestli  sem  nessl  r  car- 

)  ried 


sineti,  smyffli, 


smim-li, 

vite-li, 

slibiti, 

povedeti, 

povez, 

utratiti, 

vziti  si, 


smeemli, 
veet£li, 
sleebiti, 
povygffeVi, 
povyfa, 
utratiti, 
vzeeti  si, 


vezmu  si,   vfamti  si, 


to  be  allowed, 
to  dare; 
-   if  I  may; 
if  you  know; 
to  promise; 

to  tell; 
tell  (thou); 

to  spend; 
to  take  (to 
one's  self); 
I  shall  take 
(to  myself). 

6 


162  Part  11. 

Note  2.  The  pronoun  si  has  the  same  meaning  as  sobe,  sobyg, 
"to  one's  self",  for  one's  self".  It  often  accompanies  verbs,  denoting 
the  closest  relation  between  the  subject  and  its  predicate,  somewhat  after 
the  manner  of  reflexive  verbs  (connected  with  se,  the  same  as  sebe,  one's 
self).   For  instance: 

Vziti  means  simply  "to  take";  vziti  si  mean 4  "to  take  to  one's 
self",  —  to  take  for  one's  own  use  or  exclusive  possession.  —  Vziti  kytku, 
to  take  a  flower;  vziti  si  kytku,  to  take  (and  keep  for  one's  self)  a  flower. 
—  Yziti  si  £enu,  to  take  to  one's  self  a  wife;  vzal  si  2enu,  he  took  unto 
himself  a  wife. 

Yezmi  si  penize,  take  (to  thyself)  money,  or  the  money;  vezmSte 
si  piva,  take  (yourself)  some  beer;  vezineme  si  vina,  let  us  take  (ourselves) 
some  wine. 

Koupim  klobouk,  I  shall  buy  a  hat;  koupimsi  klobouk,  I  shall  buy 
(myself)  a  hat,— I  shall  buy  me  a  hat;  kup  si  klobouk,  buy  (thyself)  a  hat. 

Dej  udelat  obraz,  (d#y  titfelat  obrdz),  let  (  hou)  a  picture  be  made; 
order  a  picture  to  be  made;  d"j  si  udelat  obraz,  let  a  picture  be  made  for 
thyself.  —  Dejte  udelat  saty,  have  a  suit  of  clothes  made;  dejte  si  udelat 
saty,  have  a  suit  of  clothes  made  for  yourself. 

Note  3.  The  finite  verb  vziti  (to  take)  has  only  a  past  and  future 
tense,  —  the  continuous  verb  brati  (to  take)  supplying  the  present:  beru, 
I  take.   See  Note  3  on  page  153. 

Vzaljsem,  vzal  jsi,  vzal,  I  took,  thou  tookest,  he  took;  vezmu, 
vezraes,  vezme,  I  shall  take,  thou  wilt  take,  he  will  take;  vezini,  vezmete, 
take  (thou,  you). 

In  common  discou-se  we  often  hear  vemu,  vemes,  veme,  v&mii, 
mesh,  v8me',  in  place  of  vezmu,  vezme§,  vezme;  and  vem,  vemte,  v#m, 
vgmtg,  in  place  of  vezmi,  vezmete. 

Exercises. 

Ptate  se,  jsem-li  rad2  —  Ovscm  ze    You  ask  if  I  am  glad?  —  Of  course 

jsem  rad.  I  am  glad. 

Ptal  jsem  se,  jsou-li  nasi  zde.—  Ar-    I  asked  if  our  folks  were  here.  —  Of 

ci  ze  jsou,  —  pravilpan  Hronek.       course  they  are,  —  said  Mr.  Hn> 

nek. 


Lesson  36. 


163 


Rad  bych  vedel,  jestli  sestra  pri- 
jela. 

Rada  bych  vedela  (f .),  zdali  bratr 

V  *  •  i 

pnjel. 

Had  bych  slysel,  je-li  muj  syn  ziv 

nebo  mrtev. 
Co  myslite,  bude  prset?  —  Kdo£  vi, 

bude-li  prset  cili  nebude. 
Myslite  -li  ze  bude  prset,  nepiijdu 

nikam. 

Chci  vedet  ma-li  penize;  —  nema- 
li,  at'  odejde. 

Dam-li  mu  penize,  utrati  je.—  Da- 
me-li  niu  dollar,  bude  spokojen. 

—  Pate-li  mi  neco,  budu  rad. 

Podivam  se,  zdali  je  otec  doma.  — 
Povez  mi  pak,  je-li  doma  nebo 
neni. 

Povezte  mi,  musim-li  jiti  domu 
nebo  ne.  —  At'  povi  ti,  musis-li 
jiti  do  skoly. 

Povezte  mi,  smim-li  vziti  si  ruzi. 

—  Smis;  ale  nikdo  jiny  nesmi. 
Vezmi  si  tu  kytku.  —  Ja  nesmim. 

Proc  nesmisl  —  Nesmis-li  ty,  ne- 
smim ja. 
Nesmi-li  nikdo,  nesmime  ani  my. 

Nevim  smime-Ji,  nebo  nesmime. 

To  nesmi§  d&lat!  —  Jestli  nesmim, 

teda  nebndu. 
Otec  slibil  mi  dollar,  l»udu-li  hod- 


I  should  like  to  know,  if  sister  has 
arrived. 

I  should  like  to  know  if  brother  has 
arrived. 

I  should  like  to  hear  whether  my 
son  is  alive  or  dead. 

What  do  you  think,  will  it  rain?  — 

Who  knows  if  it  will  rain  or  not. 

If  you  think  that  it  will  rain,  I  shall 
not  go  anywhere. 

I  want  to  know  if  he  has  money;  — 
if  he  has  not,  let  him  go  away. 

If  I  give  him  money,  he  spends  it. — 
If  we  give  him  a  dollar,  he  will  be 
satisfied.  —  If  you  give  me  some- 
thing, I  shall  be  glad. 

I  shall  see  if  father  is  at  home. — Tell 
me  then  if  he  is  at  home  or  not. 

Tell  me  whether  I  must  go  home  or 

not.  —  Let  him  tell  thee,  whether 

thou  must  go  to  school. 
Tell  me  if  I  may  take  arose.— Thou 

mayest;  but  nobody  else  may. 
Take  that  flower.  —  I  dare  not  (I 

must  not). 
Why  must  thou  not?— If  thou  must 

not,  I  must  not. 
If  nobody  is  allowed,  then  we  too 

are  not  allowed. 
I  don't  know  whether  we  may  or 

not. 

Thou  must  not  do  that!  —  If  I  must 

not,  than  I  shall  not. 
Father  promised  me  a  dollar  if  lam 

(i.  e.  shall  be)  good. 


164 


Part  II. 


Jestli  ti  lio  slibil,  da  ti  ho. 

Povezte  mi,  vite-li  zac  je  tuna  se- 
na.  —  Yite-li  pak,  zac  jsou  pra- 

sata? 

Znate-li  pak  me?  -  Vite-li*)  pak, 
ze  jsem  zde  davno? 


If  he  has  promised  it  (to  thee),  he 

will  give  it  to  thee. 
Tell  me  if  you  know  what  is  a  ton  of 

hay  worth.  —  Do  you  know  what 

hogs  are  worth? 
Do  you  know  me?  —  Do  you  know 

that  I  have  been  here  a  long  time  ? 


Note  4.    The  present  participle  being  varies  in  Bohemian  accord- 
ing to  gender  and  number: 

jsa,  sa,m.  — jsouc,  soUts,  f.  and  n.  —  jsoucc, scritts%,p\.  of  all  three  genders. 

Th^  past,  having  been,  is  rendered  thus: 

foyv,  Wf>  ni.  —  byvsi,  bifsM,  f .  and  n.  —  byvse,  bifsM,  pi.  of  all  three 

genders. 

The  following  models  will  amply  suffice  for  the  verbs  of  all  conjuga- 
tions : 

uesa        nessa,  m.  carrying 
nesouc    nessouts,  f.  &  n.  " 


nesouce  nessoutsti,  pi. 

pije  piy&,  m. 

pijic  piyeets,  f .  &  n, 

pijice  piyeets^,  pi. 

miliije  mitluyg,  m. 

miliijic  milluyeets,  f .  &  n. 

milujice  milluyeetsg,  pi. 


drinking 


loving 


sede       setfe,  m. 
sedic,      setXeets,  f.  &  n. 
sedice,    setfeetsti,  pi. 


sitting 


calling 


volaje,    voltiyti,  m. 
volajic,    voldyeets,  pi. 
volajice,  volayeetsg,  pi.  " 
piv         pif,  m.        having  drank 
pivSi      pifshi,  f.  &  n. 
pivse      pifsM,  pi.  " 


sedev,  sffief,  having  sat;   yolav,  volaf,  having  called;  etc. 


*)  We  may  ask,  for  instance  :  vite  zacje  inouka?  "do  you  know 
what  flour  is  worth  ?"  But  if  we  ask  :  -vite-li  pak  zac  je  mouka?  or  zdali 
pak  Yite,  zacje  mouka?  there  is  a  peculiar  emphasis  in  the  question,  as  if 
we  say  in  English  :  "I  wonder  if  you  know  what  flour  is  worth?"  —  Zna- 
te  me?  "do  you  know  me?"  Znate-li  pak  mM  or  zdali  pak  me  znate? 
"I  wonder  if  you  know  me!" 


Lesson  37.  165 

Videti,  "to  see",  is  irregular,  forming  its  partic.  like  nesti  :  vida  in.  Yi- 

douc  f.  &  n.,  vidouce,  pi.  {vida,  vidouts,  vidoUtsg),  seeing. 

These  participles  occur  in  the  written  language  and  sometimes  in 
solemn  discourse, but  are  never  used  in  ordinary  conversation.  Expressions 
may  be  greatly  shortened  and  made  incisive  by  their  use;  for  instance  : 

"As  he  was  going  away  from  here,  he  fell  down",  —  may  be  trans- 
lated into  Bohemian:  Jda  odsud,  upadl.  In  common  discourse,  however, 
people  would  say:  Kdyz  §el  odsud,  upadl  (or  upadnul.*) 

A  verbal  adjective  is  formed  in  Bohemian  by  adding  an  i  to  the  pres- 
ent participle  (f.  and  n.).  jsouci,  soutsee,  being;  nesouci,  nessoutsee,  car- 
rying; pijicij  piyeetsee,  drinking;  volajici,  volayeetsee,  calling;  miliijici, 
milltcyeetsee,  loving.  —  They  are  rarely  employed  -  in  common  conversa- 
tion, but  frequently  in  writing: 

Mu&  nesouci  kufr  in  inn  I  me;  a  man  carrying  a  trunk  passed  me.  — 
Rodice  milujici  sve  deti  jsou  starostlivi  o  nej  parents  loving  their 
children  are  anxious  about  them. 


LESSON  XXXVII. 


The  passive  verb.  In  English  the  "past  participle"  is  also  the 
passive  participle,  employed  to  form  the  "passive  voice"  or  passive  verb- 
phrases  :  lam  carried;  I  was  carried;  I  shall  be  carried. 

In  Bohemian  there  is  a  special  "passive  participle",  ending  in  n(ua 
in  the  feminine,  no  is  the  neutre  gender,  —  ni,  ny,  na  in  the  plural),  by 
which  the  passive  voice  of  transitive  verbs  is  formed  : 

Jsem  nesen,  sem  ness8n  (nesena,  nessena  f.,  neseno,  nessgnd1  n.),  I  am 
carried;  jsme  neseni,  y,  a,  smg  nesseni,  we  are  carried; 

byl  jsem  nesen,  bill  sem  ness$n,  I  was  carried; 

budn  nesen,       bicdtt  nessgn,  I  shall  be  carried. 

*)  Padnouti,  padnoUtH,  to  fall;  upadnouti,  tipadnouVi,  to  fall  down. 
As  repeatedly  stated  in  preceding  lessons,  the  colloquial  usage  drops  the 
final  i  of  the  infinitive,  and  the  letter  t  has  its  ©rdinary  hard  sound  :  pad- 
notit,  tiptidnotit. 


166 


Part  11. 


Jsem  viden,  sem  vi&en,  I  am  seen; 
jsem  ucen,   sem  UcJien,  I  am  taught; 


jsem  volan,  sem  volan,  I  am  called; 
jsem  milovan,  sem  millovdn,  I  am 

loved; 


The  passive  participle  of  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  ending  in  iti9 
and  of  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  (ending  in  outi)  terminates  in  it 
and  ut;  for  instance,  —  biti,  minouti  (to  beat,  to  pass': 

Jsem  bit,  sem  bit,  I  am  beat  (whipped  or  punished);  byl  jsem  bit,  I  was 

beat;  budu  bit,  I  shall  be  beat  ; 

jsem  minut,  semminUt,  lam  passed;  byl  jsem  minut,   I  was  passed; 

budu  minut,  I  shall  be  passed. 

The  imperative  of  the  passive  voice  is  expressed  in  Bohemian  by  at', 
which  is  already  familiar  to  the  student  as  an  equivalent  of  the  English  "let": 

At' jsem  nesen,  a,  o,  «t'  sem  nessSn,  let  me  be  carried; 

at' jsem  bit,  a,  o,  $t'  sem  bit,  let  me  be  whipped; 

at'  jsem  volan,  a,  o,  at  sem  voldn,  let  me  be  called; 

at'  jsem  milovan,  a,  o,  «t'  sem  millovdn,        let  me  be  loved. 

In  English  the  pastor  passive  participle  is  often  used  as  an  adjective; 
for  example:    "An  invited  guest." 

In  Bohemian  every  passive  participle  may  be  changed  into  an  ad- 
jective by  adding  y  (and  changing  a  into  a  in  the  feminine,  o  into  e  in 
the  neutre  gender  \    For  instance  : 


nesen,  a,  o  i  neseny,  a,  e",  carried 
bit,  a,  o  :  bity,  a,  e\  beaten 
minut,  a,  o  :  nihility,  a,  e,  passed 


viden,  a,  o :  vidfmy,  a,  6,  seen 
volan,  a,  o  :  volany,  a,  e*,  called 
milovan,  a,  o :  milovany,a,e,  loved, 

beloved. 

In  the  termination  an,  ana,  ano  the  long  vowel  a  is  shortened 
when  the  participle  changes  into  an  adjective  : 

volan  m.,    volana  f    volano,  n.      )  ^  , 

.  .      ,  P         .  f   caiieu  (as  past  participle  and  adjective). 

volany  m.  volana  f.    volane,  n.  ) 

Potential  forms. 
The  potential  mood  employing  the  auxiliary  may  is  formed  in  Bo- 
hemian by  means  of  the  verb  moci,  motsi  (commonly  mocti,  vulgarly 
moct,  mdtnt)/  which  has  an  irregular  inflection  : 


Lesson  37. 


16? 


Mohu,         mdhU,  I  may 

muzes,  moozesh,  thou  mayest 
muze,  mooz&,  he  (she,  it)  may 
mohl,  (a,  o)  bych,  mdhl,  (d,  d),  MM, 

I  might 

molil  bys,  mdhl  Ms,  thou  migh test 
mohl  by,     mdhl  M,         he  might 

Mohu  feyti  nesen,  I  may  be  carried 
mohu  byti  bit,  I  may  be  whipped 
mohu  byti  viden,      I  may  be  seen 

mohu  byti  milovan,  I  may  be  loved 


mu2eme, 

muzete, 

mohou, 


mooz&nd, 

mooz&tg, 

mdhott, 


we  may 
you  may 
they  may; 


mohli,  (y,  a)  bychom  (or  bysme  ; 

mdhli  bismd,  we  might 
mohli  byste,  m.  bistd,  you  might 
mohli  by,    m.  M, 

mohl  bych  byti  nesen, 


mohl  bych  byti  bit, 
mohl  bych  byti  viden< 


they  might 

I  might  be 
carried 
I  might  be 
whipped 
I  might  be 
seen 


mohl  bych  byti  milovan,  I  might  be 

loved. 

Mohl  jsem  byti  nesen,  mdhl  sera  beeVi  nessdn,  I  might  have  been  carried; 
mohl  jsem  byti  bit,      mdhl  sem  beeti  bit,     I  might  have  been  whipped. 
Otherwise  moci  has  the  meaning  of  "can"  or  "to  be  able": 


I  can  do  it;  —  I  cannot  do  it; 

I  coulddo  it  (or:  I  couldhave  done  it) : 

—  I  could  not  do  it; 
I  shall  be  able  to  do  it;  —  I  shall  not 

be  able  to  do  it; 
Can  you  c  me?  — We  cannot  come. 
Can  they  walk  ? — They  cannot  walk. 

In  common  discourse  mohu  (I  can),  and  mohou  (they  can)  are  dis- 
placed by  m&zii  and  muzou,  moozU,  moozou,  making  the  present  tense 
consistent,  if  not  regular. 

Reiterative  form. 

The  English  reiterative  form  of  "used  to"  is  rendered  in  Bohemian: 
1.  —  By  reiterative  verbs  derived  from  simple  verbs  as  explained  in  Note 


Mohu  to  udelati;  —  nemohu  to  u- 
delati; 

mohl  jsem  to  udelati;  —  nemohl 

jsem  to  udelati; 
budu  moci  to  udelati;  —  nebudu 

moci  to  udelati. 
Muzete  pfijiti?  -  ^emuzeme  pfijiti. 
Mohou  choditH  — Nemohou  choditi. 


1G8 


Part  II. 


5,  Lesson  XII I;  for  instance:  hrati  means  "to  play";  hravati  means 
"to  play  often",  to  use  to  pl«y; 


hraljsem  tarn;  hraval  jsem  tarn; 
—  lirali  tarn;  hravali  tarn. 


I  played  there;  I  used  to  play  there; 
—  they  played  there;  they  used  to 
play  there. 

2;  —  By  verbs  having  in  themselves  a  reiterative  meaning;  for  instance  : 
pfichazeti,  prshikhaz8X!i,  means  "to  come  often"  (also  "to  be  coming"); 
dochazeti,  dokhdz^i,  means  "to  go  often  somewhere",  to  make  frequent 
calls,  (also  "to  be  on  the  decline"); 


on  prichazi  k  nam;  on  prichazel  k 
nam;  —  my  dochazeli  k  nemu; 
budeme  dochazeti  k  nemu. 


he  often  comes  to  us;  he  used  to 
come  to  us;  —  we  used  to  go  to 
him;  we  shall  often  go  to  him. 


LESSON  XXXVIII. 


English  participles  may  be  used  substantively,  or  changed  into 
nouns;  for  instance  : 

speaking,  —  the  speaking;   sitting,  —  the  sitting;    calling,  —  the  calling. 


In  Bohemian,  nouns  are  derived  from  verbs  in  two  different  ways, 
illustrated  by  the  following  examples  : 

•  i. 


biti, 

beeVi, 

to  beat; 

—  biti, 

bitiee, 

the  beating: 

piti, 

peefi, 

to  drink; 

-  piti, 

piVee, 

the  drinking; 

siti, 

sheeVi, 

to  sew; 

—  Siti, 

shiMee, 

the  sewing' 

ziti, 

ieetH, 

to  live; 

—  ziti, 

friVee, 

the  living; 

bod-nouti, 

bodnoutJi, 

to    stab ; 

—  bod-nuti, 

bodnuVee, 

the  stabbing, 

a  stab; 


hyn-outi,  hynoUXli,  to  be  perishing;  —  liyn-nti,  hiniOHee,  the  perishing; 
kop-nouti,  kopnotiti,  to  kick;  —  kop-nuti,  kopntitee,  the  kicking,  a  kick 


Lesson  38. 


169 


2. 

nes-eni,  nessenee,  the  carrying; 
pas -  eni,  pdssenee,  the  herding; 
vid-eni,  vifteiiee,  the  seeing;  the  vision; 
slys-eni,  sUs7i&nee,  the  hearing; 
mliiy-eni,  mltiv8rlee,  the  speaking: 
vol-airi,  voldnee,  the  calling  or  call; 
milov-ani,    miltivdnee,      the  loving. 

The  simple  rules  of  derivation  are  apparent  from  the  above  list. 

1.  Verbs  terminating  in  iti  (forming  a  subdivision  of  the  first  con- 
jugation; Nofe  3,  p.  138;)  are  changed  into  nouns  by  a  simple  transfer  of 
the  long  i  ;  piti,  to  drink,  —  piti,  the  drinking. 

2.  Verbs  ending  in  outi  (which  belong  to  the  second  conjugation) 
become  nouns  by  a  change  of  its  termination  into  uti  :  bodnouti,  to 
stab,  (bodnu,  I  shall  stab),  —  bodnuti,  the  stabbing,  or  "a  stab". 

3.  Verbs  ending  in  &ti,  eti,  iti  (which  form  the  third  and  fourth 
conjugations)  become  nouns  by  changing  their  termination  into  eni  or 
eni:  videti,  to  see,  —  vid&ni,  the  seeing,  or  "the  vision";  mluviti,  to 
speak,  —  mluveni,  the  speaking. 

4.  Verbs  ending  in  ati  (which  form  the  fifth  and  sixth  c  njuga- 
tions)  become  nouns  by  changing  that  termination  into  ani  :  volati,  to 
call,  —  volani,  the  calling,  or  "the  call". 

When  the  long  vowel  a  occurs  in  the  root  of  a  simple  verb,  it  is 
shortened  in  the  process  of  deriving  a  noun  : 

pasti,  pdssVi,  to  herd  (or  "to  pasture";;  pas-eni,  pdssSnee,  the  herding; 
psa-ti,  psdVi,   to  write;    psa-ni,  psdriee,    the  writing. 

In  some  cases  the  derivation  of  nouns  from  verbs  of  the  first  con- 
juga'ion  is  somewhat  irregular,  the  same  as  the  formation  of  the  tenses 
for  instance  : 


nes-ti, 

nessVi, 

to  carry; 

pas-ti, 

pdsfi, 

to  herd; 

vid-eti, 

vi(XeX!i, 

to  see; 

slys-eti, 

slishffii, 

to  hear; 

mluv-iti, 

mluviXli, 

to  speak; 

volati, 

voldfti, 

to  call; 

mil  ov- ati, 

milovdiJi, 

to  love; 

170 


Part  11. 


clsti,  cheest'i,  to  read;  (ctu,  ctes,  cte,  chtu,  c7it8sh,  cht&,  I  read,  thou 
readest,  he  read.s);  —  cte-ni,  cht^nee,  the  reading; 

plesti,  plesVi,  to  twist;  (pletu,  pletes,  plete,  I  twist,  thou  twistest,  he 
twists);  —  plete-iri,  pltitenee,  the  twisting; 

klasti,  JcldsVi,  to  lay;  (kladu,  klades,  klade,  I  lay,  thou  layest,  he  lays); 
—  k lade -111,  Madame,  the  laying; 

masti,  mdsUi,  to  confuse  (to  mix  up);   mate,  he  confuses;  —  mateni, 
mdt&nee,  the  confusion  or  mixing  up; 

mesti,  mesVi,  to  sweep; — mete,  he  sweeps; — meteiri,ra<^£2ee, the  sweeping; 

yesti,  vessVi,  to  lead;  vede,  he  leads;  —  vedeni,  vedtinee,  the  leadiDg. 


LESSON  XXXIX. 


Verbs  classified. 

1.  —  As  before  observed  (in  Lesson  XXXT)  nesti,  "to  carry"  or  "to 
be  carrying",  is  a  verb  denoting  a  continuous  action. 

2.  — By  means  of  prefixes  other  verbi  are  derived  therefrom,  which 
denote  a  limited  or  finished  action  and  are  called  finite  verbs;  for 
example : 

donesti,  dtinessXIi,  to  carry  somewhere  or  to  somebody  ; 
prinesti,  prsliinessHi,  to  bring,  to  fetch. 

3.  —  Many  continous  verbs  have  a  corresponding  form  denoting 
a  repeated  or  reiterated  action;  for  instance  : 

nositi. 


voziti, 
voditi, 
citati, 


nossifi,  to  carry  repeatedly; 

voziti, 

votfifi  to  lead  repeatedly ; 
chectati,  to  read  repeatedly; 
pasati,   pdssdti,to  herd  repeatedly; 
litati,     leetdVi,  to  fly  repeatedly; 
jezditi,  yezd^iti,  to  ride  repeatedly. 

There  are,  besides,  reiterative  verbs  derived  in  the  manner  explained 
in  Note  5,  page  61,  and  denoting  so  to  say  a  customary  action;  for  instance: 


nesti, 

nesstii, 

to  carry; 

vezti,  vezfi 

,  to  carry  (in  a  vehicle  ; 

vesti, 

vessti. 

to  lead; 

ctsti, 

c7ieesVi, 

to  read; 

pasti, 

pdssVi, 

to  herd; 

leteti, 

to  fly; 

jeti, 

yeVi, 

to  ride; 

Lesson  39. 


nositi, 
voziti, 

voditi, 

citati, 

pasati, 

litati, 

jezditi, 

4 


to  carry  repeatedly, 
to  carry  repeatedly  (in  a 
(vehicle), 
to  lead  repeatedly, 
to  read  repeatedly, 
to  herd  repeatedly, 
to  fly  repeatedly, 
to  ride  reveatedly; 


nosi-va-tijftosseer^tVjto  use  to  carry, 
\ozU\SL-t\,vozeevai!i,  to  use  to  carry, 

vodi-va-ti,#0d'ee#atV,  to  use  to  lead, 
cita-va-tijc7iemw#f«,  to  use  to  read. 
pasa-va-ti,i?«*saflW,  to  use  to  herd, 
lita-va-ti,  ketdvafi,  to  use  to  fly. 
jezdf  -  va-ti,  yezffeevafi, to  use  to  ride. 


Ceriain  verbs  denote  an  action  which  is  simply  momentary. 
As  a  rule  they  terminate  in  iti,  belonging  to  the  fourth  conjugation.  For 
instance  :  sko^iti,  skdcJiifi,  to  jump,  to  leap,  —  that  is,  to  make  a  jump 
or  leap. 

From  these  are  derived  finite  verbs  in  the  same  manner  as  from  con- 
tinuous verbs  (1.),  namely  by  prefixes.    For  instance  : 


krociti,to  make  a  step, 

skociti,  to  jump, 
stf  eliti,  to  shoot  (once), 
to  push, 

to  let  go, 

to  catch, 

to  err, 


strciti, 
pustiti, 
chytiti, 
chybiti, 


zakrociti,  zakrdchiVi, 


vyskociti, 
zastf  eliti, 
vystrciti, 

vypustiti, 

yacliytiti, 


viskocMVi, 
zastrs7ieliVi, 
vist  erchiVi, 

vi])iZsVitri, 
zakhiXUti, 


to  step  between,  to  in- 
terfere ; 
to  jump  out  or  up; 
to  shoot  dead; 
to  push  out; 

to  let  out, 

to  catch  up,  to  snatch; 

to  commit  an  error. 


pocliybiti,  pdkhibiXSi, 

N  o  t  e  1.  Such  is  the  general  classification  of  Bohemian  verbs  in  re- 
gard to  the  duration  of  the  action  or  process  they  denote.  But  for  practi- 
cal purposes  it  is  sufficient  to  distinguish  two  great  classes  of  verbs,namt  ly: 

1.  Continuvus  verbs,  denoting  a  continued  or  repeated  action. 
This  class  comprises  the  simple  verbs  of  all  conjugations  except  some  end- 
ing in  outi  and  iti.  For  instance:  nesii,  to  carry;  plouti,  to  float;  videti, 
to  see;  ciniti,  to  do;  volati,  to  call;  milovati,  to  love. 

2.  Finite  verbs,  denoting  a  finished  or  momentary  action  or  pro- 
cess.   This  class  comprises  many  verbs  of  the  second  and  fourth  conjuga- 


172 


Part  11. 


tions,  ending  ia  outi  and  iti;  for  instance:  minouti,  to  pass;  bodnouti,  to 
stab;  skociti,  to  leap;  stfeliti,  to  shoot  (to  discharge  a  shot). 

Most  of  the  verbc  derived  from  others  by  prefixes  also  belong  to  this 
class;  for  example:  vyskociti,  to  jump  up;  donesti,  to  carry  somewhere ; 
pominouti,  to  pass  over;  uyideti,  to  catch  a  sight;  ucinili,  to  do  a  certain 
act;  zavolati,  to  call  out  or  up;  pomiloyati,  to  fondle  a  little. 

The  finite  verbs  have  in  fact  only  a  past  and  a  future  tense,  and  no 
present,  because  their  present  form  denotes  a  future  action: 

donesu,  I  shall  carry  somewhere; 
ininu,    I  shall  pass; 
udelam,  I  shall  make ; 
zavolam,  I  shall  call; 
pomiluj  u  (or  pomiluj i)  I  shall  fondle ; 


uvidim,    I  shall  see; 
ucinim,    I  shall  dO; 
skocim,    I  shall  jump; 
vyskocim,  I  shall  jump  up; 
strelim,   I  shall  shoot. 


LESSON  XI. 


Every  language  has  peculiar  ways  or  modes  of  expression,  which 
cannot  betakenliterally;  or  translated  closely  into  another  language.  They 
are  called  idiomatic  expressions  or  idioms.  Many  of  them  are  of  frequent 
occurence  in  ordinary  intercourse. 

The  student  will  naturally  desire  to  know  the  Bohemian  equivalents 
of  such  English  expressions  as  are  in  constant  use  in  common  conversa- 
tion. He  will  find  most  of  them  in  the  following  list,  the  English  ex- 
pression always  preceding  in  Bohemian,  in  order  to  facilitate  their  study. 
The  beginner  should  often  peruse  these  phrases  until  he  has  a  perfect  com- 
mand of  them,  or  —  to  use  an  English  idiom  —  until  "he  has  them  at  his 
fingers'  ends." 


All  along, 
all  over, 
all  is  over, 

all  in  all, 

all  one, 

all  the  same, 


venkonceiii,  veskrze, 

vsude, 

je  po  vsem, 

vubec, 

vse  jedno, 


venktints&m,   vesk  rz&; 

vshtidS; 

yg  pofs7ie~?n; 

voobets; 
fsM  yednd; 


all  th'i  time, 
all  the  better, 
all  hollow, 

all  of  a  sudden, 
along-side, 
af  far  as  I  can, 
as  far  as  possible, 
as  far  as  I  am  concerned 
as  far  as  that  is  con- 
cerned, 
at  any  rate, 
at  all  events, 
at  last, 
at  length, 

at  once, 
all  at  once, 
at  large, 

Be  it  as  it  may, 

he  perfectly  easy, 

by  and  by, 

by  the  bye, 
by  the  way, 
by  day, 
by  night," 
by  the  day, 
by  the  week, 
by  the  piece, 
by  all  means, 

Call  for  me, 

can  it  be  possible? 

can't  do  it  ! 


Lesson  40. 

stale,  porad, 
tfm  lip, 
na  dobro, 

najednou,  z  nenadani, 
vedle, 

pokud  moh  u, 
pokud  mozna, 
co  se  me  tyce, 
co  se  tolio  tyce, 

J-  bud'  jak  bud', 

[  konecne, 

lined,  najednou, 
vubec,  celkem, 

bud'  jak  bud',  at'  je 
jakkoli; 

bud'te  bez  starosti, 

linedle,  znenahla, 

/  mimo  to, 

>  apropos, 
za  due, 
v  noci, 
na  den, 
na  tyden, 
od  kusu, 

na  vseehen  spusob, 

stavte  se  pro  me, 
je-li  mozna  < 
nejde  to  ! 


173 

stale,  %>ovsliad; 
teem  leep; 
na  ddbrd; 

nayednoU,  zngnadam; 
v$dl8; 

poktid  mdhti; 
pdkitd  mofrnd; 
tsd  s&  my$  teech&; 
tsd  s&  Who  teecM; 

&#d'  yelk  buft; 
kdnecJmd; 

hned,  nayednoit; 
voobets,  tselkem. 

buR  yak  bu$;  aV  y$ 

ydkkoli; 

btifttg  bestardsti; 

hnedlti,  zn8ndhla; 

mimd  td, 
apropo, 
za  dn&; 
vnotsi; 
net  den; 
na  teeden; 
od  kit  sit; 

na  fshtiklie  %  spoosob. 

staft$  s2  pro  my 8; 
yelli  mofrnd? 
n£yd8  tdf 


174 


Part  II. 


come  on, 
come  along, 
come  and  see  us, 


J  pojd'  !  pojd'te  ! 
piijd'te  nas  navstivit, 


poyft,  poyd'te*); 

prsliifttd  nets  n&fsMee- 
vit. 


Don't  you  hear  • 
don't  you  see? 
don't  you  know  it? 
don't  mention  it! 
dear  me  ! 
day  and  night, 
day  by  day, 
do  as  you  please, 
drop  me  a  line. 


co2  nesly§ite2 
coz  neviditel 
coz"  to  nevite? 
to  nestoji  za  rec, 
o  jemine  ! 
ve  dne  v  noci, 
den  co  den, 
delejte  jak  myslite, 
piste  mi  par  f  adek, 


tstish  ndslisheetd? 
tsdsh  ndvifteetd? 
tsdsh  td  ndveetd? 
td  nestoyee  zti  rshdch; 
o  ydminti; 
v8  dne  vnotsi; 
den  tsti  den; 
$8leyt8  yak  misleetd; 
pishU  me  par  rshaddk. 


Excuse  me  ! 

«  very  now  and  then, 

Farewell  I 

Good-bye  ! 

get  up  ! 

gv.t  out  ! 

get  ready  ! 

give  me  a  rest ! 

go  ahead  ! 

go  on  ! 

Help  yourself  ! 

here  an  1  there, 

harry  up  ! 

he  is  good  at  it  ! 


odpust'te  ! 
kazdou  chvili, 

s  foohem— na  zdar  ! 


zlmru  !— vstaiite  ! 
veil  !- pojd'te  veil  ! 
pripravte  se ! 
dejte  mi  pokoj  ! 


jen  dal ! 


posluzte  si !  vemte  si  ! 

racte  ! 
scm  tarn, 
liuneni  ! 

on  to  umi !  on  to  zna  ! 


odptistZ! 
ka&doti  k7iweeli; 

sbdhern  !  —  na  zdar  ! 

z/worit  /—fstant&f 
ven  f—pdtftg  ven  / 
prshipraftd  sd  I 
deytd  me  ptikoy  ! 

yen  dal  / 

poslushtd  si  !  vemtd  si! 

rachtd  ! 
se m  tarn, 
hdnem  / 

dn  td  umee  !  tin  td  zna! 


*)   Colloquially  ptiiX,  pddHd,  (thou,  you)  come  on. — I  pojd'te 
i  pofttd  ush!  come  on,  now!  do  come  along! 


Lesson  40. 


175 


lie  is  good  for  nothing; 

he  is  on  the  lookout; 

he  is  well  off; 

he  means  no  harm; 

he  took  a  hint; 

he  keeps  out  of  sight; 

he  has  a  head  of  his 

own; 
how  do  you  do  ? 
how  are  you  ? 

I  am  glad  of  it  ! 

I  bet,  —  I  guess, 

I  don't  care; 

I  have  a  mind, 

I  made  up  my  mind, 

I -can't  afford  it; 

I  can't  stand  it  (mean- 
ing; I  hate  it); 

I  can  do  without  it; 

I  have  taken  a  fancy 
to  it; 

I  have  no  hand  in  it; 
I  had  some  words  with 
him; 

I  had  rather 
I  would  sooner 

I  am  no  match  for  him; 
I  am  very  anxious; 

I  am  sorry  for  it: 

I  will  make  him  do  it; 


neni  k  nicemu; 
on  cilia; 

on  se  ma  dobre; 

on  to  zle  nemysli, 

dovti'pil  se; 

011  se  strain; 

on  ma  vlastiri  hlavu; 

f  jak  se  mate  1 


to  me  tesi ! 
vsadim  se,  —  myslim, 
nedbam;  to  je  mi  jedno; 
liodlam, 

odhodlal  jsem  se, 

nejsem  sto; 

nemohu  to  vystat  (vy- 

stati); 
molm  byt  bez  toho; 
zalibilo  se  mi  to; 

nemam  s  tim  co  delat; 
mel  jsem  s  nim  hadku; 

radeji  byck 

ja  s  neho  nejsem; 
mam  starost  ;*)  —  tuze 
rad  bych**) 

lituju  toho; 

ja  ho  doiiutiin; 


ney%i  knicJidmU; 

on  cheehd; 

dn  sd  md  ddbrshd; 

tin  td  zld  ndmislee; 

dd/Veepil  sd; 

dn  sd  strd%ee; 

dn  ma  vlastn.ee  hl&vu; 


yak  sd  mdtd? 

td  mydfdshee! 
fs&fteem  sd,  —  misleem, 
nedbam;  td  ye  miyednd 
hodldm, 

odhodlal  sem  sd, 
neysem  sto; 
nemdhil  tdvistdt; 

mdhu  beet  bes  tdho; 
zaleebild  sd  mi  td; 

ndmdm  sVeem  tsd  ftelat; 
myell  sem  snim  hddkti; 

raftdy  bikh 

yd  sndho  neysem; 
mam  starost;  —  toozd 
rad  bikh; 

litttyu  tdhd; 

yd  hd  doniiVeem; 


*)  When  it  means  an  anxiety,  care  or  suspense  about  something. 
**)   When  it  means  an  impatience  to  do  or  to  know  something. 


176 


Part  II 


I  will  see  you  paid; 

I  am  in  no  hurry; 

I  must  be  off; 

I  think  much  of  him; 

if  you  please; 

indeed; 

it  is  all  over; 

it  is  of  no  use; 


it  is  none  of  your  busi- 
ness; 
it  is  your  turn; 
it  is  a  bargain; 

it  is  a  pity; 

it  grew  iato  a  habit; 

it  wears  well  (of  a  dress 

or  stuff); 

Keep  still! 
keep  in  line! 
Let  it  go:  —  let  go  ! 
let  me  alone; 
let  me  in; 
let  me  know; 
look  here; 
look  out! 

Mind  you; 

No  doubt;  — no  mat'er; 
no  matter  how  it  is; 
no  matter  who  it  is; 
never  mind; 


postaram  'se  o  vasplat; 

nemani  na  spech; 

musim  prycj 

ja  si  ho  moc  vazmij 

prosim;  —  raete; 

opravdu;  —  skutecnej 

je  po  vsemj 

neni  to  nic  platne 
{meaning:  it  will  do 
no  good);  —  neiri  to 
k  nicemu  (meaning: 
it  is  of  no  service); 

vam  po  torn  nic  neni; 

ted'  je  na  vas; 
zustane  pri  torn; 

to  je  skoda; 

stalo  se  zvykem; 

dobfe  se  nese; 


postdrdm  sd  o  vdsh  plat; 
ndmdm  n&  spydkh; 
museem  prick; 
yd  si  hd  mots  vdleem; 
proseem;  —  rdchtd; 
opravdU;  skUtechnd; 
yd  pofshem; 
neyni  id  nits  platne" ;  — 
neyni  td  knichdmti; 

vam  pd  torn  nits  neyni; 

te^L  yd  na  vdss; 
zoostand  prshitdm; 

td  yd  shkdda; 

stalo  sd  zwikem; 

dobrshd  sd  nessd; 


Tichol-Bud'tezticha! 
do  rady! 

nechteto  byt;  -pnst'te; 

neclite  me; 

pust'te  me  tain; 

dejte  mi  vedet; 

hled'te; 

pozor! 

pamatujte; 

zajiste;  —  nicnedela; 
at'  je  to  jakkoli; 
at' je  to  kdokoli; 
nic  nedela;  —  co  na 
torn; 


tHkhdf—bM'td  sViMtif 
dd  rshddy! 

nekhtd  td  beet!  — pUstdf 

nekhtd  myd;  " 
\  ptistd  myd  tarn; 
j  deytd  mi  vydd'dt; 
i  hledttd; 
!  pdzorf 

pdmatuytd; 

zayistti;  nits  ndtfdld; 
|  at'  yd  td  ydckdli; 

tit  yd  td  gddkoli; 

nits  ndiYdld;  —  tsd  na 
I  tdm; 


not  yet;  —  not  at  all; 

now  and  then; 
now  we  are  even; 

Of  course; 
on  a  sudden; 
on  purpose; 
on  the  contrary; 
on  the  wingi 
once  for  all; 
one  by  one; 

Piece  by  piece; 
plenty  time  ! 
Send  me  word; 
served  him  right  ! 

Take  care  ! 

the  more  the  better; 

the  other  day; 

the  time  is  up; 

that's  it!  —  that  will 

do; 
that's  right  ! 
that  is  out  of  my  way: 
they  like  to  show  off; 
to  be  short  about  it; 
to  be  sure  ! 

to  call  and  see,  (to  pay 
a  visit); 

to  find  fault; 

to  get  rid  (of  some- 
thing ; 

to  give  a  blowing; 

to  come  about; 

to  no  purpose; 


Lesson  40. 
jeste  ne,  -  dokonce  ne; 

casern,  —  chvilemi; 
ted'  jsme  kvit ; 

ovsem;—  to  se  rozumf; 
nahle; — z  nenadani; 
sehvalnej  —  naschval. 
naopak; 
v letu; 

jednou  na  v2dy; 

po  jednom;  —  jeden  za 

druhym; 
po  kusu; 
dost  foisu! 
zkaZte  mi; 
dobre  tak  ! 

pozor!  —  dejte  pozor! 
cim  vie  tim  lip; 
onehdy; 
das  prosel; 

to  je  to!  —  to  je  dost; 

to  dostaci; 
to  je  dobre! 
to  je  mi  z  mky; 
radi  se  ukazuji; 
kratce  receno; 
zajiste"! 
navstivit; 

vytykat; 
zbavit  se  (celio); 

yymluvit, 
stati  se, 
zbytecnS, 


177 

yeshtid  nd;  —  ddkontsd 
nd; 

chdssem;  —  khweelemi 
tefl  smd  kioit; 

ofshdm; — td  sti rozUmee; 
ndhld;  zndndddni; 
skhwdlnd;  ndskhwdl; 
ndopdk; 
vletu; 

yednoit  nd  vfrdy; 

pd  yddnom;  — ydden  zd 

drUheem; 
pd  kusd; 
dost  chdssttf 
skdshtd  me; 
dobrshd  tdk! 

pdzorf  —  deytd  ptizor/ 

cheem  veels  teem  leep; 

dndhdy; 

chdss  proshell; 

td  yd  td;  —  td  yd  dost; 

td  ddstdchee; 

td  yd  dobrshd! 

td  yd  me  z  ritky; 

rdfti  sd  tikazuyee; 

krdtsd  rshdchdnd  ; 

zdyisU! 

ndfshVeevit; 

vyteekdt; 
zbavit  sd; 

vymluvit; 
I  stdVi  sd; 
'  zbytddind; 


178 


Part  11. 


Well?—  Very  well, 
well  to  do,  well  off; 
what  of  that?  —  what 

does  it  matter? 
what  is  the  matter? 

what  is  the  question? 

what  is  the  matter  with 

you? 
what  next? 
what  will  become  of 

us? 

we  had  better  go; 

we  had  better  go  and 

see; 

You  are  right; 

you  are  wrong, 

you  are  mistaken; 

you  are  late; 

you  are  safe; 

you  are  gone  up! 

you  are  welcome  to  it; 

year  by  year; 

you  must  not  find  fault; 

you  ought  to  be  glad; 

—  you  ought  to  be 

gone; 


mize?-  dobre; 
zamozny, 

co  na  torn?  co  z  toho? 

co  se  deje?  (i.  e.  what 

is  happening)? 
o£  se  jedna?  o£  bezi? 

co  je  vain? 

co  dale? 

co  z  nas  bude?  co  se  s 

nami  stane? 
abysme  radeji  sli; 
abysm e  se  radeji  podi- 

vali  (i.  e.  sli  podivat); 


mate  pravdu; 

mejlite  se; 

jdete  pozde; 
jste  v  torn  dobre; 
s  vami  je  konec! 
vemte  si  to;  —  preju 

vam  to; 
rok  co  rok; 

nesmite  delat  vycitky; 

mel  byste  byt  (or  byti) 

rad;—  mh\  byste  byt 

pryc; 


ntizd? —  ddbrshd; 
zdmoltnee; 

tsd  nd  torn?    tsd  stdhdf 

tsd  se  tidyd? 

dch  sd  yedndf — dch  byd- 

zee? 
tsd  yd  vam? 

tsd  ddldf 

tsd  zndss  budd?    tsd  sd 

sndmi  stand? 
dbysmd  rafldy  shli; 
dbysmd  sd  rtifldy  po- 

Reevdli; 

mdtd  pravdti; 

meyletd  sd; 

ddtd  poz&'d; 
std /torn  ddbrshd; 
svdmi  yd  kdnets! 
vemtd  si  td;  —  prslidyu 

vam  td; 
rdk  tsd  rdk; 
nesmeetdftdlat  veecMtky 
m'yell  by  std  beet  rdd;  — 

nt  yell  by  std  beet  prich. 


PART  III 


Bohemian  conversation. 


Note  1.  In  the  following  conversations  we  shall  invariably  ob- 
serve the  common  rule  of  politeness,  which  requires  the  use  of  the  person- 
al pronoun  vy  (you)  in  addressing  another  person.  Hence  all  verbs  em- 
ployed in  the  same  will  appear  in  the  second  person  plural  (for  instance: 
jste,  mate,  (you  are,you  have),  and  not  in  the  second  person  singular  jsi*), 
ma§,  (thou  art,  thou  hast),  which  is  properly  confined  to  familiar  or  very 
intimate  intercourse,  as  fully  set  forth  in  Section  9,  Part  I;  otherwise  the 
use  of  the  second  person  singular  (ty,  thou)  is  out  of  place  and  in  fact 
vulgar,  although  freely  indulged  in  by  some  ill-informed  or  ill-bred  persons 
among  the  Bohemians  in  America. 

Throughout  these  conversations  we  give  the  Bohemian  pronuncia- 
tion in  full**).  It  is  true  that  the  student,  having  advanced  so  far,  may  be 
supposed  to  be  able  to  pronounce  every  word  and  to  read  Bohemian  with- 
out difficulty;  but  the  pronouncing  column  will  nevertheless  continue 
to  be  an  aid,  especially  welcome  in  such  cases  as  may  appear  to  be  some- 
what obscure  and  doubtful. 


*)  In  common  discourse  we  frequently  hear  ty  jses,  ty  s&sh,m  place 
oftyjsi. — Ty  jse§  velky,  ty  s8sh  velkee,  thou  art  tall.  —  Jses  rad  (in- 
stead of  jsi  rad)?  s&sh  rad?  art  thou  glad?  —  Jses  zdrav,  sesh  zdrdff  (f. 
jses  zdraval  sesh  zdrdvd?  art  thou  well? —  Jses  liotovS  steh  hdtoff  (f. 
jse§  hotovaS  s$sh  lidtdva?)  art  thou  ready? 

**)  The  rules  given  in  Sections  2  and  4,  Parti,  are  supposed  to  have 
been  thoroughly  digested  and  practiced  by  the  student, as  well  as  the  forty 
introductory  lessons  contained  in  Part  II.  Unless  that  is  done,  it  will 
be  useless  and  disappointing  to  proceed  with  this  eminently  practical  part 
of  our  Bohemian  Course. 


180 


Part  111. 


In- regard  to  the  pronunciation  of  Bohemian  infinitives  (for  instance: 
miti,  to  have;  ciniti,  to  do;  delati,  to  make)  we  again  remind  the  student 
of  the  explanation  given  in  Note  1,  Lesson  XI.  In  the  pronouncing  col- 
umn of  these  conversations  we  shall  as  a  rule  follow  the  colloquial  custom 
of  dropping  the  final  i,  to  simplify  matters  and  to  present  the  sentences 
as  they  are  generally  heard  in  actual  intercourse. 

The  student  will  always  bear  in  mind  that  Bohemian  orthography 
and  pronunciation  are  on  the  whole  governedby  the  rule  which  appears  to 
be  the  ideal  of  many  would-be  reformers  of  English  orthography, namely: 

A  sound  for  every  letter  and  a  letter  for  every  sound,  and  no  silent 
letters.  — 

In  regard  to  capital  letters  the  rules  in  Bohemian  are  the  same  as  in 
English,  excepting  that  adjectives  derived  from  names  of- nations  or  coun- 
tries are  not  written  with  a  capital  letter;  for  example:  English, Bohemian, 
European,  anglicky,  eesky,  evropsky  (anglitskee,  cheskee,  Svropskee). 


Bohemian  end  Englislx. 

&E&T1NA  a  AN  0  Lid  IN  A. 


The  Bohemian  lan- 
guage ; — the  Bohemi- 
an tongue. 

Do  you  know  Bohemi- 
an?—  do  you  speak 
Bohemian? 

Yes, I  speak  Bohemian 
.well. 

Do  you  speak  English  ? 

Perfectly;  —  a  little; — 
not  much. 

Do  you  understand 
English?  —  I  do. 


Ceska  fee;  —  eesky 
jazyk. 

Umite  eesky  1  —  iiilu- 
vite  eesky? 

Alio,    mliivim  eesky 
dobre. 

Mluvite  anglickyl 

Dokonale;  —  trochu; 
—  ne  iimolio. 

Rozuuute  anglicky?  — 
Rozuimm. 


cliesskd  rsMch; — chess- 
kee  ydzyk. 


umeeU  cliesskef 
veet&  cliesskef 


mlu- 


anti,  mliiveem  chesske 

ddbrsM. 
mluveetg  anglitske? 
ddkdnalg;  —  trokhu;  — 

n8  mndhd. 

rozumeett  anglitske?  — 
rozumeem. 


Bohemian  and  English. 


181 


In  America  everybody 
has  to  know  English. 
I  am  learning  English. 
Do  you  learn  Bohemi- 
an? 

I  want  to  learn  Bohe- 
mian. 

I  want  to  know  (i.  e.  to 
acquire)  Bohemian. 

I  would  like  to  learn 
Bohemian. 

I  would  like  to  know 
Bohemian. 

I  must  learn  (i.  e.  ac- 
quire) Bohemian. 

Yes, do  learu  Bohemian 

I  am  learning  Bohemi- 
an. 

How  long  have  you 
been  learning**)  Bo- 
hemian? 

I  have  been  learning 
Bohemian  since  last 
year. 

How  long  did  you  learn 
English? 

I  learned  (or:  I  was 
learning)  English  one 

year. 


Y  Americe  ka^dy  ma  u- 

meti*)  anglicky. 
Ucim  se  anglicky. 
Ucite  se  cesky  2 

Chci  se  uciti  cesky. 

Chci  umeti  cesky. 

Kad  bych  udil  se  ces- 
ky. 

Had  bych  umM  cesky. 

ATusim  se  nauftfti  ces- 

Ano,  naucte  se  cesky. 
Ucim  se  cesky. 

Jak  dlouho  ucite  se 

cesky  % 

Ucim  se  cesky  od  lon- 
ska. 

Jak  dlouho  u£il  jste  se 
anglicky] 

Uciljsem  se  anglicky 
rok. 


v&meritsti  kazdee  ma  it- 

myet  dnglitske. 
ticheem  s8  dnglitske. 
ucheetg  s&  chesskef 

khtsi  s8  Uchit  chesske. 

khtsi Umyet  chesske. 

rdd  bikh  uchil  s$  chess- 
ke. 

rdd  bikh  timyell  chess- 
ke. 

mi/seem     s&  nauchit 

chesske . 
ano,  nauchte  s&  chesske 
ticheem  s8  chesske. 

yak  dlotihd  ucheetS  se~ 
chesskef 

ticheem    se    chesske  od 
lonska. 

yak  dloithd  Uchil  st$  s8 
dnglitske? 

Uchil  sem  s&  dnglitske 
rdk. 


*)  Miti  (to  have)  often  in  connection  with  another  verb  signifies 
obligation  or  necessity,  the  same  as  in  English:  Mam  umeti,  I  have  to 
know,  I  am  obliged  or  expected  to  know:  mam  jiti,  I  have  to  go;  —  ma 
umeti,  he  has  to  know;  kazdy  ma  umeti,  everybody  has  to  know. 

**)  The  present  tense  in  Bohemian  is  also  used  for  the  English  per- 
fect tense:  (jak  dlouho)  ucite  se,  —  (how  long)  have  you  been  learning. 
See  second  foot-note  on  page  98. 


182 


Part  III. 


I  learned  (i.  e.  acquir- 
ed) English  in  one 
year. 

To  learn  English  is  not 

difficult. 
Neither  is  Bohemian. 
How  soon  shall  I  learn 

Bohemian? 
If  you  will  be  {or  if  you 

are)  diligent, you  will 

learn  it  soon. 
About  t  ow  soon? 
Jn  a  few  months. 
I  have  been  learning 

Bohemian  only  two 

months,  and  already 

1  know  a  good  deal. 
I  am  getting  along  well. 
Already  I  understand 

nearly  all. 

It  is  not  difficult;  —  it 
is  easy. 

Only  plenty  of  exercise ! 
then  you  make  good 
progress. 

Do  you  understand  Bo- 
hemian? 

v  I  understand  a  little. 

I  understand  already  a 
good  deal. 

I  understand  already 
nearly  all. 

Do  you  understand 
G  rman? 

*)  Jde  to  dobfej 


Nauciljsem  se  angli- 
cky  za  rok. 

Nauciti  se  anglicky  ne 

ni  tezke. 
Cesky  take  ne. 
Jak  brzo  naucim  se 

cesky? 
Budete-li  pilny,  na- 

ueite  se  brzo. 

Jak  brzo  asi? 

Za  par  mesicu. 

Ucim  se  cesky  teprv 

dva  mesice,  a  uz  u- 

mim  hezky. 

Jde  to  dobfe.*) 
Uz  rozuiniin  skoro  vse- 
cko. 

Neiri  to  tezk^;  —  je  to 
lehke. 

Jen  hodne  cviku!  pak 
to  jde*)  ! 

Rozuinite  cesky? 

Rozuimm  troclm. 
Rozumim  uz  hodue. 

Rozunrim   u£  hnedle 

vsecko. 
Rozumite  nemecky? 


ndUchil  sem  s& anglitske 
zd  rdk. 

naUchit   s8  anglitske 

neyrii  fgshke. 
chesske  take  n£. 
yak  b  erzo  ndUcheem  s& 

chesske? 
bud8t8  li  pilnee,  ndit- 

cheetS  s&  b  erzd. 

yak  b erzd  asi? 
za  par  mygseetsoo. 
Ucheem  se  chesske  tep  erf 

dwa  rny8seets8,  d  ush 

itmeem  hesske. 

d&  to  dobrsh$. 
Ush    rozumeem  skdrd 
fshUskd. 

ney\\i  to  Veshke;  —  y8 
to  lehke. 

yen  hod\ig  tswiktt!  pak 

rozUmeet8  chesske? 

rozumeem  trokhu. 
rozumeem  ush  hodntf. 

rozumeem   Ush  hnedU 

fshUsko. 
rozumeetS  n^metske? 


literally:  it  goes  well.    Pak  to  jde;  then  it  goes. 


Bohemian  and  English. 


183 


I  do  not.— I  understand 
a  little  bit. 

Do  you  know  (how)  to 
write  Bohemian? 

Not  yet;  but  I  shall 
learn )  it. 

I  shall  know  (it)  soon. 

1  must  know  both  to 
read  and  to  write  Bo- 
hemian. 

You  will  learn  that 
easily. 

I  expect  to  learn  it  in 
half  a  year. 

Why  does  not  John 
learn  English? 

He  is  going  to  learn; — 
he  must  learn  it  well. 

When  will  he  com- 
mence to  learn? 

Shortly. 

My  neighbor's  boy 
speaks  English  per- 
fectly and  under- 
stands also  Latin. 

Annie  is  learning  to 

read  and  write  Bohe- 
mian. 

Have  you  a  Bohemian 
newspaper?  —  lend 
me  it. 

Lend  me  a  Bohemian 
book. 

What  book?  —  Any 
book. 


Nerozumim.  — Rozu- 

imm  neco  malo. 
Umite  psati  po  cesku? 

Jeste  nej  ale  budu  se 

uciti. 
Budu  umeti  brzo. 
Musim  umeti  cisti  «i 

psati  po  cesku. 

To  se  naucite  snadno. 

Hodlam  se  to  nauciti 
za  pul  leta. 

Proc  se  Jan  neuci  an- 
glicky? 

On  se  bude  uciti ;— mu- 
st se  nauciti  dobre. 

Kdy  se  zacne  uciti? 

Co  nevidet. 

Souseduv  hoch  mluvi 
anglicky  dokonale  a 
rozunri  take  latin - 
sky. 

Anna  uci  se  cesky  cisti 
a  psati. 

Mate  ceske  noviny?  — 
l)ujcte  mi  je. 

Pujcte  mi  ceskou  kni- 
hu. 

Jakou?  —  Jakoukoli. 


ndrozUmeem    —  rozu- 

meem  n8tsd  maid, 
umeete  psit  pd  chesskti? 

yeshtd  nd;  did  btidU  se 

iichit. 
bUdU  icmydt  b  erzo. 
milseem  Umyet  cheest  i 

psdt  pd  chesskU. 

td  sd  naucheetd  snadnd. 

hodlam  sd  td  ndUchit  za 
pool  leta. 

proch  sd  pan  neilchee 
anglitske? 

dn  se  budS  iichit; —  mil- 
see  sdndUchitdobrshe. 

gdy  sd  zachnd  iichit? 

tsd  ndvitfdt. 

sottsedoof  hokh  mlUvee 
anglitske  dokonald  a 
rozumee  take  la^in- 
ske. 

ana  ucJiee  sd  chesske 
cheest  a  psdt. 

mate  chesske  noviny? — 
pUchtd  me  yd. 

puchtd  me  chesskoil  kni- 
hu. 

yako  it  ?  —  ydkou  ko  IL 


184 


Part  111. 


This  is  Bohemian,  is  it 
not? 

What  is  it  in  English? 

—  Tell  me  it  in  En- 
glish. 

How  is  it  in  English? 

I  don't  know  how  to 
pronounce  it. 

How  is  it  in  Bohemian  1 

How  do  you  call  it  in 
Bohemian?  -  how  in 
English? 

Speak  Bohemian;  — 
speakBohemian  with 
me;— speak  only  Bo- 
hemian. 

Speak  as  you  wish. 

Do  you  like  to  speak 
Bohemian?  —  Why 
do  you  not  speak 
English? 

Because.  I  cannot  ;— be- 
cause I  know  it  only 
a  little.  —  Do  sp<?ak; 
you  will  get  along. 

Speak  English  or  Bo- 
hemian, as  you  please ; 

—  I  understand  both ; 

You  speak  Bohemian 
very  well. 

Speak  slowly,  that  I 
may  understand  you;*) 


Tohleje  cesky,  neniJ 

Co  je  to  po  anglieku? 

—  Povezte  mi  to  po 

anglicku. 
Jak  je  to  po  anglicku? 
Nevmijak  to  vyslovi- 

ti. 

Jak  je  to  po  cesku? 
Jak  se  to  jmenuje  ces- 
ky? —  jak  anglicky? 

Mluvte  £esky:  mluv- 
te se  mnou  cesky;  — 
mluvte  jenom  cesky. 

Mluvte  jak  cheete. 
Mluvite  rad  cesky?  — 

Proc  nemluvite  an- 

glicky? 

Protoze  neumim;  — 
protoze  uinim  jen 
malo.  — Jen  mluvte, 
pujde  to. 

Mluvte  anglicky  nebo 
cesky,  jak  clicete;  — 
rozumim  oboji. 

Vy  mluvite  £esky  tuze 

dobfe. 
Mluvte  pomalu,  abych 

vam  rozumel. 


ttihW  ye  chesske,  neymf 

tsd  yd  td  pd  anglitsku? 

—  Pdvydzte  me  td pd 
anglitskU. 

yak  yd  td  pd  tinglitskti? 
ndveem  yak  td  visldvit. 

yak  yd  td  pd  chesskU? 
yak  sd  td  menilyd  chess- 
kef  —  yak  anglitske? 

mluftd  chesske;  —  mluf- 
td  sd  mnoU  chesske;  — 
mluftd  ydnom  chess- 
ke. 

mlufte  yak  khtsdtd. 
mluveetd  rad  chesske? 

—  prdch  ndmltiveetd 
anali. 


protdzd  ndumeem;  — 
protdbd  timetm  yen 
mdld,  —  yen  mlfifte, 
ptidd  td. 

mltiftd  anglitske  ridbd 
chesske,  yak  khtsdtd; 

—  roztimeem  dbdyee. 
ve  mluveetd  chesske  tooze 
dobrshd. 

mluftd  pomalU,  dbikh 
vdm  rozUmyell. 


*)  Abych,  abys,  aby,  that  I  should,  that  thou  shouldst,  that  he 
should  (see  Lesson  XXXVI),  also  signifies:  "that  I  may,  that  thou  mayest, 
that  he  (she,  it)  may".  Hence  we  translate:  abych  rozumel,  that  I  may 
understand;— abych  rozumel  vam,  or  abych  vam  rozumel,  "that  I  may 
understand  you". 

Concerning  the  freedom  of  transposition  of  words  in  Bohemian  sen- 
tences see  Note  2,  Lesson  VI. 


Bohemian  and  English 


185 


*  Did  you  understand 
me?  —  I  did  not;  re- 
peat it  slowly. 

Do  not  speak  so  fast; 
I  should  not  under- 
stand you. 

Do  you  know  what  I 
said?  could  you  un- 
derstand? 

I  could  understand  a 
little; — now  I  under- 
stood well. 

When  you  don't  under- 
stand, tell  me;  —  I 
want  to  teach  you. 

I  am  glad  of  that;  —  if 
you  will  teach  me,  I 
shall  soon  know. 

In  a  quarter  of  a  year 
I  shall  understand  all. 

Do  I  pronounce  it 
right?  —  did  I  pro- 
nounce it  right? 

You  have  a  good  pro- 
nunciation; —  you 
pronounce  every- 
thing right. 

That  was  not  right;  see 
here;  —  I  will  pro- 
nounce it  slowly. 

Is  that  right? 

Once  again  ! 

That's  it; —  now  it  was 

right;  first-rate. 
Very  well!    you  make 
quick  progress. 


Rozumcl  jste  m\%—  Ne- 
rozumel;  opakujte 
to  pomalu. 

Nemluvte  tak  ryclile; 
ja  bych  vain ne rozu- 
mel. 

Vite  co  jsem  povidal  % 
—  porozumel  jste  % 

Porozumel  jsem  tros- 
ku;  —  ted'  jsem  rozu- 
mel dobfe. 

Kdyz  nerozumite,  re- 
knete  mi; — ja  chci 
vas  uciti. 

To  jsem  rad;— budete- 
li  me  uciti, budu  br- 
zo  umeti. 

Za  ctvrt  leta  budu  vse- 
mu  rozumeti. 

Yyslovuju  to  dobfe?  — 
vysloviljsem  to  do- 
bfe? 

Mate  dobrou  vyslov- 
nost;  —  vyslovujete 
vsecko  dobf  e. 

To  nebylo  dobfe;  dej- 
te  pozor;  — ja  to  vy- 
slovim  pomalu. 

Je  to  dobfe  % 

Jest£  jednou  ! 

Tak;—  ted'  to  bylo  do- 
bfe; tuze  dobfe. 

Vyborne!  —  delate  ry- 
chly  pokrok. 


rozUmyell  std  mel  —  nd- 
rozumyell;  -  -dpdkilytd 
td  pomalu. 

ndmlUftd  tak  rikhld:  yd 
bikh  vdm  ndrozUmyell. 

veeti  tsd  sem  poveedal? 
—  pdrozUmyell  stdf 

pdrozUmyell  sem  trosh- 

ku;  —  #d'  sem  rozu 

myell  ddbrshd. 
gdiz  ndrozttmeetd,rshdk- 

netd  me;  —  yd  khtn 

vas  Uchit. 
td  sem  rad;  —  buddtd-li 

myd  Uchit,  btidii  b  erzd 

timytit. 

za  shtw  ert  leta  bUdit 
fshdmti  rozUmyet 

vislovuyit  td  dobrshd? — 
vislovil  sem  td  dd- 
brsUf 

mate  ddbroii  veesldv- 
nost;  —  vislovUyetd 
fshdtskd  ddbrshd. 

td  ndbilld  ddbrshd;  dey- 
td  pozor;  —  yd  td  vi- 
sloveem  pomalti. 

ydtd  dohrshdf 

yeshVd  yednoitf 

tak;  —  ted'  td  billd  dd- 
brshd; toozd  ddbrshd. 

veebornd/ — ftdldtd  rikh- 
lee  pdkrok. 


Part  111. 


I  wish  I  bad  more  op- 
portunity to  speak 
Bohemian. 


Had  bych  mel  vicepri- 

lezitosti  mluviti  ce- 
sky. 


Slovo,  n.  slovo,  the  word 
slovnik,  m.  slovneek,  the  dictionary 
slovnicek,  m.*)  slovneeehek,  the  vo- 
cabulary 
vysloviti,  vislovit,  to  pronounce 
vyslovim,    vislovim,    I  shall  pro- 
nounce 

vyslovovati,  vislovtivat,  to  be  pro- 
nouncing; 

vyslovuju  (or  vysloviiji),  vislovUyU 
I  am  pronouncing; 

vyslovnost,  f.  veeslovnost,  the  pro- 
nunciation; 

cestina,  f.  cliesMind,  the  Bohemian 
language; 

auglicina,  f.  anglichina,the  English 
language; 

pokrok,  m.  pdkrok,  progress; 

pfilezitost,  f.  prslieelffiitost,  oppor- 
tunity; 

rad  bych  mel,  rdd  bikh  m'yell,  I 
wish  I  had  (or:  I  would  like 
to  have); 


rdd  bikh  m'yell  veets8 
prsheelezitosM  mluvit 

chesske. 
Vocabulary. 

uciti  se,  ilchit  s8,    to  learn,    to  be 
learning; 

neuciti  se,  neuchit  s8,  not  to  learn. 

nauciti  se,  ndticMt  s8,    to  learn  or 
acquire  (something); 

rozumeti^  rozitmyet,.t©  understand; 
rozumim,  rozumeem,  I  understand 
porozumeti,  pdrozUmyet,  to  under- 
stand; or  "to  catch  the  meaning": 

zicnouti,  zdchnout,  \  to  begin,  to 
zaciti,      zdcheet,  [commence; 

zacne,  zdchng,  will  commence; 

piijciti,  ptiychifi,  (colloquially:  pit- 
chit),  to  lend; 

pujcte  mi,  puchtt me,  lend  me; 

pov&zte  mi,  po-vy8zt8  me,  te  11  me. 

jak  se  jmenuje,  yak  s8  menity^,how 
is  —  he,  she,  it  —  called. 

tezlky,  a,     ttisJikee,  difficult,  hard; 


hezky,  hesske,  | 


a  good  deal; 


rychly,  a,  e,  riklilee  )  » 
rychle,  adv.  rikhU  ) 
pomaliu  pomtilu,  slowly; 
lmedle,  ImedU,  nearly,  (also  "soon", 
'quick"); 

co  nevidet,  tsti  nfrvitfet,  in  no  time, 
shortly ; 


liodne,  hodM, 

neco  malo,  Ti8tso  maid,  a  little  bit; 

*)   Slovnicek  is  simply  a  diminutive  of  slovnik,  meaning  "a  little 
or  short  dictionary".    See  Note  1,  Lesson  XV  III. 


Greetings  and  compliments . 


187 


tro&ku,  (same  as  trocliu),  trdshku, 

a  little; 
snadny,  a,     snddnee,  easy, 
snadno,  snadnd,  easily; 


dokonaly,  a,  e,  ddkonalee,  perfect, 
dokonale*),  dokonalg,  perfectly; 
vyborn^d,6,^r»^)  flrgt.rate 
vyborne,  adv.  veeborne  ) 


Greetings  and.  compliments. 

POZDRA  VTA  POKLONY. 


Good  morning,  Sir! 
(gentlemen,  —  Mad- 
am,— Miss  —  ladies). 


Good  afternoon,  Mr. 

Brown  ! 
Good    evening,  Mrs. 

Brown  ! 
My  compliments! 

Good  night,  doctor! 

Good  bye !  —  Farewell ! 
Farewell ! 


Bobre^ jitro**),  pane! 
(panove,  —  panicko, 
—  slecno,  —  damy). 

Bobre  odpoledne,  pane 

Braune!***) 
Bobry    vecer,  pani 

Braunova! 
Ma  licta  ! 

Bobron  noc,  pane  dok- 

tore4  )! 
S  bohem  !— Na  zdar  ! 
Mejte  se  dobre  ! 


dobre'  ye-trti,  pane!  i pa- 
nose, —  pdmchkd,  — 
steeling,  —  damy,  — 
slgchny). 

ddbre  odpolgdng,  pang 
Browng! 

dobree  tgclier,  pani 
Browntiva! 

ma  ootstdf 

ddbroit  nots,  pang  dok- 
torgf 

sbdhemf — na  zdar! 
mygy-tg  sg  dgbrshg! 


*)  See  Note  2,  Lesson  XXX,  about  the  derivation  of  adverbs  from 
adjectives.  In  this  case,  as  well  as  in  some  others,  the  final  y  changes  into 
a  simple  e:  dokonaly,  —  dokonale. 

Mostly  it  changes  into  an  e:  vyborny,  —  vybornS  ;  and  sometimes 
into  an  o:  snadny,  —  snadno.  This,  however,  is  rather  optional,  as  we 
may  equally  say:  snadne,  snadng,  (easily). 

**)  In  common  conversation  very  often  abbreviated:  dobrytro  ! 
ddbritrof 

***)  It  is  proper  to  use  the  vocative  case  in  addressing  a  person;  but 
in  ordinary  discourse  the  proper  name  is  generally  left  in  the  nominative: 
dobre"  jitro,  pane  Braun  ! 

4)  We  cannot  say  in  English  "Mr.  doctor",  two  titles  in  this  case 
being  incompatible;  but  it  is  customary  in  Bohemian  to  say:  pane  dokto- 
re,  pane  professore,  or  (in  common  parlauce)  pane  doktor,  pane  pro- 
fessor, leaving  the  title  in  the  nominative  case.  "Mr.  editor'",  —  pane 
redaktore,  pdng  reddktorg,  —  is  an  analogous  expression  in  English. 


188 


Pari  III. 


Good  luck  to  you! 

I  wish  you  good  luck! 
I  wish  you  Godspeed! 

A  happy  journey! 
A  happy  return! 
To  drink  one's  health. 
Your  health! 

How  do  you  do?  How 

are  you? 
How  are  you  getting 

along? 
Very  well,  thank  you. 
How    is  everything 

with  you? 
Tolerably  well. 
How  is  your  health? 
Are  you  well?  Are  you 

in  good  health? 
I  am  pretty  well,  thank 

you. 
I  am  all  right. 
I  feel  very  well. 
I  am  perfectly  well. 
And  how  are  you? 
I  am  also  well,  thank 

you. 

You  are  looking  well. 

I  am  very  well;  I  can- 
not complain. 

How  is  your  wife  (your 

lady)? 

She  is  well,  thank  you. 

How  is  your  family? 

They  are  all  well.  - 


Na  zdar  vam  ! 
Pfeju  vam  stesti! 

St'astnou  cestu  ! 
St'astny  navrat  ! 
Piti  na  zdravi. 
Na  vase  zdravi  ! 

Jak  se  mate? 

Jak  se  vam  vede? 

Tuze  dobfe.  dekuju. 
Jak  se  vedeS 

Projde  to.  —  Ujde  to. 
Jak  vam  zdravi  slou^i? 
Jste  zdrav? 

Je  mi  dost  dobfe,  de- 
kuju. 
Main  se  hezky. 
Je  mi  tuze  dobfe. 
Jsem  docela  zdrav. 
A  jak  vy  se  mate? 
Taky  dobfe,  dekuju. 

Vypadate  dobfe. 

Mam  se  vyborue;  ne- 
l  mohu  stezovat. 

Jak  se  ma  vase  zeiia 

(vase  pani)? 

Dobfe,  dekuju. 

Jak  se  ma  vase  rodina? 

Jsou  v&ichni  zdravi. 


nit  zdar  vam/ 

prsh8yu  vam  s/ifesVif 

shtiastnoti  tsgstu! 
shVastnee  ndvrdt/ 
peetH  na  zdravee. 
na  vdsM  zdravee! 

yak  sel  matti? 

yak  sel  cam  vM%? 

tooz8  ddbrsM,  d'gk  uyu,. 
yak  s$  v$d&? 

proydel  id,  —  uyd8  to. 
yak  vdmzdraveesloitfaee? 
st$  zdrdf? 

yg  me  dost  ddbrsJig,  d'£- 

kUyU. 
mam  s8  hesske. 
ye  me  toozg  dobrsM. 
sem  dotsgla  zdrdf. 
a  yak  ve  s8  matg? 
take  ddbrshg,  iKgkuyti. 

vipadatg  dobrshti. 

mam  s8veebor\ie;  nemd- 
liti  siHezdvat. 

yak  s£  md  vasliti  lend 

(pa\\i)? 

ddbrs7ig,  dL&kuyti. 

yak  s8md  vasli&roiXina? 

so  it  fshikhni  zdravi. 

v 


Greetings  and  compliments. 


189 


I  am  glad  of  it. 

I  am  glad  to  hear  it. 

That  is  right. 

I  am  very  glad  to  see 

you  (or:  to  meet  you). 
I  have  not  seen  you  for 

a  long  time. 
I  would  like  to  see  you 

often. 


To  me  t£si. 

To  rad  slysim. 

Toje  dobfe. 

Jsem  tuze  rad  ze  vas 

vidim. 
JSevidel  jsem  vas  uz 

davno. 
Rad  bych  videl  vas  ca- 

sto. 


td  my 8  Vfohee. 

td  rdd  slisheem. 

to  y$  ddbrsM. 

sem  toozg  rdd  ze  vdss 

vifteem. 
neviftel  sem   vdss  ttsh 

ddvnd. 
rdd    bikh   vitrei  vdss 

chasstti. 


My  regards! 

Greet  him  (her,  them)! 
—  Give  him  my  re- 
gards. 

Give  (him, etc.)  my  best 
regards! 

My  best  regards! 

Give  my  regards  to  all. 

Remember  me  to  your 
wife.  —  My  best  re 
spects  to  your  wife. 

My  best  regards  to  your 
wife ! 

My   compliments  to 

your  sister! 
Good  bye! 
My  best  respects! 


Ze  pozdrayuju! 
Pozdravujte  ho  (ji, 
je)! 

Yyf  id'te  me  pozdrave- 
iii. 

Pekne  pozdraveni! 
Pozdravujte  ode  mne 

vsecky! 
Mou  lictu  va§i  clioti! 


Pekne  pozdraveni 

manzelce! 
Mou  poklonu  vasi  se- 

stre! 

Poroucim  se! 

P£kn6  poruceni! 


z&  pozdrdvUyil! 
pozdrdvityte    hd  (ye, 

virshifttg  me  pozdrave- 
ni*) 

pytikne  pozdraveni/ 
pozdrdvUytti   dd8   my # 

fsMtskef 
mo  it  ootstti  vdsliee  kho- 

tv 

py8kne  pozdraveni 

manzeltsti! 
mou  pokldnU  vashee  s&- 

strsM! 

poroUcheem  s&I 

pytikne"  porucheni! 


*)  Nouns  ending  in  ni  are  neutre(see  znameni,  Note  2,  Lesson  XIV). 
The  final  i  has  the  long  sound  of  ee  But  in  common  discourse  the  length 
of  the  sound  is  immateiial  and  it  is  usually  shortened;  hence  we  represent 
it  in  these  conversations  by  a  simple  ni,  instead  of  nee. 


190 


Part  III. 


Vocabulary. 


Panbuh  (i.  e.  Pan  Bull)  pdnbooh, 

the  Lord  God; 
jitrOj  n.  same  as  rano),  yitrd,  the 

morning; 
pozdrav,  m.  pozdrdf  {  greet- 

pozdraveni,  n.  pdzdrdveni  )  ing; 
pozdraviti^os^m^to  greet  (once); 
pozdravovati,  pozdrdvdvdt,  to  greet; 

to  send  greetings; 


poklona,  f.  poklona,  compliment, 

bow; 

ucta,  f.  ootsta,  respect; 
navrat,  m.  ndvrat,  return; 
zdravi,  n.  zdravee,  health; 
chot',  m.  &  f.  khdV,  the  spouse,  hus- 
band or  wife; 
stezovati,  stefrovat,  to  complain; 
vypadati,  vipdddt,  to  look. 


A.  call. 

JSTA  VSTE  VA. 

Navstivte  me.— Pfijd'- 

te  ke  me. 
Pfijd'te  ke  me  domu. 
Pfijd'te  ke  me  do  kra- 

mu. 

Prijd'te  do  me  pisarny. 

Byl  jste  u  me? 

Byl  jsem  u  vas,  ale 
zadny  nebyl  doma. 

Prijd'te  zas. 
AkdyS-kdykoli. 
Kdy  budete  doma? 

Zejtrax  x  jiste. 
Kdy  me  navstmte? 


Give  me  a  call.  —  Call 

and  see  me. 
Call  at  my  house. 
Call  at  my  store. 

Call  at  my  office 

Did  you  call  at  my 

place? 
I  called  at  your  house, 

but  nobody  was  at 

home. 
Call  again. 

And  when?— Any  lime. 
When  will  you  be  at 

home. 
To-morrow  surely. 
When  will  you  call  and 

see  me? 

*)   Colloquially  this  is  still  more  condensed  and  sounds  V\ke  prshi-t8. 

**)  Zejtra  or  zitra  (to-morrow),  derived  from  zjitra,  zajitra,  next 
morning. 


nafshtyftg  my8.  — 
Prshiftte*)  k$  my&. 

prshifttg  ke  my8  ddmit. 

pr  shift  te  ke  my  8  do  krd- 
mu. 

prshifttg  dd  me  peesdr- 
ny. 

bill  st8  u  my 8? 

bill  sem  U  vdss,  dig  zdd- 
nee  n8bill  ddma. 

prbhiftt&  zass 
a  gdyf '— gdykoli. 
gdy  btuUtg  ddmct? 

zeytrd  yi^&. 

gdy  my 8  nafshViveet8? 


A  call. 


191 


I  shall  give  you  a  call 
to-morrow  or  day  af- 
ter to-morrow.  • 

Yes,  do  call;  I  shall  be 
expecting  you. 

Somebody  is  knocking. 

—  Some  one  rings. 
Go  and  see  who  that 

is. 

Go  and  open  the  door. 
It  is  some  gentleman, 

—  some  stranger. 
It  is  Mr.  Arbes. 
Let  him  come  in. 
Come  in! — Walk  in! 
Come  in,  if  you  please. 
Sit  down. 

Take  a  seat,   if  you 

please. 
Please  take  a  seat. 
Here  is  a  seat. 
Stay  with  us  to  dinner. 
Excuse  me,  I  cannot; 

I  have  no  time. 
Are  you  in  a  hurry? 
Yes,  I  am  in  a  hurry 
Where  do  you  hurry? 

I  have  an  appointment 
with  Mr.  Coleman. 
Don't  be  in  such  a  hur- 
ry; wait  a  little. 
Indeed  I  cannot;!  shall 

soon  come  again 
Do  so,  if  you  please! 
flease,  come  again. 


ftavstrnm  vas  zejtra 
nebo  pozejtfi. 

Ano,  navstivte;  budu 

vas  ocekavat. 
5  ekdo  klepa.  —  Kekdo 

ZVOlll. 

Jdete  se  podivat  kdoto 
je. 

Jdete  otevriti. 

Je  to  nejak^pan,— ne- 

jaky  cizinec. 
Je  to  pan  Arbes. 
At'  vejde! 
Dale  I 

Yejdete,  prosim! 

Sednete  si. 

Posad' te  se,  prosim. 

Racte  se  posaditi. 
Tadyje  zidle. 
Zustante  u  nas  na  obed. 
Odpust'te,     neinohii  5 

nemam  cas. 
Mate  na  speck] 
Ano,  mam  na  spech. 
Kam  spechate? 
Mam  schuzi  s  panem 

Kolmanem. 
Nespechejte  tak;  poc- 

kejte  trosku. 
Opravdu  neniohuj  pri- 

jdu  brzo  zas. 
Prosim,  pfijd'te! 
Racte  pf  ijiti  zas, 


nafsliXUveem  vdss  zzy- 
tra  nebo  pozeytrshee. 

and,   nafshthfte;  bitdU 

vdss  dcMkdvat 
negdo  kUpd.  ■ —  negdo 

zwdnee. 
Retd  s&  pofteevat  gdo  to 

y8. 

fteld  dte~vr  sheet, 
yd  id  neydkee  pan,— ne- 
ydkee tsizinets. 
ye  to  pan  Arbes. 
aV  veyddf 
dale! 

veyftetd,  proseemf 
sednete  si. 

posdfttd  se,  pro  seem. 

rdchtd  sd  posdiXit. 
tddy  yd  zidld. 
zoo  tanteundssndobyed 
odptistd,   nemohil;  ne^ 

mdm  chdss. 
mdtd  na  spydkhf 
and,  mimnd  spydkh. 
kam  spydkhdtdf 

mdm  skhoozi  spdnem 

Kolmanem. 
nespydkheyte  tdk;  poch- 

keytd  troshku. 
oprdv  die         ndmd  h  U; 

prshiydti  berzd  zass 
proseem,  prshifttd! 
rdchtd  prshiyeet  zass, 


192 


Part  111. 


Drop  in,    when  you 

have  time. 
1  will  come  here  as 

soon  as  I  have  time. 

Good  day! 


Zaskocte   sem,  kdy£ 

mate  cas. 
Pfijdu   sem,  jakmile 

budu  mit  cas, 

Poroucim  se! 

Vocabulary. 


zdskdchtg  sem,gdyi  ma- 
ts chass. 

prshiydil  sem,  ydkmil8 
budu  meet  chass. 

poroucheem  se! 


Navstera,  f.  7idfshVevd,& call, a  visit; 
navstiviti,  ndfshfeevit,  to  visit; 
ocekavati,  ochtikdvat,  to  await; 
zaskociti,  zaskochit,  to  drop  in; 
porouceti,  porouchet,  to  command; 
porouceti  se,  poroucheti  se,  to  take 
leave; 

poroucim  se,  poro&cheem  se,  good 
day! 

sednoutisi,  sednoutsi )  to  sit  down. 


posaditi  Se,  posMlt  se  )  totakea  place ; 


cizinec,  m.  tsizineis,  a  stranger; 

spech,  n.  spytkh,  the  hurry; 

sclmze,  f.  skhooze~,  meeting,  ap- 
pointment; 

zidle,  f.  %idl&,  the  chair; 

klepati,  klepat,  to  knock; 

zvoniti,  zwomt,  to  ring; 

otevfiti,  otevrsheet,  to  open; 

odpnstiti,  odpttstit,  to  excuse,  to 
forgive. 


Day  and  night. 
I  worked  all  day. 
I  did  not  sleep  all  night. 
I  work  day  and  night. 
We  sat  up  late  at  night. 

He  came  late  at  night. 

and  wanted  a  night's 

lodging. 
The  day  was  clear,  the 

night  was  dark. 
Today,  —  yesterday. 
This  morning,  —  this 

noon, — this  evening, 

—  this  midnight. 


Time. 

CAS. 
Den  a  noc. 

Pracovaljsenicely  den. 
Nespal  jsem  celou  uoc. 
Delam  ve  due  v  noci. 
Sedeli  jsme  dloulio  do 
noci. 

Prisel  pozde  na  noc  a 
clitel  nocleh. 

Den  byl  jasny;  noc  by- 
la  tmava. 

Dnes,  —  vcera. 

Dues  ratio,  —  dries  v 
poledne,  —  dnes  ve- 

cer,— dnes  o  pulnoci. 


den  a  nots. 

prdtsovdl  sem  tselee  den. 
nespdl  sem  t$e~lou  nots. 
d'eldm  v&  dn&  vnotni. 
sizd'eli  sm8  dlouhd  dd 
notsi. 

prshisliell  pozRe  na 
nots  a  kMel  notsWi. 

den  bill  ydsnee;  nots  Mi- 
ld tmdvd. 

dness,  —  fcherit. 

dness  rdno, — dness  fpo- 
ledng,  — dness  vticher 

dness  o  poolnotsi. 


Time. 


193 


This  forenoon  it  rained 
—  this  after lioon  it 
was  fine. 

Until  evening;  —  until 
morning. 

In  broad  day-light. 

To-night  he  will  come 
home .  —  To-night  he 
came  home. 

He  came  last  night,  — 
last  evening,  — early 
in  the  morning, — late 
in  the  evening,  — 
about  midnight. 

Evening  before  last;  — 
night  before  last. 

When  was  it?  —  Last 
night. 

When  did  it  happen?— 
Night  before  last. 

When  shall  I  take  that 
medicine? 

In  the  morning,  at  noon 
and  at  bed-time. 

Yesterday  was  a  holi- 
day. —  Day  before 
yesterday  there  was 
a  fire. 

To-morrow  I  shall 
leave; —  day  after  to- 
morrow I  shall  be  in 

St.  Louis. 


Dues  dopoledne  prselo; 
—  dues  odpoledne  by 
lo  hezky. 

ki  do  veeeraj  —  a2  do 
rami. 

Za  bileho  due. 

Dues  v  noci  pfijde  do- 
in  u.  —  Dues  v  noci 
pfisel  domu. 

Pfisel  mimilou  woe,  — 
vcera  vecer,  cas- 
ne  rano,— pozde  ve- 
cer, —  kolein  pul- 
noci. 

Pfedm in  uly  vecer;  — 
pfedminulou  lioc. 

Kdy  to  bylo?  —  Dnes 
v  noci. 

Kdy  se  to  stalo?— Yce- 
ra  v  noci. 

Kdy  m&m  uzwatH 

Rano,  v  poledne  a  na 
noc. 

Vcera  byl  sv&tek.  — 
Pfedevcireni  hofe- 
lo. 

Zejtra  odjedu;  —  po- 
zejtfi  budu  v  St. 
Louis. 


dness  ddpoledndp  ershel- 
ld;  —  dness  ddpoltd- 
nd  Mild  hessky. 

ash  do  vdcherd;  —  ash 
do  rand. 

za  beeUhd  dnd. 

dness  vnotsi  prshidd  dd- 
mti.  —  dness  vnoisi 
prihi-shell  ddmtt. 

jjrshi  shell minUloU  nots 
—  fcherd  vdcher,  — 
chassHe  rdnd, — pozffe 
vdcher,  —  kolem  pool- 
notsi. 

prshdd-minUlee  vdcher ;- 
prshdd-minuloit  nots, 

gdy  td  Mild?  —  dness 
vnotsi. 

gdy  sd  td  staid?  —  fchd- 
rd  vnotsi. 

gdy  mam  ufaevat? 

rdnd,  fpolednd  a  nd 
nots. 

fcherd  Mil  swdtek.  — 
prshddd-fcheerem  ho- 
rshdld. 

zeytra   odyddu;  —  po- 


zeytrshee 
Louis. 


btidu  v  St. 


Nocleh,  notsldh,  a  night's  lodging; 
svatek,  swdtek,  a  holiday; 
st&ti  se,  stdt  sd,  to  happen, to  occur; 


Vocabulary. 

stalo  se,  staid  sd,  it  happened; 
stane  se,  stand  sd,  it  will  happen; 
stane-li  &e,8tand-li  sd,  if  it  happens' 


194 


Part  III. 


j i.!*ny,  a,  6,  ydssnee,  bright,  clear; 
tmav6,  a,     tmdvee,  dark; 
minuly,  a,  (5,  minUlee,  past,  last; 
pfedminuly,  prsMd-minUlee,  before 
last; 

This  week  I  am  in  good 

health;  —  last  week 

I  was  sick. 
The  last  two  weeks  I 

was  on  the  road  (i.  e. 

traveling). 
Next  week  I  shall  again 

leave. 

Next  week  I  expect  my 

brother. 
In  two  weeks  I  shall  get 

money;  —   in  five 

weeks  I  shall  be  in 

Europe. 
In  how  many  weeks 

will  you  return  ?  —  I 

shall  return  in  about 

a  month. 
In  how  many  months 

shall  I  see  you?—  In 
two  months; — in  five 
months. 
When  shall  we  meet  a- 
gain?  —  In  a  quarter 


odjeti,  ddyet,  to  leave  (by  some  con- 
veyance); 

uzivati,  u^eevdt,  to  take  medicine; 
(also  "to  enjoy"). 


tento  teedgn  sem  zdrdf; 

—  minillee  teed8n  bill 

sem  ntimotstin. 
poslednee  dwy$  nffieW 

bill  sem  nd  tsestdkh. 

sn&ReW  zdss8  odytidti. 

budoutsee  teed8n  cliekam 
brdtrd. 

zd  dicyti  neftelti  ddstdnit 
peneeze4;  —  zd  pyU 
neftel  bitdio  v&vropy&. 

zd  kolik  neftel  sti  vra- 
teetti?  —  vrdteem  se 
dsi  zd  mygseets. 

zd  kolik  mySseetsoo  vdss 

uvifteem?  —  zd  dwd 
my8seets$;  —  zd  pytit 
mygseetsoo. 

gdy  s&  seydemg  zdss?  — 

za  shtw  ert  letd,  —  zd 


Tento    tyden  jsem 
zdrav;-minuly  tyden 
byl  jsem  nemocen. 
Posledni  dve  ned£le 
byl  jsem  na  cestach. 

$  nedSIe  zase  odjedu. 

Budouci  tyden  cekam 

bratra. 
Za  dve  nedele  dostanu 
penize;  —  za  pet  ne- 
del budu  v  Evrope. 

Za  kolik  ned&l  se  vra- 
tlte?  —  Vratim  se 
asi  za  mesic. 

Za  kolik  mSsicfi  vas 

uvidim?  —  za  dva 
m6sice;  za  pet  me- 
sicu. 

Kdy  se  sejdeme  zas? 
— Za  6tvrt  leta,*)  za 


*)  Ordinarily  leto.  n.  means  "summer";  but  the  noun  rok,  m.  (the 
year)  has  in  the  plural  leta,  let:  dve  leta,  two  years  or  "two  summers";  pet 
let,  five  years  or  "five  summers";  etc.  See  Lesson  XIX,  and  foot-note  on 
page  83. 

The  same  is  true  of  fractions:  £tvrt  leta,  slitio'rt  letd,  a  quarter  of  a 
year;  pfll  leta,  pool  letd,  half  a  year;  tri  £tvrti  leta,  trshi  s7itwerfji  letd, 
three  quarters  of  a  year. 

However, we  may  also  say;  dvaroky,  two  years;  pet  roku,  five  years 
etc.   Likewise:  tftvrt  roku,  pul  roku,  tri  tftvrti  roku. 


Time 


195 


of  a  year, —  in  half  a 
year,  —  in  a  year. 
I  shall  be  here  within  a 
year. 

My  son  has  been  gone 
five  years ;  —he  writes 
to  me  once  a  year 
(once  in  a  year,  — 
once  ji  arly). 

In  how  many  years  do 
you  expect  him? 

In  three  years, —  in  six 
years. 

I  think  he  will  arrive 
shortly,  —  speedily, 
—  before  long. 

In  a  short  time  we  shall 
see  him. — In  a  short 
while  we  shall  be  to- 
gether. 

It  is  a  week  since  I  was 
in  New  York. 

It  is  scarcely  two  weeks 
since  fatherwashere. 

It  will  soon  be  a  year 
since  I  was  in  the  old 
country. 

It  is  very  near  two  years 
since  I  sold  the  farm. 

This  day  a  year  (or:  a 
year  ago  to-day)  Otto 
was  here;— four  years 
ago  to-day  we  were 

together  at  San  Fran- 

OJsco, 


pul  leta,  —  za  rok. 

Budu  zde  do  dne  do 
roka. 

Syn  je  pryd  pet  let;  — 
pise  mi  jednou  do  ro- 
ka (or :  jednou  za  rok, 

—  jednou  roime). 

Za  kolik  let  ho  ceka- 

teS 

Za  ti'i  I  eta,  —  za  sest 
let. 

Myslim  ze  prijede  za 
kratko,  —  v  kratko - 
sti,  —  za  nedlouho. 

Za  kratky  cas  lio  uvi- 
dime.  —  Za  kratkou 
dobu  budeme  pohro- 
made* 

Je  tomu  tyden  co  jsem 
byl  v  New  Yorku. 

Je  tomu  sotva  dve  ne- 
dele,co  zde  byl  otec. 

Bude  tomu  brzo  rok, 
co  jsem  byl  ve  starch 
vlasti. 

Budou  tomuhnedle  dv& 
leta,  co  jsem  prodal 
farmu. 

Dnes  rok  byl  zde  Otto; 

—  dues  £tyry  leta 
byli  jsme  spolu  v  San 
Franciscu. 


pool  leta,  —  za  rok. 

budu  zdd  dd  dn&  dd 
roka. 

syn  yd  prich  pydt  let; — 
peeshd  me  yednoti  do 
rokd  (or:  yednoit  zd 
rok,  —  yednoti  roch- 
fLe). 

zd  kolik  let  hd  chekdtd? 

zd  trshi  leta,  —  zd  sMst 
let. 

misleem  &e  prshiyddd  zd 
krdtkd,  — fkrdtkosVi, 

—  zd  nedloiihd. 

zd  krdtkee  chdss  hd  uvi- 

fteemd,  —  zd  krdikou 

ddbti  bitdemd  pdhro- 

mdfte. 
yd  tdmti  teeddn  tsd  sem 

bill  v  Neio  Yorkit. 
yd  tdmit  sotwd  dwyd  nd- 

fteld  tsd  zdd  bill  otets 
bUdd  tdmU  b  erzd  rdk, 

tsd  sem  bill  vd  stdre" 

vldstii. 

btidoti  tdmU  hnedld  dwyd 
letd,  tsd  sem  proddl 
farmit. 

dness  rok  bill  zde  Otto; 

—  dness  shtiry  Idtd 
billi  sme  spolu  fsan,  ■ 
frdnciscii. 


196 


Part  111. 


To-morrow  it  will  be  a 
year  since  Mary  left; 
two  years  ago  yes- 
terday mother  died. 

The  other  week  our 
folks  were  here. 

It  is  scarcely  a  week 
since  they  left; — it  is 
just  a  month  since 
they  arrived. 

It  will  shortly  be  a 
month  since  it  hap- 
pened. 

It  is  net  long  since;  — 
it  was  a  short  time 
since;  —  it  was  the 
other  day. 

How  long  is  it  since 
you  have  been  here? 

Day  before  yesterday 
it  was  a  year.  —  It 
was  half  a  year  (last) 
Sunday.  —  It  will  be 

four  months  on  Mon- 
day.— It  will  be  eight 
months  on  Tuesday. 
When  was  it  ?-W ednes- 
day  a  week;  —  two 
weeks  ago  on  Thurs- 
day; —  a  week  ago 
last  Friday;  —  three 
weeks  ago  last  Satur- 
day. 


Zejtra  bude  rok  co  Ma- 
ry odjela;  —  vcera 
dv£  leta  matka  ze- 
mrela. 

Oiien  tyden  byli  tu 
nasi. 

Je  tomu  sotva  tyden  co 
odjeli;— je  tomu  zro- 
vna  inesic,  co  prije- 
li. 

Hnedle  bude  mesic  co 
se  to  stalo. 

Je  to  nedavno;  —  foylo 
to  nedavno;  —  bylo 
to  onehdy. 

Jak  davno  tomu  co 
jste  tu? 

Pfede  v£irem  minul 
rok.  —  Minulo  pul 
leta  vnedeli.  —  Bu- 
dou  istyry  mesfce  v 

pond^li.   Bude  osin 

mesicu  v  utery. 

Kdy  to  bylo?— Ve  stre- 
du  tyden;—  ve  dtvr- 
tek  dve  ned&le;  —  v 
patek  minul  tyden; 
—  v  sobotu  miuuly 
tri  nedele. 


zeytrd  budd  rok  tsd  Ma- 
ry od-yelld;  —  fchd- 
rd  dwyd  letd  mdtkd 
zemr  sheila. 

onen  teeddn  billi  tu  na  - 
shi. 

yd  tdmti  sotwd  teeddn 
tsd  od-yelli; — yd  ttimti 
zrovnd  mydseets  tsd 
prshi-yelli. 

hnedld   budd  mydseets 

tsd  s8  td  stdid. 

yd  td  neddvnd; — bittd  td 
nedavnd;  —  billo  td 
dnehdy. 

yak  ddvnd  tdrntt  tsd 
std  til? 

prshddd  f cheer  em  mintil 
rok. — minuld  pool  ld- 
td  vndfteli.  —  bitdoil 
shtiry  mydseetsdfpon- 

ftelee.  —  btidd  osttm 

mydseetsoo  vooteree. 

gdy  td  billd?—vd  strshd 
duteeddn;—vdshtto  er 
tek  dwyd  neiXeld;  — 
fpdtek  minul  teeddn; 
fsobdtu  mintily  trshi 
netfdd. 


Time. 


197 


Before  a  year  passes 
we  shall  be  one  an- 
other's (i.  e.  man  and 
wife). 

Before  two  years  pass 
away,  all  will  be  over. 

Will  it  be  long?  — It 
won't  be  long. 

Will  it  last  long?  —  It 
won't  last  long. 

It  takes  long. — It  took 
long. — It  didn't  take 
long. — O  yes,  it  did  ! 

How  coon  will  it  be? — 
It  will  be  right  away. 
—  It  is  done  already. 


Nedele,  ndfteld,  Sunday 
pondeli,  pon&'elee,  Monday 
utery,  ootdree,  Tuesday 
stfeda,  strshddd,  Wednesday 
ctvrtek,  shtw  ertek,  Thursday 
patek,  pdtek,  Friday 
sobota,  sdbotd,  Saturday 
nedavno,  ndddvnd,  not  long  since 
jak  davno,   yak  ddvnd,   how  long 

since 

co,  tso  since 

sotva,  sotted,  scarcely,  hardly 


Ne2  mine  rok  budeme 
svoji. 

Ne£  minou  dv6  leta, 

bude  po  v§em. 
Bude  to  dlouhol—  Ne- 

bude  to  dlouho. 

Bude  to  dlouho  trvatiS 
—  Nebude  to  dlouho 
trvati. 

To  trva  dlouho.  —  Tr- 
valo  to  dlouho.  Ne- 
trvalo  to  dlouho.  — 
Ba  trvalo  % 

Jak  brzo  to  bude?  — 

Bude  to  lined.  —  Uz 

je  to. 

Vocabulary. 

za  kratko, 


nesh  mind  rok,  bitdemd 
swoyi. 

nesh  minoU  dwyd  letd, 
budd  pd  fshdm. 

budd  td  dlouhd?  —  nebU- 
dd  td  dlouhd. 

budd  id  dlouhd  t'rvdtf 
—  nebUdd  td  dlouhd 
t  ervdt. 

td  t  ervd  dlotihd  — terva 
Id  td  dlotthd.  —  ndter 
vald  td  dloulid.  —  bd 
t  erodldf 

ydkberzd  td  bMdf— bu- 
dd td  hned.  —  ush  yd 
td. 


budouci,  bUdoutsee 
pristi,  prsheesh-Vee 


future,  next 


dostati,  dosiat,  to  get,  to  receive; 


shortly. 


zd  krdtkd 
v  kratkosti,  fkrdtkdsfi 
zanedlouho,  zdnddloil- 

hd 

za  kratk^  cas,  zd  krdt-  )  in  a  short 

kee  chass  f 
za  kratkou   dobu,  zd  {  time; 

krdtkou  ddbu  ) 
denne,  ddne,  daily 
tydne,  teedne,  weekly 
mesicne,  mydseechhe,  monthly 
rofine,  rochne,  yearly, 
na  cestach,  nd  tsestdkh,  (literally  : 

"on  the  roads"),  traveling; 
stara  vlast,   stdrd  vldst,  the  old 

country. 


198 


Part  111. 


Have  you  a  watch  ?  — 

—  I  have. 
Does  it  go  right? — It  is 

too  slow  (i.  e.  it  goes 

late);— it  loses; — it  is 

(it  goes)  too  fast. 
It  is  a  few  minutes  too 

late.  —  It  is  five  min- 
utes too  fast. 
It  stopped  (literally:  it 

stands). 
It  is  not  wound  up.  — 

It  was  not  wound  up. 
Wind  up  the  watch,  — 

the  clock. 
Is  that  clock  right  (lit. 

"does  it  go  right"  ?)- 

I  think  it  is. 
What  o'clock  is  it  (or: 

•what  time  is  it?  — 

How  late  is  it? 
Don'  l  you  know  what 

o'clock  it  is  ? — I  don't 

know. 
See  what  o'clock  it  is.  - 

I  will  see  {or  look). 

It  is  one  o'clock.  — 
It  is  a  quarter  past 
one. 


Tlxo  Ixoixr. 

HO  DIN  A. 

Mate  hodinky  i  — 
Mam. 

Jdou*)  dofofe?  —  Jdou 
pozde;  -  pozdi  se;  -  - 
jdou  napfed. 

Jsou  o  par  mimit  po- 
zadu.  —  Jsou  o  pet 
minut napfed. 

Stoji.  —  Zustaly  sta- 
ti. 

Nejsou  natazeny.  — 
Nebyly  natazeny. 

Natahnete  hodinky,  — 
hodiny. 

Jdou  ty  hodiny  dobre$ 
My  slim  ze  jdou. 

Kolik  je  hodinS  —  Jak 
je  pozde? 

Nevite  kolik  je  hodin? 
Nevim. 

Fodivejte  se  kolik  je 
hodin.— Podivam  se. 

Je  jedna  hodina.  —  Je 

£tvrt  na  dve  (or  na 

d  ru  h  on). 


mdtg  hodinky? — mam. 

doit  dobrshgf  —  dou 
poztfe;  —  pozdi  ee'  sg; 

—  doit  naprshed, 

Sou  o  par  minUt  poza- 
dtt.  —  Soil  o  pygt 
minilt  naprshed. 

stoyee.  —  zoosidly  stdt. 

neysoti  ndtafceny.  —  ng- 

billy  natazeny. 
ndtdhnetg  hodinky.  — 

hoftiny. 
dou  ty  hoftiny  ddbrshg? 

—  mysleem  %g  dou. 

kolik  yg  hoftin?  —  yak 
yg  pozfte? 

?igveetg  kolik  yg  hoftin? 

—  ngveem. 

poftecoeytg  sg  kolik  yg 
li'iftin, — potfeevdm  sg 

yg  yednd  hoftind.  —  yg 
shtw  ert  na,  dicyg  (na 
drUJioil). 


*)  Hodinky  (the  watch)  and  hodiny  (the  clock)  are  plural  nouns; 
consequently  the  succeeding  verb  must  appear  in  the  plural  form:  jdou, 
jsou  (they  go,  they  are).  This  has  already  been  pointed  out  in  a  foot-note 
on  page  137.  --  Hodina,  hodinka,  in  tue  singular,  means:  'the  hour", 
"the  small  hour". 


The  hour. 


199 


It  is  half  past  one. — It 
is  a  quarter  to  two, 

It  is  two  o'clock  —  Is 
it  so  late  already  ?  — 
Y es,  it  is  two  (o'  clock) 
already. 

It  is  past  two  o'clock- 
It  is  live  minutes  to 
three.  —  It  is  very 
near  three  o'clock. 

It  is  past  three.  —  It 
wants  ten  minutes  to 
four. 

At  what  o'clock  shall 
we  go? — We  shall  go 
at  a  quarter  past  four. 

That  is  too  soon;  we 
shall  wait  till  half  past 
four.  Very  well, then. 

We  shall  go  at  five 
o'clock.  —  All  right. 

We  started  at  five 
o'clock  in  the  after- 
noon. 

Did  you  come  in  time? 
—  Didn't  you  come 
late?" 

It  was  time  enough; 
there  was  no  hurry. 

We  came  there  a  few 
minutes  after  six. 

We  arrived  there  be- 
fore seven,  —  after 
seven,  — early  in  the 


Je  pul  druhe\  —  Jsou 
tfi  dtvrte  na  dve  (or 
na  druhou). 

Jsou  dve  hodiny.  — 
U4  je  tak  pozdeS  — 
Ano,  uz  jsou  dv&. 

Jsou  dv8  hodiny  pryc. 

—  Je  pet  minut  do 
tfech.  —  Jsou  hne- 
dle  tfi  hodiny. 

Jsou  tfi  pry6.  —  Chybi 
deset  minut  do  dty- 
rech. 

V  kolik  hodin  pujde- 
me?  —  Piijdeme  ve 
Stvrt  na  pet. 

To  je  tuze  brzo;  poc- 
kame  do  pul  pate. — 
Tak  teda. 

Pujdeme  v  pet  hodin. 

—  Tf  eba. 

Yysli  jsme  o  pat6  ho- 
dine  odpoledne. 

Pfislijste  v  dasS-Ne- 
pfiSli  jste  pozde? 

Bylo  dost  casu;  nebyl 
zadny  spech. 

Pfisli  jsme  tarn  par 
minut  po  seste\ 

Dosli  jsme  tarn  pfed 
sedmou,— po  sedme, 

—  s  vecera,  —  pozde 


y Spool  druhL-soU  trshi 

shtw  erUe  na  dwy${na 

druhoU). 
sou  dwyg  ho&'iny. — Ush 

y8  t&k  pozfte?  —  dnti, 

tish  sou  dwyg. 

soil  dwyg  ho&'iny  prick. 

—  y$  py&t  minilt  d& 
trsh&kh.  —  soil  lintir 
dlS  trshi  hominy. 

soit  trshi  prich. — khibee 
dtiset  minUt  dd  shty- 
rekh. 

fkolik  hoftin  ptiydemti? 
—puydem&v&  shtw  ert 
n&  py8t. 

td  y8  toozb  b  srzd;  poch- 
kamg  dd  pool  pdU.  — 
tak  Udd. 

ptiydemS  fpyU  hoftin. 

—  trshgba1. 

vishli  sm8  d  pate1  hofti- 
ne  ddpoledn&. 

prshishli  sU  fch&ss?  — 
nZprshishli  st8  poz- 
dV? 

billd  dost  chassti;  nebill 
iddnee  spySkh. 

prshi-slili  sm8  tarn  par 
mintit  pti  sftgstS. 

dtishli  sm$  tarn  prsh$d 
sedmou" ,  — pd  sedme, 

—  svgcherd,  —  poztfe 


200 


Pari  111. 


evening, — late  in  the 
evening  —  at  mid- 
night. 

We  got  there  in  an 
hour,  —  in  an  hour 
and  a  half,  —  in  two 
hours,— in  five  hours. 

We  were  here  just  at 
twelve  o'clock. 

We  were  here  exactly 
at  noon. 

I  must  be  therebetween 
one  and  two;  —  be- 
tween two  and  three; 

—  between  four  and 
five. 

We  must  be  there  be- 
fore evening,  —  early 
in  the  evening,  — to- 
wards evening. 

The  clock  strikes. 
Hear  how  many  (what 

o'clock)  it  strikes. 
It  strikes  twelve. 
Did  you  hear  the  clock 

strike? 

How  many  (i.  e.  what 
o'clock)  did  it  strike? 

It  struck  one;-it  struck 
two ;— it  struck  three ; 

—  it  struck  five; —  it 
struck  six. 


vecer,  —  o  pulnoci. 


Do&li  jsme  tarn  za  ho- 
diiiiij —  za  pfildrulie 
hodiny,  — za  dve  ho- 
diny,— za  petiiodiu. 

Byli  jsme  tu  zrovna  ve 
(Ivan act  liodin. 

Byli  jsme  tu  navlas  v 
poledne. 

Mu  si  in  tarn  byti  mezi 
jednou  a  drohou;  — 
mezi  druhou  a  treti; 
-  mezi  ctvrton  a  pi- 
les. 

Musiine  tarn  byti  pred 

vecerein,  —  brzo  s 
vecera,  —  na  vecer. 


Itodiny  bijou*) 
Slyste  kolik  bijou! 

Bijou  dvaiiact. 
Sly^eljste  liodiny  hitil 

Kolik  biloS 

Bila  jedna;— bily  dve; 
—  bily  tri;  —  bilo 
pet;  —  bilo  sest. 


inciter,  —  d  poolnotsi. 


dftshli  sm8  tarn  za  hotfr 
nit, — zdpooldrilhe'  7io- 
(Xitiy, — zd  dwy8  homi- 
ny, —  zd  pySt  hotfin. 

billi  sm$  tit  zrovna  v8 
dwandtst  hoftin. 

billi  snigtic  ndvldss  fpo- 
ledn&. 

museem  tarn  beet  mfai 
yednoti  a  druhou' ;  — 
mfai  drtihoti  a  trsM- 
Hee,  —  rntizi  s?itwer- 
toti  a  pdtoil, 

mitgeeme'  tarn  beet  prshed 
v£cherem,  —  b  erzo 
swtichera,  —  nd  vtich- 
er. 

hoiKiny  biyoti. 
sluhtti  kolik  biyou! 

biyoii  dwandtst. 
slishell  st$  hoftiny  beet? 

kolik  bilW? 

Mild  yednd;  —  billy 
dwyti;  —  billy  trshi; 
—  MW  py#t;  —  Mild 
slitist- 


*)   Bijou  or  biji  (they  strike).    See  Note  2,  and  also  foot-note  on 
page  137. 


A  ge  and  dale. 


201 


It  has  just  struck  half 

past  six. 
It  has  already  struck 

seven. 
It  is  soon  going  to  strike 

eight. 

I  shall  wait  till  half 

past  eight. 
I  shall  wait  till  nine. 
Let  us  wait  till  ten. 
Wait  till  midnight,  or 

until  morning. 
I  shall  wait  gladly 

I  do  not  like  to  wait. 
Waiting  is  notagreable. 
I  do  not  like  long  wait- 
ing. 


Prave  bilo  piil  sedme. 
Uz  odbilo  sedm. 
Hnedle  bude  bill  osm. 

Budu  dekati  do  pill 

devate\ 
Pockam  do  deviti. 
Pockejme  do  desiti. 
Podkejte  do  pulnoci, 

nebo  do  rkna. 
Had  pockam. 

Uerad  cekam. 

neni  mile\ 

Nemain  raddloub*}  ce- 

kani. 

Vocabulary. 


prdvyd  Mild  pool'sedme. 

ush  odbillo  sediim. 

hnedld  budd  beet  osttm. 

budu  eJiekat  dd  pool  dd- 
vdte. 

pochkdm  dd  ddveeti. 
pochkeymd  dd  desseeHi. 
pochkeytd  dd  poolnotsi, 

nebd  dd  rand, 
rdd  pochkdm. 

nerdd  chekdm. 
chekdfoi  neytLi  mile, 
nemdm  rdd  dlouhe  che- 
kdm. 


Hodina,  f.  hotXina,  the  hour; 
kodinka,  f.  hoftinkd, the  small  hour; 
hodiny,  pi.  hoftiny,  the  clock; 
hodinky,  pi.  hodinky,  the  watch; 
l^k,  m.  Uk,  the  medicine; 
spSch,  m.  spydkh,  the  hurry; 
cekaui,  n.  chekdfti,  the  waiting; 
napfed,  naprshdd,  ahead,  before; 


natahnouti,  ndtdhnout,  to  wind  up; 
natazeny,  natfflhdny,  wound  up; 
cekati,  chekdt,  to  wait,  to  be  wait- 
ing; 

cekam,  chekdm,  I  am  waiting; 
po£kati9  pochkdt,  to  wait; 
po£kaiiij  pochkdm,  I  shall  wait; 
pozadu,  pozddit,  behind. 


How  old  are  you? 

I  am  twenty  years  — 
I  am  over  twenty. 


Ago  aixd.  date. 

Y&Ka  DATUM. 

Jak  jste  star?  Eolik 

je  vam  let  % 
Je  mi  dvacet  let.  —  Je 

mi  pres  dvacet. 


yak  std  star?  kolik  yd 

vam  let? 
yd  me  dwatset  let.  —  yd 

me  prshds  dwatset. 


202 


Part  III. 


I  shall  soon  be  twenty- 
five  years. 
I    am    nearly  thirty 

years. 
I  am  already  thirty  five 

years. 
I  was  forty  years  in 

January. 
You  are  still  young. 
I  shall  be  fifty  years  in 

February.   —  1  am 

getting  old. 
That  is  not  a  great  age. 
You  look  young. 
You  don't  look  so  old. 
You  look  well  for  your 

age. 

When  were  you  born? 

What  year? —  In  what 
year? 

I  was  born  in  the  year 
1840. — I  was  born  in 
May  in  the  year  1850. 

I  was  born  in  the 
month  of  June  1862. 

The  first  of  August  is 
my  birth-day. 


Bude  mi  brzo  dvacet 

pet  let. 
Je  mi  malem  tficet 

let. 

Vi  je  mi  tficet  pet  let. 

Bylo  mi  dtyrycet  let  v 

lednu. 
Jste  je§te  mlady. 
Bude  mi  padesat  let  v 

uttoru.  —  Starnu. 

To  neni  velke  staf  i. 
Vypadate  mlady. 
Nevypadate  takstary. 
Vypadate   dobfe  na 
svfij  vek. 

Kdy  jste*)  narozeu? — 
Kdy  jste  se  narodil? 

Kterf  rok  1  —  V  kte- 
re'm  roce  % 

Jsem  narozen  roku 
1840.—  Jsem  rozen 
vmaji  leta  1850. 

JNarodil  jsem  se  v  me- 
sici  cervnu  1862. 


Prvniho  srpna  je  mfij 
den  narozeni. 


bud8  me  b  erzd  dwdtset 

pyU  let. 
y8  mi  malem  trshitset 

let. 

ush  y8  me  trshitset  pyU 
let. 

Mild  me  slitiritset  let 

vlednit. 
st8  yesli^e  mlddee. 
bud&  me  pddSsdt  let  voo- 

noru.  —  stdrnti. 

td  neyiii  velke"  stdrshee. 
vypadate  mlddee. 
n8vypaddt8  tak  stdree. 
vypadate   dtibrsM  nd 
swtly  vy8k. 

gdy  st8  ndrtiz&n?  gdy 
st8  s8  ndrofiil? 

kt&ree  rdkP  —  fkttirem 
rotse~? 

sem  ndrtizSn  rdkit  Vi- 
seets  osiim  set  slitiri- 
tset.— sem  rdz&n  v  md- 
yi  leta  Viseets  osum 
set  pddSsdt. 

ndroiXil  sem  s&  vmye- 
seetsi  chervnu  Vtseets 
osiim  set  sh.M^sdt 
dwd. 

p  ^rvneehti  s  erpna  y8 
mity  den  naroz&m. 


*)  In  Bohemian  the  passive  participle  rozen  or  narozen  is  used  in 
connection  with  the  present  tense  :  kdy  jste  rozen  %  kdy  jste  narozen  % 
"when  are  you  born"? 


Age  and  date. 


203 


How  old  is  that  child? 
It  is  ten  days.  —  It  is 

two  weeks  (old). 
It  is  a  month  (old). — It 

is  two  months. — It  is 

five  months. 

It  is  one  year  (old).  — 
It  is  two  years  (old). 
-It  is  five  years  (old). 

It  will  he  a  year  in  Sep- 
tember. It  will  soon 
be  three  years. 

It  is  going  on  two 
years  (it  is  in  its  sec- 
ond year).  —  It  is 
going  on  five  years. 

How  old  is  that  girl? 

She  will  be  four  years 
at  Christmas.  —  She 
will  be  five  years  at 

Easter.  —  She  will 

soon  be  six  years.  I 

What  day  of  the  month 
is  it?-what  date  is  it? 

To  -day  is  the  first, --the 
second,- the  fifth. 

What  day  of  the  month 
is  ;i.  e.  will  be)  to- 
morrow? 

To-morrow  is  ("will 
be")  the  third,  —  the 
tenth,  —  the  twen- 
tieth. 

What  date  was  yes- 
terday? 


Jak  stare  je  to  dite? 

Je  mu  deset  dm.  — 
Jsou  mu  dve  nedele. 

Je  mu  mesic.  —  Jsou 
mu  dva  mesice.  — 
Je  mu  pet  mesicu. 

Je  mu  rok.— Jsou  mu 
dv&  leta.— Je  mupet 
let. 

Bude  mu  rok  v  zari. — 
Budou  mu  brzo  tfi 
leta. 

Jde  mu  ua  druhy  rok. 
Jde  mu  na  paty  rok. 

Jak  star  a  je  ta  holka? 

Budou  ji  ctyry  leta  o 
vanocich.  —  Bude  ji 
pet  let  o  velkono- 

cich.- Bude  ji  line- 
die  Sest  let. 

Kolikate'lio  je?  —  jake" 

je  datum? 
Dnes  je  prvniho,  dru- 

he'ho,  —  pat^lio. 

Kolikate'lio  bude  zej- 
tra? 

Zejtra  budetfetiho,  — 
desat^ho,  — dvacate  - 
ho. 

Kolikateho  bylo  vce- 
ra  1 


yak  stdre"  yd  to  Reete? 
yd  mii  ddset  dfiee. —  sou 

mil  dwyd  ndfteld. 
yd  mu  mydseets.  —  sou 

mu  dwd  mydseetsd.  — 

ydmupydt  m  ydseetsoo. 
yd  mit  rdk.  —  so  it  mit 

dwyd  leta.  —  yd  mu 

pydt  let. 
budd  mit  rdk  vzdrshee. 

—  budoti  mit  b  erzd 
trshi  letd. 

dd  mU  nd  drichee  rdk. — 
dd  mti  nd  pdtee  rdk. 

ydk  stdrd  yd  ta  holkd? 

bitdou  yee  shtiry  leta  d 
vd)iotseekh.—bUdd  yee 
pydt  let  d  velkdnot- 

seekh. — bitdd  yee  lind- 

dld  shdst  let. 

kolikaUho  yd?  —  ydke 

yd  ddtum? 
dness  yd  p  ervnee7id,  — 

druhShd,  — pdtehd. 

kolikdtehd  budd  zeytrd? 

zeytrd  budd  trsMHeelid, 

—  dessdtdhd,  —  dwd- 
tsdtehd. 

kolikdtihd  billd  fcherd? 


204 


Part  111. 


Yesterday  was  the 
twenty-first. 

What  day  of  the  mooth 
will  be  next  Sunday  ? 
-The  twenty-second. 

On  what  day  of  the 
month  was  Frank 
here?  -  He  was  here 
on  the  fifteenth  and 
he  will  come  again 
on  the  twenty-fifth. 

This  month?— Yes;  he 
will  stay  here  until 
the  last. 

On  the  first  I  shall  re 
ceive  new  goods. 

When  will  Mr.  Danesh 
pay  (his)  bill?  —  Be- 
fore the  last. — On  the 
first  of  next  month. 

When  will  the  agent 
arrive?  —  About  the 
ninth. 

When  will  the  time  run 
out?  When  will  it 
be  due? —  About  the 
fifteenth. 

That  is,  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  month.  — 

I  shall  pay  towards 
the  end  of  the  month. 
Next  month  I  expect 
to  be  gone. —  Before 

two  months  pass  a- 

way,  I  shall  be  back. 


Ycera  bylo  dvacatelio 

prvniho. 
Kolikateho  bud  ^  vne- 

d£in  —  Dvacateho 

druheho. 
Kolikateho    byl  zde 

Frank$-Byl  zde  pat- 

nacteTio  a  pf  ijde  zas 

na  dvacateho  pat^- 

ho. 

Tento  m&sic?  —  Ano, 
znstane  tu  do  posled- 
niho. 

Na  prvniho  dostanu 
nov£  zbo£i. 

Kdy  pan  Dane§  zapla- 
ti  licet?— Do  posled- 
niho.  —  Na  prvniho 
budouci  mesic. 

Kdy  prijede  agent?  — 
Asi  devateho. 

Kdy  vyjde  cas?  Kdy  vy- 
padne  Ihiita?  —  Ko- 
lem  patnact£ho. 

Teda  v  polou  ni5sice.— 
Zaplatim  ke  konci 

mfcsice. 

Na  druhy  mesic  hod- 
lam  byti  pry<$.— Nei 

nplynon  dva  mfcsice, 

budu  nazpet. 


fchera  billd  dicatsatehd 

p  ervnee7id. 
kolikdtehd  bUdd  vndtfe- 

li? —  dicatsatehd  dru- 

hehd. 

kolikdtehd  bill  zde 
Frank?—  bill  zddpdt- 
ndtstehd  d  prshidd 
zass  na  dicatsatehd 
pdWid. 

tentd  mydseets?  —  ano; 

zoostdnd  tu  dd  posled- 

fieehd. 
na  p  ero\\eehd  ddstdnu 

nove  zboiee. 
gdy  ptin  Danesh  zapla- 

Xce  oochet?  —  dd  pd- 

slednee7io.  -  na  p  e,rv- 

\\eehd  budouisee  myd- 

seets. 

gdy  prshiyddd  akent? — 
d  d  ddvdtehd. 

gdy  veede  chdssf  gdy 
vypddnd  Ihoold? — kd 
lem  pdtndtstehd . 

tddd  f polou  mydscetsd.  - 
z&pl&teem  kd  Jcontsi 
mydseetsd. 

na  druhee  my  facets  hod- 
lam  beetprich.  nesh 
uplinou  died  myd- 
seetsd, biulu  ndspydt. 


Age  and  date. 


205 


We  shall  expect  you 
some  time  in  Octo- 
ber; —  or  in  the  be- 
ginning of  Novem- 
ber; at  latest  before 
the  first  of  December. 

The  fourth  of  July  is  a 
national  holiday,  — 
the  day  of  independ- 
ence. 

Thanksgiving  day  is  u- 
sually  in  November. 

On  new-year's  day;  — 

before  New-year's; — 

after  New-year's. 


Biideme  vas  cekati  ne- 
kdy  v  rijnu;  —  nebo 
po&itkem  listopadu; 
—  nejdyl  do  prvniho 
prosince. 

fitvrty  cervenec  jest 
narodni  svatek,  — 
den  neodvislosti. 

Den  dikuvzdani  byva 

v  listopadu. 
Na  novy  rok;  —  do  no- 

velio  roku;  —  po  no- 

vfon  roce. 
Vocabulary. 


bud&ng  vdss  chekdt  ne- 
gdy  frsheeyntL;  -  n&- 
bd  poclidtkem  listopa- 
du;—neydeelddp  erv- 
\\eeho  prosintsS. 

shtw  ertee  chervSnets 
yest  ndrodnee  sicdtek, 
—  den  neodvislosti. 

den  d ]  eekuvzddn.ee  beevd 
vlistopadU. 

nd  noveerdk; — donove- 

7id  rdkti; —  po  novem 

rots&. 


\f>  m-         .    |  the  age 
stari,  n.  starshee  > 

starnouti,  stdrnout,  to  grow  old; 

naroditi  se,  nard&'it  s&,  to  be  born; 

narozeni,  n.  ndrozdni,  the  birth; 

po6atek,m.  pochdtek,the  beginning; 

lhuta,  f .  Uiootd,  tho  given  time,  the 

term; 

vanoce,  pi.  vdnots&,  Christmas; 
velkonoce,  pi.  velkdnotsti,  Easter; 
svatodusjii  svatky,  pi.  swatdduslinee 
swdtky,  Whitsuntide; 


vypadati,  vypdddt  )  to  look,  to  ap- 
Yyhlii.eti^vyldeeiet  )  pear; 
vyjiti,  viyeet,  to  go  out,  to  run  out; 
uplynouti,  uplynotit,  to  pass  away; 
zaplatiti,  zdpldVit,  to  pay  up; 
nekdy,  negdy,  sometimes; 
v  polou,  fpoloti,  in  the  middle ; 
nazpfct,  ndspyU  \  back 
zpatky,  spdtky  ) 
neodvislost,  f.  ngodvisldst,  the  inde- 
pendence. 


Leden,  ISden,  January 
linor,  oonor,  February 
bfezen,  brslifa&n,  March 

duben,  dub^n 
april,  tipril 


j-  April 


[May 


kveten,  kwyStSn 
maj,  may 
cerven,  cherv^n,  June 
cervenec,  cJiervSnets,  July 
srpen,  s  -rpgn,  August 


206 


Part  111. 


z&fi,  zdrsJiee,  September 
rijen,  rsheeytin,  October 


listopad,  lislopad,  November 
prosinec,  prosinets,  December. 


How  is  the  weather? 

It  is  fine;  —  it  is  beau- 
tiful weather. 

It  is  clearing  up;— it  is 
a  fine  morning;  —  it 
will  be  a  nice  day. 

The  heaven  is  clear. — 
The  sun  shines,  — 
warms  (i.  e.  makes  it 
warm), — burns. 

In  the  sun  it  is  hot. 

It  is  warm; —  it  will  be 
hot; — there  will  be  a 
great  heat  to-day. 

Yesterday  there  was  a 
great  heat. 

Howdoesthethermom- 
eter  stand  ?  —  Eighty 
five  in  the  shade. 

The  thermometer  is 
rising,  —  is  falling. 

What  a  heat!- 1  am  per- 
spiring; let  us  go  into 
the  shade  ;-I  feel  hot. 

What  wind  is  it  ?— East 
wind,  —  West  wind, 
South  wind, — North 
wind. 

I  think  there  will  be  a 


Tlie  weather. 

POdASI. 

Jakeje  po6asi2 

Je  pekne;  —  je  krasne 

poSasi. 
Vybira  sej  —  je  kras- 

n£  rano;  -  bude  pek- 

ny  den. 
Nebe  je  jasne\—  Shui- 

ce  sviti  —  hfeje  — 

pah. 

Na  slunci  je  horko. 

Je  teplo;  —  bude  hor- 
ko;— bude  dues  vel- 
ke  par no. 

Vcera  bylo  siln£  ve- 
dro. 

Jak  stoji  teplom&r?  — 
Osmdesat  pet  ve  sti- 
nu. 

Teplomer  stoupa,  — 
klesa. 

To  je  liorko !— J  a  se  po  - 
tiinjpojd'inedochlad- 
ku.  —  Je  mi  horko. 

Jaky  je  vitr?  —  Vy- 
chodni,  —  zapadni 

jizni,  —  several. 
Myslim  zc  bude  zmena 


ydke  y& pdchasee? 

yg  pygkne;  —  yg  krdss- 

ne  pocli&see. 
vybeerd  sg;  —  yg  krdss- 

nS  rdnd; — budg pygk- 

nee  den. 
ngbg  yg  ydsne. — slUntsg 

sweeVee. — hrsligyg,  — 

pdlee. 

na  sluntsi  yg  liorkd. 
yg  tepid; —  bitdg  horkg; 

—  btidg  dness  velke 
parnd. 

fcherd  bilW  silne  vtidrti. 

yak  stoyee  tepldmygr? 

—  osumdessdt  pygt  vg 
stieentc. 

tepldmygr  stoupd, — klg- 
sd. 

td  yg  horkdf — yd  sg  po- 
meem;poiXm8ddkh  Idd- 
k&; — ye  me  horkg. 

ydkee  yg  veet  *r?  —  vee- 
khodnee,  —  zdpddnee, 

—  yiiu.ee,  —  sgvei'nee. 
mislecm  fx  budg  zmyg- 


The  Weather. 


207 


change  in  the  weath- 
er;— the  wind  chang- 
es. —  Now  it  blows 
from  the  East. 

Very  likely  there  will 
be  a  change. 

It  is  dry;  we  need  rain; 
-I  wish  it  would  rain ! 
-There  is  a  great  deal 
of  dust. 

Is  it  going  to  rain  ? — It 
looks  like  it;  it  is  get- 
ting cloudy. 

It  is  cloudy;  —  the  sky 
is  clouded; — the  sky 
is  overcast:  —  it  is 
damp. 

Do  you  see  those  dense, 
black  clouds  ? — They 
bring  rain,— a  heavy 

rain. 

I  think  a  rainstorm  is 
coming,  —  a  heavy 
rainstorm. 

The  weather  is  bad;  — 
the  weather  is  nasty; 

—  it  is  wet  and  mud- 
dy. 

It  is  very  nasty  out  of 
doors;  —  it  is  rainy; 

—  too  much  rain ! 

It  sprinkles; — it  rains  a 
little; —  it  rains;  —  it 
pours; —  how  muddy 
it  will  be ! 


pocasij— vitr  se  me- 
m.  —  Ted'  vane  od 
vycliodu. 

Dost  mozna,  Ze  bude 

zmena. 
Je  sucho;  potrebujeme 

de§t'.  —  K&fc  by  jen 

prselo!  —  Je  moc 

prachu. 

Bude  prset?  —  Vypa- 
da  to  tak;  mraci  se. 

Je  zainracenoj—  je  pod 
mrakemj— obloha  je 
zatazena,  —  je  vlh- 
ko. 

Vidite  ty  huste,  cerne 
mraky  ?  —  Z  toho 
bude  de§t',  —  hodny 

de§t'. 

Myslim  ze  bude  lijak, 
—  silny  lijak. 


Je  spatn£  pocasi;  —  je 
§kareda  povetrnost; 

—  je  mokro  a  blati- 
vo. 

Je  tam  oSklive;— je  de- 
stivo;  —  mnolio  de- 

m\ 

Krapej  —  poprchava; 

—  prsi;  lije  se;  — 
to  bude  blata! 


nd  pochdsee; —  veet  r 
se  rnye'nee. — £#d'  vdn8 
od  veekhodit. 

dost   mdznd    &e  bitdV 

zmySnd. 
y$  silkhd;  potrsMbityg- 

rn8  desht\  — kei  be  yen 

p  ersheW/  —  y&  mots 

prdkhti. 

btid8  p  ersh&t? — vypddd 
td  tdk;  mrdchee  s8. 

y8  zdmrtichend ;-  y8  pod 
mrdkem; —  obWid  y& 
zdta%end;—y&v  elhko. 

veiKeete  ty  JiUsste,  cher- 
116  mvdkyf  —  stolid 
btidti  deshV,  —  hodnee 

des7iV. 
misleem  2#  bUd8  liydk, 
—  silnee  liydk. 

y&  shpdtne  poch&see;  — 
y& shkdredapovy8t  er- 
nost; — y$  mokrd. 

yg  tdm  oshklivyS;  —  yS 

des7iVivd;  —  mnohd 

deshfef 
krdp&; — pop  erk7idvd;— 

p  ers7iee; — Uy8  s8;-td 

bud8  blata! 


208 


Part  III 


It  rains  in  torrents. — It 
Jaas  ceased  to  rain  al- 
ready. 

That  was  a  heavy  rain- 
storm,-a  cloudburst; 
-it  rained  in  torrents. 

—  It  caused  a  flood. 
It  is  calm, — no  wind, — 

not  a  leaf  is  stirring. 

—  It  is  sultry;  the  air 
is  heavy. 

The  wind  rises;  —  it  is 
windy;  —  it  blows 
hard;  —  there  is  a 
strong  wind. 

A  storm  is  brewing;  — 
there  will  be  a  hurri- 
cane; —  a  cyclone  is 
coming. 

A  thunderstorm  is  com- 
ing. —  It  lightens.  — 
Now  there  was  a  flash 
of  lightning. — What 
flashes  of  lightning! 

Do  you  hear  the  thun- 
der? —  Yes,  it  thun- 
ders; the  thunder  rolls 

from  afar;  —  a  thun- 
derstorm is  coming 

The  thunder  roars;  — 
the  lightning  has 
struck;  it  has  struck 
somewherej  —  the 
lightning  set  fire. 

This  is  a  terrible  storm, 


YyU  jen  se  lije.  —  Ui 
estalo  pr§eti. 

To  byl  prival,  —  prfl- 
tri  mracen;— prselo 
jen  se  lilo.  —  Byla  z 
toko  povoden. 

Je  ticlio,  —  bez  vetru, 
— ani  se  list  nehybe. 

—  Je  dnsno;  vzduck 
je  tezky. 

Dela  se  vitr;  — je  v£tr- 
no;  —  fouka  kodne; 

—  je  silny  vitr. 

Bude  z  toho  boufej  — 
bude  vichricej—  cy- 
klon  se  blizL 

Tahne  boufka.—  Bly- 
ska  se.  Ted'  se  za- 
blesklo.—  To  je  bly- 
skani! 

SlySiteliftmati?— Ano, 
kfima  —  hrom  huci 
z  daleka;  —  boufka 

se  blizi. 

Hrom  buracfj—  hroin 
uhodil;  —  nckde  u- 
li  wlilo!  —  blesk  za- 
palil. 

Toje  hrozna  boure, — 


p  *rshee  yen  sg  liyd.  - 
tish  prshfotald  p  V- 
shtit. 

td  bill  prsheevdl, — proo- 
ter*h  mr&ch8n;-per- 
shelld  yen  s8  Mild.  — 
b&d&  sWhd  ptivode%. 

y&  fiklid, — b&z  vyZtru,  - 
am  s8  list  nSJieebg.  — 
y8  dtissnd;  vzdtikh  yd 
Heshkee. 

field  s$  veet  er; — y8  vy8- 
t  e'rnd;-foUkd  hodne; 
— y$  silnee  veet  e7\ 

btidg  stdhtf  botivshS;  — 
btid&  vikh-rshitse;  — 
tsiklon  s8  bleeltee. 

ttihnV  boursh-ka. — blee- 
skd  s&. — fed'  s8  zdbles- 
kld. — td  y&  bleeskdnif 

slisheetti  hrsheemdtf  — 
dnd,  hrsheemd;-  hrom 
htichee  zddleka;-  boii- 

rshkd  s&  bleeiee. 

hrom  burdtsee;  —  hrom 
tihofiil;—\iegd8  uho- 
fiildf — blesk  zdpdlil. 

td  y8  hrdznd  botirsh&-- 


The  Weather, 


209 


—  an  awful  thunder- 
storm.-The  era  hing 
of  thunder  is  inces- 
sant. —  Flash  after 
flash,  one  thunder- 
clap after  the  other. 

That  w  as  athunder-cla  p 
— a  thunderbolt  from 
a  clear  sky. 

It  hails. — This  is  a  big 
hailstorm. 

It  will  destroy  the  crops 

-the  hail  will  destroy 

everything.  —  The 

hail-storm  destroyed 

the  crops -hailstones 
of  an  enormous  size 
were  falling. 


stra&ne'  hromobiti.- 
Hrom  bije  neustale. 
—  Blesk  zable&kem. 
rami  za  ran on. 


To  byla  hromova  ra- 
na;—  uhodilo  z  cista 
jasna. 

Padaji  kroupy.  —  To 
je  silne"  krupobiti. 

Potluce;  —  kroupy 
vsecko  znici.  —  Po- 
tlouklo;  —  padaly 
kroupy  ohronme  ve- 
likosti. 


strdshne  hromobitiee 
— hrom  biyS n8itstdt&. 
—  blesk  zd  bleskem,, 
rand  za  rdnod. 

td  billd  hromdvd  rand; 
— uhoftild  scliistd  ya- 
snd. 

pdddyee  krotipy. — tti  y8 
silnS  krtipobiiHee. 

potluch8;-krotipy  fshU- 
sko  znichee. —  potlou- 
kld; —  pdddly  kroitpy 
ohromne'  v&likostri. 


It  is  foggy; — this  morn- 
ing there  was  a  thick 
fog. 

Dew  is  falling; —  there 
is  a  heavy  dew. 

There  is  a  hoary  frost, 
— a  gray  frost. 

It  is  cold; — it  is  chilly; 
—  it  is  frosty. 

I  feel  cold;-I  am  freez- 
ing.—  a  cold  wind  is 
blowing. 

I  want  to  warm  my- 
self.— Are  you  cold? 
Warm  yourself.  —  It 

is  warm  here,  —  al- 
most too  warm. 


Jest  mlhavo;-rano  by- 
la  bust  a  mlha. 

Pada  rosa;  —  je  silna 
rosa. 

Je  jinovatka,  —  sedy 

mraz. 
Je  zima;-je  sichravo; 

—  je  mrazivo. 
Je  ini  zima;  —  mrazi 

m£;  —  fouka  stude- 

ny  vitr. 

Chci  se  ohfati.  —  Je 
vam  zima^ — Okrejte 
se.— Zde  je  teplo,  — 

a£  moc  tepio. 


yes t  m  ^lhdvd;-rdno  bil 
la  hUsstd  m  elhd. 

pddd  rossd;  —  y$  silnd 
rossd. 

y$  yinovdtkd,  —  shgdee 
mraz. 

y8  zima; — y8  sikhrddd; 

y&  mrdzivd. 
yg  mi  zima;  —  mrdzee 

my  8; — fottkd  stud&nee 

veet  e,r. 

khtsi  s&  ohrshdt.  —  yS 
vam  zima?  ohrsh8yt& 
s$.  —zd8y8  tepid ,-dsh 

mots  tepid. 


210 


Part  11. 


It  is  going  to  snow;  — 
it  snows;-it  is  snow- 
ing. 

What  a  snow-storm! — 
a  great  snow-storm. 

A  great  deal  of  snow 
fell; -there  are  snow- 
drifts. 

How  many  degrees  is 
it? —  It  is  twenty  be- 
low zero;  —  a  severe 
cold. 

The  ice  is  thick;  we 
can  skate. 

It  will  grow  warmer;— 
it  is  growing  warmer; 
-the  wind  is  shifting; 
—  it  blows  from  the 
South. 

The  ice  breaks;  —  the 
snow  thaws  and  the 
ice  melts. — there  is  a 
big  thaw. 

In  the  spring  the  weath- 
er is  mild;  —  in  the 
summer  it  is  usually 
hot; —  in  the  fall  it  is 
cool; —  in  the  winter 
it  is  cold  and  it  freez- 
es. 

Wisconsin  has  a  hard 
winter;  —  Louisiana 
has  a  mild  winter. — 

In  Texas  the  winter 
is  short  and  the  sum- 
mer long. 


Bude  padati  snih;  — 
pada  snihj  —  snezi. 

Toje  vanice!  -  velka 

metelice. 
Napadlo  mnoho  snehu; 

— jsou  zaveje. 

Kolik  je  stupnfi?  —  Je 
dvacet  pod  nulou;  — 
kruta  zima. 

Ledje  silny;  muzeme 
se  klouzati. 

Ono  se  oteplij-oteplu- 
je  se;— vitr  se  obra- 
ci;— vane  od  jilni. 


Led  puka;  —  snih  taje 
a  led  se  rozpouSti;— 
je  hodna  obleva. 

Z  jara  je  mime*  poca- 
si;  —  v  lete  byva 
horko;  —  na  podzim 
je  chladno; —  v  ziin& 
je  zima  a  mrzne. 

Wisconsin  ma  tuhon 
zimu;  —  Louisiana 
ma  minion  zimu.  — 

V  Texasn  je  kratka 

zima  a  dloulie^  leto. 


btidti  pddat  sjieeh; — pa- 
da  sneeh; — sfieiee. 

t&  y8  vanitsS!  —  velkd 

mtitellitsV. 
ndpddlo  mnohd  snehic; 

—  soil  zdvy8y&. 

kolik  y$  stitpnooP  —  yg 
dwdtset  podnulloit; — 
krittd  zimd. 

led  y$  silnee;  mooiemg 

s8  kloUzdt. 
dnd  s8  oteplee; — otepltt- 

y8  se;  —  veet  er  s8  o 

brdtsee;  —  vane*  od 

yeehti. 

led  pUkd;  —  siieeli  tay8 
d  led  s8  rozpouslitee; 
y$  Mdnd  obltivd. 

zydrd  y8  meerne  poclid- 
see;  —  vleVe  beevd 
horkd;  —  nd  podzim 
y$  khlddnd; —  vzimyg 
y8  zimd  d  m  e,rzn8. 

Wisconsin  md  tultoti  zi- 
mil;  —  louisiana  md 
meernod  zimil.  —  fte- 

vasti  y%  krdtkd  zimd 

d  dlouhe  lelfi. 


The  Weather. 


211 


The  summer  season  is 

warm,  —  the  winter 

season  is  cold. 
In  the  winter  days  are 

short  and  nights  are 

long. 

The  day  shortens;  —the 

day  lengthens. 
The  night  shortens. 


Letni  pocasi  je  teple, 
—  zimni  pocasi  je 
student. 

V  zime  jsou  kratk6 
dni  a  dlouh£  uoci. 

Den  se  kratij  ~  dne 

pribyva. 
Koc  se  krati;  (noci  u- 

byva). 

« 

Vocabulary. 


letnee  pochdsee  ye'  teple, 
— zim%ee  pochdsee  y8 
stitdtine. 

vzimyg  sou  krdtke  d%i 
d  dlouhe  notsi. 

den  •  s8  krdtee;  —  dnti 

prshibeevd. 
nots  s8  krdfee;  {notsi  u- 

beevd). 


Pocasi,  n.  pochdsee  )  the 

povetrnost,!  povy&ternost  )  we^1' 

doba,  f.  ddba  ) 

nebe,  u.  n8b&,  the  heaven 

obloha,  f.  obldhd,  the  sky 

stiii,  m  sVeen,  the  shade, the  shadow 

chl^Aekym. khlddek,  the  shady  place 

prach,  m.  prdkh,  the  dust 

blato,  n.  bldtd,  the  mud 

list,  m.  list,  the  leaf 

velikost,  f.  velikost,  the  greatness 

ke"z  by,  I  would  that  — ;  would  to 

heaven  that  ;  I  wish  it 

would  ; 


Vitr,  m.  veet  V,  the  wind 
vichfice,  f.  vikh-rshitsti,  the  gale, 

the  hurricane; 
foukati,  foiikdt 
vanouti,  vdnoUt 


vychod,  m.  veekhdd,  the  east 
zapad,  m.  zdpdd,  the  west 
jib  m.  yeeh  »  ffi g  sout]i 

poledne,  n.  poledne  ) 

sever,  *Mw-         [the  north 
pumoc,  poolnots  ) 

jiho- vychod,  m.  the  south-east 

severovychod,  m.  the  north-east 

jihozapad,  m.  the  south-west 

severozapad,  m.  the  north-west 

vychodni,  veekhodn.ee,  eastern 

zapadni,  zdpddnee,  western 

jiM,  yeeinee  ) 

poledni,  polednee  ) 

several,  severnee  \ 

p.  x',  ,  ,~  h  northern 
pulnocni,  poolnochnee  ) 


to  blow 


boure,  f.  botirshg,  the  storm 
boufka,  f.  botirshkd,  the  thunder- 
storm, 

hrimati,  hrsheemdt,  to  thunder 
hi'imani,  n.  hrsheemdnee,  the  thun- 
dering 


212 


Part  III. 


hrom,  m.  7irdm,  the  thunder 
liromova  ran  a,  a  peal  or  crash  of 
thunder; 

bromobiti.  n.  hrdmobiVee,  peals  of 
thunder; 

buraeeti,  biirdtset,  to  roar,  to  crash 
blyskati  se,  bleeskdt  s8,  to  lighten 


Dest',  m.  deshM,  the  rain 

lijak,  m.  liydk         \  the  rainstorm, 

pfival,  m.  prsheevdl )  the  heavy 

shower: 

prutr£  mradeu,  proot  ersh  mr&cMn, 
the  cloud-burst; 

povoden,  f .  pdvodeii,  the  flood 

mrak,  m.  mrak         )  ,     .  . 

v 7  v  7   v  C  the  cloud 

mracno,  n.  mrachno  ) 

mraciti  se,   mrdcMt  sg,  to  grow 

cloudy.; 

krapati,  krdpdt  { to  sprin- 

poprcliavati, ptip  e'rkhdvd t)     kle ; 
pr£eti,  p  ershet,  to  rain 
liti  se,  leet  s8  (colloq.  leyt  s8),  to  pour 
pfestati,  prsMstat,  to  stop. 

Kroupy,  pi.  kroupy,  the  hail 
krupobiti,  n.  krUpobitee,  the  hail- 
storm; 


Vybirati  se,  vybeerdt  s£,  to  clear  up 
me  n  H  i  se9  my8-\vit  s8,  to  change 
paliti,  pdlit,  to  burn 
pribyvati,  prshibeevdt,  to  increase, 
to  lengthen; 


blyskam,  n.  bleeskdnee, the  lightning 
blesk,  the  flash  or  stroke  of  light- 
ning; the  thunderbolt; 
zablesklo  se?  zablesklti  s8,  there  was 

a  flash  a  lightning; 
uhoditi,  uhoftit,  to  strike 
zapaliti,  zdpdlit,  to  set  fire. 


potlouci,  potloutsi,  to  knock  down, 

to  destroy; 
zniciti,  znichit,  to  annihilate 
mlka,  f .  m  elhd,  the  fog 
mlliavo,  m^lhdvd,  foggy 
rosa,  f.  rossd,  the  dew 
jinovatka,  f.  ye-novatkd,  hoary  frost 
snih,  m.  sneeh,  the  snow 
sueJiu,  sneku,  of  the  snow; 
snezlti,  sfieiit,  to  snow 
metelice,f .  mettlitsS  \  the  snow-storm, 
vanice,  f.  vdnitst    )  tne  blizzard; 
zaveje,  pl.-f,  zdvytyg,  snow-drifts 
led,  m.  led,  the  ice 
nalcdi,  n.  ndleiYee,  glazed  frost 
inraz,  m.  mrdz,  the  frost 
mrznouti,  m  e'rznout,  to  freeze 
tati,  tdtH,  to  thaw 
tarn,  n.  tduee 
obleva,  obUvd 


L* 


thawT 


ubyvati,  tibcevdt,  to  decrease,  to 

shorten ; 
potiti  se,  poVit  s?,  to  sweat. 

£erny,  a,  £  chernee,  black 

busty,  a,  e  husstee,  thick,  dense; 


Health  and  sickness. 


218 


Skaredy,  a,  e'  slikdvMee,  nasty,  ugly; 
urirny,  a,  e'  meernee,  mild 
oliromny,  a,  6  tihromnee,  enormous, 
terrible ; 

strach,  m.  strdkh,  fear 
strasny,  a,  6  strdshnee,  fearful 
liruza,  f.  7iroozd,  horror,  terror; 
hrozn^,  a,  e"      lirdznee,  horrible; 
shocking. 

Blativo,  (adv.)*),  bldVivd,  muddy 

deStivo,  desMivo,  rainy 

mokro,  mokrd,  wet 

vlhko,  v  elhkti,  damp 

sucho,  sukhti,  dry 

teplo,  tepid,  warm 

liorko,  horko,  hot 


parno,  parnd,  very  hot 
dusno,  diissnfi,  close,  stifling; 
zima,  zima  ) 
studeno,  sttidgnti  )  c 
cliladno,  khladno,  cool 
sichravo,  sikliravti,  chilly 
mrazivo,  mrdzivti,  frosty,  freezing 
cold. 

Teplomer,  m.  tepltimytir,  the  ther- 
mometer 
stupefl,  m.  stUpe%  a  degree 
nula,  f.  nitld,  zero 
nad  nulou,  ndd  nulou,  above  zero 
pod  nulou,  below  zero; 
stoupati,  stoupdt,  to  rise ; 
klesati,  Messdt,  to  go  down. 


Health  and.  sickness. 

ZDBAVfa  WE  MOO. 


I  hope  you  are  well. 
Only  middling; —  I  am 
so  so. 

Yo  do  not  look  so  well 
as  (you  did)  lately. 

Do  you  think  so?  — 
Well,  you  are  right; 

—  I  do  not  look  well. 


Doufam  ze  jste  zdrav. 
Jen  tak  prostfednfc;— 

jen  tak  tak. 
Nevypadate  tak  dobf e 

jako  nedavno. 
MysliteJ  —  Ba  mate 

pravduj-nevypadam 

dobfe. 


doufam  ie  st8  zdrdf, 
yen  tak  jyvostrshMne; — 

yen  tdk  tak. 
ntivypaddtV  tdk  dobrshe 

ydkd  n&ddvnti. 
misleetti?  —  bd  mate 

prdvdiij—ngvypdddm 

dtibrsM. 


*)   The  adjectives  are  :  blativy  (a,  £),  deStivy,  mokry,  etc. 

Je  tarn  blativo,  it  is  muddy  out  of  doors;  —  blativy  chodnik  m.),  a 
muddy  sidewalk;  blativa  cesta  (f.).  a  muddy  road;  blative"  pole  (n.),  a 
muddy  field. 

Je  destivo,  it  is  rainy;  —  de§tivy  den,  a  rainy  day. 


214 


Part  111. 


I  think  I  look  bad  (bad- 
ly); —  I  look  worse. 

0  no!  you  do  not  look 
badly. 

Don't  I?-I  guess  I  do! 
Listen  to  rae  (i.  e.  let  me 
tell  you):  you  look 

better  than  you  did 
the  other  day. 
O,  be  still!  —  you  flat- 
ter me. 

You  look  bad  (badly) ;- 
I  do  not  like  your 
looks. 

What  is  the  matter  with 
you  ?-is  anything  the 
matter  with  you? 

Do  you  not  feel  well  ?- 
what  is  the  matter  ?- 
what  ails  you? — 

Nothing  ails  me;-noth- 
ing  is  the  matter  with 
me. 

Why  do  you  look  so  bad 
(badly)?  —  That's 
nothing! 

You  deny  it  (i.  e.  con- 
ceal it).— Don't  deny 
it! 

1  deny  nothing;—  why 
should  I  deny? 

If  anything  is  the  mat- 
ter with  you, tell  me! 


Myslim  ze  vypad&m 
spatne;  —  vypadam 
Mr. 

0  ne!  nevypadate  zle. 

j£ene?-Myslim  ze  ano! 
Bejte  si  Mel:  vypada- 
te  lepe  ne£  oiiehdy. 

1  dejte  pokoj!  —  vy  mi 
pochlebujete! 


Vyliliz^te  spatne;—  ne- 
libite  se  mi. 

Co  je  vain  1  —  cliybi 
vam  neco? 

Neni  vam  dobfe?  —  co 
vam  cliybi?  —  co  vas 
boM 

Nic  mi  neni;  —  nic  mi 
nechybi. 

Pro6  vypadate  tak  spa- 
tne]  —  To  nic  neni! 

Vy  zapirate.  —  Neza- 
pfrejte! 

Nic  nezapiram;—  proc 

bych  zapiraH 
Je-li  vam  n£co,  fek- 

nfcte! 


misleem  ze  vypdddm 
shpaine;  —  vypadam 
lioorsh. 

0  118!  ngvypaddtg  zlg. 

ze  n8?  —  misleem  ze  and! 
deytti  si  rheetsi :  vypa- 
date lep&  nesli  ong/i- 

dy. 

E  deytti  pdkoy! --vy  me 
ptikhlVbuyeW. 

vyJile^zeetS  shpaine;  — 
ntileebeetti  s&  me. 

tsti  ye  vdml  —  khibee 
vam  netsd? 

neyivi  vam  dtibrslie?  — 
tsd  vam  khibee?  tsti 
vdss  bolee. 

nits  me  neym;  --  nits 
me  ntikhibee. 

proch  vypdddW  tak 
slipdtne?  —  to  nits 
ney\\i! 

vy  zdpeerdtti. — nVzapee- 
reytg. 

nits  n$zdpeerdm;-proe]i 

bikli  z&peeral? 
yVlli  vdm  netsd,  rsh£k- 

neW 


Health  and  sickness. 


215 


Tell  me  what  is  the  mat- 
ter with  you?—  does 
anything  ail  you?  — 
tell  me  if  anything 
ails  you. 

If  anything  were  the 
matter  with  me,  I 
should  say  so. 

There  is  something  the 
matter  with  you! 

You  don't  feel  well;  — 
I  see  it  by  your  looks ! 

You  are  right;  I  am 
not  well. 

What  is  the  matter  with 
you?-  I  do  not  know 
what  ails  me ;  —  I  do 
not  feel  quite  well. 

I  am  not  so  well  as  usu- 
al.- A  little  time  ago 
I  felt  better. 

To-day  I  feel  bad  (bad- 
ly):-! was  taken  sick. 
I  feel  badly. 

Are  you  sick? 
Yes,  I  am  sick;  I  do  not 
feel  well; — I  feel  bad 

(bAdly). 
I  hear  that  Edward  is 

sick.  # 
He  has  beentaken  sick; 

—  he  has  fallen  sick; 

— he  is  very  sick;-he 


Poveztecoje  vamS  — 
boli  vas  neco$  —  po- 
vezte  cliybi-li  vain 
neco. 

Kdyby  mi  neco  bylo, 
rekl  bych  to. 


Yam  neco  je!  —  Yam 

neco  chybi! 
Yam  neni  dobre;  —  vi- 

diin  to  na  vas! 

Mate  pravdu;  neni  mi 
dobfe. 

Co  je  vani?  —  Nevim 
co  mi  je;  —  necitim 
se  docela  dobf  e. 

Nejsem  tak  zdravjak 
oby6ejn&. — Je&te  ne- 
davno  bylo  mi  lip. 

Dues  je  mi  spatne;  — 
pf  i§lo  mi  nanic. 

Je  mi  nanic.  —  Je  mi 
zle. 

Jste  nemocenS 
Ano,  jsem  nemocen; — 
neni  mi  dobfe;  —  je 

mi  zle. 
Slysmi,  ze  Edward  je 

nemocen. 
Roznemohl  se; — upadl 

do  nemoci;  —  je  sil- 

nh  nemocen;  —  je 


pdvydztd  tsd  yd  vdm?  — 
bolee  vdss  netsd? — pd- 
vydztd khibeeli  vdm 
netsd? 

gdyby  me  netsd  billo, 
rsJc  fkl  bikh  td. 

vara  netsd  yd!  —  vdm 

iietsd  khibee! 
vdm  neyiii  ddbrshd;  — 

vifteem  td  nd  vdss! 

mdtd  prdvdit;  neyiii  me 
ddbrshd. 

tsd  yd  vdm? — ndveem  tsd 
me  yd;  —  ndtseeXleem 
sd  dotselld  ddbrshd. 

neysem  tak  zdrdf  yak 
obicheyne.  —  Yeshte 
ndddvnd  billd  me  leep. 

dness  yd  me  shpdt^e;  — 
prshishlo  me  ndflits. 

yd  me  nanits.  —  yd  me 
zld. 

std  ndmotsdn? 
dnd,  sem  ndmotsdn;  — 
neyni  me  ddbrshd;  — 

yd  me  zld. 
slisheem  %e  Edicard  yd 

ndmotsdn. 
rozndmdhel  sd;  —  ilpd- 

d  el  dd  ndmotsi;  —  yd 

silne  ndmotsdn;  —  yd 


216 


Part  III. 


has  been  sick  a  long 
time. 

What  is  the  matter  with 
him?— what  happen- 
ened  to  him? 

He  caught  a  cold:  —  he 
has  a  bad  cold. 

Anthony  is  also  sickly: 

—  but  to-day  he  al- 
ready feels  better. 

I  was  long  in  poor 
health; — I  was  ailing 
seriously. 

What  was  the  matter 
with  you?  -  Indeed  I 
do  not  know  what 
ailed  me. 

I  had  no  appetite,  —  I 
had  no  sleep,—  I  had 
af  eeling  of  weariness. 

—  But  it  all  passed 
away. 

Take  care  of  yourself; 

—  be  careful  of  your 
health! 

Health  is  above  every- 
thing; it  is  the  great- 
est treasure. 

An  unhealthy  man  is 

unhappy. 

Whasis  the  matter  with 
you*  are  you  sick?  — 
you  are  not  sick,  are 

you? 

Only  a  little;  it  is  not 


dlouho  nemocen. 

Co  mu  je?  —  co  se  nm 
staloS 

Nastudil  se$  —  ma  sil- 

ne"  nastuzeni. 
Anton  je  tak£  clmra- 

\f;  —  ale  dues  uz  je 

mu  lepe. 
Ja  dlouho  churavel;— 

po?azliv&  jsem  chu- 

ra?el. 
Co  vam  bylo?  —  Anl 

nevim  co  mi  bylo. 


Nemel  jsem  chut'  kji- 
dlu,  —  nemel  jsem 
spam,  —  citiljsein 
unaveuost.  —  Ale 
minulo  to. 

Dejte  na  sebe  pozor; 
—  bud'te  opatrny  na 
zdravi! 

Zdravi  je  nade  vsecko; 
je  to  nejvMsi  po- 
klad. 

fllovek  nezdravyjene- 
St'astny. 

Co  je  vam?  stuneteS 
snad  nestfineteS 


Jen  tak  trochu;  neni 


dlotiho  ndmotsdn. 

tsd  mu  ye?  —  tsd  sd  mU 
staid? 

n&stutitil  sd; —  md  silne 

nasttize%i. 
dnton  yd  take  khUrdvee; 

—  did  dness  Ush  yd 

mU  lepd. 
yd  dloilhd  khuravyell; 

pdvd&livyd  8 em  khU- 

rmyell. 
tsd  vam  Mild? —  d9i  nd- 

veem  tsd  me  Mild. 


nemyellsem  khufek-yee- 
dlu,  —  nemyell  sem 
spdfti,  —  tseeVil  sem 
undvdnost.  —  did  mi- 
ntilti  td. 

deytd  ml  sdbti  pdzor; 
— butftd  dpat  'rnee  na 
zdrdvee. 

zdrdvee  yd  nddd  fshd- 
tskd;  yd  to  iieyvydt- 
shee  pdkldd. 

chlovydk  ndzdrdvee  yd 

nesMdssnee. 

tad  yd  vam?  stoofletd? — 
snad  ndstoonetd? 


yen  tak  trdkhU;  neyni 


Health  and  sickness. 


217 


bad.  —  I  have  a  pain 
in  the  bowels. 
That  will  pass  away;— 
it  will  stop  of  itself. 
—  I  hope  so. 

Do  you  have  it  often  ?— 
Quite  often;  —  it 
comes  upon  me  from 
time  to  time. 

What  do  you  do  against 
it?  --  Nothing;  I  lie 
down  and  remain 
quiet. 

That  is  the  best  medi- 
cine. -- 1  think  so.-- 
That  helps. 

It  always  helps  me;  — 
nothing  else  helps 
me. 

At  least  it  gives  relief. 

Yes,  I  feel  instant 

relief, 
It  relieves  instantly;  — 

it  is  good  for  relief. 


to  zle.  —  Mam  bole- 
ni. 

To  zase  prejde;  —  to 
prestane  samo.  — 
Doufam. 

Mfvate  to  casto?-- Dost 
casto;  —  pfickazi  to 
na  me  ob  cas. 

Co  delate  proti  torn u  % 
— -  Mc;  lehnu  si  a 
jsem  ti§e. 

Toje  nejlepsi  lek.  — 
Ja  myslim.  —  To  po- 
malia. 

To  mi  vMycky  pomuze ; 

nic  jin^ho  mi  nepo- 

maha. 
AspoS  to  ulehci. —  A- 

no,  lined  se  mi  u* 

lehci. 

Bued  se  ulevi;  —  je  to 
dobrc  pro  ulevu^(pro 
iilelicem). 

Vocabulary. 


td  zle.  —  mam  boldni. 

td  zdss  prshdydd;  —  td 
prshdstdnd  sdimd.  — 
dotifdm. 

meevdtd  td  chdsstd?  — 
dost  chdsstd;—  prshi- 
khdzee  td  nd  myd  ob 
chdss. 

ted  fteldtd  proVi  tdmilf 
—  nits;  lehnu  si  a 
sem  Vishd. 

td  yd  neylepshee  lek.  - 
yd  misleem.  —  td  po- 
mdhd. 

td  mi  v&ditsky  (ditske) 
pomoofce;—  nits  yine- 
hd  me  nepomahd. 

dsspon  td  uldh-chee.  — 
and,  hned  sd  me  UldJi- 
chee. 

hned  sd  uldvee;  —  yd  td 
ddbre  pro  ooldvu  {pro 
HWi-cheni). 


Nastuditi  se,  nastu^it  sd,  to  catch 
a  cold; 

nastuzeni,  n.  ncistitze'm,  a  cold; 

churaveti,  khtiravydt,  to  sicken,  to 
be  sickly; 

cliuravy,  a,  e  khtirdvee,  sickly,  in- 
disposed; 

churavost,  f.  khUravost,  sickliness, 
indisposition; 


pomahati,  pomahdt,  to  help ; 
pomaha,  pomdhd         ^  1  g 
pomu£e,  pomoozd  ) 

nepomaha     )  jt  ^oes  noi  help; 
nepomuze  ) 

poelilebovati,  poklddbovtit,  to  flatter 
zapirati,  zapeerai,  to  deny 
cititi,  tseetit,  to  feel 
eitim,  tseeteem,  I  feel 


218 


Part  111. 


mivati  (reit.  form  of  miti,  to  have; 

see  page  168;)  meevdfi,  to 

use  to  have; 
prichazeti,  prsJdkhdzet,  to  use  to 

come ; 

pf  estftti,  prsh&stdt,  to  stop ; 
ulehciti,  mh-chit    )  tQ  relieye 
uleriM,  tiltivit  ) 
ulehceai,  n.  uleh-cheni )  relief 
ftleva,  f.  ooWva  > 

Chut',  f  Mitt,  the  taste,  the  appe- 
tite*) 

chut'  k  jidlu,  khttV  k  yeedlit,  appe- 
tite for  food; 

spani,  n.  spdnee,  the  sleep; 

16k,  m.  Uk  )  the  medicine 

me4icina,f .  meditsind) 

poklad,  m.  pokldd,  the  treasure; 

pokoj,  m.  pdkoy,  peace,  rest; 

dejtepokoj!  deytS  pdkoy!  give  me 
a  rest!  keep  still! 

ol)  fas,  8b  cMss,  from  time  to  time: 


necitim,  nUseeteem,  I  do  not  feel; 
boleti,  bdlet,  to  ache,  to  ail; 
boleiri,  n.  bottm,  pain,  (especially  in 

the  bowels,  belly-ache); 
je  mi  nanic,  y8  me  ndmts,I  feel  sick 
neco  mi  chybi,   neisd  me  khibee, 

something  ails  me;  there 

is  something  the  matter 

with  me. 


zdravy,  a,  6  zdrdvee,  healthy,  well, 
sound; 

nezdravy,  a,  £  n&zdrdvee, unhealthy, 
unwell,  unsound; 

opatrny,  a,  e  tipdt  ^rnee,  careful 

obycejny,  a,  6  tibiclieynee,  usual, 
common; 

obycejne,  dbicheyue,  usually,  com- 
monly; 

pova^live,  pdvdilivyg,  seriously 
\)rostf  edn&)ProstrshM-ng,  middling 
ticho,  n.  Hiklid,  silence,  quiet, calm, 
ti§e,  ffishti,  quietly,  calmly. 


Tlie  human  Ibeing. 

LI  J)  SKY  TVOR. 
Telo,  n.  Held,  the  body;  kostra,  f.  kostrd,  the  skeleton; 

telesny,  a,  6  telessnee,  bodily;  kostnaty,  a,  6  kostndtee,  bony; 

lid,  m.  ood,  the  member,  the  limb;    morek,  m.  }  the  marrow; 

kost,  f .  the  bone;  *pik>  m-  »*P*.  ' 

*)  Chut'  means  also  "a  desire  or  inclination",  mam  chut?  jiti  tain, 
I  have  a  mind  to  go  there;  —  mam  chut' vyhnati  ho,  I  have  a  mind  to 
chase  him  (or:  to  turn  him  out);  —  mam  chut'  Mci  mil  to,  I  have  a  mind 
to  tell  him  so;  —  mam  chut'  do  pracc,  I  have  a  desire  to  work,  or  a  taste 
for  work;  I  feel  like  working;  —  pracuju  s  chuti,  I  work  with  a  will;  etc. 


The  human  being. 


219 


.  ii  n    ™»      f  the  skin 
plet',  f.  jp#tf,  ) 

poko£ka,  f .  pdkozkd,  the  cuticle 

blana,  f.  blind,  the  membrane 

lmiso,  n.  mdssti,  the  flesh 

masit^,  a,  £  massitee,  fleshy 

tlusty,  a,  6  tlustee,  fat 

hubeny,  a,  e"  huMnee,  lean,  thin; 

sval,  m.         the  muscle 

svalnat^,     e"  svdlndtee,  muscular 

§lachy,  pi.  shldkhy,  the  sinews 

zlaza,  f .  the  gland 

tuk,  m.  «,        >  the  fat 

sadlo,  m.  sadlo,  ) 

nerv,  m.  nerf,  Khenerve 

civa,  f.  chiva,  S 

nervovy,  a,  £  nervtivee,  )  nervous 

civni,  chivnee ,  v 

ceva,  f .  ts&va1,  the  vessel 

zila,  zeeld,  the  vein 

Hlava,  f.  hldvd,  the  head 

lebka,  f '  lebJcd,  the  skull 

tenieuo,  n.  tem8nd,  the  crown  or 

top  of  the  head; 
tylo,  n.  teeld,  the  back  of  the  head; 
kfize  na  hlave,  koo&e  na  hldvyS  \  the 
skalp,m.  skdlp  )  scalp 

mozek,  m.  mdzek,  the  brain 
spanek,  m.  spdnek,  the  temple 
spAnky,  pi.  spdnky  I  fte  ^ 
skrane,  pi.  skrawe  ) 

Oko,  n.        the  eye 

oci,  pi.  dchi,  the  eyes 

ocni  dfilek,  oclm.ee  doolek,ihe  socket 


hlavni  zila,  7ildvviee  %.       )  the 

srdecni  zila,  serdec7inee%.  (artery 

tepna,  f«  t&pnd,  the  pulse 

£ilka,  f.  Zi7##,  a  small  vein; 

Mlnaty,  a,    zilndtee,  sinewy 

krev,  f.  kv8f,  the  blood 

krevnat^,  a,  e"  kr&vn&tee,ful\  blooded 

chudokrevn^,  a,  e"  khitdokr&vnee, 

bloodless,  anaemic 

krvavy,  a,  6  k  ervdvee,  bloody 

vlas.  vldss  I  _ 

.  7  .  r  the  hair  on  the  head 
vlasy,    pi.  > 

Chhip,  khlup)  ^  on 

chlupy,  pi.  ) 
vlasaty,  a,  e"  vldsdtee    )  hft. 
ehlupaty,a,  ekhMpdtee  ) 
viiitfnosti,  vftitrsh-nost'i  viscera; 

uvnitf,  ^S«r*A  [inside,iiiwardly; 

vne,      vne  ) 

ze\liitf,zemitrsh  j.outside)  outwardly. 

zevne,        ae»Se > 

6elo,  n.  chelW,  the  forehead 

tvar,  f.  twdrsh  j  the  cheek 

lice,  n.  > 

tvar,  f ,  toA      [  the  f ace 

licni  kost,  leetsnee  kost,  the  cheek- 
bone 

celist,  f.  chellist,  the  jaw-bone 
brada,  f .  brddd,  the  chin 
laloch,  m.  Idlokh,  double  chin 
dtilek,  m.  dooUk,  the  dimple 
vrasky,pl.  m.  vrdssky,  the  wrinkles. 

ocni  jablko,  ochnea  ydb  elko, the  eye- 
ball 

koutek,  m.  koutek,  the  corner 


220 


Part  111. 


rohovka,  f.  rohofkd,  the  cornea 
duhovka,  f.  duhofkd,  the  iris 
zi'itelnice,  f-  zrsheetelnits&, the  pupil 
klapka,  f.  klapka,  the  eyelid 

Ucho,  n.  uklid,  the  ear 
u§i,  pi.  ushi,  the  ears 

Eos,  n.  n8ss,  the  nose 

spicka  nosu,  shpiclika  ?iossti,ihe  tip 

of  the  nose, 
tjsta,  pi.  oostd,  the  mouth 

ret,    m.  r^n 

Zub,  m.  zuby,  pi.  zilby,  the 

tooth,  the  teeth 

pf ediri  zuby,  pr shed-nee  zuby,  the 
fore-teeth 

zadni  zuby,  zadfiee  ztiby,  the  back- 
teeth 

spicaky,  m.  shpicliaky,  the  canines 

Vousy,  y>\.fousyy  the  beard 
licousy,  pi.  litsousy,  the  whiskers 
Hrdlo,  n.  h  *rdld,  the  throat 
krk,  m.  k  *rk,  the  neck 

hrtan,m.  h'rtdn  [thel  nx 
curtail,  m .  hrsn  tan  ) 

hrdeliiiee,f.  h *rdel-nits8,  the  jugu- 
lar vein: 

Trap,  m.  trup,  the  trunk 
hrud',  f.  hruiR,  the  chest 
prsa,  pi.  p  *rsd,  the  breast 
zebro,  n.  iebrd,  the  rib 


rasy,  pi.  rsh&ssy,  the  eyelashes 
brvy,  pi.  b  ervy    )  ^  brows 
oboci,  n.  obdchee  ) 


konec  ucha,  kdnets  tikha,  the  tip  of 

the  ear; 
lalo^ek,  m.  laldchek,  the  lobe 

chripS,  pi   krsliee-py8\  the 
nosovedirky,pl.ft0sse>-  r  nostrils 


v8  OHeerky 


pysky,  pL)he 
rty,  pi.  ) 


stolitfka,  f.  stolichka,  the  molar 
koren  zuba,  korslign  zubu,  the  root 

of  the  tooth; 
dasen,  f .  ddssen,  the  gum 
dasn£,  pi.  ddssHe,  the  gums 
patro,n.^^r#,the  roof  of  the  mouth 
jazyk,  m.  ydzyk,  the  tongue. 

kiriry,  pi.  knecry,  the  moustaches 
pluovous,m  p  the  full  beard 

prudu&nice,  f.  proodushnitsS,  the 

windpipe 
mandle,pl.  mdndlg,  the  tonsils,  the 

almonds; 
oliryzek,  m.  tihryzPk,  Adam's  apple. 


klicm  kost,  f.  kleec7tu.ee  host,  the 

collar-bone 
prsni  kost,  f.  persnee  kost,  the 

breast-bone 


The  human  being. 


221 


zada,  pi.  zdda,  the  back 

zadek,  m.  zadek,  the  back  part,  the 

backside; 
pfedek,  m.  prshMek,  the  fore-part, 

the  front; 
hrbet,  m.  Jirsbet    )    the  backbone, 
pater,  f .  pdtersh    )    the  spine ; 

v 

Zivot,  m.  zivot,  the  abdomen 
bficho,  n.  brs7iik7id,  the  belly 
pupek,  m  ptipek,  the  navel 
bok,  m.  bdk,  the  hip 
si  sib  I  mi,  f  •  sldbind,  the  side 
kfiz,  krsheez,the  small  of  the  back; 
zadiiice;  f .  ztidnits&,  the  seat,  the 
bottom ; 

pulky,  y\:i.poolky,       )  the 
zadni  tyarc,pl.  f .  zddnee  i  buttocks 
twdrsM  ' 

Ruka,  i.  rukd,  the  hand 

ruce,  pi*  rtitsg,  the  hands;  v  rukou, 

vrukoH,  in  the  hands;  na 

rukou,  ndr., on  the  hands 

rame,  n.  rdmyti  ) 

v   '       vx         r  the  arm 
paze,  n.  paze  ) 

dolui  dast  paze,  dolnee  chdst  paze, 

the  fore-arm 
horni  6ast  paze,  horneechdstp.,  the 

upper  arm 
rameuo,  n.  ramend  )  the  shoulder  or 
paZdi,  n.  pafofl.ee     )  top  of  the  arm; 
podpaZdi,  n.  podpdzfli,  the  armpit 
loket,  m.  Idket,  the  elbow 
prekyb,  m.  prs7i&7iib,  the  wrist 
pest,  f  pytst,  the  fist 


zlata  zila,  f .  zldtd  zeeld,  the  spinal 
cord; 

piece, sing.  &pl  pletse,  the  shoulder 
lopatka,f .  lopdtkd,  t  he  shoulder  blade 
obratel,  m.  obratel,  the  vertebra 
obratle,  pi.  obr'dtU,  the  vertebrae. 

i'it',  f.  rsldt,  the  anus 
polilavi,  n.  pohldvee,  the  sex 
polilaviii  ud,  po7ilavi.ee  ood,  the 

sexual  parts 
umzsky  ud,m.  muskee  ood, the  penis 
zalupa,  f.  zdlupd,  the  fore-skin 
varle,  (pi.  varlata),  varle,  the  tes- 
ticle 

rodidla,  pi.  roflidld,  the  genitals. 


kloub,  m.  kloilb,  the  joint 
dlafi,  f .  dltin,  the  palm 
prst,  m.perst,  the  finger 
palec,  m.  pdlets,  the  thumb 
malik,  m.  mdleek,  the  little  finger 
ukazoyak,  Ukazovdk,  the  forefinger 
prostf  edni  prst, prostrshedi.ee p  erst, 

the  middle  finger 
clanek  prstu,  clildnek  p*rstu,  the 

phalange 
§pi£ka  prstu,  f .  shpiehkd  p  erstH, 

the  tip  of  the  finger; 
nehet,  m.  n8het,  the  nail 
nehty,  pi.  n$hty,  the  nai)s 
kotnik,  m.  koiiieek,  the  knuckle 
kloub,  m.  kloitb,  the  joint. 


222 


Part  111. 


^oha,  f.  nohd,  the  leg,  the  foot; 
nohy,  pi.  ndhy,  the  legs,  the  feet; 
chodidlo,  n.  khoftidld,  the  foot 
tlapa,  f .  tldpd,  the  sole  of  the  foot; 
stehno,  n.  sWind,  the  thigh 
stebenni  kost,  f .  stM&nee  host,  the 

thigh-bone 
limit,  m.  hndt,  the  shin 
lytko,  n.  leetkd,  the  calf  of  the  leg; 
koleno,  n.  koltinti,  the  knee 
prehyb  kolena,  m.  prsMhyb  koltina, 

the  knee-joint 

Srdce,  n.  serds8,  the  heart 
osrdi,  n.  oss  frtfee,  the  pericardium 
komora,  f .  Minora,  the  ventricle 
plice,  pi.  pleetsd,  the  lungs 
jatra,  pi.  ydtra,  the  liver 
slczina,  f .  slezind,  the  spleen 
ledvina,  f .  ledvind,  the  kidney 
niech^f,  m.  my&kheersh,the  bladder 
zlu£,  f .  Hitch,  the  gall,  the  bile; 


Ustroji,  n.  oostroyee,  organi  m,  con- 
stitution; 
d^chati,  deekhdt,  to  breathe 
dychani,  n.  deekhdni,  brea'hing,res- 
piration; 

dychaci  ustroji,  deekhdtsee  oostroyee, 
respiratory  organs; 

deck,  m.  d8kh,  the  breath; 

lehk^  (\echil8hkee  dtikh,  easy  breath- 
ing; 

te2ky  deck,   Veshke'e  de~kh,  heavy 

breathing; 
declmutij  n,  MhnMtee,  one  breath 


pata,  f .  pdtd,  the  heel 
prsty  u  nohy,  pi.  p  ersty  u  ndhy, 
the  toes 

palec  u  nohy,  n.  pdlets  U  nohy,  the 
big  toe; 

malik  u  nohy,  m.  mdleek  u  ndhy, 
the  little  toe; 

plosko-nohy,:pfos&<^#/^,  flat-foot- 
ed; 

kolo-nohy,  kold-ndhee,  bow-legged. 

zlucni  mechyf,  m.  zlUchnee  m.,  the 

gall-bl  adder 
zaludek,  m.  mltidek,  the  stomach 
stfevo,  n.  strsMvd, the  intestine, the 

gut; 

streva,  pi.  strsMvd,  the  bowels 
tenka  streva,  the  lesser  intestines 
tlusta  stfeva,  tltistd  s.  the  larger  in- 
testines; 

konecnik,  m .  konechfieek,  the  rectum . 

vydechnouti,  vydgkhnoitt,  to  draw 
breath; 

vydechnouti  ze  sebe,  v.  z&  s8b8,  to 
exhale,  to  force  out  the 
breath; 

vdechnouti  do  sebe,  vdgkhnoitt  dd 

s&b8,  to  inhale; 
oddechnouti  si,  odSkhnotit  si,  to 

breath  easily,  to  feel  re 

lief; 

traviti,  trdvit  )  to  digest,  tocon^ 
ztraviti,  sti'dvit  f  sume: 

za&ivatij  zdfreevtit,  to  digest 


The  human  being. 


223 


Wy^n.lrtlMW      )    ^  tion 
zazivani,  n  zazeevam  ) 
zazivaci  ustroji,  zdzeevatsee  oostro- 
yee,  digestive  apparatus; 
mod,  m.  mdch,  the  u^ine 
modem,  n.  mticheHi,  urination 
mociti,  mtichit,  to  urinate 
stolice,  f .  stolitsti,  stool,  evacuation; 
nriti  stolici,  meet  stolitsi,  to  go  to 
stool;  to  have  open  bowels; 
vykal,  veekdl,  the  excrement,  the 

discharge ; 
lejno,  n.  leynd  )       the  du 
trus,  m.  truss  ) 

obeli  krve,  m.  obyeJhkerrveJ,  circula- 
tion of  the  blood; 
krvaceti,  k  ervdtset,  to  bleed 
krvacenf,n.  k  ervdtseni, the  bleeding 
mesicne^  n.  mygseechne,  the  men- 
struation 

plod,  m.  pWd,  the  fruit 
ploditi,  pld&'it,  to  b*ear  (fruit  etc.); 
to  beget; 

Duch,  m.  ditkh,  the  spirit;  the  mind 

or  intellect; 
duse,  f  •  ditshti,  the  soul 
duchovni,  dukhovnee  { spiritual, 
dusevni,  dUsMvnee    )  intellectual; 
my  si,  f .  missl,  the  mind 
dumysl,  m.  doomissl  )  ^  intellect 
schop,  m.  skhdp,  ) 
rozum,  m.  roztim,  the  reason,  the 

.  understanding; 
zdravy  rozum,  zdrdvee  rozum,  com- 
mon sense; 
^oudnost,  f .  soitdnost^the  judgment 


plozeui,  n.  pltizem,  the  bearing,  the 

begetting; 
porod,  m.  childbirth 
poroditi,  portion,  to  be  delivered; 
pracovati  ku  porodu,  prdtsovdt  ku 

poro'dii,  to  be  in  labor; 
§estined£li,n.  sMstiineftelee,  lying-in 
sestinedelka,   f.  sh8sX!ine<Xelkd,  a 

woman  in  childbed; 

je  tehotna,  yS  tehdtnd,  she  is  with 
child; 

eeka  se  do  kouta,  chekd  s$  dd  kotitd, 
she  expects  to  be  confined ; 

je  V  k0llte,2/ fkoufe  \  she  is  confined, 

slehla,  sWdd  )  (in childbed) ; 

po  koute,  pti  koiffle, after  childbirth, 
after  confinement; 

obcovani,  n.  obtstivdm,  the  inter- 
course 

obcovati,  obtsdvdt,  to  have  inter- 
course ; 

pohlavni  obcovani,  pohldmiee  o. 
telesne'  obcovani,  teles sne  o. 

sexual  intercourse. 


smysl,  smissl,  the  sense 

zrak,  m.  zrdk,  the  sight 

sluch,  m.  slukh,  the  hearing 

chut',  f .  khuf,  the  taste 

Mch,  cit,  m.  chich,  tsit,  the  smell, 

the  feeling; 
hmat,  m.  hmdt,  the  touch 
pamet,  f .  pdmyU,  the  memory 
smysln^,  a,  e"  smisslnee,  sensual 
smyslnost,  f.  smisslnost,  sensuality 
nesmysl,  m.  ngsmissl,  nonsense 
nesmyslny,  a,  e"  nZsmisslnee,  sense-- 

less,  nonsensical, 


224 


Part  lit 


A"  sound    body,  —  a 

sound  mind. 
A  sound  mind  in  a 

sound  body 
I  have  sound  limbs,  — 

and  that  is  a  great 

gift. 

The  bone  is  hollow  and 

contains  marrow 
That  man  is  lean  but 

muscular. 
That  lady  has  excitable 

nerves. 
Young  blood  —  hot 

blood, 
The  pulse  beats  slowly, 

beats  fast. 
The  pulse  is  normal, — 

regular,  —  irregular. 

The  beating  of  the 
heart  and  the  beating 
of  the  pulse  agree. 

Every  little  vein  in  the 
body  contains  blood. 

Fair  hair  and  blue  eyes 
prevail  in  the  north, 
—  dark    hair  and 

black    eyes  in  the 

south. 

Long  hair,  short  wit,  — 

says  an  old  proverb. 

The  European  race  has 
a  white  skin,  the  Af- 


Zdrave  telo,  —  zdravy 
duch. 

Zdravy  duch  ve  zdra- 

ve^n  tele. 
Mam  zdrave"  udy,  —  a 

to  jest  veliky  dar. 

Kostjeduta  a  obsahu- 

je  morek. 
Ten  £lovek  je  luiheny, 

ale  svalnaty. 
Ta  daina  ma  popudlive 

nervy. 
Mlada  krev  —  horka 

krev. 

Tepna  bije  pomalu,  - 

bije  prudce. 
Tepna  je  nor  malni,  — 

pravidelna,  — nepra- 

videlna. 
Tlukot  srdce  a  biti  tep- 

ny  se  sliodujou  (or 

shoduji). 
Ka2da  Mlka  v  tSle  ob- 

sahuje  krev. 
Plav^  vlas  a  modre^  o- 

6i  panuji  (or  panu- 

jou)  na  severu,  — 

tmavy  vlas  a  cern£ 

oci  na  jihu. 
DI011I16  vlasy,  kratky 

rozum,  pravi  star<$ 

pfislovi. 
Plemeno  evropske  ma 

bilou  plet',  plemeno 


zdrave  Veld,  —  zdravee 
dilkh. 

zdravee  dilkh  vd  zdrd- 

vem  Veld, 
mam  zdrave  oody,  —  a 

id  yest  vdlikee  dar. 

host  yd  dicta  a  obsdhuye 

morek. 
ten  chlovydk  yd  htibdnee, 

aid  svdlnatee. 
td  ddmd  ma  popitdlive 

nervy, 
mladd  kref  —  horkd 

kref. 

tepna  biyd  pomdtit,  — 

biyd  prtidsd. 
tepna  yd  normdlnee,  — 

pravidelna,  —  ndpra- 

videlnd. 
tlukot  s  erdsd  dbiVeetep- 

ny  sd  s-hodityoit. 

kafrdd  fcilka  fVeld  obsa- 

hUyd  kref. 
plaveevldss  amodrddchi 

pdnilyee  nd  sdvdrit, — 

tmavee  vldss  a  chernd 

dchi  na  yeehti. 

dlofihe  vldsy,  krdtkee 
rozitm,  —  pravee  sta- 
rt, prsheeslovee. 

pldmend  dvropskd  ma 
beeloii  pleV,  pldmend 


The  human  being. 


225 


rican  race  a  black 
skin. 

Youth  lias  a  smooth 
face,— old  age  makes 
wrinkles. 

A  high  forehead, akeen 
eye,  long  moustach- 
es, —  such  was  the 
young  man. 

The  eyes  are  the  organ 
of  sight,  the  ears  (are 
the  organ  of)  hear- 
ing;— the  nose  is  the 
organ  of  smell. 

Young  girls  usually 
have  coral  lips. 

Babies  have  chubby 
cheeks. 

You  still  have  a  full  set 
of  teeth  (literally:  "all 
the  teeth'4). 

I  have  all  (my)  front 
teeth,  but  a  few  mo- 
lars are  wanting; —  I 
had  them  pulled. 

Why  did  you  have  them 
pulled?  —  Because 
they  ached  me;  they 
were  decayed. 

A  decayed  tooth  always 
aches;  —  it  is  best  to 
pull  it  out. 

The  pulling  of  teeth  is 

a  painful  operation, 


africk£  cernou. 

Mladi  ma  hladk<$  lice, 
—  stari  d&l&  vr&sky. 

Vysok£  celo,  bystre^  o- 
ko,  dlouh6  kniry,  — 
takovy  byl  mladik. 

Ocl  jsou  organ  zraku, 
usi  sluchu;  —  nos  je 
nastroj  diclm. 


Mlad£  divky  imvaji  ko- 

ralov^  rty. 
Decka  majl  boubelat£ 

tvafe. 


Vy  je£te  mate  vsechny 
zuby. 

Mam  vSechny  pfedni 
zuby,  ale  par  stoli- 
cek  mi  chybi;  —  dal 
jsem  je  vytrhnouti. 

Pro6  jste  je  dal  trhati? 
—  Pro  to  ze  me  bo- 
lely;  byly  vyzrane\ 

Yyzrany  zub  vMycky 
bolij  nejlip  ho  vytr- 
hnouti, 

Trhani  zubfi  je  bolest- 

n&  operace,  —  ob- 


afritskS  chernou. 

mld&'ee  ma  MddM  leetsd, 
— stars hee  tfeld  vrtiss- 
ky. 

visdke  chelld,  bistre  died, 
dloilhe  kneery, — t&ko- 
vee  bill  midweek. 

dchi  sou  organ  zrdku, 
iishi  slukhil;  —  noss 
yd  ndstroy  chikhU. 


mldde1  fteefky  meevayee 

kor&ldve  rti. 
tfelskd  mdyee  boubellate 

tvdrshd. 

vy  yeshVe  mdtd  fshdkh- 
ny  zitby. 

mdm  fshdkhny  prshdd- 
fiee  zUby;  did  par  sto- 
lichek  me  khibee;  — 
dal  semydvyt  erhnoUt 

proch  std  yd  dell  t  erhat? 
—  proto  be  myd  bold- 
ly; billi  viirdnS. 

vyiranee  ztib  ditski  bo- 
lee;  —  neyleep  hd  vy- 
t  erhnoUt. 

t  Irhdnee  zilboo  yd  bolest- 

nd  dperatsd,—obzldshV 
8 


226 


Part  111. 


-especially  when  the 
tooth  has  a  big  root. 

Children  lose  the  milk- 
teeth; — they  fall  out 

.  of  themselves. 

With  the  teeth  we  bite; 
hence  they  are  of  a 
very  hard  substance. 

The  teeth  are  set  (liter. 
'  'sit")in  the  j  aw-bone 

The  windpipe  carries 
the  air  into  the  lungs, 
where  the  blood  is 
oxydized. 

Theribs  inclosethe  tho- 
racic cavity. — There 
are  true  ribs  and  false 
ribs. 

The  spinal  column  is 
composed  of  links, 
which  we  call  verte- 
brae. 

Burdens  are  most  easily 
carried  (i.e.  "we  car- 
ry") on  shoulders. 

The  hand  is  an  exceed- 
ingly important 
member. —  The  hand 
has  five  fingers. 

The  negroes  usually 
have  strong  arms. 

Whoever  walks  a  great 
deal.musthave  sound 
legs. 

The  stubbing  of  the  big 
toe  causes  pain. 


zvlaSt'  ma-li  zub  vel- 
ky  kofen. 
I) Mi  ztraei  ml^cn^zu- 
by;  —  vypadaji  sa- 
my. 

Zuby  kousanie;  proto 
jsou  z  velmi  tvrde^ 
latky. 

Zuby  sedi  v  eelisti. 


PruduSnice  vede 
vzduch  do  plic,  kde 
krev  se  okysli£i. 

Zebra  zayiraji  hrudni 
dull  mi.  —  J  sou  pra- 
va  zebra  a  falesna 
zebra. 

Patef  sklada  se  ze  dlan- 
kfi,  kter£  nazyTame 
obratle. 

Bfemena  nosime  uej- 
snaze  na  plecich. 

Rukajest  M  nesmir- 
ne  dulezity.—  Ruka 
nia  pet  prstfi. 

Negrove'  mfvaji  siln£ 
paze. 

Kdo  chodi  miioho  p6&- 
ky,  musi  miti  zdra- 
\6  uohy. 

Zakopmiti  palce  u  no- 
hy  d£la  bolest. 


md-li  zub  velkee  kor- 
she'll. 

fteVi  strdtsee  mUchne 
zitby;  —  vypdddyee 
sdmy. 

zitby  kousdmg;  protd 
soil  zvellmitv  *rde  lat- 
hy. 

zilby  s^fiee  fcMlisti. 

p  r  o  o  d  its  7tni  t  s  8v8d8 
vzditkJi  dd  plits,  gd8 
kref  s8  okysliehee. 

%ebrd  zdveerdyee  hritd- 
jiee  ditfjinit.  —  soit 
pravd  frebrd  d  fdlesh- 
nd  iebrd. 

pdtersh  sklddd  s8  z8 
chldnkoo,  Mere  nd- 
zeevdmS  obratlti. 

brsh8m8nd  noseemttney- 
sncizg  nd  pletseekh. 

rilkd  yest  ood  nfameer 
ne  dooWiitee.  —  ritkd 
md  pyU  p  e,rstoo. 

iifyrove'  meevdyee  silne 
pd&8. 

gdd  khofi.ee  mndhd 
py&shky,  mitsee  meet 
zdrdvS  ndhy. 

zdkopnuMee  pdltsgit  nd- 
hy field  bdlett. 


The  human  being. 


227 


The  digestive  appara- 
tus is  a  vital  organ. 

Food  is  digested  in  the 
stomach  and  in  the 

bowels. 


Zazivaci  ustroji  jest  zi- 

votni  organ. 
Pokrm  ztrayi  se  v  za- 

ludkw  a  ve  stretach. 

Vocabulary. 


zdzeevdtsee  oostroyee 
yest  zivotnee  organ. 

poke'rm  strdvee  s&v  M- 
ludku  d  v&  strshg- 

vdk7i. 


7  ■*   '  

m'  £ the  organ 

I,  m.  nastroy  ) 


Dar,  m.  ddr,  the  gift 
tlukot,  m.  tlukot,  the  beating 
kyslik,  m  kissleek,  oxygen 
okysliclti,  okisslichit,  to  oxygenate 
dasik,  m.  ditsseek,  nitrogen 
vzduch,  m.  vzd&kh,  the  air 
pokrm,  m.  pok  *rm,  the  food 
organ,  m. 
nastroj, 
dlanek,  m.  chldnek,  the  link 
neger,  m.  neg  er,  the  negro 
mladi,  n.  mldflee,  youth 

mladik,  m.  midweek,  the  young  man 
divka,  f .  tfeefka,  the  girl 
latka,f.  Idtkd,  the  material, the  stuff; 
zilka,  f .  zilka,  a  small  vein; 
pletf,  f .  the  skin 

prislovf,  n .  prsheeslovee,  the  proverb 
plenieno,  v  pmtnd  )  th(j  ^ 
pleme,  n.  plemyS  ) 
bfemeno,  n.  brshtimenti,  the  burden 
duty,  a,  6  dutee,  hollow 
prudky,  a,  e  prttdkee,  fast 
prudce,  adv.  prtidsV,  fast,  rapidly; 
popudlivy,  a,  6  pdptidlivee,  excitable 
normalni,  normdlnee,  normal 
pravideln^,  prdvidelnee,  regular 
pravy,  a,  6prdvee,  true,  right; 
falesny,  a,  6fdl8shnee,  false 


plavy,  a,  6pldvee,  fair,  blonde; 
koralov^,  a,  6  koralovee,  coral  (ad  j .) 
boubelaty,  a,  e"  botibSldtee,  chubby 
bolestny,  a,  6  bolestnee,  painful 
vy2ran^,  a,  6  vyirdnee,  decayed 
dulezlty,  a,  6  dooleMtee,  important 
takQv^,  a,  e"  tdkovee,  such 
nesmirne,  n&smeerne,  exceedingly 
pe§ky,  pyZshky,  on  foot 
obsakovati,  obsdhdvdti,  to  contain 
panovati,  pdnovat,  to  reign,  to  pre- 
vail ; 

sbodovati  se,  shoddvdt  s8,  to  agree 

chybeti,  khibyU,  to  be  wanting; 

trhati,  tsrhdt,  to  pull,  to  tear; 

trliani,  n.  ter7idnee,  the  pulling 

vytrnnout,  vyterhnout,  to  pull  out; 

padati,  pdddt,  to  fall 

vypadati,  mpddat  itofallout. 

vypadnouti,  vypddnout ) 

kousati,  koiisdt,  to  bite 

nazy  vati,  ndzeevdt,  to  call  (by  a  name) 

skladati  se  (ze),  skldddt  s&,  to  be 
composed  (of); 

zavirati,  zdveerdt,  to  inclose  (also 
"to  shut"); 

zakopnouti,  zdkopnoitt,  to  stub; 

zakopnuti,  n.  zdkopntit'ee,  the  stub- 
bing. 


228 


Part  111. 


Disease  arid.  cure. 

NEMO O a LEGeNL 


flemoc,  ntimoU,  sickness,  illness, 
diwease; 

lehka  nemoc,  Wikd  n.  light  disease; 
tfczka  nemoc,  Veikd  n.  acute  or  dan- 
gerous disease; 
nemocen,  cna,  cno  ntimotsen  )  sick, 
nemocnj",  a,  £*)  nemotsnee  r  ill,  dis- 

'  eased 

t5zce  nemocen,  tieshts8n.  very  sick, 

dangerously  sick; 
by ti  nemocen,  bset  n8mots8n  )  to  be 
stonati,  stondt      f  sjck ; 

roznemoci  se,  rtizntimtitsisti )  toun 
rozstonati  se,  r d stondt  sS,  fDe°  taken 

)  sick; 

choroba,  f.  khtirobd,  ailment,  affec- 
tion; 

chorobnj,  a,  &  khdrobnee,  ailing, 
affected; 

marod,  (coloq. )mdrod, ailing, sicS.  ly ; 

maroditi,  mdroiXii,  to  be  ailing; 

nciuh,  m.  ntdtih    )  ailment,  affec- 

nedufcivost,  f  •  nMti-  \  tion,  inflrm- 
iivost,      '  ity,  disorder; 

nedu£ivy,  a,  6  ntiditiivee,  ailing,  in- 
firm; 

neduziYec,m.  n&du%ivets,  )  sickly  or 
maroda,  m.  mdrodd        r  infirm 

•  person; 
mrzak,  m.  merzdk,  cripple 
zmrzaciti,  zm  erz&cMt,  to  cripple 


zmrzacen,&,  o**)  zm  erzdch#n 
zmrzacen^,  a,  e*  zm  ^rzdcMnee 


crip- 
pled 

zmrzadenost,  f.  zmerztich8nost,  the 

crippled  condition; 
rana,  f.  rdnd,  the  wound 

^  u  \  t0  wound 
poraniti,  pordmt  ) 

raueny,  A,  e"  rdfienee,  wounded 

poranfcni,  n.  pordnenee  )  thewound- 

uraz,  m.  oordz 


ubliZiti,  ubleefrit 
uSkoditi,  tisJikoftit 


\  ing,  a  hurt 
or  injury; 
to  hurt, 
to  injure; 
to  hurt 


uhoditi,  uhofiit,  to  strike, 

by  striking; 
pohmolditi,  ptihmoMit,  to  bruise; 
pohmoMeni,  n.  ptihmoffleftee,  the 

bruising,  a  bruise; 
uskfipnouti,  Hskrsheepnout,  to  jam, 

to  squeeze; 
uskiipnuti,   n.   ilskrshecjmittee,  a 

contusion  by  squeezing; 
riznouti,  rslieeznoitt,  to  cut 
fiznuti,  n.rsheezniltee  ) 
fez,      m.      rsMz    f  ' 
piclmouti, peekhnoui  I    to  stub,  to 
bodnoutl,  bodnotit     )  Pierce,  to  prick; 
kousnouti,  koilsnout,  to  bite 
kousnuU,  n.  koilsnuVee,  a  bite. 


See 


*)   Nemocn^  is  the  definite,  nemocen  the  ind<  finite  adjective. 
Note  2  on  page  103. 

**)  Zmrzacen  is  the  passive  participle  (see  Lesson  XXXVII),  from 
which  the  adjective  zmrzacen^  is  derived. 


Disease  and  cure. 


229 


Lekaf,  m.  Ukartsh,  the  physician 
doktor,  m.  dokttir,  the  doctor 
I6karstvi,  n.  lekarsh-stwee,  the  med- 
ical profession: 
l^kafsk^,  Ukarshkee,  medical 
porodni  l^kaf,  pdrodnee  lSkar8h,the 

accoucheur 
porodni  baba,p.  bdbd  >the  midwife 
babi6ka,  bdbichka  ) 
ranhojid,  m  rdnhtiyicli,  the  surgeon 
zubni  l^kar,  ztlbnee  lekarsh,  the 

dentist 
Yyl£6iti,  vylechit,  ) 
vyhojiti,  vyhdyit      f  to  cure,  to  heal 
uzdraviti,  itzdrdmt ' 

vyl^ceni,  vyhojeni,  uzdraveni,  the 

cure 

iizdraviti  se,ilzdrdvit  s8  )  to  get 
\>oz&ra,Yitlse9pozdrdvits8  r  well, 
vystonati  Se,  vystdndt  S&  '  to  recover; 
niuHti,  Hmrsheet,  ) 
zenifiti,  zemrsheet    r  to  die 
skonati,  skondt  ' 


Bolest,  f.  bolest     )  the  pain, 
boleni,  n.  boleni    f  the  ache; 
boleni  bricha,  b.  brshiklid, belly-ache 
kolika,  f.  kolikd,  the  colic 
mam  boleni,  I  have  a  pain  in  the 

bowels  or  stomach; 
boleni  hlavy,  b.  Jildvy,  head-ache 
'       zubfi,  £  zitbti,  tooth-ache 
bolest  v  zivote,  b.  viivoVe,  pain  in 
the  abdomen; 

"   v  krizi,  b.  fkrs7iee-%i,  pain  in 
the  small  of  the  back; 


11  mi  rati,  umeerdt,  to  be  dying; 
vypustiti  ducha,  vyptistHt  dtiklid,  to 

breathe  one's  last; 
smrt,  f .  sm  ert,  the  death 
nahla  smrt,  ndlild  s.,  sudden  death 
\w ohlMnouti,  prohUdnout )  toexam- 
proskoumati,  proskoUmat  r  ine,  to 
vysetriti,  vyMrshil        '  Probe: 
raditi  se,  rtifiit     to  consult 
pf*edepsati,prs/^#ps^,to  prescribe 
dieta,  de-8td  ) 
mirnost  v  jidle,  r  the  diet 

meernost  v  yeedl8^ 

sbirati  se,  sbeerdt  s8,  to  be  recover- 
ing; 

hubnouti,  htibnotit,  to  lose  flesh; 
tloustnouti,  tloitstnoilt,  to  gain  flesh; 
slabnouti,  sldbnoUt,  to  grow  weak; 
siliti,  seelit,  to  gain  strength; 
slabost,  f.  sldbost,  weakness 
sila,  f.  seeld,  strength. 


bolest  v  zadech,  b.  vzadtikli,  pain  in 
the  back; 
"   v  noze  (v  nohou),  b.  vndz8(v- 
ntihoti),  pain  in  the  leg, or 
foot  (in  the  legs,  or  feet); 
"   v  ruce  (v  rukou)*  b.  vrittsg  (v- 
rtikoti),  pain  in  the  hand, 
or  arm  (in  the  hands,  or 
arms); 

bolest  u  srdce,  b.  us  erds8,  pain  in 
the  heart  region; 
"   uvniti*,  b.  Uv%itrsh, pain  inside 


230 


Part  HI. 


bolestny,  a,  e  bolestnee,  painful 
bolavy,     6  boldvee,  sore 
boule,  f.  botiW,  a  boil,  a  bump; 
vfed,  m.  vrshgd,  ulcer 
krtice,  pi.  k*rtiits&,  scrofula 
rak,  m.  rdk,  cancer 
otok,  m.  dtdk,  a  swelling; 

otekly,     6  titgklee,  swelled, swollen 
oteci,  dttitai,  to  swell 
horky,     6  horkee,  hot 
horkost,  f.  I  the  heat,  the  fe- 

rOZpaleilOSt,  f .     >  ver.the  feverishness 

jl  ya.        r~  i    \  lmtl animation 
zanet,  m.  zdnet  ) 

zapaleny,  d,  £  zdpdWnee  )  inflamed 

zaniceny,     £  zdneets^nee  ) 

zdpal  plic,  zdpdl plits, inflammation 
of  the  lungs; 

zdpal  mozku,  z.  mdzkti,  inflamma- 
tion of  the  brain; 
"   mozkov£  bldny,    z.  mdzkovS 
Many,  meningitis; 

zdpal  strev,  £.  slrsh^f,  inflamma- 
tion of  the  bowels; 

zdpal  pobHSnice,  z.  pobrslrishmtsti, 
peritonitis; 
u  pohrudnice,  z.  pohrudmM, 
pleurisy; 

souchote,  pi.  soukhofe  ) 

libyte,  pi.  oobyVe         h  B  tion. 

tuberkule,pl.£#^?*M£# ' 

ochroma,  I  paralysis 

ochrnuti,  dkh  "rnuXee  ) 
mrtvice,  f.  mertvits8,  apoplexy 
zd&krt,  m.  zdshkert,  diphtheria 


rozpdlen,  a,  o  rospdlSn,  feverish; 
horedka,  f.  horgclikd  )  thety- 

horkd  nemoc,  horkd  ntimots  r  phus 
hlavnicka,  f.  hldvmchkd      >  fever; 
zimnice,  f  •  zimmisg,  the  ague 
ziutd  zimnice,  ililtd  z.  the  yellow- 
fever; 

mraziti,  mrdzit,  to  chill 
mrazeni,  n.mrdz&ni,  a  chill, a  shiver 
inrazi  me,  mrdzee  my 8,1  feel  a  chill; 
tfdsti  se  ziiiiou,  trshdst  s8  zimott,  to 
shiver  with  cold. 


krup,  m.  kr&p,  the  croup 
psotnik,  m.  psottneek,  the  fits 
spdla,  m.  spdld       )  the  measleg 
Sarldt,  m.  shdrldt  S 
osutiny,  pi.  ossuViny,  the  chicken- 
pox 

ne§tovice,  pi.  neshtdvitsg,  the  small- 
pox 

ockovati,  tichkovdt,  to  vaccinate 
odkovdni,  dclikovdni,  vaccination 
otfkovany,  a,  £  dchkovdnee,  vacci- 
nated 

vyraz,  m.  veerdz,  eruption 
vyrazeny,  d,  e"  vyrd&e?iee,  full  of 

eruption; 
kozni  nemoc,  f.  koineengmots,  skin- 

desease; 
li&ej,  m.  lishey,  the  lichen 
mol,  m.  the  ringworm 
svrab,  m.  the  itch 
svrb£ti,  sv  e,rby8t.  to  itch 
strup,  m.  stritp,  the  scab, the  scurf; 
strupovity,  .4,  e"  striipdvitee,  scabby 


Disease  and  cure. 


231 


hostec'm-/m^![  rheumatism 
revma,  n.  revma  ) 

hoste£ny,  hostgchnee      )  rheu- 

rejmatickf^revmdtitskee )  matic 

srde&ii  vada,  f.  s*rd#chfiee  vddd, 

heart-disease; 

vodnatelnost,  f .  vddndtellnost,  drop- 
sy; 

vodnatelny,  a,  6  vtidn&telnee,  drop- 
sical 

zaduch,  m.  zddukh,  asthma 
zadusliv^,  a,  6  zdditshlivee,  asthmatic 
kasel,  m.  kdsJiel,  the  cough 
modry  kasel,  modree  k.,  the  whoop- 
ing cough 
kaslati,  kaslildt,  to  cough 
vyhazovati,  vyhdzdvdt,  to  throw  up ; 
daviti,  davit  | 


to  vomit 


bliti,  Meet 

daveni,  n.  ddveni  ) 

m-V?  h  the  vomiting; 

bhti,  n.  bhtee  ) 


kfece,  pi.  krsfigcM,  cramps 
mdloba,  f .  faintness,  fainting  fit; 
mdl^,  a,  e  mdlee,  faint; 
omdleti,  dmdlSt,  to  faint,  to  swoon; 
omdlevanf,  n.  timdWv&m,  fainting 
fits,  swooning. 

nezazlvnost,  f.  ngzd&ivnost )  indi- 
Spatne  travenl,  n.  shpdtne' )  gestion 
zMivny,  a,  e  zdfrivnee,  digestible 
nezazivny,  ngzdiivnee,  indigestible 
vetry,      pi.       vyStry ) 
nadouyani, n.nddouvdni  f  wience|tU 
nad^mani,n.  nddeemdm  ' 

nadmuty,  a,  e  nadmtitee,  flatulent 
behavka,  f .  byVh&fka  \  the 
prujem,  m.  prooyem  f  diarrhea 

zastava,    f.    zdsta'vd')    stoppage  in 

tezka  stolice,  Veshkd  r  constipation, 

stolitsti       J  costiveness; 
uplavice,  f.  oopldvitsV,  dysentery. 


\ 


to  break 


Zlomiti,  zlomit 
zlamati,  zldmdt 
zlomeny,  a,  e  zlomSnee,  broken 
zlamanina,  f .  zldmanind  )  a  b^ken 

Zlomeilina,  f.  Zldm  )  fracture; 

pukla  kost,  f .  pukld  kost,  a  cracked 
bone; 

vymknouti,  vymknotit,  to  dislocate: 
vymknouti  kloub,^.  klotib,  to  sprain 
a  joint; 

vymkmiti,  n.  vymkntiitee,  a  disloca- 

-  tion,  a  sprain; 
srovnati  kost,  srtivnat  kost,  to  set  a 
bone; 


dati  do  desek,<Mz  dd  dtesek, to  splint 
obvazati  rami,  dbvdzat  rdnti,  to  dress 

a  wound; 
obvazek,  m.  dbvazek,  a  dressing,  a 

bandage; 
prfitri,  m.  proot  ersh,  the  rupture 
prutr£iii  pas,  m.  the  truss 
hrb,  m.  h  *rb,  a  hump,  a  hunch; 
hrbad,  herbdch,  a  humpback; 
hrbaty,  a,  6herbatee,  humpbacked; 
kulhati,  kulhdt,  to  walk  lamely; 
kulhavy,  a,  e  Mlhavee  )  j 
chrom^,  a,  e  khromee  f 
dopadati,  ddpdddt,  to  halt. 


232 


Part  III. 


It  is  said  that  Mr.  Ha- 

nush  is  sick. 
Is  he  laid  up?— Yes, he 

took  to  his  bed. 
Is  he  very  sick?  —  I 

think  it  is  serious. 

Call  aphysician.-  Send 

for  a  doctor 
"We  have  sent  for  him. 

—  The  doctor  has 
been  here  already. 

When  was  Mr.  Hanush 
taken  sick  ? —  Yester- 
day morning;  all  at 
once  he  felt  a  chill, 
then  he  felt  feverish. 

What  is  the  trouble  ?— 
What  disease  has  he  ? 

I  think  it  is  inflamma- 
tion of  the  lungs. 

That  would  be  danger- 
ous.—What  does  the 
physician  say? 

The  doctor  thinks  that 
he  has  inflammation 
of  the  lungs. 

Then  I  pity  him. 

How  is  Mr.  Swoboda 
to-day?  is  he  better? 
Always  the  same  thing; 

—  no  better,  no 
worse;  —  there  is  no 
change. 


Pan  Hanu§  je  pry  ne- 

mocen. 
LeM  1  -Ano,  ulelmul. 

Je  mu  tuze  zleJ  —  My- 
slim  ze  je  to  pova&- 
live\ 

Zavolejte  l^kare.—  Po- 
Slete  pro  doktora. 

Poslali  jsme  pro  nej. 
—  Doktor  u2  tu  byl. 

Kdy  se  pan  HanuS  roz- 
stonal?  —  Ycera  r  ti- 
ll o;  z  nenadani  do- 
stal  mrazeni,  pak 
horkost. 

Co  je  mu%-  -Na6  se  roz- 
s  tonal? 

Mysliin  ze  na  zan&t 

plic. 

To  by  bylo  nebezpe£- 
ne.  —  Co  povida  1£- 
kaf  ? 

Doktor  mysli  ze  ma 
zapal  plic. 

To  ho  lituju. 

Jak  je  pami  Svobodovi 
dues?  Je  mu  lipJ 

Porad  stcjiiS;  —  ani 
lip,  ani  Mfj  —  nie 
se  to  ncm£ni. 


pan  hanUsh  yd prey  nd- 
■  motsdn. 

lefaeef  —  and  ,uWinill. 

yd  mu  toozd  zldf  —  mis- 
leem  id  yd  tif  pdvdili- 
ve". 

zavoleytd  Ukarshd. —pd- 
shldtd  prd  ddktord. 

pdsldli~smdprdx\vy.  — 
ddktor  Us7i  iti  bill. 

gdy  sd  p&n  h.  rostdn&l? 

—  fclierd,  rand;  znd 
nadani  dostal  mr&zd- 
jii,  pak  horkost. 

tsd  yd  mu?  —  ndch  sd 

rostdnal? 
mislcem  ze    n&  z&Tiet 

plits. 

td  hi  Mild  ndbespdehne". 

—  tsd  poveedd  U- 
'karsli? 

doktor  mislee  ie  md  zd- 
p&lplits. 

id  hd  Utuyti. 

yak  yd  panti  swdbdddvz 
dness?  yd  mU  leep. 

p  or  slid  d  st eyrie; —  dm 
leep,  a\\i  Jioorslt;  — 
Tiits  sd  td  nemydHee. 


Disease  and  cure. 


233 


It  does  not  grow  worse, 

—  it  doesn't  grow 
better; 

What  disease  has  he?- 
What  is  his  disease? 

—  What  ails  him? 
The  physician  himself 

doesn't  know  yet;  — 
until  it  develops.*)  — 
It  is  not  known  what 
will  come  of  it. 
I  hope  it  will  not  be  so 
bad. 

I  hope  he  will  recover. 

—  Perhaps  he  will 
soon  get  well. 

I  don't  know  if  he  will 
get  over  it.  —  Who 
knows  if  he  will  get 
well. 

He  is  well  along  in 

years  already. 
Well,  he   needs  good 

nursing.  —  Give  him 

the  best  care  possible. 

We  nurse  him  faith- 
fully.—We  tend  him 
as  best  we  can. 

Yes,  tend  him  as  well 


Nehor§i  se  to,  —  ne- 
lepsl  se  to. 

Co  ma  za  nemocS  Ja- 
kou  ma  iiemoc?  — 
Na6  stune? 

L^kaf  sam  nevi  jeStcj 

—  az  jak  se  to  uka- 
ze.  —  Nevi  se  co  z 
tolio  bude. 

Doufani  ze  nebude  to 

tak  zle\ 
Doufam  ze  z  tolio  vy- 

jde.  —  Snad  se  brzo 

uzdravi. 
Neviin  vyjde-li  z  tolio. 

—  KdoZ  vi  jestli  z 
tolio  vyjde. 

Uz  je  v  letech. 

Inu,  potfebuje  dobre 
oSetreni.— Dejte  mu 
v&emoznou  peci. 

OSetfujeme  ho  pilne. 

—  Slouzmie  mu  co 
uejlip  muzeme. 

Ano,  sluzte  mu  co 


ndhorshee  sd  td  —  ne- 
lepshee  si  td. 

tsd  ma  zd  ndmotsf  — 
y dhoti  md  ndmotsf  — 
nach  stoonef 

Ukarsh  sdm  ndvee  yesh- 
t'e;  —  dsJi  ydk  si  td 
tikdfre;  —  ndvee  si  tsd 
stdhd  btidd 

doit/dm  ze  ndbtidd  td 

tdk  zU. 
dotifdm  %e  stdhd  veedd. 

—  snad  sd  b  erzd  it- 

zdrdvee. 
ndveem  veeddli  stdhd.  — 

gddi  vee  yestli  stdhd 

veedd. 

tish  yd  vletdkh. 

inti.,  potrshdbuyd  ddbre 
oshdtrshdm. -deytd  mu 
fshdmofrnoti  pSchi. 

dshdtrshtiydmd  hd  pil- 
He. — slotiZeemd  mti  tsd 
neyleep  moo&emd. 

dnd,    sltishtd    mu  tsd 


*)  Az  jak  se  to  ukaze,  —  until  it  shows  itself  or  develops,  —  is  in 
fact  an  elliptical  sentence,  meaning  :  "We  must  wait,  until  it  develops". 
Sentences  of  this  character  are  frequently  used;  for  instance  : 

Az  jak  bude,  "until  (we  see)  how  it  will  be;"  —  "(it  depends  upon) 
how  it  will  be". 

Az  jak  to  dopadne,  "until  (we  see)  how  it  will  come  out";  —  (it  de» 
pends  upon)  how  it  will  come  out", 


234 


Part  111. 


as  you  can.  —  Nurse 
him  in  every  possible 
manner. 

We  are  with  him  day 
and  night. 

Has  the  doctor  pre- 
scribed for  him?  — 
Yes,  he  wrote  a  pre- 
scription. 

Have  you  sent  to  the 
drug-store  ?-  We  sent 
there  right  away.  — 
The  druggist  pre- 
pared it  immediately. 

The  patient  takes  his 
medicine  regularly. 

I  hope  to  God  that  he 
will  get  well. 

I  hope  that  he  will  soon 
be  on  his  legs. 

I  fear  that  he  will  soon 
be  "on  the  board"  (i. 
e.  dead). 

Iam  afraid  that  nothing 
will  help  him. 

I  fear  that  he  will  die. 

Is  it  true  that  Mr.  Alesh 
died? 

I  am  sorry  to  say  it  is 
true. 

When  did  he  die?— He 
died  at  midnight.  — 
He  died  toward 
morning. 


mozna.  —  Obsluzte 
ho  se  v§im. 

Jsme  u  nej  ve  dne  v 
noci. 

Predepsal  mu  doktor! 
I     —  Ano,  napsal  re- 
cept. 

Poslalijste  do  l^kar- 
ii yl  — -  Poslali  jsme 
tarn  lined.  —  L£kar- 
nik  to  pf iprayil  oka- 
mzitS. 

Pacient  uziva  pravi- 
delne. 

Da  bfih  ie  se  pozdra- 
vi. 

Doufam  ze  bude  brzo 
na  nohou. 

Bojmi  se  ze  bude  brzo 

na  prknS. 

Bojim  se  ze  nic  mu  lie- 

pomfize*). 
Obavam  se  ze  umfe. 

Je  to  pravda,  ze  pan 

Ale&  umrel? 
Bohuzel,  je  to  pravda. 

Kdy  zeinreH  —  Skonal 
o  pulnoci.  —  Skonal 
k  rami. 


mo  fold. — obsltishtS  hd 
sd  fsheem. 

smd it  ney vd dn& vnotsi. 

prshdddpsdl  mti  ddktor? 

—  dnd,  napsal  ret- 
sept. 

pdsldli  std  dd  Ukdrny? 

—  pdsldli  smd  tdm 
hndd.  —  lekdrmk  td 
prshiprdvil  dkdmii- 
Ve. 

pdtsient  uieevd  prdvi- 
delne. 

dd  booh  ie  sd  pozdrd- 
vee. 

dotifdm  ie  btidtt  b  erzd 

nd  ndhoti. 
boyeem  sd  ie  bttdd  b  erzd 

nd  p  erkf[e. 

boyeem  st  ie  nits  m  ti  nd- 

pdmooie: 
dbdvdm  se  ie  umrshd. 

yd  td  prdvdd  ie  pdn  A- 

lesh  umrshell? 
bdhuiel,  yd  td  prdvdd/ 

gdy  zemr shell?  —  sko- 
ndl  d  poolnotsi.  — 
skondl  krdnit, 


*)    See  Note  1  on  page  36,  about  double  negation. 


Disease  and  cure. 


235 


What  did  he  die  of?  — 
Of  inflammation  of 
the  lungs. 

Very  few  get  over  that' 
—  at  his  age. 

Indeed  very  few!  — 
There  was  no  help  f@r 
him.  —  The  doctor 
said  so  right  off. 

He  said:  There  is  no 
help  for  him;  —  the 
disease  has  been  neg- 
lected. 

He  neglected  it.  —  He 
sent  for  the  doctor 
too  late. 

He  should  have  sent  for 
the  doctor  sooner.  — 
When  the  doctor 
came;it  was  too  late. 

A  disease  must  not  be 
neglected. 

Old  Mrs.  Hoshek  died 
this  morning. 

She  died  suddenly,  — 
of  heart  disease. 

She  was  taken  sick  and 
in  half  an  hour  it  was 
all  over  with  her. 

That  was  a  sudden 
death. 

It  is  better  than  to  suf- 
fer long. 

Preserve  us  from  long 

suffering! 


Nac  umfell — 1S&  zapa- 
leni  plic. 

Z  toho  malo  kdo  vy- 
jde,    v  jeho  veku. 

Ba  malo  kdo!— $ebylo 
mn  £adii£  pomoci. — 
Doktor  povidal  to 
lined. 

]  Pravil:  neni  mn  po- 
moci;— nemoc  je  za- 
nedbana. 

Zanedbal  to.  —  Poslal 
pro  doktora  pozde. 

MSI  poslati  pro  dokto- 
ra drive. — Kdyz  dok- 
tor pf  isel,  bylo  poz- 
de. 

Nemoc  nesml  se  zane- 
dbati. 

Stara  pani  HoSkova 
skonala  dues  rano. 

Zemfela  nable,  —  na 
srdecni  vadu. 

Pf  Mo  ji  zle  a  za  pul 
liodiny  bylo  po  ni. 

To  byla  nahla  smrt. 

•  Je  to  lepSi  nei  trapitl 
se  dlouho. 

Jen  lie  dlouhe*  tra pe- 
rn! 


ndch  Umrshellf  —  nti 
zdpdlcni  plits. 

stdhd  maid  gdd  veede~, 

—  vydhd  vydkit. 
Bd  maid  gdd!  — nebilld . 

mti  %ddnepomotsi.  — 

ddctor    pdveeddl  td 

hndd. 

pvdml :  neyni  mu  po- 
motsi;  —  ndmots  yd 
zdnedbdnd. 

zdnedbdl  td.  —  pdsldl 
pro  doctdrd  pozfte. 

mydll  pdsldt  pro  doctd- 
rd drsheevd.  —  gdy% 
doctdr  prshishell,  Mild 
poztfe. 

ndmots  ndsmee  sd  zd- 
nedbdt. 

stdrd  pani  Jioshkovd 
skonala  dness  rand. 

zemrshelld  ndhld,  —  nd 
s  erdec7inee  vddu. 

j)rshishld  yee  zld  d  zd 
pool  hoftiny  billo  pd 
ni. 

td  billd  ndhld  sm  §rt. 

yd  td  lepshee  nesh  trd- 
pit  sd  dlotihd, 

yen  nd  dlodhe"  trdpdvd. 


236  . 


Fart  III. 


Chronic  consumption 
is  a  slow  disease;  — 
acute  consumption 
has  a  quick  run. 

Drowning  is  a  cruel 
death; — so  is  strang- 
ling.— Hanging  is  an 
easy  death,  if  the  neck 
is  broken. 

A.  took  his  own  life. — 
he  committed  suicide 

He  drowned  himself ;— 
he  hanged  himself. — 
he  poisoned  himself ; 

—  he  shot  himself; — 

he  cut  his  throat;  — 
he  thru»t&  knife  into 
his  breast. 
And  why  did  he  do  it? 

—  Most  likely  he  was 
insane. 


Qhronicke'  souchotiny 
jsou  zdlouhava  ne- 
moc;-akutni  souclio; 
te  maji  ryclity  b&h. 

Utopeni  je  tezka  smrt; 
ndu&cni taky.  —  0- 
b£seni  je  lehka 
smrt,  zlomi-li  se 
yaz. 

A.  Tzal  si  zivol;  spa- 
chal  samovraidu. 

Utopil  se;  —  obfesil  se; 
otrayil  se;  —  zastfe- 
lil  se;  podfezal  si 
krk;  —  yrazil  si  nH2 

do  prsou. 


A  prod  to  udelal?  — 
Nejspis'  byl  Sileny. 


klironitske"  soUklwtiny 
soil  zdloUhdvd  ntimots; 

—  dkUtnee  soukhote 
mtiyee  rykhlee  bytih. 

utdpeniy&Ves7ikdsm  ert; 

—  UdUsheni  tdke.  — 
obyfoheHi  yti  Wikd 
sm  ert,    zlomee-li  s& 

A.  vzal  si  iivot;  —  spd- 

kh&l  sdmdvrd&dil. 
utopil  s8;  —  dbygsil  s8; 

—  otrdvil  s8;  —  pod- 
rsMzdl  si  k  erk;  — 

vrdzil  si  7100&  dd  p  *r- 

soil. 

it  procli  td  uftelal?  — 
neyspeesh  bill  sJiggIS- 
nee. 


Vocabulary 

)  the  male 
f  patient; 
)  the  female 
patient; 


$emocny,  m.  nSmot&nee 

paclent,  m.  pdtsignt 

nemocna,  f.  ntmotsnd 

pacientka.f.  pdtsiSntkd  \ 

l^karna,  f.  Ukdrnd  Mhe  drugstore, 

apatyka,  f.  dpdtikd  S  the  pharmacy; 

lekarnik,  m.  UkdrMk,  \  t] 

SLpsity^tymMpdtikdrsh  >  a 

horkost,  f.  horkost,  the  fever  heat; 

rarazeni,  n.  mrdz^Ui,  the  chill 

DfedDiS,  m.  pvshMpis  \  the  fpresorip- 
*       r    7  f  tien,  receipt, 

recept,  m.  retsept        )  the  recipe. 

pf  ciic\iHa,ti, prsJiMVpstilf  to  prescribe 


the  druggist 
the 
pothecary ; 


pfipraviti,  prsMpr&vit,  to  prepare; 
pe^e,  f .  pe"ch&,  the  care 
pecovati  (o),  p)$chov&t,  to  care  if  or); 
osetfeul,  n.  oshgtrshe'ni,  the  nursing 
o&etfovati,  oshStrshtiv&t,  to  nurse, 
to  tend; 

SlOl?4iti,  sloHUt         \  to  serve,  to  wait 

obslouziti,  obslotilit  S  on,  to  tend: 
potfebovati,  potrsMbtivdt,  to  want, 

to  nee  i; 
bati  se,  bdt  s8,  to  fear 
obavati  se,  obdvilt  si,  to  apprehend 
trapiti  se,  trdpit  s8,  to  suffer 


Drugs  and  medicines. 


287 


trapeni,  n.  trdp8ni,  the  suffering; 
zanedbati,  zdngdb&t,  to  neglect 
zancdbaii,  a,  o  neglected 
in£niti  se,  mygnit  s#,to  change 
nein£ni  se,  nemy^nee  88,  it  does  not 
change; 

horsiti  se,  horshit  s&,  to  grow  worse 

nehorsi  se,  nehorshee  s8,  it  does  not 
grow  worse ; 

ukazati,  tikdzdt,  to  show 

uk£ze  se,  itkd&#  s8,  it  will  show  it- 
self; 


vyjiti  z  toho,  ve-yeet  stdhd,  to  come 
out  of  it; 

nebezpeci,n.  n#besp#chee,ihe  danger 
nebezpecny,  a,  e"  nSbespgclinee,  dan- 
gerous 

©kamzik,  m.  okdmfrik,  the  moment 
malo  kdo,mdld  gdd,  very  few  people 
bohuzel,  bdhitiell,  alas;  I  am  sorry 
to  say; 

vaz,  m.  vdz,  the  back  of  the  head; 
the  neck; 


Drugs  and.  medicines. 

L^GlVA  a  LEKT. 


Mir  a,  f.  meerd,  the  measure 
yaha,  f .  valid,  the  weight 
m&fiti,  my  8r  shit,  to  measure 
va£iti,  vdiit,  to  weigh 
m  sell  all  9  meekhdt,  to  mix 
prositi,  proseet         \  %Q  bJe 
prebrati,  prsMbrdt  ) 
libra,  f.  librd,  a  pound 
unce,  f .  tintse",  an  ounce 
lot,  m.  (about  half  an  ounce); 
kvintlik,  m.  quintleek,  (about  \  of 

an  ounce); 
gran,  m.  a  grain 

l£ice,  f,  Vteetsti  or  %eets8,  a  spoon,  a 
spoonful; 

Prii&ek,  m.  prdshek,  a  powder 
46    na  zwby,  p.  ndzuby,  tooth-p.; 
u   Sumivy,  p.  shumivee,  Seidlitz- 

powder; 
66   persky,  Persian  powder; 


lzicka,  f.  Vkeechkd  or  ^eechkd,n,  small 
spoon;  a  small  spoonful ; 

kavova  !zl£ka,  f.  a  coffee  or  tea 
spoonful; 

fejovy  §alek,  m.  chayovee  shdlek,  a 
tea-cup; 

skleniee,  f.  sklemtsZ,  a  glass 

yiima  sklesiice,  f .  wine-glass 

hrstka,  f .  h  erstkd  }  a  hand 

pfehousle,  f.  prshtihotishW  S  ful 

spetka,  f .  8hpetk&,  a  pinch 

kapka,  f .  kdpkd,  a  drop 

kapky,  pi.  kdpky,  drops 

pet  k&\)ek,py8t  kdpek,t\ve  drops ;etc. 

d«4 vka,  f.  ddfkd,  a  dose. 

prasky,  pi.  prdsliky,  powders 
pilulka,  f.  pillulkd,  a  pill 
pilulky,  pi.  pills 
kasidka,  f .  kdsJdchkd,  a  poultice 
t5sti£ko,  n.  VesVichkd,  a  paste 


238 


Part  111. 


mazani,  n.  mdzdm,  an  ointment 
mast',  f.  mdst\  salve 
lektvar,  m.  confection 
tinktura,  f.  tinctoord,  tincture 
flastr,  m.  fldst  V      )  . 
naplast,  m.  ndpldst  f 
flzikator,  m.  vesicatory 
olej,  m.  oWy,  oil 
extrakt,  m.  extract 
vysti'elek,  m.  veestrshglek,  spirit 
semeno,  n.  semSnti     )  gee^ 
semmko,  n.  semeenkd  f 
list,  m.  list,  leaf 
list!,  n.  HsVee,  leaves 
koren,  m.  TcorsMn,  root 
kofinek,  m.  korsheenek,  little  root 
bobule,  f.  bobuU,  bulb 
kura,  f .  koord,  bark,  peel 
St'ava,  f.  shVdvd,  juice 
bylina,  f.  billind,  herb 
l^karskd  bylina,  Ukarshskd  b.,  me- 
dicinal herb; 
odvar,  m.  decoction 
nAlcT,  m.  ndlef  ijnfusion 
vymok,  m.  veemok  ) 

Aloe,  n.  alo8,  aloes 
anjelika,  f.  dnyellicd,  angelica 
anyz,  m.  dneez,  anise 
arabska  pma,  f.  gum  arabic 
arnika,  prha,  f.  arnica 

Baldrian  (odolen,  kozlik),m.  water- 
avens; 

balsiiiii,  balzam,  m.  bdlshdra,  bdl- 

zdm,  balsam 
bavin  a,  f.  bdv  \lnd,  cotton 


roztok,  m.  rostdk,  solution 
davMlo,  n.  emetic 
podist'ovadlo,  n.pochisVovddld,  pur- 
gative 

lehky,  a,  e"  Wikee,  light  soft,  easy 
prudky,  a,  6  prMkee,  drastic 
yrojimnY f,&,6proyeemdvee,  laxative 
silici,  seeliisee,  tonic 
silivka,  f .  silifkd,  a  tonic 
pro  spani,  pro  spdni,  soporific 
narkoticky,  narkotitskee  | 
omamujid,  omdmtiyeetsee  jnarcotlc 
mocoliiiavy,  mocJitihndvee,  diuretic 
pijavka,  f .  piydfkd,  a  leech 
pijavky,  pl.piydfky,  leeches 
banka,  f.  cupping-glass 
pfijemny,  a,  4  prs7iee-yem?iee,agree- 

able,  pleasant; 
odporny,  a,  e  odpornee  )  naUBealin„ 
osklivy,  a,  6"  oshklivee  ) 
o§klivost,  f.  oshklivost,  nausea 
kyselina,  kissellind,  acid 
kyslicnik,  kisslichneek,  oxide 
siran,  m.  seerdn,  sulphate. 


bedrnik,  m.  bed^mik,  pimpernel 
bczovy  kvet,  m.  Mzovee  kvy&t,  elder 

flowers; 
beloba,  f.  byMobd,  white  lead; 
bilkovina,  f.  beelkdvi?id,  albumen 
blin,  m.  bleen,  henbane 
bobko-tre&ne,  f.  cherry-laurel 
bolclilav,  m.  boWildv,  hemlock 
bozi  trava  (reck6  sono),  fenugreek 

seed 


Drvgs  and  medicines. 


239 


bramboHk  (svinsky  chleba,  svin- 
sky orech),  sow-bread; 
broskvov^  listi,  n.  peach-leaves; 
brutnak  obecny,  m.  borage 
brlza,f .  Srsftee^birch^betula  alba); 

Celik,  m.  isettik,  golden-rod 
cesmina  (lesni  kopriva),  f.  holly 
cink,  m.  tsink,  zink 
citron,  m.  tsitron,  lemon 
citronova  kura,  f .  lemon  juice 
cukr,  m.  tsitk  V,  sugar 
cukr  hroznovy,  glucose 
cukr  mlecny,  is.  mlechnee,  sugar  of 
milk; 

cukr  oloven^,  ts.  olovygnee,  sugar  of 
lead. 

Davi&ny  kamen,  m.  ddviehnee  kd- 
men,  tartar  emetic; 

debet,  m.  dJSMt,  tar 
divizna,  f.  ffivizna,  mullein 
dobra  mysl,  f .  see  marjanka; 
draci  krev,  f.  drachee  hr&f,  dragon's 
blood; 

draslik,  m.  (kali urn,  n  ),  drdssleek, 
potassium 

draslo,  n.  see  salajka; 

dfevo  my§i,  n.  drsMvti  mis7iee,  bit- 
ter sweet 

dfevo  sladk£,  liquorice 

drin,  m.  drsheen,  dogwood 

dfistal,  m.  barberry 

drnavec,m.  d  *rndvets, wall-pell itory 

droEdi,  see  kvasnice; 

dubinky,  pi.  nutgall,  galls; 


durman,  m  (panensk^ jablko  pich- 

lav£),  stramonium  seed; 
dusik,  m.  ditsseek,  nitrogen 
dusicnan  olovnaty,  nitrate  of  lead. 

Ether,  m  eter,  ether 
euforbium,  eilforbiilm,  euforbia. 

Fenikl,  m.  fennel 
fialka,  f.  fidlkd,  violet 
fik,  m  feek,  fig 
fosfor,  m  phosporus. 

(xdoulove"  semeno,  n.  quince  seed; 
granatov^  jablko,  n.  pomegranate 
go  ma  arabska,  f .  gum  arabic 
46   elasticka,  f.  gum  elastic 

Hefmanek,  nr  hershmdnek,  chamo- 
mile 

hofcice,  f;  horchits8,  mustard 
horec,  m.  horshets,  gentian 
Iiouba,  f .  houbti,  sponge 
liouby,  pi.  mushrooms, 
Iifebicek,  m.  rsMbeechek,  cloves 
bulevnik,  m.  hedge-mustard 

Chinin,  m.  khinin,  quinine 
china,  f .  )  cinchona,  Pe- 

chinnik  pravy,m.  f  ruvian  bark; 
clilorove*  vapuo,  n.  khlordvS  vdpntf, 

chloride  of  lime ; 
climel,  m.  kJimell,  hops. 

IMS  (proskurnik),  m.  ibish,  marsh- 
mellow 

Jalovec,  m.  yallovtits,  juniper 
jaternik,  m.  yatermk,  liverwort 


240 


Part  III. 


poison 


jed,  yM, 
utrejch,  iltreykh 
jelenf  roh,  yelltnee  rtih,  hartshorn 
4 4  lfij,  y.  looy,  hart's  tallow 
jerab,  m.  yershdb,  mountain  ash; 
jetelice,  f.  (janovec,m.)  broom  tops 
jdd,  m.  yod,  iodine. 

Kafr,  m.  kafir,  camphor 

kalamin,  m  calamine 

kalauka,  f.  pinkroot 

kamenec,  m.  kamenSis,  alum 

kanipe§ka,  f.  k&mpeshka,  logwood 

kastoreum,  n.  castor 

kastan,  m.  kdshldn,  horse-chestnut; 

kau£uk,  m.  India  rubber; 

klejt,  (kyslicnik  olovnaty)  m.  kleyt, 
oxide  of  lead; 

klejicha  bulvata,  butterfly-weed 

kmin,  m.  kmeen,  caraway  seed; 

km  in  vodm,  k.  vcdnee,  water-hem- 
lock (fine-leaved); 

konitrnd,  m.  hedge-hyssop 

konopi,  n.  ktinopee,  hemp 

konopf  indicke^  k.  inditske,  Indian 
hemp; 

konopny  extract,  m.  extract  of  hemp 
kopytnik  tupolist^  m.  asarum  Eu- 

ropaeum; 
kopr,  m.  koptr,  dill 
kofalka,  f.  see  palenka; 
korek,  m.  cork 

kofen  badi  ,m.  korshVn  /wd'ee,bistort 
44   maliny,  blackberry  root; 


omanu,  elicampane 
omejovy,  aconite  root; 


kosatec,  m.  kossdtets,  blue  flag,  iris 

versicolor; 
kozlnec,  m.  kozinets,  tragacanth 
kozlik  odolen,  m.  valerian 
kozokv&t,  m.  queen's  root; 
kfen,  m.  krshgn,  horse-radish 
krevnice,  f.  krgvmts8,  bloodroot 
krida,  f.  krsheedd,  chalk 
kroupy,  pi  krotipy,  pearl  barley; 
krticmk,  m.  k~rVic7ineek,  fig  wort 
krusinka,  krUshinM,  dyer's  weed, 

genista; 

kruSicek,  (pampalik),  m.  marigold 
kura  dubova,f.  koora  dubdvd, black- 
oak  bark; 

44  divoke"  tre§ne,wild  cherry  bark 

u  vrbova,&.  vfrbdva,  willow  bark; 

44  jilmova,  k.  yilmdvd.  elm  bark; 

44  cervene\jilmy,slipperyelmbark 
kvasnice,  pi.  kwdssmtsS,  yeast 
kvet,  m.  kwyU,  flowers 
kvMel,  f.  kwyUell, wmmovi  toad  flax 
kyprej,  m.  kiprey,  loosestrife 
kyslik,  m.  kissleek,  oxygen 
kyselina,  f.  kisselind,  acid 

44   citronova,  citric  acid 

44   karbolovA,  carbolic  acid; 

44    sanytrova,  nitric  acid; 

44    solna,  muriatic  acid; 

44   vhiova,  tartaric  acid. 

Lep  na  ptaky,  m.  bird-lime 

lcntySek,  m.  mastic 

levandule,  f.  lavender 

lib,  m.  leeh,  alcohol 

lilek  cerveny,  see  drevo  my  Si; 

limonka,  f.  marsh  rosemary; 


Drugs  and  medicines. 


241 


list!  bobkove,  n.  laurel  leaves; 
lomihnat,  m.  common  groundsel; 
lopuch,  (hoi'ky  kofen)  m.  burdock 
luj,  m.  looy,  tallow; 

44  jeleni,  hart's  tallow; 

4  4  skopovy,  mutton  suet 
12i£iiik,  m.  Ifcichmk,  common  scur- 
vy-grass ; 
14k  proti  hlistam,  vermifuge. 

Mak,  m.  poppy-seed 

mandle  hork4,  pi.  mdndl8  liorsJike1, 
bitter  almonds; 
44   sladke,  sweet  almonds; 

mafena,  f .  m&rahfaid,  madder 

marjanka,  f.  m&rydnkti,  common 
marjoram; 

iii  at  a,  (inarulka)  f.  catnip 

in  at  a  peprna,  f .  peppermint 

mata  kadef  ava,  pennyroyal 

med,  m.  honey 

mM',  f .  my&K,  copper 

medokvet,  m.   mgddkwygt,  marsh 
trefoil,  buckbean; 

medvedice  obecna,  medvy8iX!its8  o- 
betsnd,  bearberry  leaves; 

mejli,n.  (miipule,  f.) meylee, mistle- 
toe 

melasa,  f.  molasses 
mleko,  n.  milk 

ml^kovy  pund,  milk-punch  toddy; 
moruSova  St'ava,  mulberry  juice; 
mouka  bila,  f-  moUM  beeld,  wheat 
flour; 

44  cerna,  m.  chernd,  rye  flour; 
44   ovesnd,  m.  ovtesnd,  oatmeal; 


mrkev,  f.  m  rkef,  carrot  seed; 
mydlo,  n.  meedld,  soap 

6  4   maaave,  soft  soap 

44   amygdalinov^,  amygdaline 
soap; 

44  mandlove^  almond  oil  soap; 
myrlia,  f.  myrrh 

Naha£,  m.  see  ociinj 
namel,  m.  ergot 
liaprstnik  derven^,  m.  foxglove 
narels  kaderavy,  m.  daffodil 
natr^nik,  m.  tormentil 
netlk,  m.  see  zensky  vlasj 
netykalka,  f .  touch-me-not 
nov^  kofeni,  n,  nove"  kors7i8m,  all- 
spice; 

nickaminek,  see  skalice; 
natrium,  see  sodik. 

Ocet,  m.  otset,  vintgar 

ocun,  m  otsoon,  colchicum  seed; 

odolen,  m.  valerian 

olej,  m.  dley,  oil 
44  bavlneny,  cotton-seed  oil 
44  z  bergamotek;  oil  of  bergamot 
44  citronovy,  lemon  oil 
44  dymianov^,  oil  of  thyme,  oil  of 

origanum; 
44  liof6icn;f,  oil  of  mustard 
44  hefmankov^,  chamomile  oil 
44  jantarovy,  oil  of  amber 
44  kafrovy,  camphor  oil 
"  kokosovy,  cocoa-nut  oil 
44  koprovy,  oil  of  dill 
44  krotonoYy,  croton  oil 
44  ln&ny,  flaxseed  oil 


242 


Part  111. 


olej  mandlovy,  almond  oil 
"  olivovy,  ) 
u  dfcveny         (  olive  oil 
"  brabancovy  ' 
"  ricinovy,  castor  oil 
66  ru^ovy,  oil  of  roses 
66  sesamovy,  benne  oil 
"  skoficovy,  cinnamon  oil 
"  terpentinovyy  oil  of  turpentine 
"  z  volske"  nohy,  neats-foot  oil 
oIoto,  n.  oldvd,  lead 
orech,  m.  orsMkh,  nut 

"  mu§katovy,  nutmeg 
orllcek,  m.  orleechek,  columbine 
osladic,  m.  oslaftich,  male  fern 
ozanka,  f .  (gamandr),  germander. 

Palenka  obycejna,  f .  whiskey 

' 6  vinna  (francouzska),  brandy 
pampeliska  (smetanka),  f .  dandelion 
paprika,  f.  red  pepper,  cayenne  p. 
pckelny  kaminek,  m.  lapis  infer- 
nalis; 

pelynek,  m.  wormwood 

peltram,  m.  pellitory 

pepf,  m.  pgprsh,  black  pepper 

petruzel,  f.  parsley-root 

pijavky,  pi.  f.  piyafky,  leeches 

pi/mo,  n.  pceimd,  musk 

plavun,  f .  lycopodium 

plicnik,  m.  plitsnik,  Iceland  moss: 

plosticnfk,  m.  black  snakeroot,  ci- 

micifuga; 
pomoran6,  m.  pomordnch,  orange 
pomorancovy  kvet,  orange  flowers; 
pomorancova  kfira,  orange  peel; 


popel  z  kosti,m.  popell  skosVi,  bone 
ash; 

posed,  m.  white  bryony 

pota§  (draslo),  see  salajkaj 

potmechut',  f.         K  ... 

r  ,   ,     -  5      ,       \  bittersweet 

psi  vino  cerven£,  n.  ) 

prote2,  f .  cudweed, life-everlasting; 

pryskyrice,  f .  pryskyrsliitsV,  resin, 

rosin; 

pryskyrky,  see  gpanelske'  moucliy; 

psi  rmen,  m.  mayweed 

pukavec  (vlci  mak),  m.  pukdvets, 

red-poppy  petals; 
puSkvorec,  m.  pushkworets,  sweet 

flag; 

Rauta,  f.  ritittd,  rue 

rebarbora,  f.  rebarbdra,  rhubarb 

rozinky,  pi.  f.  raisins 

rozmarina,  f.  rosemary 

rozrazil,  m,  speedwell 

rtutf,  f.  rtitt\  mercury 

rulik  zlomocny,  m.  deadly  night- 
shade, belladonna  root; 

rum  myrtovy,  m.  bay-rum 

rumelka,  f.  cinnabar 

ruie  stolista,  f.  hundred-leaved 
rose. 

Sadec,  m.  sMets,  eupatorium,  thor- 

oughwort; 
sadlo,  n.  lard 
salajka,  f.  sdldyka,  potash 
salmiak,  m.  sal  amoniac 
sanytr,  m.  stinyt  V,  saltpeter 
semcno  n.  flaxseed,  linseed; 

"   tykvovtf,    pumpkin  seed; 


Drugs  and 

seminko  citvaroY£,European  worm- 
seed; 

senes,  m.  purging  cassia; 
senesove  listi,  n.  senna  leaves 
seno  feck£,  n.  send  rsMtsM,  fenu- 
greek; 

sesamove'  listi,  n.  benne  leaf  j 
sj'ra,  f.  seerd,  sulphur,  brimstone; 
sir  an,  f .  seerdn,  sulphate 
si  ran  draselnaty,  sulphate  of  potash 
siran  med'naty,  sulphate  of  copper; 
sirob,  m.  sirup 

skalice  bila,  f .  sk&llitsti  beeld,  white 

vitriol ; 
skila,  f .  squile 

skorice,  f.  skorshitsV,  cinnamon 

u   bila,  canella 
sladka  vrbka,  f .  bittersweet 
sliz,  m.  sleez,  common  mallow 
smola,  f .  pitch 

sodik,  m.  (natrium),  n.  sodium 

soda  sucha,  f.  (sucliy  natron,  ky- 
slicnik  sodnaty,  dry  soda, 
protoxide  of  sodium; 

soda  zirava,  (natron  ziravy,  hydrat 
sodnaty),  caustic  soda, hy- 
drate of  soda; 

spory§,  m.  see  zeleznikj 

starcek,  m.  see  lomihnatj 

ml  kuchynska,  f.  sool  k.,  common 
salt; 

u  hofka,  (Glauberova),  Glauber's 
salt,  Epsom  salt; 

u  morska,  bay  salt; 

u  kriStalova,  nitrate  salt; 
sufik,  m.  red  oxide  of  lead; 
svla£ec,  m.  svl&cliets,  scammony. 


medicines.  243 

&afran,  m.  shdfrdn,  saffron 
salvej,  m.  shalvygy,  sage 
&ipek,  m.  sheepek,  dog-rose,  hip; 
si§ak,  m.  shis7tdk,  scullcap  . 
§krob,  m.  sJikrob,  starch 
Skroboyina  americka,  f .  arrow-root 
skumpa  jedovata,  f .  poison-oak 
spanelsk^  moucny,  pi.  f.  Spanish 

flies,  cantharides; 
spargl,  m.  shpargl,  asparagus 
§tfovik,  m.  shtovik,  sorrel 
Sfestky,  pi.  f.  shwMky,  prunes 

Tabak,  m.  tdbdk,  tobacco 
taYola,  f.  hardhack 
terpent^n,m.  terpenteen,  turpentine 
tinktnra  arnikova,  f .  tincture  of 
arnica; 

tis,m.  common  European  yew  tree; 
tojest,  f.  dog's-bane 
tolije,  f.  tolliyV,  parnassia  palustris; 
tomel  virginsky,  persimmon 
tran  jaterni,  m.  cod-liver  oil; 
trnka,  f.  t^rnka,  wild  plumtree; 
trojpecka,  f .  troypetskti,  fever  root 
tremdava,  f«  dictamnus,  bastard 

dittany; 
tfezalka,  f.  St.  John's  wort; 
tuk  velrybi,  m.  spermaceti 
turan,  m.  fleabane,  erigeron. 

Uhel  dreven^,  m.  charcoal 

ubel  zufeci,  animal  charcoal;  bone- 
black; 

ulilik,  m.  tihleek,  carbon 

ulilicitan  horecnaty,  m.  carbonate 
of  magnesia; 


244 


Part  111. 


uhlicitau  sodnaty,  carbonate  of  soda 
uzanka,  f .  hound's  tongue. 

Yanilka,  f .  vanilla 

vapno.  n.  lime;  quicklime; 

v&pno  chlorov^,  chloride  of  lime; 

vapno  karbolov4,  carbolate  of  lime; 

vavfln,  m.  laurel  tree; 

vejce,  n.  veyts&,  egg 

bilek,  m.  beelek,  the  white 

zloutek,  m.  iloittek,  the  yelk 

vinny  kamen,  m.  cream  of  tartar; 

vino  bile,  n.  veend  beeU,  white  wine 
66  cerven^,  v.  c7ierv&nS,  red  wine, 

virginska  hadoyka,  f.  Virginia 
snakeroot 

vitod,  m.  veetod,  bitter  polygala; 

vla§t'oyicnik,m.  vldshVowichnik,  ce- 
landine 

voda  clsta,f .  vtidd  chisstd^ure  water 
voda  mineralni,  mineral  water 
koupel,  f  ■  koitpell  )  bath 
lazen,  f ,  lazen  ) 
vodi6ka,  f.  voffitfikd,  wash,  lotion; 
vodidka  na  ocl,  v.  nti  ochi, eye-wash 
vosk  bily,  m.  white  wax 
vosk  zlut^,  yellow  wax 


vrani  oko,  n.  vranee  o##,paris  quad 

rifolia; 
vr&tid,  m.  vrdVieh,  tansy 
vystrelek,  m.  veestrsMUek-,  spirit 
66      pi^movy,  spirit  of  musk; 
64      terpentine  vy,   spirit  of 
turpentine; 
vyzi  kli,  n.  vizee  klee,  isinglass. 

Zazvor,  m.  ginger 

zazvor  divoky,  wild  ginger 

zemezlud,  f.  zemygfrl&ch,  common 
centaury; 

zerav,  m.  zeraf,  arbor  vitae; 

zimostraz,  m.  box  plant; 

znrijovec,  m.  zmeeydvets,  skunk  cab- 
bage; 

2abnik,  m.  Mbwk,  water-plantain 
zebficek,  m.  fcebrsheechek,  yarrow 
zeleznice  lysa,s.  snake-head,  turtle- 
head; 

zeleznik,  m.  Mezhik,  vervain 
zensky  vlas,  m.  maidenhair 
zlu6  volsM,  f .  ilitch  Dolskd,  ox-gall 
zlutidlo,  n.  turmeric 
zlutodfev,  m.  prickly-ash. 


I  like  domestic  com- 
fort. 

We  have  a  comfortable 
home  on  tenth  street. 
We  have  a  hall,  five 

rooms  and  a  kitehen 


At  home. 

DOMA. 

Miluju  domaci  polio - 
dli. 

Maine  poliodlny  doniov 

na  dcsat£  ulici. 
Maine  siS,  pet  pokojfi 

a  kuchyn  dole,  a 


milluyU    domatsee  po- 

liodlee. 
m&mS  po7iodelnee  dd- 

mof  n&  d&sdti  uliisi. 
mamti  seen,  pyH  polcif- 

yoo    d  kitkhiiSi  dtilg, 


At  home. 


245 


down  stairs,  and  four 
bedrooms  upstairs. 
The  stairs  have  a  rail- 
ing. 

We  have  new  furni- 
ture,— tables,  chairs, 

sofas  and  beds. 
The  writing-desk  and 

library  stand  in  the 

front  room. 
The    windows  have 

both   shutters  aud 

curtains. 
On  the  walls  there  are 

pictures  in  frames. 
Our    clothes  press  is 

very  handy. 
The  fuel  we  keep  down 

cellar.  —  Hard  and 

soft  water  is  in  the 

house. 
We  have  a  good  stove 

and  the  chimney  does 

not  smoke. 


etyry  loznice  naho- 
i*e. 

Schody  maji  zabradli. 

Maine  novy  nabytek,— 

stoly,  Sidle,  poliov- 

ky  a  postele. 
Psaci  stul  a  knihoyna 

stoji  v  pf-edni  svfctni- 

ci. 

Okna  maji  okenice  i 
zasloiiy. 

Na  st£nach  jsou  obra- 

zy  v  r&mech. 
Na§e  Satnice  je  tuze 

pfirufaia. 
Palivo  ma  me  ve  skle- 

pe.  —  Tvrda  i  mek- 

ka  voda  je  v  doui6. 

Maine  dobre*  kainna  a 
koinin  nekouH. 


a  shtiri  lo%mts8  nd- 
liorsM, 
skhddy  mdyee  zabr ad- 
lee. 

mdm8  novee  nabytek,  — 

stolly,  iidle,  polio fky 

d  postell8. 
psdtsee  stool  akfiihovna 

stoyee  fp  r  s  h  8  d  n  e  e 

swy^tfiitsi. 
oknd  mdyee  oke'Tiitse  e 

zdslony. 

nd  stendkh  soil  obruzy 

vrdmekh . 
ndshe'  sJiatHitaS  y$  toozg  ■ 

2?rs7ieeritc7ind. 
pdlivd  mdm8  vtisklepyg. 

—  tv  erdd  e  my  Ska  vo- 

dd  y8  vdtimy&. 

mam8  dobre  kdmnd  a 
komeen  n&kourshee. 

y8  chdss  k-yeedlu.  — 

yeedlti  y8  lioWvti. 
y& prostrshitnd.  — fsJiti- 

tsko  y&  nd  stolS:  m&e- 

sy,  tdleersM,  vidlich- 

ky,  noie. 
pofXtg  yeest;  —  sedHetti 

k&  stollU. 
pod&y  me  tu  sessli. 

podVytti  me  poleefku; 

yd  rdzddm. 


It  is  time  to  eat  — The 

meal  is  ready. 
The  table  is  spread;  — 

everything  is  on  the 

table:  dishes,  plates, 

forks,  knives. 
Come  and  eat;  —  sit 

down  by  the  table. 
Hand  (thou)  me  that 

chair.  —  Hand  (you) 

me  the  soup;  I  shall 

deal  it  out. 


Je  das  k  jidlu.  —  Jidlo 

je  hotovo. 
Je  prostfeno;  -vSecko 

je  na  stole  :  nrisy, 

talife,  vidlitfky,  no- 

ze. 

Pojd'te  jisti;—  sednete 

ke  stolu. 
Podej  mi  tu  sesli.  — 

Podejte  mi  polivku; 

ja  rozdam. 


246 


Part  111. 


Is  it  not  salt  enough? 

—  Here  is  the  salt; 
take  some  more  salt. 

The  meat  is  cut;  —  I 
shall  cut  up  the  roast 
into  pieces. 

Help  yourself;  —  here 
is  roast  goose, — here 
is  fried  chicken. 

Take  a  piece  of  bread. 

Do  you  eat  pastry?  — 

Sometimes. 
Do  you  want  a  cup  of 

coffee  ?  -  or  a  cup  of 

tea? 

Is  the  coffee  sweet  e- 
nough?— Here  is  su- 
gar. 

After  a  meal  a  cigar 

tastes  well. 
Will  you  smoke  ?-Here 

are  cigars;  light  one; 

Hand  me  the  matches. 

—  There  in  the  cor- 
ner is  a  spittoon. 

It  is  growing  dark.  — 
It  is  dark.  —  Make  a 
light. 

Here  is  a  candle-stick 
and  a  candle.— Light 
the  lamp; -light  the 

gas. 


Neni  dost  slana$—  Zde 
je  sul;  pfisolte  si. 

Maso  je  nakrajeno;  — 

rozdelim  peceni  na 

porce. 
Poslu£te  si$  —  zde  je 

pecena  kusa,  —  zde 

simizene  kure. 

Veiute  si  kousek  chle- 
ba. 

J ite  peclvo?  —  Nekdy. 

Chcete  Salek  kavy?  — 
anebo  §alek  daje? 

Je  kava  dost  sladka?— 
Zde  je.cukr. 

Pojidle  chutna  dout- 
nik. 

Budete  koufitil  -  Tu 
jsoa  cigaraj  zapalte 

si, 

Podejte  mi  sirky.  — 
Tarn  v  koutfc  je  pli- 
vatko. 


Stmiva  se.—  Je  tma.— 
Udfclejte  svetlo. 

Zde  je  svicen  a  svi£ka. 
—  Itozzete  lampn;  - 
rozzete  plyu. 


neyni  dost  sldndf —  zd& 
yg  sool;  prshisollt8  si. 

mdssd  y&  ndkrdy&nd; — 
rozfteleem  pScJiem  nd 
portsti. 

poslitshtV  si;  —  zd&  y& 
pgcMnd  hussd,  —  zdg 
smdfrene'  kursM. 

vemt8  si  koilsek  klil&bd. 

yeet&  pSchivo?  negdy. 

khtsUV  slidlek  kdvy?  — 
dnebd  shdlek  chdy8? 

y&  kdvd  dost  slddkd?  — 
zd8  y<&  tstik  V. 

pti  yeedU  khtitnd  dout- 
nik. 

budUV  koursliit?  —  til 
sou  tsigard;  zdpalt8 

si. 

pod&yM  me  scerky.  — 
tdm  fkoufe  y&  pli- 
vdtkd. 

stmeevd  s&.—  y<Z  tmd.  — 
uiXeleytS  swytitlo. 

zd$y8  sweetskn  d  sweech- 
kd.  —  roi,ei8  IdmpU; 
—  roiet8  plyn. 


At  home. 


247 


It  is  growing  chilly, 
isn't  it?  —  Make  a 
fire. 

There  is  a  fire  already 

in  the  stove. 
It  is  late;  -  let  us  go  to 

sleep. 

It  is  time  to  go  to  bed. 
Is  the  bed  made?— The 

beds  are  made  for  all. 
I  shall  lie  down  on  the 

sofa.  —  Do  as  you 

please. 
Undress;  —  take  off 

your  clothes;  —  pull 

off  your  boots;  here 
is  the  boot-jack. 
Sleep  well.  —  Good 
night! 

It  is  time  to  get  up.  — 
Our  folks  are  up. 

Wencelis  still  sleeping; 
—  wake  him  up;  or 
he  will  oversleep. 

How  did  you  sleep?  — 
I  slept  well. 

Didn't  that  noise  wake 
you  up?  —  I  slept 
fast; nothing  disturb- 
ed me. 

I  had  a  bad  night;  — 

I  couldnotf  all  asleep 

very  long;  —  I  only 

fell  asleep  towards 
morniug. 


Dela  se  chladno,  je-h 
pravda?  -  Zatopte. 

Uz  je  ohen  v  kamnech. 

Je  pozde;  —  pojd'me 
spat. 

Je  das  jiti  do  postele. 
Je  ustlano?— Je  ustla- 

no  pro  vseckny. 
Ja  si  lehnii  na  sofa.  — 

Jak  chcete. 

Odstrojte  se;  —  svlek- 
nete  se;  —  zujte  se, 

—  tu  Je  zouvak. 

SpMe  dobfe.— Dobrou 
noc! 


I  Je  das  vstati.  —  Na&i 
jsou  zhuru. 
Vaclav  postal  spi;  — 
zbud'te  ho,  sice  za- 
spi. 

Jak  jste  spaH  —  Spal 

jsem  dobfe. 
Nebudil  vas  ten  hluk? 

—  Spal  jsem  tvrde; 

-  nic  m&  nebudilo. 

Ja  mel  zlou  noc;  — 
nemoliljsem  usnou- 
ti  dlouho;  —  usnul 
jsem  teprve  k  ranu. 


dWa  s8  khlddno,  yelli 
pravdaf  —  zatopte. 

Ush  y8  oMTL  fkdmn&kh. 

y8  pozfte;  —  poftme 
spat. 

y8  chdss  yeet  dtipostelW. 
ySustldnti?  —  ySUstld- 

nd  pro  fsMkhny 
yd  si  lehnu  nd  sofa.  — 

ydk  khtsUV. 

odstroytg  s8;  —  svWcne- 
U  s$;  —  zUytS  s8;  — 

tu  y8  zouvak. 

spy8t8  dtibrshti.—ddbrou 
nots. 

y&  chdss  fstdt.  —  n&sTii 

sou  zhoorit. 
vdtsldv  posild  spee;  — 

zbtiiXtS  ho,  sits8  za- 

spee. 

ydk  st8  spdl?  —  spdl 

sera  dtibrshg. 
nebtiftil  vdss  ten  JilUk? 

—  spdl  sem  tv  Vd'e; 

nits  myb  ntibtiftilo. 

yd  myM  zloit  nots;  - 
n8moh  el  sem  Usnoilt 
dloithd;  —  UsnUl  sem 
tep  °rve  kranti,. 


2-18 


Part  III. 


Henry  says  he  never    Jindf ich  po\dda  ie  aiii 
shut  his  eyes(i.  e.  had       oka  nezamhour il. 
no  sleep  at  all). 

Vocabulary. 

Sill,  f.  seen,  the  hall 
schody,  pi.  m.  skhody,  the  stairs 
zabradli,  n.  the  railing 
steiia,  f.  stend,  the  wall 
Satnice,  f.  87idtHitsg,  the  clothes 
press; 

kumbal,  m.  kitmbdl,  the  closet 
kout,  m.  koitt,  the  coruer 
okenice,  f.  ok8TLits&,  the  blind 
zaslona,  f.  zdslond,  the  curtain 
domaci,  ddmdtsee,  domestic 
nabytek,  m.  the  furniture 


yindrshikh  poveedd  &e 
dni  okd  ngzdmou- 
rshil. 


tables 


stoly,  m  stdly  ) 
tubule,  f .  tdbuU  f 

psaci  stftl,  psdtsee  stool,  the  writiDg- 
desk 

£idle,  f.  MdU 
sesle,  f.  sessU 


the  chair  or  chairs; 


pohoyka,  f  pdhofkd  j  the  loun 
sofa,  n.  sofa  ) 
obraz,  m.  obraz,  the  picture 
ram,  m.  the  frame 
Paliyo,  n.  pdllivd,  the  fuel 
k 21  mini,  pi.  kdmnd,  the  stove 
komin,  m.  komeen,  the  chimney 
koufiti,  kottrshit,  to  smoke 
ohefi,  m.  d7te%  the  fire; 
svicen,  m.  sioeetsgn,  the  candlestick 
svi£ka,  f.  sweechkd,  the  candle 
plyn,  m.  the  gas 
rozziti,  roieet,  to  make  a  light; 
zapaliti,  zdpdlit,  to  light 
sirka,  f .  sirka,  a  match 
clgaro,  n.  tsigdro  \ 
doutuik,  m.  dotdnik  S 

pllvatko,  n.plivdtko 
plivnik,  m.plivffik 


a  cigar 


J-  spittoon. 


YroHtHt\^27rosirs^eei^°  set  the  table; 

misa,  f .  meesd,  the  dish 

talif,  m.  tdleersh,  the  plate 

salek,  m.  shdlek,  the  cup 

sfil,  sool,  the  salt 

slgny,  a,  £  sldnee,  salt,  salted; 

pf  isoliti,  prshi-solit,  to  put  in  some 

more  salt; 
sladky,  a,  6  slddkee,  sweet 


nakrajeti,  ndkrdyei,  to  cut  in  pieces; 
rozdeliti,  rozflelit,  to  divide 
rozdati,  rozddt,  to  deal  out; 
peclvo,  n.  pScMvo,  the  pastry 
peceiiy,  a,  bpSchenee,  roasted 
sinazeiiy,  a,  6  svidienee,  fried 
husa,  f.  httssa,  goose 
kure,  n.  ktirsM,  chicken. 


Buying  and  selling. 


249 


Stmivati  se9  stmeevdt  sd,  to  grow 
dark ; 

odstrojiti  se,  odstroyit  sd,to  undress 
zoati  se,  zdut  sd,  to  pull  off  one's 
boots; 

zouvak,  m.  zoilvdk,  the  boot- jack 
ustlati,  Ustldt,  to  make  the  bed; 
usnouti,  tisnotit,  to  fall  asleep; 
zaspati,  zdspdt,  to  oversleep 
buditi,  bit&'it,  to  wake,  to  disturb; 


zbuditi,  zbu&Ht,  to  wake  up,  to  call ; 

vstati,  fstdt,  to  get  up; 

zliuru,  zhooru,  up; 

nahofe,  ndhorshd,  up  stairs; 

dole,  ddld,  down  stairs; 

tvrde,  tv'rtie  )fagt 

pevn&,  pevne  ) 

Link,  m.  hWc,  noise 

je-li  prarda?  yelli prdvddf  isn't  it  so? 


Buying  and.  selling. 

KOUPE  a  P  BODE  J. 


How  much  is  this  ?  — 

What  is  the  price  of 
it?— How  much  does 
it  cost? 

What  do  you  sell  it  for  ? 

What  do  you  want  for 
it?— What  do  you  ask 
for  it?  —  How  much 
shall  I  give  you  for  ii  ? 

What  is  the  price? 

A  dollar  and  ten  cents. 

—  A  dollar  and  a 
quarter. 

Two  dollars  and  a  half. 

—  Two  and  a  half 
dollars. 

Five  dollars  sixty  cents 

It  costs  a  little  over  six 

dollars. 
Is  it  worth  that  much? 


Za£  je  to?  —  Co  to  sto- 
jil  —  Co  to  koStiije? 

Po  cein  to  prodavate? 

Co  za  to  chcete?  —  Co 
za  to  Sadate?  —  Co 
Yam  za  to  dam] 

Jaka  je  cena? 
Dollar  deset  centfi.  — 
Dollar  a  £tvrt. 

Dva  dollary  a  pul.  — 
Pul  tf  etiho  dollaru. 

P&t  dollar  11  §edesat 
centu. 

8tojl  to  nec  9  pres  §est 

dollaru. 

Stoji  to  za  to? 


zacli  yd  td?  —  tsd  Id 
stoyee?  —  tsd  td  kosh- 
ttiyd? 

pd  chern  td  proddvdte? 
tsd  zd  td  khtsdtd?  —  tsd 

zd  td  Mddtt?  —  tsd 

vdm  zd  td  ddmf 

ydkd  yd  tsend? 
dollar  desset  sentoo.  — 
dollar  a  shtw  ert. 

dwd  dollary  d  pool.  — 
pool  trshdteehd  dolld- 
rii. 

pydi  dollaroo  shddessdt 
sentoo. 

stoyee  td  netsd  prshds 

sliest  dollaroo. 

stoyee  td  zd  td? 


250 


Part  III 


I  think  it  is;  —  why- 
should  it  not  be? 

It  seems  to  me  too 
much . —  I  think  it  is 

dear. 

That  is  too  much,  — 
That  is  too  dear. —  I 
won't  give  so  much. 

That  is  too  much;— will 
you  take  off  some- 
thing? 

You  must  take  off 
something. 

I  shall  not  take  off  any- 
thing.-! cannot  take 
off  anything. 

We  have  a  fixed  price. 

—  We  sell  at  a  fixed 
price. 

It  is  cheap.  It  is  low- 
priced. 

I  shall  get  it  cheaper 
elsewhere. 

You  will  not  g3t  it 
cheaper  anywhere. 

I  will  try  it.  —  I  don't 
want  to  haggle  —  I 
don't  like  to  haggle 
over  the  price. 

That  is  the  lowest  price ; 

—  it  cannot  be  any 
cheaper. 


Myslim  ze  stoji;— prod 
by  nestaloS 

Mne  se  to  zda  moc.  — 
Myslim  ze  je  to  dra- 

he, 


To  je  moc.  —  To  je 
drahe\  —  Tolik  ne- 
dam. 

Toje  tuze  mtioho;  — 
slevite  neco? 

Neco  musite  sleviti. 

N*  slevim  nic.  —  Ne- 
lnohu  sleviti  nic. 

Maine  pevnou  cenu.  — 
Prodavaine  za  pev- 
nou cenu. 

Je  to  lacing.  —  Je  to 
levne\ 

Dostanu  to  levneji Jin- 
de. 

Nedostanete  to  levneji 

nikde. 
Zkusiin  to.  —  Nechci 

sinlouvati.  —  Ncrad 

smlouvani. 

To  je  nejni^i  cena;  — 
nemiize  byti  lacinej- 


misleem  ze  stoyee;  — 
proch  be  nesidldf 

myd  sd  td  zdd  mots.  — 
misleem  ze  yd  td  drd- 

M. 


td  yd  mots.  —  td  yd  dr ti- 
ke". —  ttilik  ndddm. 

td  yd  toozd  mnohd;  — 
sldveetd  netsdt 

Hetsd  mUseetd  slevit. 

ndsldveem  nits. —  ndmd- 
7iit  slevit  nits. 

mdmd  pevnou  tsenu.  — 
proddvdmd  zd  pevnoti 
tsenti.  , 

yd  td  ldtsin6.  —  yd  td 
levnS. 

dostdnil  td  levney  yindd. 

neddstdnetd  td  levfiey 
fiigdd. 

skuseem  td  —  ndkhtsi 
smloiLvtit.  —  nerdd 

smlouvdm. 

td  yd  neynishee  tsenti; 
—  ndmooze  beet  Ititsi- 
neysliee. 


Buying  and  selling. 


251 


What  do  you  wish  ?  — 
What  is  your  pleas- 
ure? 

What  can  I  do  for  you  ? 
Have  you  satchels  for 

sale? — I  want  to  buy 

a  satchel. 
I  would  like  to  get  a 

nice  traveling  bag. 
We  have  a  stock  of 

them.  —  We  have  a 

large  choice. 
Show  me  some.  —  I 

wish  to  see  them. 
This  is  the  best  kind  we 

have.  —  They  are 

good. 

This  one  is  nice  — This 

will  suit  you. 
How  much  is  it  T  — 

What  is  the  price? 
Four  dollars  and  a  half. 

— That  is  the  regular 

price. 

That  is  alittle  too  much . 

—  don't  you  think  so? 
I  do  not  think  so. 

I  will  give  four  dollars 
for  it.  -  Will  you  sell 
it  for  that? 

I  cannot.  —  I  cannot 
take  off  anything. 

The  price  is  fixed. 

Then  I  will  not  buy  it. 

—  Do  as  you  please; 


Co  si  prejete]  --  Co 
racle? 

Cim  mohu  slouzltiS 
Mate  ta§ky  na  prodej? 
— Chci  koupittaSku. 

Had  foych  nejakoa  p&k- 

nou  kabelu. 
Maine  je  na  sklade.  — 

Maine  velk^  vyber. 

Uka£te  mi  n&ktere\  — 
Podivam  se  na  n&. 
Tohleje  nejlepSidruh 

co  maine.     Ty  jsou 

dobre\ 
Tahle  je  pekna.  —  Ta 

se  vain  nodi. 
Zadje?  —  Co  stojiS 

ttyry  dollary  a  puL — 
To  je  pravidelna  ce- 
na. 

To  je  trochu  inoe;  — 

nemjslite? 
Kemyslim. 

Dam  za  ni  etyry  dolla- 
ry. —  Date  ji  za  to? 

Nemohu.  —  Nemohn 

nic  sleviti. 
Cena  je  pevna. 
Tedaji  nekoupim.  — 

Jak  yam  libo.—  Ne- 


tsd  si  prsh&yete~t  —  tsd 
rdchtZ? 

cheem  mohu  slouMtf 
mdt%  tdshky  na  prodey? 

—  khtsi  koupit  tdsh- 

kit. 

rdd  bikh  ndkoit  pySk- 

noit  kdbellit. 
mdmti  y8  nd  skldtfe.  — 

mdm8  velkee  veebygr. 

UkdshtS  me  \iektere'.-po- 

tfeevdm  s8  nd  fie 
tdhl& ytineylepshee  druli 

tsd  mdm8.  —  ty  soit 

ddbri. 
tdhU  y8  pySknd.  —  td 

s8  mm  hotXee. 
zdch  y%%  —  tsd  stoyee? 

shtiry  dolldry  d  pool. — 
td  y&  prdvidelnd  ts8- 
nd. 

td  y8  trokhil  mots;  — 

ntimisleetg? 
nSmisleem. 

ddm  zd  ni  shtiry  dolld- 
ry —  ddt8  ye  zd  td? 

nemohit. —  nemohitnits 
sUvit. 

ts8nd  y& p&vnd. 
tMd  ye  nSkoUpeem.  — 
yak  vdm  leebd. —  ney- 


252 


Part  111. 


—it  is  not  dear  at  that 
price. 

You  will  not  get  it  else- 
where. —  They  have 
not  got  them  else- 
where. 

They  are  not  to  be  had 
elsewhere.  —  Only  I 
alone  have  them  for 
sale. 

They  have  not  gotthese 
goods  on  hand  any 
where. 

I  keep  honest  goods  on 
hand. 

Small  profits,  quick 
sales  —  that  is  my 
motto. 

Small  but  frequent  pro- 
fits. 

Have  you  some  pocket- 
books? 

We  have  a  large  stock. 
—  What  kind  do  you 
wish, — expensive  ?  — 
cheap? 

What  is  the  price  of 
these?  —  How  much 
are  they  ?  —  How  do 
you  sell  them? 

A  dollar  a  piece. -They 
are  good  and  lasting. 

Those  are  dearer;  a  dol- 
lar and  a  half. 


ni  draha  zatu  cenu. 

Jindeji  nedostanete.  — 
Jinde  je  nemaji. 

Nejsou  jinde  k  dostani. 
—  Jenom  ja  je  mam 
na  prodej. 

Bemaji  to  zbozi  na 
sklade  nikde. 

Ja  drzlm  poctive"  zbo- 
ii. 

Maly  zisk9  rychly  pro- 
dej,—to  |e  m6  heslo. 

Maly  vydelek,  ale  ca- 
sty. 


Mate  nejake^  tobolkyS 

Mane  velkom  zasobu. 

—  Jake^  ckcete,  — 
draliel  —  lacine^ 

Zac jsou  tyhlel  —  Po 
cem  jsou?  —  Po  cem 
je  prodavate? 

Po  dollarn  kus.— Jsou 
dobr6  a  trvanlbe^ 

Tain  ty  jsou  draisij  po 
dollaru  a  pftl. 


ui  drahd  za  tft  tsenft. 

yind8  ye  nMostdnUd. — 
yind$  yg  nemdyee. 

neysoft  yinde~  gdostdm. 
—  yenom  yd  y$  mdm 
na  prodey. 

nemdyee  td  zboiee  nit 
skla  ft e  uigdd. 

yd  d^rirempotstivSzbo- 
iee. 

make  zisk,  rykhlee  pro- 
dey, —  td  ydmS  hesslo. 

mdlee  vee&'elek  dldchdss- 
tee. 

mdt£%dke'  tdbolky? 

mdm£  velkoft  zdsobft.  — 
ydkS  k7Us8t8,  —  drd- 
hef  —  Idtsini? 

zdch  soft  tylilti?  --  pd 
chem  sod?  —  pd  chem 
y& proddvdte"? 

pd  dollar  ft  kftss.  —  soft 
dobre"  d  t  ervdnliv6. 

tarn  ty  soft  drdshee;  pd 
dollarft  d  pool. 


Buying  and  selling. 


253 


They  are  somewhat 
better. 

I  will  take  one;— w7rap 
it  up  forme; 

Here  is  the  money  ;give 
me  back. 

There  is  fifty  cents  com- 
ing to  you.— Here  is 
half  a  dollar  back. 

I  should  like  to  buy  a 
few  tons  of  coal;  but 
I  have  no  money. 

I  will  take  it  on  credit  ; 

—  will  you  trust  me  ? 

I  do  not  trust  anybody; 

—  I  sell  only  for  ca*h. 

I  give  no  credit.  —  I 

want  cash. 
I  want  to  have  no  bad 

debts. 
I  need  money.  —  I  am 

raking  up  money  to 

buy  goods;— I  do  not 

want  to  borrow. 
For  cash    one  buys 
cheap. 

How  is  business  ? —  So 
so; — tolerably  good. 

Have  the  goods  a  ready 

sale?- 1  have  a  good 

sale, but  a  small  prof- 
it. 


Jsou  trocliu  lep§i. 

Yezmu  si  jednu; — za- 
balte  mi  ji. 

Tu  jsou  peirize;  dejte 
mi  zpatky. 

Pfijde  yam  padesat  cen- 
ts.—Zde  jest  pfil  dol- 
laru  zpatky. 


fead  bych  koupil  par 

tun  uiili;  ale  nemani 

penize. 
Vezmu  ho  ua  dluh;  — 

po£k&te  mi  1 
Necekam  zadneiiui;  — 

prodavam  jenza  ho- 

tove\ 

Nedavam  kredit.-Chci 

hotove\ 
Ncchci  miti  zadne  spat- 

ne"  dluhy. 
Potrebuju  penize.  — 

SMnim   penize  na 

zbozij  nechci  sedlu- 

ziti. 

Za  hotove\koupi  se  la- 
cino. 


Jak  jde  obchodS  -  Tak 
tak;  —  projde  to. 

Jde  zbozi  na  odbyt? 
Mam  dobrf  odbyt, 
ale  maly  zisk. 


sou  trokhu  lepsliee. 

vezmit  si  yednu;  —  za 

b&ltiS  me  ye. 
iU  soitpefLeeze";  deytS  me 

spdtky. 
prsheedti  vdm  pddessdt 

sentoo.  —  zd$  yb  pool 

dolldrti  spdtky. 

rdd  bikh  kottpil  pdr  ttin 
uhlee;  &Wn8mdmpe- 
fieezg. 

vezmit  M  n<t  dlooh;  — 
pochk&tti  me? 

n8chekdm  iddnemu;  — 
prodavam  yen  za  ho- 
tdvS. 

nMdvdm  credit. — khtsi 

hotdv4. 
nekhtsi     meet  Mdne 

shp&tne'  dlooliy. 
potrsMbuyii  pefLeez8.  — 

shdfieem  peneeze"  nit 

zboiee;  —  nekhtsi  s8 

dWMt. 
za  hotdvSkoitpee  stilatsi- 
nd. 

yak  d$  obkhtid?  —  ttik 
tak;—proyd8  td. 

d8  zboiee  na  odbyt  f  — 
mam  ddbree  odbyt,  fr- 
ig make  zisk. 


254 


Part  III. 


I  often  sell  at  a  loss. — 
I  have  a  loss  on  my 
sales. 

That  is  bad.  —  Have 
you  a  large  stock? 

I  have  still  many  goods 
on  hand;  — I  expect 
again  fresh  goods; — 
they  are  on  the  way. 

I  was  in  New  York  to 
make  purchases. 

Did  you  make  a  good 
bargain?  -I  am  satis- 
fied. 


Prodavam  dastose  sko- 

(lon.  —  Main  n a  torn 

ztratu. 
To  je  zle.  —  Mate  vel- 

kou  zasobu? 
Mam  jeite  hodnS  zbo- 

zi;  —  ce  karri  zase 

cerstv($  zbozij— je  wt 

na  ceste. 
Byl  jsem  v  New  Yorku 

nakupovat. 

Konpil  jste  dobfre?  — 
Jsem  spokojen. 

Vocabulary. 


procldvdm   chdsstd  s8 

skhodoti.  —  mam  na 

torn  strata, 
td  y#  zU.  —  mdU  velkoii 

zdsobti? 
mam  yeshVe  7wdne  zbo- 

%ee;  —  chekdm  zdss 

cherstvS  zboiee;  —  ye" 

itsh  nd  tsesfe. 
bill  sem  vnew-yorkit  nd- 

ktipovdt. 

koupil  st&  ddbrsJig?  — 
sem  spokoytin. 


Na  sklade,  nd  skldfte,  on  hand; 

odbyt,  m.  sale  (of  goods); 

zisk,  m.  profit 

skeda,  f . shkodd  )  ^ 

ztrata,  f.  strdtd  f 

ta&ka,  f.  tdshkd     )  satchel, 

kabela,  f .  kdbelld  f  traveling  bag; 

tobolka,  f.  tdbolkd,  pocket  book; 

heslo,  n.  Msslti,  motto 

pevn^,  a,  epevnee,  fast,  fixed; 

trvati,  t  ervat,  to  last 

trvanlivy,  a,  e  1 9rvanlivee,  lasting. 

Stoji  to,  stoyee  td,it  costs,it  is  worth; 
koStuje,  koshtUyg,  it  costs 
dostati,  dostdt,  to  get 
dostauu,  dostdnic,  I  shall  get; 


dostanete,  ddst&ntitg,  you  will  get; 
je  k  dostani,  y8  gddstdm,  is  to  be 

got;  is  to  be  had; 
drzeti,  d^riet,  to  keep 
hoditi  se,  ho&'it  s&,  to  suit;  to  fit; 
slerit?,  sltivit,  to  take  off; 
smlouvati,  smloitvdt,  to  haggle;  to 

bargain; 

slouiiti,  sloufcit,  to  serve 

vydluziti  $e,vydhmt  se  ) 

pockati,  pochkat,  to  wait,  to  trust; 

ne6ekain,  ne'chekdm,  I  do  not  wait; 

I  do  not  trust; 
nakupovati,  naktipovtit,   to  make 

purchases; 
zabaliti,  zdbdlit,  to  wrap  up. 


In  a  grocery  store. 


255  - 


In 

I  want  some  groceries 

Please,  command;— we 
have  fresh  goods  of 
all  kinds. 

Give  me  a  pound  of 
coffee,  two  pounds 
of  sugar  and  a  pack- 
age of  chicory. 

Anything  else? 

Five  pounds  of  rice, 
half  a  dozen  of  lem- 
ons and  some  spices. 

How  do  you  sell  eggs? 

Twenty  cents  a  dozen. 

Give  me  two  dozen  of 
eggs,  three  quarts  of 
kerosene  and  a  pint 
of  sirup. 

How  do  you  sell  kero- 
sene by  the  gallon? 

I  will  take  a  bottle  of 
mustard,  a  pound  of 
raisins,  a  pound  and 
a  half  of  dried  apples.  • 

Beskj.es,  I  want  four 

ounces  of  pepper. 
Send  me  a  sack  of  flour 

and  five  pounds  of 

barley. 
I  want  the  best  kind  of 

flour,  — patent  flour. 


a  grocery  sto 

U  GROCERISTY. 

Clici  nejak£  grocerie. 
Poroucejte;  —  ma  me 

cerstve^  zbozi  vseho 

druhu. 
Dejte  mi  libru  kavy, 

dve  libry    cukru  a 

pak)i£ek  cikorie. 

Je§t&  neco? 

P£t  liber  rpe,  pul  tu- 

ctu  citronii  a  nejake' 

kofeni. 
Zac  prodavate  vejce? 
Dvacet  centu  tucet. 
Dejte  mi  dvatucty  va- 

jee,  tri  kvarty  pe- 

troleje  a  pint  siro- 

bu. 

Za6  prodavate  petro- 
lej  na  gailony? 

Yezmw  si  lahev  horci- 
ce,  libru  rozinek, 
piildruh6  libry  kfi- 

Je§te  chci  6tyry  unce 

pepfe. 
Po§lete  mi  pytel  inou- 

ky  a  pet  liber  krup. 

Chci  nej  lep  §i  druh 
mouky,  —  patentni 
mou-ku. 


khtsi  ndke  groceriV. 
poroucheyte;  —  mdmh 

cherstve  zbo&ee  fsM- 

7id  druhti. 
deytS  me  librU  kdvy, 

dwyg  libry  tsttkrti  a 

pdkleechek  tsikoriS. 

yeshte  itetsd? 

py8t  liber  reyle,  pool 
tittstit  tsitrdnoo  &  Ha- 
ke* korshe"m. 

z&ch  proddvdtV  veyts&F 

dwdtsel  sentoo  tutset. 

deyte~  me  dwd  tutsty  vd- 
yets,  trshi  qudrty  p8- 
troleyti  d  pint  siro- 
bit.  ' 

z&ch  proddvdt8  petroley 

nd  gdllonyf 
vezmti  si  lahev  horchit- 

$8,     librit  rdzinek, 

po  o  Idrtiht  libry 

krsheei&l. 
yeshte  khtsi  shtiry  tin- 

ts8  p$prsh&. 

poshltitti  mi  pytel  mouky 

&  pySt  liber  krUp. 

khtsi  neylepshee  druh 
moilky,  —  p&tentnee 
moukti, 


256 


Part  [II. 


A  bushel  of  potatoes 
and  a  peck  of  onions. 

Give  me*  five  cents 
worth  of  cinnamon, 
five  cents  worth  of 
mace  and  ten  cents 
worth  of  ginger. 


Busl  bramboru  a  pek 
cibule. 

Dejte  mi  za  pet  centu 
skoiice,  za  pet  cen- 
tu kvetu  a  za  deset 
centu  zazToru. 


Vocabulary. 


bUshel  brdmboroo  a1  peck 
tsibuU. 

deytti  me  za  py8t  sentoo 
skorshitsti,  za1  pytit 
sentoo  kwyUu  &  za 
desset  sentoo  zdzvoru. 


Note.    Many  articles  sold  in  groceries  are  to  be  found  under  the 
heading  "Drugs  and  medicines". 


Ciikr  kouskovy,  tstik  V  koitskovee, 
crushed  sugar; 

66  zrnkovy,  is.  zernkovee, granu- 
lated sugar; 

46  utluceny,  ts.  titltitfienee,  pul- 
verized sugar; 

"  hn^d^,  ts.  hfiedee,  brown  sug- 
ar; 

kava  prazena,  kdvd  pretend,  roast- 
ed coffee; 
66   mleta,  k.  mlStd,  ground  coffee 

koreni,  n.  korshtim,  spice 

nove"  koi'eni,  allspice 

kvet,  m.  kwyU,  mace 

dymian,  m.  thyme 

safran,  m.  slidfrdn,  Spanish  saffron 

rozinky,  pi.  f.  raisins 

drobne"  rozinky,  currants 

kfizaly,  pi.  f.  krsheeMly,  dried  ap. 
pies; 

sugene"  Svestky,  pl.f.  stislifaitsliicest- 

ky,  prunes 
cibule,  f.  tsibitW,  onions 
tfesnek,  m.  cJiessnek,  garlic 


zazvor  loiipan^,  bleached  ginger- 
root; 

zazvor  neloupany,  unbleached  gin- 
ger-root; 

pra&ek  na  pe6e«f,  prdshek  na  pg- 

cheiii,  baking  powder; 
kvasnice,pl.  kioassnitsg ) 
<!ro/<ll,  n.  droMee  i 
suche"  kvasnice,  dry  yeast; 
lisovane  kv.,  compressed  yeast; 
salajka,  f.  sdldyM,  faleratus 
praci  soda,  f .  prdtsee  soda,  washing 
soda; 

kornout,  n.  kornoilt,  paper  cornet; 
paklik,  m.  pdkleek,  package 
paklidek,  m.  pdkleechek, small  pack- 
age; 

balik,  m.  bdleek,  bundle,  parcel; 
zabaliti,  zdbdlit  to  pack  up 

zapakovati;  zapdkdv&t  ) 
zavazati,  zavdzdt,  to  tie  up; 
svazati,  smztit,  to  bind  or  tie  to- 
gether. 


Garments. 


257 


Dry  g-)0  'shave  a  ready 
sale. 

I  iutend  to  start  a  dry 
goods  store. 

My  brother  has  a  cloth- 
ing store 

He  employs  "many  tai- 
lors. 

The  tailor  msike*  (liter. 
sews)  clothes. 

Thread  add  needle, 
scissors  and  shears, 
a  thimble,  a  sad-iron 
and  a  press-board  are 
his  touls. 

Nowadays  much  sew- 
ing is  done  on  the 
ma  hine. 

The  sewing  machine  is 
a  useful  invention. 

It  is  an  American  in- 
vention. 

I  need  a  suit  of  clothes. 

—  I  want  a  new  suit. 
Take  my  measure. 

The  cutter  takes  meas- 
ure and  cuts  the  elotli 

What  sort  of  stuff  do 
you  want? 

Show  me  your  patterns 

This  wears  well. 


Garments, 
ODEV. 
Loketni  zbozi  jde  ry- 

chle  na  odbyt. 
Hodlam  zaloziti  stiiz- 

ni  kram. 
MiYj  bratr  ma  odevni 

kram* 
Z  ani  e  s  t  n  a v  a  mnolio 

krejcich. 
Krejci  sije  saty. 

Nit  a  jeli la,  nfizky  a 
velke  nnzky,  napr- 
stek,  ciklicka  a  ko- 
zajsou  jelio  naslro- 

Bnes  niiioho  sije  se  na 
stroji. 

&ici  stroj  jest  nzitecny 
vynalez. 

Jest  to  amerieky  vyna- 
lez. 

Potrebuju  oblek.  — 

Chci  novy  oblek. 
Vemte  mi  miru. 

Krajec  bere  miru  a  na- 

kraji  sukno. 

Jakou  latku  clicete? 

Ukazte  mi  sve  vzory. 
Tolile  se  (lol)fe  nese» 


loketnee  zbozee  de  rikldti 

na  odbyt. 
hodlam  zdlozit  strshiz- 

nee  kram. 
mt< y  brtii  er  ma  o$ev\ice 

kram. 

zamy  e 'stndv  d  mnohti 

kreycheekh. 
kreychee  she-ye  shdty. 

nit  a  ytihld,  nooshky  a 
velke  nooshky,  nap  er- 
stek,  tsihlichkd  a  kd- 
z&  soil  yeho  ndstroye. 

dness  mnoho  sJie-y8  se 
na  stroyi. 

shitsee  stroy  yest  tizi- 
technee  vynalez. 

yest  td  ameritskee  vyna- 
lez. 

potrsMbuyu  oblek.  — 

khtsi  novee  oblek. 
vemM  me  meeru. 

krdytich  ber8  meeru  & 

ndkrdyee  sukno. 
ydkou  latku  khtseUt 

iikds7ite~  me  sve  vzory 
|  WhU  0  dtibrshg  nesse, 
9 


258 


Part  111 


Howwillyoukave  your 
coatmade  i.e. sewed)? 
After  the  present  fash- 
ion. 

Try  your  coat  on. 

It  pinches  me  under  the 

arms— It  is  too  tight. 
It  is  too  wide  round  the 

waist.  —  It  makes 

folds. 

The  skirts  are  long  e- 
nough.  It  has  pock- 
ets behindandbreast- 
pockets. 
Make  me  a  pair  of  pants 
Get  it  done  pretty  soon ; 
—  take  a  good  stuff. 

Do  you  want  lining  in 
your  pants? 

I  do  not  want  any  lin- 
ing. —  Without  lin- 
ing. 


Jak  chcete  miti  kabat 

usity? 
Die  nyuejsi  mody. 

Zkuste  va&  kabat. 
Svfra  pod  pazema.  — 

Je  tuze  tesny. 
Je  tuze  volny  v  puli. — 

dela  faldy. 

Sosy  jsou  dost  dlouhe. 
—  Ma  kapsy  v  zadu 
a  kapsy  11a  prsou. 

Udelejte  mi  par  kalhot 

Zhotovte  je  hezky  br- 
zoj  vemte  dobrou 
lit  Ik  n. 

Chcete  podsivku  do 
kalhot? 

Neclici  Zadnou  podsiv- 
ku. —  Bez  podsiv- 
ky. 

Vocabulary 


ydk  khtsetti  meet  kabat 

Ushitee? 
dl&  nyneyshee  mody 

skustg  vdsh  kabat. 
sweerd  pod  pazemd.  — 

y8  toozti  Vessnee. 
y$  tooz&  v-dnee  fpooli. 

—  field  f did y. 

shdssy  soil  dost  dlotilU. 

—  md  kapsy  vzddit  d 
kdpsy  nd  p  'rsott. 

uficleytti  me  par  kalhot. 
zhotoftti  ye  hesskee  b  €r- 

zd;  —  vemi&  ddbroit 

Idiku. 

khtsetg   podshifktt  dd 

kalhot? 
nekhtsi    fAdnoti  pod- 

shifku.  —   b#s  pod- 

shifky. 


Kabat,  m.  kabat,  the  coat 
frak,  m.frdk,  a  dress-coat 
svrchnik,  m.  sverkhnik,  an  over- 
coat 

zimmk,  m.  zimmk,  a  greatcoat 
plast',  m.  pldshV,  a  cloak 

kalhoty,  pi.  j.pants  trousers; 
spodky,  pi.  ) 

nohavice,  f.  nohdvitsg,  leg  of  the 

pants; 
vesta,  f .  vesta,  the  vest, 


kazajka,  f.  kdzdykd,  the  jacket 

buuda,  f.  btinda,  the  sack-coat 

limec,  m.  leemets,  the  collar 

laple,  f .  l&plti,  the  lapel 

rukav,  m.  rukdf,  the  sleeve 

sos,  m.  shdss,  the  skirt 

§ev,  m.  sh#f,  the  seam 

stych,  m.  shtikh      )  &  gtUch 

steh,  m.  steh  ) 

podsivka,  f.  podshifkd,  the  lining 

zapliita,  f.  zdpldta,  the  patch 


Garments. 


259 


kapsa,  f .  kdpsd,  the  pocket 
knoflik,  m.  knojleek,  the  button 
knoflikova  dirka,  the  button-hole; 

Pradlo,  n.  linen,  underclothing; 
kosile,  f.  koshillS,  the  shirt 
spodiri  kosile,  spodnee  7c,  the  under- 
shirt 

podvlecky,  pi.    )  ^e  drawers 
spodm  kalhoty  > 

puncochy,  pi.  f.  ptinchokhy,  the 
stockings,  the  socks; 

podvazky,  pi.  podvdsky,  the  garters 
sandy,  pi.  f  shandy  j  the 
sle,  pi.  f  shU  i  suspenders 

satek,  m.  shdtek,  kerchief 
s.  na  krk,  sh.  nft  kerk,  neckerchief 
s.  do  kapsy,  sh.  do  kftpsy,  pocket 

handkerchief; 
masle  na  krk,  mdshte  na  k  e,rk,  a 

necktie. 

Snkno,  n.  sukno,  cloth,  broadcloth; 
samet,  hi.  sftmmtt,  velvet 
.  plis,  m.  plish,  plush 
atlas,  m.  fttldss,  satin 
hedvabi,  n.  hedvdbee,  silk 
platno,  n.  linen 

kartoun,  m.  kartoitn,  cotton,  print; 
snfira,  f.  shuoord,  cord 
civka,  f .  tsifkd,  a  spool 
klubko,  n.  klubko,  a  ball 
pfadynko,  n.  prshtideenko,  a  skein 
kruba  nit,  f .  hrilbd  nit,  a  coarse 

thread; 
tenM  witj  a  fine  thread; 


hruba  jelila,  f.  h.  yehlft,  a  coarse 
needle; 

tenka  jehla,  a  fine  needle; 

&tepovaei  jehla,  shtepovfttsee  y Shift, 
darning  needle; 

drat  (na  pleteni),  m.  knitting  nee- 
dle; 

stfihati,  strshihftf,  to  cut  with  a  pair 

of  scissors; 
zehliti,  iehlit,  to  iron. 

Klobonk,  m.  klobouk,  the  hat 
zensky  klobouk,  a  bonnet,  a  lady's 
hat; 

cepec,  m.  cMpets,  the  hood 
cepice,  f.  cMpitsg,  the  cap 
cilindr,  m.  tsilind  er,  a  beaver,  a 
silk  hat; 

nizky  klobouk,  neeskee  klobotik,  a 
low  hat. 

Svadlena,  f.  shvadlend,  a  needle- 
woman 

sicka,  f.  shichka,  a  sewing-girl 

Miodistka,  f.  a  milliner 

mo(lmzhozi^modneezboiee,miUhieTy 

§aty,  pi.  shdty,  a  dress 

zifot,  m.  iivot,  the  waist,  the  bust; 

snerovadka,  f.  sAnerovftchkft,  the 
corset,  the  bodice; 

spodnicka,  f.  spodfiichka,  the  petti- 
coat 

ko§ile  (4ensk&),&0sfo7#,tlie-chemise 
karnyr,  m.  karneer,  a  flounce 
karnyrek,  m.  a  ruffle 
pentle,  f .  pentlg,  a  ribbon 

walle*  f  •  mft-shM  a  sash 


260 


Part  III. 


ma^lieka,  f .  mdshlichkd,  a  bow 
klicka,  f.  klichkd,  a  loop 
krajky,  pi.  krdyky,  lace 
obruba,  f.  obruba,  hem,  border; 
pinta,  f.  pinid,  belt 

zavoj,    m;  zdmy   [the  veil 
nor,  m.  floor,  ) 

cerny  fldr,  chernee  floor,  crape 


tyl,  m.  teel,  mosquito  bar; 
pera  na  klobouk,  pi.  plumes 
perka,  pi.  tips 
rukayicky,pl.  f.rtlkdvich- ) 

ky,      r  gloves 
rnkavice,  j)l.i.rtiMvits8,  ' 
par  rukavic,  par  rtikdvits,  a  pair  of 

gloves; 
stucel,  m.  shtutsell,  a  muff. 


Shoemaking. 

OBUVNICTVL 


Obuv,  f.  obitv,  footgear 
obuvnik,  obuvnik  )  ghoemaker 
svec,   shicets  > 
obuvnicky  kram,  obtiv-  ^ 

nitskee  krdm  \  boot  and 
sevoovsky  kram,  sheft shoe  store; 

tsofskee  k.  J 
bota,  (pi.  boty),  f.  bottd,  boot 
strevic,  (pi.  strevice),  m.  shtrsM- 

veets,  shoe 
par  bot,  a  pair  of  boots; 
par  strevicu,  a  pair  of  shoes; 
botky  (ienske),  pi.  gaiters 
pantofle,  pi.  pdntoflg,  slippers 
STrchni  stfevicc,  sic  erkhTiee  strsliti- 

vits8,  overshoes. 


Holinka,  f.  holeenkd,  leg  of  a  bcot; 
podeSev*  m.  podfohef,  the  sole 


kramflek,  m.  ){heheel 
podpatek,  m.  ) 
iiart,  m.  the  vamp 
pfaska,  f.  prshasska,  the  buckle 
kanice,  f.  kdiiits?,  shoe-lace,  shoe- 
string; 
floky,  pi.  pegs 

nejtky,  pi.  ?ieyfky,  brass  nails 

sroubek,  m.  sliroubek,  a  screw 

lastyng",  m.  serge 

dratcv,  f.  drtitef,  waxed  thread; 

poteh,  m.  pfiXleh,  strap 

knejp,  m.  kntiyp,  knife 

kladivo,  n.  kldd'ivo,  hammer 

kopyto,  n.  kopylti,  last 

stipce,  shXaptxg,  a  pair  of  pincers; 

nadobi  scvcovskc,  n.  ndddbee  she/- 

tsofskt,  findings 
ku£e,  f.  kooy,e)  leather, 


Diverse  trades. 


261 


Diverse 

ROZLICNA 

Barvif,  barveersh,  dyer 
barvif  douiu,  house  painter 
bednaf,  bedndrsh,  cooper 
cihlaf,  tsihldrsh,  brickmaker 
cukraf,  tsUkrdrsJi,  confectioner 
calounik,  chdloumk,  upholsterer 
doutnikaf ,  doutmkdrsh,  cigar-maker 
dlaZdic,  dltiMicli,  paver 
formal*,  formdrsh,  moulder 
hodinaf,  liotfindrsh,  watchmaker 
havif,  hdveersh,  miner 
kamenik,  kamenik,  stone  cutter 
klempif,  klempeersh,  tinner 
kuihaf,  kniharsh,  bookbinder 
kloboiicnik,  klobouchnik,  hatter 
kolaf,  koldrsh,  wagon-maker 
kotlaf,  kotldrsh,  boiler  maker 
kovaf,  kovdrsh,  blacksmith 
koZeluh,  kozeluh,  tanner 
kozesnik,  kokesltmk,  furrier 
krejci,  kreychee,  tailor 
kufraf,  kUfrdrtrfi,  trunk- mak«  r 
lakyrnik,  lakeernik,  laquerer 
Ktec,  litets,  founder 
malif,  maker sh,  painter 
mydlaf,  mydldrsh,  soap-maker 
lnlyuaf,  mlyndrsh,  miller 
naterac,  ndVerach,  painter 
obuvnik,  (§vec),  obtivhik,  (shwets) 

shoemaker 
pekaf,  pekarsh.  bak^r 
plynovodnik,  gas-fitter 
pu&kaf,  pushkarsh,  gunsmith 
ieznik,  rs/iizmk,  butcher 


trades. 

RE  ME  SLA. 

rybaf,  rybdrsh,  fisherman 
rytec,  rytets,  engraver 
sazec,  sdzech,  typesetter 
sedlaf,  sedldrsh,  saddler 
sekernik,  sekernik,  millwright 
sladek,  brewer 
sochaf,  sokharsh,  sculptor 
stavitel,  builder 
strojuik,  stroynik,  machinist 
tesaf,  tessarsh,  carpenter 
tiskaf,  fisskarsh,  printer 
tkadlee,  kddlets,  weaver 
truhlaf, (stolaf ), trUUdrsh,  cabinet 
maker 

zahradnik,  zahradnik,  gardner 
zamecuik,  zdmecltnik,  locksmith 
zednik,  zedmk,  stone-mason,  Irick- 
layer; 

zlatuik,  zl&tvdk,  goldsmith. 


Barvifstvi,  n.  barveershtwee,  the 
dyer's  trade; 

bediiafstvi,  n.  bedndrshtwee,  the 
cooper's  trade; 

doutnikaf  st  vi,  doutnikdrstwee,  cigar- 
making; 

kre\co\Bt\i.kreychofstwee )  thetailor's 
.      .v     .        ,         7      •   -  >  trade,  ta(- 

krejcovina,  kreychowuia  \  1  ring; 
Sevcovstvi,  sheftsof-     )  the  shoemak 

stwee,     [  er's  trade' 
SOVCOvina,  sheftsovina  '  shoemaking; 
sazecstvi,  sdzechstwee,  type-setting, 
etc. 


262 


Part  111. 


I  want  to  go  on  a  farm. 
Do  you  want  to  be  a 

farmer  ? 
Yes,    I  want  to  buy 

land. 

What  is  land  worth  in 

this  neighborhood? 
What    are  improved 

farms  worth? 
Fifty  to  sixty  dollars  an 

acre,  and  over. 
How  is  the  soil?  -The 

soil  is  good,  fertile. 
Good  land  all  over. 
What  is  the  chara<  ter 

(or  "lav  ";of  the  land? 
The  land  is  level,  flat, 

broken,  hilly). 
The  land  is  loamy,  - 

sandy. 
Blaek  loam,  —  mixed 

with  sand. 
Gravel  atthe  bottom,-  - 

in  some  places  clay. 
Rich  land; — poor  land. 

That  land  is  bad  — 
swampy;  — it  has  no 
drain  age. 

That  land  looks  poor. 
—  Everything  grows 

here;  —  but  it  wants 

manuring. 


On  tli©  lai'iri . 

NA  FAR  ME. 

Cfoci  na  farmu. 
Clicetc  byti  farmereml 

Alio;  chci  koupiti  po- 

zeniek. 
Co  stoji  pozemky  v  tom- 

to  okoli'2 
Co  stoji  vzdelane  far- 

my$ 

Padesat  az  sedesatdol- 
larfi  akr,  i  vice. 

Jaka  jo  pfidaJ  -  Puda 
je  dobra,  urodna.  u 

Sama  dobra  zem. 

Jaka  je  poloha? 

Ffidajerovna  (plocha, 
lomeua,  kopcita). 

Zeni  je  hlinita,  —  pis- 
cita. 

Gcrna  hKna,— sniicha- 

1ml  s  piskeni. 
Sterk  vespod,-  nekde 

jil  (maznik). 
Bohata  puda;—  chuda 

puda. 

Ten  pozcmck  je  spat- 
n  y,  —  bahnity;  — 
nem'a  odpad. 

Ta  puda  vypada  liube- 
11a.  —  VSechno  zde 
roste;  —  ale  niusi  se 
Imojiti. 


khtsi  na  farmu. 
khtsdtd  beet  farmer  em.? 

and;  khtsi  koupit  pdze- 
mek. 

tsd  stoyee  pozemky  ftom- 

td  okolee? 
tsd  stoyee  vz&'elune  far 

my? 

pddessdt  ash  sliddessdt 
dollar oo  dk  e,r,e  veetsd. 

yakd  yd  poodd? —  pooda 
yd  ddbrd,  oo"odnd. 

sdmd  ddbrd  zem. 

yakd  yd  poloha? 

pooda  yd rovnd,(plok7id, 
lomdna,  hopchitd^. 

zem  yehli\\itd,  —  pees- 
cJiitd. 

chernd  hleena,  —  smee- 

khdnd  speeskem. 
shVerk  vespod,  -  negdd 

yeel  (maznik). 
bohata  pooda;  —  khudd 

pooda. 
ten  pdzemek  yd  shpdtnee 

—  bdhnitee;  —  ndmd 

odpdd. 
id  pooda  vypad.d  hfibe- 

nd.  —  fshdkh/id  zdd 

rostd;  —  did  mUsee  sd 
Itnoyit. 


How  will  the  harvest 
be?  —  good?  —  bad? 

How  does  grain  look?- 
Grain  shows  a  good 
stand -Wheat  stools 
out  thickly. 

Rye  is  in  bloom. — Bar- 
ley is  heading. 

Wheat '  as  lodged;-the 
rainstorm  laid  it  flat. 

It  has  a  good  ear;— the 
berries  are  plump. 

Corn  is  poor:  —  early 
corn  looks  better 
than  late  corn. 

Have  you  a  great  deal 
of  corn?  —  We  have 
twenty  acres  of  it. 

We  planted  it  towards 
the  end  of  May.  —  I 
think  it  will  pick  up. 

Our  neighbor  planted 

corn  in  the  sod.  — 

How  does  it  grow?  — 

Poorly. 

How  is  the  pasture? — 
Poor. 

Everything  is  parched 
up.  —  Hay  will  be 
short. 

Do  you  raise  a  great 

deal  of  stock? 
About  fifty  head. 
What  do  you  feed  (to 

your  stock)? 


On  the  farm. 

Jakii  bude  uroda?--do- 
bra?  —  spatna? 

Jak  stoji  obili?—  Obili 
stoji  dobre.  Pse- 
liice  nasazuje  huste. 

iitojeve  kvetu.— Jei?- 

men  vymeta. 
Psenice  lehla;  —  ten 

lijak  ji  polozil. 
Ma  dobry  klas;  -  zrno 

je  jadrne. 
Kukurice  je  spat  mi; — 

ran  mi  korna  je  lepsi 

nez  pozdni. 
Mate  mnoho  korny?  — 

Mame  ji  dvacet  a- 

kru. 

Sazeli  jsme  ji  ke  konci 
maje.  —  Ja  inyslim 
ze  se  sebere. 

Soused  sazel  kornu  do 

drnu.  —  Jak  roste? 

—  Mizernfc. 


Jaka  je  pastvaS  —  Hu- 
bena. 

Vsecko  je  vyprahle.— 
Sena  bude  malo. 

Chovate  mnoho  dobyt- 
ka* 

Asi  padesat  kusu. 
Cim  krmiteS 


263 

ydkdbudS  oorodd? — do- 
bra?  —  shpdtnd? 

yak  stoyee  ohilee?  —  o- 
bilee  stoyee  ddbrshS. 

—  ps7i8nits&  ndssdzu- 
y8  JiUssHe. 

zitd  y$  v&  kicygtu.  — 
ySchmen  vymittd. 

pshemtsg  lehld; — ten  li- 
ydk  ye  polobil. 

md  ddbree  hldss; —  z  V- 
nti  yg  yad  er?iS. 

kilkilrshitsS  y 8 shpdtnd, 

—  rand  korndyg  lep- 
shee  nesh  pozdnee 

mats  mnohd  horny?  -- 
mdmg  ye  diodtset 
kroo. 

sdzelli  sm&  ye  h%  kontsi 
mdyg.  —  yd  misleem 
le  s$  sgberg. 

soused  sdzel  hornil  db 

d  ernic.  —  ydk  roste? 

—  mizerne. 

ydkd  yg pasted?  —  M- 
b&nd. 

fshUsko  ye  vyprahle. — 
senna  btidS  maid. 

khovdtg  mnohd  dbbyt- 
kd? 

dssi  pddessdt  kUssoo. 
cheem  k  ?rmeete~? 


264 


Part  III. 


What  do  you  feed  your 
stock  upon? 

What  do  you  fVed  to 
your  horses? 

Do  you  fatten  your 
stock  for  the  butcher 
{liter,  "for  meat")? 

Last  year  I  fattened  fif- 
teen head  of  beef- 
steers. 

I  feed  many  hogs  for 
the  market. 

I  have  a  stock  farm  not 
far  from  here. 

There  is  a  creek  on  it; 
—  but  now  it  is  al- 
most diy. 

This  is  a  dry  year  (a 
dry  season);— there  is 
nomoisture  (no  rain). 

A  wet  year  (wet  season) 
is  better. 

There  is  a  great  deal  of 
insects  this  year. 

Grasshoppers  we  never 
had;— neither  did  we 
have  chinch  ougs. 

Farming  implements 

cost  a  great  deal. 

At  present  we  have  ma- 
chines for  everything 

Farming  is  improving. 


Co  davate  dobytku  zra- 
v  m 

Cim  krnrite  koiie? 

Krmi'te  dobytek  na 
masoJ 

Loni  vykrmil  jsem 
patnact  volu  na  ina- 
so. 

Krmim  mnolio  prasat 

pro  trh. 
Mam  dobytei  farmu 

nedaleko  odtud. 
Je  na  m  potok;  —  ale 

ted'je  skoro  sucliy. 


Je  sucliy  rok; 
vlahy. 


neni 


Mokry  rok  je  lepSi. 
Je  sila  hmyzu  letos. 

Kobylky  nikdy  jsme 
nenieli;  —  polni  &te- 
nieetake  ne. 

Rolnicke'  naiad  i  stoji 

inn  oho. 

Ted'  mame  stroje  na 

v&ecko. 
Rolnictvf  se  zvelebnje. 


tso  davate  dobytkUzratl 


cheem  k  ermeeteJ  kanfif 


k  rmeete 
massd?' 


dobytek 


na 


lofLi  vyk  e.rmil  sem  pat- 
ndtst  voloo  na  massd. 

k  ermeem  mnohd prassat 

pro  te'rh. 
mam  ddbilchee  farmti 

nedtdekd  otud. 
yg  na  viee  potok;  —  aW 

teft  y8  skoro  siikhee. 


yg  sukh.ee  rok; 
vlahy. 


neym 


mokree  rok  y8  lepshee. 
yg  seeld  hmiztl  letoss. 

kobylky  \\iydy  sm$  n£- 

myUli;—pollviee  shtie- 

nitsg  take  nit. 
rolmtske  ndrshaftee  sto- 

yee  mnohd. 
te&}   mamti  stroy&  na 

fsMtskd. 
rolvdtstwee  sit  zoettbuyg. 


Vocabulary. 

Note.  From  the  preceding  lessons  the  student  is  familiar  with  a 
great  many  words  and  phrases  relating  to  agriculture;  To  repeat  the  same 
in  the  following  vocabulary  would  be  a  waste  of  space. 


On  tlie  Farm. 


265 


Land  and  harvest. 

Pucla  a  zeS. 


c  bottomland 


Dolina,  f.  dollina 

upad,  m.  oopdd 

vysina,  f.  veesJHna,  upland 

svali,  rn.  avdh,  slope 

stran,  f.  strdn,  bluff 

rokle,  f  rockUS,  ravine,  gully; 

mez,  f.  mVz,  boundary,  line; 

pesina,  f.  py&sMnd 

stezka,  f.  sfeskd 

lavka,  f.  Idfkd,  footbridge 

mostek,  m.  mostek  },...,   ,  . , 

„  ,    '  J  _  r  little  bridge 

Mustek,  m.  moostek  ) 


path 


kanal,  m.  kdndl,  culvert 
stronha,  f  stroUJid,  ditch 
breh,  m.  brsli&h,  bank 
fcraz  (hraze),  f.  hrdz,  dam. 

Orati,  oral,  to  plow 
vlaceti,  vldchet,  to  harrow 
pfcorati,  prshSorat,  to  backset 
privlaceti,  prshi-vldehet,  to  scour 
or&c,  m.  orach,  plowman 
brazda,  f.  brazda,  furrow 
kolej,  f.  kolley,  rut 
hnojiti,  hrioyit,  to  manure 


/  manure, 
)  dung; 


Imojivo,  n.  hnoyivo, 
hnuj,  m.  Jinooy 
mrva,  f .  to  ervd 
zaseti,  zdsset,to  sow,  to  seed  (with); 
zaseto,  zassetd,  sown,  seeded; 
sazeti,  sdzet, 
zasazeti,  zdssdzet, 
zas&zeno,  planted 
ziti,  2e<tf,  ) 
poziti,  poked  ) 
sekati,  sekat 


\ 


to  plant 


to  reap,  to  mow; 

I 


to  cut 


Trava,  f.  tram,  grass 
plevel,  m.  pUvell,  weeds 
pleti,  plet,  to  weed 
koukol,  kotikol,  cockle 
jetel,  m.  yetell,  clover 
pohanka,  f.  pohdnkti,  buckwheat 
proso,  n.  prossd,  millet 


posekati,  po*eMt 
ski  id  Hi,  sklitfit,  to  harvest 
slama,  f.  sldmd,  straw 
snop,  m.  sndp,  sheaf 
yazati,  vdzat,  to  bind 
stoh,  m.  stdh,  stack 
stohovati,  stdhovat,  to  stack 
kupa  sena,  kUpa  senna,  hay-stack 
kupka  sena,  Mpkd  s.,  hay-rick 
voziti,  vozit     )  to  haul, 
svazeti,  svdfret  f  to  carry; 
Arollti  $eydrolit  s#,  to  shed,  to  shell; 
zraly,  a,  e  zrdlec,  ripe 
pfezraly,  a,  eprshefzrdlee,  over-ripe. 
Plants. 

RosHiny. 

lirach,  m.  hrdkh,  pease 

y*>1**»  u    [  beans 
fazole,  fazolti  ) 

docka,  f.  cliochkd,  lentils 


beets 


repa,  f .  rsMpd 
fipa,  f.  rslieepd, 
fepa  pro  dobytek,  rutabaga 


286 


Part  III. 


yodnatka,  f.  turnips 
kef,  m.  kersh,  shrub 
2ivy  plot,  iivee  plot,  hedge 
haj,  m.  My,  grove 
houstina,   f.    hotishfind,  thicket, 
copse ; 

chrasti,  n.    khrdsVi,  brushwood, 
undergrowth; 


par ez,  m .  pdrsMz,  stump 

klada,  f.  klddd,  trunk 

veter,  f.  vytitef,  branch,  bough; 

vetvicka,  f.  vygtvichkd,  twig 

ratolest,  f.  ^prig 

kaceti  stromy,  kdtset )  .   „  •  /L 

,v  lc  J'  ,v  .  \  to  fell  (trees) 
porazetl    fcfc    nnravM  1 


poi 


Teams  and  domestic  animals. 

Potah  a  domaci  zv  fata. 


Potah,  m.  pbtdh,  a  team 
par  koni,  par  konee,n  pair  of  horses 
par  volfi,  par  voloo,  a  yoke  of  oxen 
par  mladych  vola,  a  pair  of  seers; 
na  koni,  net  koni,  on  horseback; 
jeti  na  koni,  yet  na  koni,  to  ride  a 
horse; 

jeti  s  konma,  yet  skonmd,  to  drive 
horses; 

zapfahuouti,  zdprshdJinout,  to  har- 
ness; 

uvazati,  tivdzdt,  to  hitch 
naklad,  m:  ndkldd,  the  load 
11  a  k  lad  at i,  ndkldddt,  to  load 
skladati,  skldddt,  to  unload 
uyaznouti,  uvdznoilt,  to  get  fast,  to 

stick  fast; 
splasiti  se,  spldshit  s8,  to  run  away 
lekati  se,  lekdt  s&,  to  shy 
zarazliyy  kflii,   zardihvee  koon,  a 

balky  horse; 
zly  kun,  zlee  koon,  a  vicious  horse; 
klus,  m.  klUss,  trot 
krok,  m.  pace 
krmiti,  k  ermit,  to  feed 
napojiti,  ndpoyit,  to  water. 


Klisna,  f .  klissnd      )  ^r  . 

hrebice,  f  hrs7i&bits8 ) 

lifebna,  lirsMbna,  with  foal; 

bribe,  n.  Iirsheebyg,  foal 

hfebecek.  m.  lirsMbticliek,  colt 

hfebiclta,  f.  hrshtibiclikd,  Ally 

cucati,  tsutsdt,  to  suckle 

cneak,  m.  tstitsdk,  a  suckling 

hfebec,  m.hrsMbets,  \  .  n. 

'       .  \  stallion 

hengst,  m.  hengst  ) 

Kraya,  f.  krdvd,  cow 
dojnice,  f.  doynitse',  milch  cow; 
jalovice,  f.  ydllovilsS,  heifer 
tele,  n.  tellti,  calf 
l)u lik,  m.  bulleek,  bull  calf; 
jalovicka,  f .  ydllovichkd,  heifer  calf 
rocjii,  rochn.ee,  yearling 
stelna,  stellnd,  with  calf 
jalova,  ydllovd,  farrow 
ponietati,  pdmet&t,  to  slink,  to  slip 
the  calf; 

behati  se,  bytfidt  s#,  to  be  bulling; 

to  want  the  bull; 
by^m.  beek    )  u 

bejk,    bgyk  ) 


On  the  farm. 


267 


Ovce,  f.  oftse,  sheep 

bahnice,  f.  bdhnitse,  ewe 

beran,  m.  berdn,  rani,  buck; 

jehne,  n.  y^hne,  lamb 

balinerri,  n.bdhnem,  lambing  season 

vlna,  f .  v  ?lna,  wool 

strfhairi,  n.  strsheehdm,  shearing. 

Prase,  n  prdsse    )   .  , 

v  '  j      .  pig,  hog; 

vepr,  m.  veprsh  ) 

kanec,  m.  kdnets,  boar 

svine,  f.  sioeene,  sow 

sele,  n.  sellS  )  sucking 

podsvin£e,  n.  podswincM  )  pig. 

Mezek,  m.  mezek,  mule 
osel,  m.  dsell,  donkey 
koza,  f .  kdzd,  goat,  she-goat; 
kozel,  m.  ktizell,  he  goat 
kuzle,  n.  koozU,  kid 
pes,  m .  pess,  dog 
Cuba,  f.  chtibd,  bitch 
Stene,  n.  shtene,  whelp 

Tools'  and 

Nastroje 

Yuz,  m.  vooz,  wagon 
kolo,  kolldr  wheel 

kolecko,  n.  kollechkd,  wheelbarrow 

raf,  m.  tire 

Haboj,  m.  ndboy,  hub 

naprava,  f  ndprdvd,  axletree 

Spice,  f.  shpitsti,  spokes 

voj,  f.  voy,  pole 

vojky,  vryky,  shafts 

hamovak,  m.  hamovdk,  brake 

pera,  pi.  n.  perd,  springs 

sedadlo,  n.  sedddW,  seat 


kocka,  f.  kdchkd,  cat 
kocour,  m.  kotsottr,  tom-cat. 

Drubez,  f.  drooMsh,  poultry 
slepice,  f.  slepitsti,  hen,  chicken; 
kvocua,  f.  ktvdchnd,  clucking  hen: 
kufc,  n.    koorshS,    chick,  young 

chicken; 
kobaiit,  m.  kohout,  rooster 
kaclma,  f .  leak  hnd   )  c1uck 
kaceiia,  kachend  ) 
kacer,  m.  kdcher,  drake 
Imsa,  f-  hiissd,  goose 
houser,  m.  hoiisser,  gander 
housata,  pi.  hofusdtd,  goslings 
krocan,  m.  krotsdn,  turkey-cock 
kruta,  f.  krootd,  turkey-hen 
pav,  m.  pdf,  peacock 
pavice,  f.  pdvitse*,  peahen 
hirizdo,  n.  hneezdd,  nest 
nesti  vejce,  nest  veytstf,  to  lay  eggs; 
llhnouti  se,  leehnout  s8,  to  hatch. 

MACHINES, 
a  stroje. 

kSir,  m.  ksheer,  harness 

oprat',  f.  oprtiV,  line 

sedlo,  n.  sedld,  saddle 

uzda,  f .  oozdd,  bridle 

ohlavka,  f.  ohldfkd,  halter 

popruli,  m.  poprUft,  girt 

cabraka,  f.  chabrdkd,  horse-loth 

tremen,  m.  trshVmen,  stirrup 

hfebilce,  hrshg-beelts8,  curry-com'- 

bic,  m.  bitch,  whip 

biciste,  n.  bichishfe,  whip-stick. _ 


268 


Part  111. 


Sane,  pi.  sane,  sleigh 

sanice,  f.  samtsS,    runner,  (also: 

sleighing); 
korba,  f.  Jcorbti,  cutt  r 
rezacka,f.  rsheizdchkd,  straw-cutter, 

feed-out  ter; 
fezanka,    f.    rsMzdnkd,  chopped 

straw; 

brany,  pi.  harrow,  drag; 
valec,  m.  valets,  roller 
plnh?  m.  plooh,  plow 
radlice,  f .  rddlitse,  plowshare 
klece,  pi.  klgche,  bandies 
krajadlo,  n.  krdyddld,  coulter 
retez,  m.  rg//eVez,  chain 
pospechy,  pi.  pospytfcJiy  )  culty- 
podryvae,  m.  podree^dch  )  vator 
kosa,  f.  kossd,  scythe 
motyka,  f .  hoe 

spicata  mot)  ka,  sJipichdtdm.,  pick- 
axe 

rye,  f .  reeeh,  spade 
lopata,  f.  lopdtd,  shovel 
hrabe,  pi.  hrdbyg,  rake 
hrabati,  lirdbdt,  to  raka 
podarky,  pi .  podafky,  hayfork 
Yidle,  pi.  vidlg,  pitchfork 
sekyra,  f.  sekyrd,  axe 
sekyrka,  f.  hatchet 


pila,  f .  pilla  ) 

•11       -77  7  -       f  saw 
pilka,  pillka  ) 

ruenf  pilka,r#e/m<?6 •  pillka , hand  saw 
nebozez,  id.  bore,  auger; 

Mlatidlo,  mldfidW    )  threshing 
mlaticka, mldtHc7iM  f  machine 
mlatiti,  mlMit,  to  thresh 
mlaeeni,  n.  mldtsew,  threshing 
mlatie,  m.  mldVicJi,  thresher 
fofr,  m.  fofer,  fanning  mill; 
seeka,  f.  sechkd,  grain-drill 
zaci  stroj,  m  Mtsee  strop,  mower 
sekaei  stroj,  sekdtsee  stroy,  reaper 
samovazae,  m.    sdmovdzde-h,  self- 
binder 
rani,  in.  frame 
syto,  n.  seetd,  sieve 
reseto,  n.  rshtsheto,  screen 
feinen,  m.  fshSmen 
pruh,  m ,  prooh 
tye,  f.  ticJi,  rod 
panty,  pi.  m.  pdnty,  hinges 
znby,  pi.  m.  zuby  )  g 
pake,   pdltsS       )  ^ 
zliibek,  m.  Udbek,  spout 
inly  nek,  m.  mleynek,  mill 
loupac  (na  kuknfici),  m.  lottpdcJi, 

corn-sh  el  ler; 
Ion  pat  i,  lotipdt,  to  shell. 


b«lt 


i  >.\  wr  i  v. 


Bohemian  grammar*. 


1.  ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Section  1.  —The  full  Bohemian  alphabet,  as  given  in  the  first  Part, 
contains  the  following  vowels  :  a,  —  e,  e,  —  i,  1,  y,  y,  —  o,  6,  — 
u,  u,  11. 

The  other  letters  are  consonants.  There  is  only  one  diphthong:  on, oti. 
When  oil  occurs  in  a  compound  word,  ending  one  and  beginning  the  next 
syllable,  it  is  not  a  diphthong  and  must  be  divided  :  pouziti  (po-uziti), 
pd-uzit,  to  use,  to  make  use  of;  samouk  (samo-uk),  sdmo-itlc,  a  self- 
educated  man. 

An  accute  accent  (or  comma  over  a  vowel  marks  a  long  sound:  kam, 
Mm,  where  to;  kamen,  kamen,  a  stone. 

A  ring  over  the  vowel  u  (u)  is  also  a  prolongation  mark  :  sap,  sttp, 
a  hawk;  sul,  sool,  the  salt. 

When  a  word  begins  with  a  long  u,  the  accute  accent  is  used:  tirok, 
oorok,  the  interest.  In  such  cases  the  vowel  u  may  be  and  frequently  is 
changed  into  the  diphthong  ou:  ourok,  oiirok, 

The  accented  vowel  e  has  always  the  short  sound  of  y8:  svet,  swygt, 
the  world. 

The  vowels  a,  o,  n9  y,  are  called  hard;  the  vowels  e,  e,  i,  are  cal- 
led soft. 

Section  1.  —  The  consonants  are  divided  into  three  classes  : 

hard  consonants,  —  h,  eh,  k,  r,  d,  n,  t* 
soft  consonants,  —  c,  c,  d',  j,  2,  r,  s,  t',  z; 
neutral  consonants,  —  b,  f,  1,  m,  p,  s,  v,  z. 


270 


Part  IV. 


After  the  hard  consonants  the  hard  vowel  y  is  always  used 


hynu,  hinnti,  I  am  perishing; 
chyba,  f-  khiba,  a  mistake,  a  fault; 
kyt,  m.  kit,  putty 
ryba,  f .  ribti,  a  fish 


vj&dytf,  dyt',  dit,  but,  to  be  sure; 
nyneko  (nyni),  ninchkd,  now,  at 

present; 
tykev,  f.  tikef,  a  pumpkin 


When  the  sound  is  long,  an  accented  y  is  used  :  hybati,  heebat,  to 
move;  tioliy  (a,  e),  Vikhee,  quiet;  ryti,  reet,  to  spade,  to  dig,  to  root; 
dym,  m.  deem,  smoke;  tyrati,  teerdt,  to  misuse,  to  torment. 

In  such  cases  the  vowel  y  is  usually  changed  into  ej  (8y),  in  com- 
mon pronunciation  :  hejbati,  Mybdt,  tichej,  tikhey;  rejti,  rfyt;  dejin, 
dtiym;  tejrati,  Uyrdt. 

Words  derived  from  foreign  languages,  also  foreign  names,  make 
an  exception,  their  original  spelling  being  retained  :  historie,  historic, 
history;  Ainerika,  Riga,  etc. 

The  soft  consonants  are  always  followed  by  the  soft  vowel  i  (or  i, 
when  the  sound  is  long)  : 

cit,  m.  tsit,  the  feeling 
din,  m.  chin,  the  deed 
divoky*),  iYivokee,  wild 
jistj*,  yistee,  certain 
nic,  Hits,  nothing 
i'imsa,  f .  rshimsa,  a  cornice 
Sikovny,  shikdvnee,  smart,  clever; 
tisk,  m.  Visk,  the  printing 
#ivot,  m.  Mvot.  the  life 


cil,  m.  tseel,  the  goal 

eislo,  n.  cheeslo,  the  number 

dil,  m.  dteel,  a  part 

jisli,  yeest,  to  eat 

liiriti,  hueet,  to  rot 

fici,  rsheetsi,  to  say 

§iti,  sheet,  to  sew 

ti£e,  f  •  VeefrZ,  the  weight 

#ila,  f.  %eeld,  the  vein. 


The  neutral  vowels  are  followed  by  the  soft  i  or  i,  with  the  follow- 
ing exceptions  : 

b  :  aby,  by,  that;  bych,  bys,  etc.  that  I,  that  thou,  etc. ;  bylina,  f.  the 
plant;  bystry,  quick,  nharp;  byti,  to  be;  kobyla,  the  mare;  oby- 
dej,  m.  the  custom. 

1  :  lysy,  bald;  lysina,  f.  bald  spot,  or  white  spot;  lyko,  the  bast; 
lyska,  f.  the  coot;   mlyn,  m.  the  mill;  oplyvati,  to  abound;  pely- 


*)    The  soft  consonants  d',  fi,  t'  lose  their  accent,  when  followed 
by  i,  i  or  e,  and  are  written  simply  d,  h,  t.    See  Part  T,  section  2. 


Bohemian  grammar. 


271 


nek,  m.  the  wormwood;  plyn,  m.  the  gas;  plynouti,  to  glide; 
pl^tvati,  to  waste;  polykati,  to  swallow;  sly§eti,  to  hear;  vzly- 
kati,  to  Bob. 

m  :  hmyz,  m.  the  insects;  my,  we;  mydlo,  n.  the  soap;  myliti,  to  mis- 
lead, to  confuse;  niyliti  se,  to  mistake;  omyl,  m.  a  mistake;  mysl, 
f.  the  mind;  mysliti,  to  think;  iny§,  f.  the  mouse;  myti,  to  wash; 
smycec,  m.  the  fiddle-stick;  smykati,  to  drag;  zamykati,  to  lockup. 

p  :  kopyto,  n.  the  hoof ;  netopyr,  m.  the  bat;  pycha,  f.  the  pride;  py- 
kati,  to  regret;  pyl,  m.  the  pollen;  pyr,  m.  the  quick-grass;  pysk, 
the  lip;  pytel,  the  sack;  trpytiti,  to  glitter;  zpytovati,  to  search, 
to  inquire. 

s  :  osyka,  f.  the  aspen;  osypky,  pi.  the  measles;  posylati,  to  send;  sy- 

ceti,  to  hiss;  sychravy,  chilly;  syii,  m.  the  son;  sypati,  to  pour; 

sypka,  f.  the  granary;  the  bin;  syr,  m.  the  cheese;  syrovy,  raw; 

syrup,  the  syrup;  sysel,  m.  the  gopher;  syt,  uasycen,  full,  satiated, 
v:  povyk,  m.  the  noise;  vy,  you;  vydra,  f.  the  otter;  vylien,  f.  the  forge; 

vykyf,  m.  the  dormer-window;  vyr,  m.  the  horn-owl;  vysoky,  high; 

vyti,  to  howl;  vyza,  the  sturgeon;  zvyk,  the  habit;  zvykati,  to  chew, 
z  :  brzy,  soon;  jazyk,  the  tongue;  nazyvati,  to  call,  to  name. 

Section  3. — As  in  English,  the  spelling  makes  sometimes  a  great 
difference  of  meaning,  though  the  pronunciation  may  be  identical.  For 
instance  : 


byti,  beeVi  or  beet  (colloquially  b&yt), 
to  be 

myti,  meeti  or  meet,  (colloq.  m&yt), 

to  wash 
my,  me,  we 
vy,  ve,  you 

vyr,?w?',(i;olloq.  v&yr),  the  horn-owl 
vyti,  veetH  or  veet  (colloq.  vSyt  ,  to 
howl 

Section  4. — The  Bohemian  verb  shows  a  distinction  of  gender  in 
the  past  tense*).  In  the  plural,  there  is  only  an  orthographical  distinction 

*)    See  Note  2,  Lesson  IX. 


biti,  beeVi  or  beet,  to  beat 

nriti,  rneetii  or  meet,  to  have 

mi,  me,  to  me 

vi,  vee,  he  knows 

vir,  veer,  the  whirl-wind 

viti,  veetii  or  veet,  to  wind. 


272 


Part  IV. 


between  the  masculine  and  feminine  gender,  the  latter  alwaj7s  terminating 
in  y.    For  instance  : 


masculine 
byli  jsme,  we  were 
bvli,  they  were 
meli  jsme,  we  had 
meli,  they  had 
muzi  meli,  the  men  had; 
liosi  videli,  the  boys  saw; 


feminine 
byly  jsme,  we  were 
byly,  they  were 
mely  jsme,  w  e  had 
mely,  they  had 
£eny  mely,  the  women  had 
holky  videly,  the  girls  saw. 


The  same  is  true  of  verbs  relating  to  inanimate  nouns  of  the  mascu- 
line gender,  or  names  of  lifeless  things  :  stromy  vyrostly,  the  trees  grew 
up;  domy  shofely,  the  houses  burned  down. 

Section  5.  —  The  general  rule  of  Bohemian  spelling  is:  A  sound 
for  every  letter  and  a  letter  for  every  sound,  and  no  silent  letters*).  From 
this  rule  there  are  but  few  exceptions.  In  some  words  the  initial  letter  j 
is  silent  : 


jdu,  dtc,  I  go 
jsem,  sem,  I  am 
jsme,  sm8,  we  are 


jmeno,  n.  mend,  the  name 
jmenovati,  mentivat,  to  name 
jmem,  n.  my$ni,  the  propert}^ 


The  letter  d  is  also  silent  in  a  few  cases:  dcera,  tserd,  the  daughter, 
srdce,  n.  8er$s$,  the  heart. 

In  some  cases  the  letters  k,  s,  t,  v,  z,  %  modify  their  sound  in  order 
to  facilitate  pronunciation: 


v  peei,  in  the  oven,  — fpetsi; 
bez  peiiez,  without  money,  —  Ms 
pZnez; 

zpivati,  to  sing,  —  speevat. 


kdo,  who,  —  gdd 
kdy,  when,  —  gdy 
s  bohem,  farewell,  —  zbbhem 
kletba,  f.  the  curse,  —  kledbd 

Section  6.  —  The  prepositions  s  and  z  (se,  ze)  are  governed  by  the 
following  rule  : 

When  the  tendency  is  from  above  downwards  s  or  se  is  used:  spadl 
s  okna,  s  nebe,  se  stromii,  spddl  so/end,  sn&be,  s8  stromii,  —  he  fell  from 
the  window,  from  heaven,  from  the  tree. 


*)    See  Part  III,  Note  1. 


Bohemian  grammar. 


273 


When  the  tendency  is  from  below  upwards,  or  from  the  inside  to  the 
outside,  z  or  ze  is  employed  :  vylezu  ze  stnduo,  I  shall  crawl  up  from  the 
well;  vyndal  jsein  penize  z  kapsy,  (sMpsy),  I  took  the  money  from  my 
pocket,  or  out  of  my  pocket;  vyskociin  z  okna  Ten,  I  shall  jump  out  of  the 
window. 

Section  7. — It  is  a  vulgar  English  custom  to  place  the  sound  of  h 
before  initial  vowels  :  heye  (eye),  Hengland  (England).  In  Bohemian  a 
similar  vulgar  custom  obtains,  namely  that  of  placing  the  letter  v  before 
an  initial  o,    We- hear,  for  instance  : 

von,    instead  of  on  (he)  vokno,    instead  of  okno  (window) 

vona,      "     "  ona  (she)  voko,         "      "  oko  (eye) 

vono,      "     "  0110  (it  vosel,        "      "  osel  (ass). 

This  vulgarity  must  be  carefully  avoided  in  writing  as  well  as 
speaking.  On  the  other  hand,  when  the  letter  v  belongs  to  the  root  of  the 
word,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  omit  the  same  : 

voda,  water;  vojak,  soldier;   vosk,  wax;   voskovati,  to  wax. 

Section  8.  —  In  writing,  words  have  often  to  be  divided  in  sylla- 
bles.   The  principal  rules  to  be  observed  are  the  following  : 

a)  A  consonant  standing  between  two  vowels  belongs  to  the  next  syl- 
lable :  o-ba,  both;  o-ko,  the  eye;  kla-da,  the  log. 

b)  A  consonant  succeeding  the  letter  1  or  r  also  belongs  to  the  next 
s}^llable  :    vl-na,  ve,lna,  the  wool;  hr-dlo,  herdW,  the  throat. 

c)  Two  vowels,  if  they  do  not  form  the  diphthong  on,  are  always 
divided  :    Ma-ri-e,  mari8. 

d)  Compound  words  are  divided  according  to  their  component  parts: 
bez-hlavy  (bez-hla-vy),  headless:  roz-licny  (roz-lic-ny),  different;  oka- 
mzik,  the  twinkling  of  an  eye;  a  moment. 

Other  rules  are  less  important  and  are  sometimes  sinned  against 
even  by  the  best  writers. 

Section  9.  —  The  use  of  capital  letters  follows  the  same  rules  as  in 
English,  excepting  that  adjectives  derived  from  the  names  of  countries  or 
nations  do  not,  in  Bohemian,  commence  with  a  capital  letter  (anglick^, 
Eftiglish;  cesky,  Bohemian  etc  );  neither  does  the  personal  pronoun  ja 
(I)  use  a  capital  letter. 


274 


Part  IV 


2.  ETYMOLOGY. 

Section  1.  —  The  Bohemian  language  has  seven  cases,  the  nature 
of  which  is  sufficiently  explained  in  Note  5,  on  page  82. 

Section  2.  —  The  declension  of  Bohemian  nouns  differs  in  regard 
to  gender,  and  also  in  regard  to  termination.  . 

Nouns  of  the  masculine  gender,  moreover,  form  two  classes:  (a) 
names  of  living  creatures,  or  animate  nouns;  (b)  names  of  lifeless  beings, 
or  inanimate  nouns, 

According  to  this  division  there  is  also  a  slight  difference  in  their 
declension. 

DECLENSIO^-of  MASCULINE  NOUN-l. 

Section  3. — The  first  declension  of  nouns  of  the  masculine  gender 

is  fully  shown  by  the  following  examples*): 

Animate  Inanimate 
Singular  number. 


nominative 

genitive 

dative 

accusative 
vocative 
locative 
instrumental 


syn,  the  son 
syn-a,  of  the  son; 
syn-u,  -ovi,  to  the  son 

syn-a,  the  son 

syn-e*),  son  ! 

syn-u,  -ovi,  (in)  the  son 


syn-em,  with  the  son 


strom,  the  1ree 
strom -ii,  of  the  tree; 
strom- U,  to  the  tree; 
strom,  the  tree 
strom -e,  tree  ! 


•ove,  the  sons 
-uv,  of  the  sons 


nom.  syn-i, 
gen.  syn-u, 
dat.  jsyu-um,  to  the  sons; 
acc.  jsyn-y,  the  sons 
voc.  jsyn-i,  -ov£,  sons; 
loc.   Isyii-ecll,  :in)  the  sons; 
inst.  jsyn-y,  with  the  sons: 


strom -u,  (in)  the  tree; 
strom-em,  with  the  tree 

Plural  number. 

strom-y***),  the  trees 
strom-u,  uv,  of  the  trees 
strom- fi m9  to  the  trees; 
strom -y,  the  trees 
strom -y***),  trees  ! 
strom-ech,,(in)  the  trees; 
stroin-y,  with  the  trees. 


*) 


Compare  Note  3,  on  page  55;  also  Note  1,  on  page  69. 
In  this  particular  case  the  common  usage  is  syiiu  !  o  son  !  Sy- 
nu  mflj,  o  my  sou  ! 
***)  It  has  also  the  long  termination  ove,  when  used  af  an  animate  noun, 
especially  in  poetic  language:  stromove  se  kionili,  the  trees  bowed. 
0  stromove^  promluvte  !  o  trees,  speak  out  ! 


Bohemian  grammar. 


275 


The  first  masculine  declension  (ten  syn,  ten  strom)  comprises  nouns 
ending  in  hard  or  neutral  consonants. 

Section  4.  —  The  second  declension  of  nouns  of  the  masculine 
gender  is  presented  in  full  by  the  following  examples: 


Animate 

nom.  mu2,  the  man 

gen.  mu£-e,  of  the  man; 

dat.  mu2-i,  -ovi,  to  the  man; 

acc.  mu2-e,  the  man 

'coc.  mu2-i,  man! 

loc.  mu2-i,  (in)  the  man; 

inst.  mu2-em,  with  the  man; 

nom.  mu2-i,  -ove^  the  men 

gen.  mu2-u,  -uv,  of  the  men; 

nat.  111  u & -u in ,  to  the  men; 

acc.  muz-e,  tlie  men 

doc.  in uz - u  -ov£,  men  ! 

loc.  mu2-ich,  (in)  the  men; 

inst.  muz-i,  with  the  men; 


Inanimate 

Singular. 

me£,  the  sword 
mec-e,  of  the  sword; 
mec-i,  t  >  the  sword; 
inec,  the  sword 
mec-i,  sword  ! 
me£-i,  (in)  the  sword; 
ine6-em,  with  the  sword. 

Plural. 

mec-e*),  the  swords 
me6-u,  -fir,  of  the  swords; 
nier-iim,  to  the  swords; 
me£-e,  the  sAvords 
mec-e*),  swords  ! 
meiwch,  (in)  the  swords; 
me6-i,  with  the  swords. 


The  second  masculine  declension  (tenmui,  tenmee) comprises  nouns 
ending  in  soft  consonants  or  in  el  (for  inst.  ucitel,  the  teacher). 

Section  5.  —  Nouns  of  the  first  declension,  terminating  in  h,  ch, 
k,  r,  change  these  hard  consonants  into  z,  c,  r,  in  the  nominative  case 
of  the  plural  number,  as  explained  in  Note  3  on  page  70, to  which  we  refer. 

Section  6.  —  Nouns  of  the  first  declension  ending  in  ek  eliminate 
the  vowel  e  in  the  inflected  cases,  as  stated  in  Note  2  on  page  80.  For 
instance  : 

Svedek,  svygdek,  the  witness;  sv&dka,  swyMka.  (not  svedeka),  of  the  wit- 
ness; sv&dku  or  svedkovi,  to  the  witness;  etc.  —  (Plural:)  svedci  or  sv&d- 
kove',  the  witnesses;  sv6dku,  of  the  witnesses;  svedkum,  to  the  witnes 
ses;  etc. 


*)   It  may  also  have  the  long  termination  (ine6ov6),  when  used  as  an  ani- 
mate noun,  especially  in  solemn  or  poetical  language. 


/ 


276  Part  IV. 

The  same  is  true  of  nouns  ending  et  and  en.  Tne  nouns  loket(the 
yard,  or  the  elbow)  and  den  (the  day)  follow  in  their  declension  the  exam- 
ple of  me£: 

loket,  the  yard;  lokte,  of  the  yard;  lokti,  to  the  yard;  etc. 
den,  the  day;  dne,  of  the  day;  dni,  to  the  day;  etc. 

In  the  plural,  den  is  quite  irregular;  dni  or  dnove,  the  days;  dni  or 
dnuv,  of  the  days;  d  lift  in,  to  the  days;  dni  or  dny  (accus.),  the  days; 
dnech,  (in)  the  days;  dnemi  or  dny,  with  the  days. 

SECTION  7.  —  The  vowel  n,  when  it  occurs  in  the  nominative, 
changes  into  o  in  the  inflected  cases  :  kfin,  the  horse;  kone,  of  the  horse! 
koni  (or  konovi),  to  the  horse;  etc.  —  See  Note  4  on  page  56. 

SECTION  8.— Nouns  ending  in  el  are  mostly  declined  like  inu&  or 
mec;  for  instance  :  ncitel,  the  teacher;  ucitele,  of  the  teacher;  iiciteli, 
(-ovi,)  to  the  teacher;  etc. 

Pi'itel  (the  friend)  has  in  the  nominative  plural  pfatele,  (the  friends); 
iu  the  genitive  pfate],  of  the  friends.  — 

The  word  penize  (the  mone}^)  is  a  plural  noun:  penez,  of  the 
money;  penezum,  to  the  money;  v  penezich,  in  the  money;  penezi,  with 
the  money. 

DECLENSION  of  FEMININE  NOUNS. 

SECTION  9. — The  first  declension  of  nouns  of  the  feminine  gender 
(ta  zena)  is  shown  by  the  following  example*): 


Singular 

norti.  £en-a,    the  woman 

gen.  £en-y,    of  the  woman 

dat.  2en-§,    to  the  woman 

acc.  #en-u,   the  woman 

voc.  zen-o,  woman*! 

loc.  #eu-e,    (in  the  woman 

inst.  zeti-oii,  with  the  woman 


Plural 

zen-y,    the  women 
zeu,       of  the  women 
zen-am,  to  the  women 
zen-y,    the  women 
2en-y,  women! 
zen-ach,  (in)  the  women 
Zen-ami,  with  the  women. 


All  nouns  of  the  feminine  gender  ending  in  a  belong  to  this  declen- 


sion. 


SECTION  10. — There  are  some  masculine  nouns  terminating  in  a, 
which  follow  this  declension  in  the  singular,  excepting  the  dative  and  lo- 
cative cases,  which  have  the  long  masculine  form  For  instance:  vevod-a, 
the  duke;  v^vod-y,  of  the  duke;  vevod-ovi,  to  the  duke;  etc. 

*)    Compare  Note  3  on  page  60 


Bohemian  grammar. 


277 


Id  the  plural  number,  such  nouns  follow  the  first  masculine  decleu- 
sion:  vevod-ove,  the  dukes;  verod-iiv,  of  the  dukes;  vevod-iim,  to  the 
dukes;  etc.  (See  "plural"  of  first  declension  of  masculine  nouns.)  -  Some 
masculines  ending  in  a  take  in  the  nominative  plural  always  the  short  form 
i  or  e;  for  instance:  basista,  the  ba^so;  basisti  (or  basiste  ,  the  bassoes. 

SECT  ION  11.— Nouns  of  the  feminine  gender  ending  in  e,  belong 
to  the  second  decle  sion  {ta  zeme),  which  is  as  follows*)  : 


Singular 

Plural 

nom. 

zem-e, 

the  earth 

zem-e,    the  earths 

gen. 

zem-e, 

of  the  earth 

zem-i,    of  the  earths 

dat. 

zem-i, 

to  the  ear tli 

zem-im,  to  the  earths 

acc. 

zem-i, 

the  earth! 

zem-£,    the  earths 

voc. 

zem-e, 

earth! 

zem-e,    earths  ! 

loc. 

zem-i, 

with  the  earth 

zem-ich,  (in)  the  earths 

inst. 

zcm-i, 

with  the  earth 

zem-emi,  with  the  earths. 

SECTION  12.— Nouns  of  the  feminine  genderending  in  a  consonant 

(ta  dan),  belong  to  the  third  declension,  which  has  two  branches  showing 
a  slight  divergence  at  least  in  the  written  language,  if  not  always  in  com- 
mon discourse;  hence  we  subjoin  two  examples  : 


Si  gular 


nom. 

kostf,    the  bone 

duil, 

the  tax 

gen. 

kost-i,  of  the  bone 

dan-e, 

of  the  tax 

dat. 

kost-i,  to  the  boje 

dan-i, 

to  the  tax 

acc. 

kost,    the  bone 

dan, 

the  tax 

voc. 

kost-i,  bone  ! 

dan-i, 

tax  ! 

loc. 

kost-i,  'in)  the  bone 

dan-i, 

(in)  the  tax 

inst. 

kost-i,  with  the  bone 

dan-i, 

with  the  tax. 

Plural 

nom. 

kost-i,       the  bones 

dane, 

the  taxes 

gen. 

kost-i,      of  the  bones 

dan-i, 

of  the  taxes 

dat. 

kost-em,    to  the*bones 

dan-im, 

to  the  taxes 

acc. 

kost-i,       the  bones 

dan-e, 

the  taxes 

voc. 

kost-i,      bones  ! 

dan -6, 

taxes  ! 

l"C. 

kost-ech,  (in)  the  bones 

dan-icli, 

(in)  the  taxes 

in  ft. 

kost-mi,    with  the  bones 

dan-emi 

,  with  the  taxes 

*)    Compare  Note  3  on  page  60. 

278 


Part  IV. 


Nouns  terminating  in  en  drop  the  vowel  e  in  the  inflected  cases;  for 
instance  :    lazen,  the  bath;  lazne,  of  the  bath;  lazni,  to  the  bath;  etc. 

DECLENSION  of  NEUTRAL  NOUNS. 


SECTION  13.— The  first  declension  comprises  nouns  of  the  neutral 
gender  ending  in  o  (to  slovo).    They  are  declined  as  follows*): 


Singu'ar 

Pl.-ral 

nom. 

slov-o,    the  word 

slov-a,      the  words 

gen. 

slov-a,   of  the  word 

slov,          of  the  words 

dat 

slov-u,   to  the  word 

slov-um,    to  the  words 

acc. 

slov-o,    the  word 

slov-a,       the  words 

toe. 

slov-o,    word  ! 

slov-a,       words  ! 

loc. 

slov-e,  (-11),  (in)  the  word 

slov-ech,  (-ich),  (in)  the  words 

inst. 

slov-em,  with  the  word  ■ 

slov-y,      with  the  words 

SECTION  14. —The  second  neutral  declension  embraces  nouns  end- 

ing  in  e  and  e  (to  pole,  to  poupe).  It  has  two  branches  differing  some- 
what in  their  inflected  endings,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  subjoined  two 


examples**). 

Singular 

nom. 

pol-e,  the  field 

poup-e,  the  bud 

gen. 

pol-e,  of  the  field 

poup-ete,  of  the  bud 

dat. 

pol-i,  to  the  fi<  Id 

poup-eti,  to  the  bud 

acc. 

pol-e,  the  field 

poup-e,  the  bud 

voc. 

pol-e,  field  ! 

poup-£,  bud  ! 

loc 

pol-i,  (in)  the  field 

poup-eli,  (iu)  the  bud 

inst. 

pol-em,  with  the  field 

poup-etein,  with  the  bud. 

Plural 

nom. 

pol-e,  the  fields 

ponp-ata,  the  buds 

gen. 

pol-i,  of  the  fields 

poup-at,  of  the  buds 

dat. 

pol-im,  to  the  fields 

poup-atuni,  to  the  buds 

acc. 

pol-e,  fields 

poup -ata,  the  buds 

voc. 

pol-e,  fields  ! 

poup-ata,  buds  ! 

loc. 

pol-ich,  (in)  the  fields 

poup-atccli,  (in)  the  buds 

inst. 

pol-i,  with  the  fields 

poup-aty,  with  the  buds. 

*)   (  ompare  Note  2  on  page  65. 

)  Compare  Note  2  on  page  05 


Bohemian  grammar. 


279 


The  following  nouns  are  declined  like  poupe:  hrabe,  the  count, 
(hrab-ete,  of  the  count;  hrabata,  the  counts);  knize,  the  princ;  pachole, 
the  little  boy;  de>ce,  the  girl;  vnouce,  the  grandchild;  —  zvire,  the  ani- 
mal; dobytce,  the  beast;  bribe,  the  foal;  jehne,  the  lamb;  k)te,  the  kit 
ten;  kfizle,  the  kid;  kace,  the  duckling;  kufe,  the  chick;  hade,  the  young 
snake;  house,  the  gosling;  tele,  the  calf;  —  doupe,  the  den;  kost&,  the 
broom;  vole,  the  crop  (the  craw); 

The  nouns  brenieno,  the  burden ;  rameno,  the  arm  or  upper  arm; 
semeno,  the  seed:  temeno,  the  crown  of  the  head,  —  and  some  others, 
have  also  a  short  form:  bfiine,  rame,  sime,  teme.    The  declension  of 
these  shortened  nouns  deviates  somewhat  from  the  above  examples  of  the 
second  neutral  declension,  for  which  reason  a  full  paradigm  is  subjoined: 


Singular 

Plural 

nom. 

sim-e,  the  seed 

sem-ena,  the  seeds 

gen. 

sem-ene,  of  the  seed 

sem-en,  of  the  seeds 

dat. 

sem-eni,  to  the  seed 

sem-ennm,  to  the  seeds 

acc. 

sim-e,  the  seed 

sem-ena,  the  seeds 

voc. 

sim-e,  seed  ! 

sem-ena,  seeds  ! 

loc. 

sem-eni,  (in)  the  seed 

sem-enech,  (in)  the  seeds 

inst. 

sem-enem,  wiih  the  seed 

sem-eny,  with  the  seeds. 

SECTION  15.  —The  third  declension  of  neutral  nouns  is  character- 

ized  by  the  terminal  i  : 

Singular 

Plural 

nom. 

znamen-i,  the  sign 

znamen-i,  the  signs 

gen. 

znam^n-i,  to  the  sigi 

zuamen-i,  of  the  signs 

dat. 

zuameu-i,  to  the  sign 

znamen-im,  to  the  signs 

acc. 

znatnen-i,  the  sign 

znamen-i,  the  signs 

voc. 

znainen-i,  sign  ! 

znamen-i,  signs  ! 

loc. 

znamen-i,  (in)  the  sign 

znamen-ich,  (in)  the  signs 

inst. 

znamen-im,  with  the  sign 

znamen-imi,  with  the  signs. 

This  declension  embraces  also 

1.   Feminine  nouns  terminating  in 

i,  like:  pani,  the  mistress  or  lady;  hibli,  (also  bible),  tbe  bible;  but  these 
nouns  retain  the  terminal  i  in  the  instrumental  of  the  singular  number  : 
s  pani,  with  the  lady.  —  2.  Some  masculine  nouns  ending  in  i:  rukojmi, 
the  surety. 


280 


Part  IV. 


SECTION  16.  -There  is  a  dual  number  in  Bohemian,  limited  in  the 
modern  language  to  the  names  of  parts  of  the  human  body,  which  app'  ar 
in  pairs  :  oci,  the  eyes;  usi,  the  ears;  nice,  the  hands;  nohy,  the  feet; 
prsa,  the  breasts;  ramena,  the  arms;  kolena,  the  knees.  They  are  de- 
clined in  the  dual  number  as  follows  : 


nom.    oc-i,  the  eyes 

us-i, 

ruc-e, 

prs-a, 

gen.     oc-i,  of  the  eyes 

ruk-oii, 

noh-ou 

prs-ou 

dat.     oc-iui,  to  the  eyes 

us-i  m, 

nik-am, 

noli -am 

prs-flm 

acc      oc-i,  the  eyes 

u§-i, 

nic-e, 

noh-y 

prs-a 

voc.     oc-i,  eyes  ! 

V  • 

US-I, 

rac-e, 

noh-y 

prs-a 

loc.     oc-ich,(in)  the  eyes 

us-ich, 

ruk-ou, 

u oh -ou 

prs-ou 

inst  oc-ima,with  the  eyes 

ns-iina. 

ruk-ama, 

noh-ama 

prs-oma. 

DECLENSION  of  ADJECTIVES. 


SECTION  17. -There  are  two  leading  classes  of  adjectives: definite 
and  indefinite. 

Definite  adjectives  present  two  subdivisions:  I.  adjectives  with  a 
changing  termination,  according  to  gender:  dobr-y  (muz),  dobr-a  (zen-a), 
dobr-e  (di'te),  —  the  good  man,  the  good  woman,  the  good  child;  2.  ad- 
jectives with  the  same  termination  in  all  three  genders:  dnesn-i  (vitr) 
diiesiri  (zima),  dnesni  (parno),  —  today's  wind,  today's  cold,  today's 
heat.*) 

Indefinite  adjectives  are  either  derived  from  definite  ad  jectives, bring 
only  a  different  form  of  the  same;  for  iustance:  zdravy,  zdrava,  zdrave, 
healthy  or  well  (definite);  zdrav,  zdrava,  zdravo  (indefinite)**); 

Or  they  are  so-called  possessive  adjectives,  derived  from  nouns  : 

(otec,  the  father)  otc-uv,  otc-ofa,  otc-ovo,  the  father's;  (uiatka,  the 
mother)  mate-in,  matc-iua,  uiatc-iuo,  the  mother's***). 

SECTION  18.— Definite  adjectives  with  a  changing  termination  are 
declined  in  the  following  manner****;  : 

*)      Compare  Note  1  on  page  85,  and  Note  1  on  page  94. 
**)     Compare  Note  2  on  page  103. 
***)    Com  Notes  2  and  3,  on  pp.  94,  95 
****)  Compare  Note  1,  on  page  85. 


Bohemian  grammar. 


281 


Singular. 

masculine  feminine 

nom.  dobr-y  muz,  a  good  man;  dobr-a  zena; 

gen.  dobr-eho  muze,  of  a  good  man  dobr-e  zeny; 

dat.  dobr-emu  muzi,to  a  good  man  dobr-e  zene; 

acc.  dobr-eho  muze,  a  good  man;  dobr-ou  zenu, 

doc.   dobr-y  muzi,  good  man!  dobr-a  zeno  ! 

loc.   dobr-ein  muzi,  (in)  agood  man  dobr-e  zene; 

inst.  dobr-ym  muzem,  with  a  good  dobr-ou  zenou; 

man 

Plural. 

nom.  dobf-i  muzi,  good  men  dobr-e  zeny 

gen.  dobr-ych  muzft,  of  good  men  dobr-ych  zen 

dat.   dobr-ym  rnu^um,  to  good  men  dobr-ym  zeuam 

acc.    dobr-e  muze,  good  men  dobr-e  zeny 

voc.    dobf-i  muzi,  good  men!  dobr-e'  zeny 

loc.    dobr-ych  niuzich, (in)  good  m.  dobr-ych  zendch 

inst.  dobr-ymimuzi,withgood  men  dobry-mizenami 


neutre 

dobr-e  ditko 
dobr-eho  ditka 
dobr-e uiu  ditku 
dobr-e  ditko 
dobr-e  ditko! 
dobr-em  ditku 
dobr-ym  ditkem. 


dobr-a  ditka 
dobr-ych  di'tek 
dobr-ym  dftkam 
dobr-a  ditka 
dobr-a  ditka 
dobr-ych  ditkdch 
dobr-ymiditkami. 


Note  l.  The  hard  consonants  h>  ch,  k,  r,  are  changed  in  the 
nominative  plural,  of  the  masculine  gender  into  the  soft  consonants  Zj 
s,  c,  f,  when  the  adjective  qualifies  an  animate  noun  :  dobry  muz,  —  do- 
bfi  muzi;  velky  hoch,  —  veld  hosi.  The  terminations  cky  and  sky  change 
into  £ti  and  sti:  uemecky  (sing),  uemecti  —  (plur.);  eesky  (sing.)  —  cesti 
(plur.). 

In  common  discourse,  however,  this  rule  is  neglected. 

JS  ote  2.  When  the  adjective  qualifies  a  masculine  inanimate  noun, 
it  agrees  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  plural  with  the  feminine  gender: 
dobre  stromy,  good  trees;  and  the  accusative  singular  is  like  the  nomina- 
tive: dobry  strom. 

SECTION  19.— Definite  adjectives,  having  the  same  termination  (i) 
in  all  genders  and  both  numbers,  are  declined  in  the  following  manner*); 


*)   Compare  Note  1,  page  94. 


283 


Part  IV. 


nom. 

gen. 

dat. 

acc. 

voc. 

loc 

in  st. 


masculine 
dnesn-i 
dnesn-iho 
dneSn-imu 
dne&n-iho 
dnesn-i 
dnesn-im 
dnesn-im 


Singular 
feminine 
dnesn-i 
dnesn-i 
dne$n-i 
dnesn-i 

dnesn-i 
dnesn-i 
dnesn-i 


neutre 

dne§n-i 

dne£n-ilio 

dnesu-imu 

dnesn-i 

dnesn  •  i 

dnesn-im 

dnesn-itn 


Plural 
all  three  genders 
dnesn-i 
dnesn -ich 
dnesn-im 
dnesn-i 

dnesn-i 

dne§n-ich 

dne§n-imi 


Note.  When  the  adjective  qualifies  a  masculine  inanimate  noun, 
the  accusative  singular  is  like  the  nominative.  We  say:  cekam  dnesniho 
hosta,  I  wait  for  today's  guest;  but:  ucekam  dnesui  list",  I  wait  for  to- 
day's paper. 

SEC  riON  20.— Indefi  lite  adjectives  like  zdrav  (from  zdravy),vesel 
(from  vesely).  etc.*)  are  now  used  only  in  the  nominative  and  accusative 
cases.    Possessive  adjectives  have  the  following  declension: 

Singular 


masculine  feminine 

nom.  bratr  fiv,  my  brother's  bratr-ova 

gen.  bratr-ova,  of  my  brother's  bratr-ovy 

dat.  bratr-ovn,  to  my  brother's  bratr-ove 

acc.  bratr  ova,  my  brother's  bratr-ovu 

voc.  bratr  uv!  brother's!  bratr-ova! 

loc.  bratr-ovu  (  ove)  in  my  brother's  bratr-ovfc 

ifist.  bratr-ovym,  with  my  brother's  bratr  ovou 

Plural 

(Only  three  cases  differ,  the  other  four  being  identical 
sation  there  is  no  difference  at  all.) 

bratr  ovi,  my  brother's 


neutre 
bratr  ovo 
bmtr-ova 
bratr-ovu 
bratr-ovo 
bratr  ovo  ! 
bratr-ovu 
bratr  ovym. 


In  conver- 


nom 
gen. 
dat. 
acc. 
voc. 
loc. 
inst. 


bratr-ovy 
bratr  ovi ! 


bratr  ovy 
bratr  ovych 
bratr-ovym 
bratr-ovy 
bratr  ovy  ! 
bratr  ovych 
bratr  ovyini 


bratr  ova 


bratr  ova 
bratr  ova ! 


•)    tiee  Note  2,  page  1013. 


Bohemian  grammar.  283 

Notel.  — When  the  possessive  adjective  qualifies  a  masculine 
inanimate  noun,  the  accusative  singular  is  like  the  nominative:  victim 
bratruv  dum,  "I  see  my  brother's  house";  and  the  nominative  and  voca- 
tive plural  have  a  final  y,  like  the  feminine  gender  :  bratrovy  domy,  "my 
brother's  houses". 

N  o  t  e  2.  —  The  adjective  pane  is  not  inflected  :  leta  Pane  1900, 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1890; —  chram  Pane,  the  Lord's  house;  —  vecefe, 
Pan£,  the  Lord's  supper,  —  dum  pane  Hodanuv,  Mr.  Hodan's  house. 

N  o  t  e  3.  —  Possessive  adjectives  formed  from  feminine  nouns  and 
having  the  termination  in  (fern,  ina,  neutre  ino)*),  are  declined  like  those 
formed  from  masculine  nouns  :  bratruy,  bratrova,  bratrovo. 

In  their  formation  hard  consonants  are  softened  down  in  the  ucual 
manner  :  mat-ka,  the  mother;  mat-cm  (matcina,  matdino),  the  mother's. 

COMPARISON  of  ADJECTIVES. 
SE  TION  21.  —  The  comparison  of  adjectives  is  fully  explained  in 
Notes  1  and  2,  Lesson  XXIf.    The  termination  ky  changes  into  ci,  in  the 
second  and  third  degree  :  hezky,  nice;  liezci,  nicer;  nejhezcl,  ni  est. 

DECLENSION  of  PRONOUNS. 

SECTION  22.  —  Personal  pronouns.*) 


Singular. 


nom. 

fa  I 

ty,  thou 

on,  he;  ono,  it 

ona,  she 

gen. 

me  (nine)  of  me 

te  (tebe) 

jeho  (ho) 

dat- 

mi  (nine)  to  me 

ti  (tobe) 

jemu  (mu) 

•  * 

acc. 

mh  (mne)  me 

te  (tebe) 

jeho  (ho,  jej);  je,  it 

ji 

toe. 

nine,  in  me 

tobe 

nem 

ni 

inst. 

mnou,  with  me 

tebou 

nim  (jim) 

ni  (ji) 

Plural. 

nom. 

my,  we 

vy,  you 

oni,  (fe  n.  ony;  neut.  ona)  they 

gen 

nas,  of  us 

vas, 

jich 

dat. 

nam,  to  us 

vam 

jim 

acc 

nas,  us 

vas 

je 

lac. 

nas,  in  us 

?as 

nich 

inst. 

nanii  (with)  us 

vami 

ninii  (jimi) 

)    See  Note  3,  page  95. 

)    Compare  Note  1  on  page  102  and  Note  on  page  106. 


284 


Part  IV. 


SECTION  23. 

—  Possessive  pron  wis.*) 

Singular. 

l/tUo  Villi  11(5 

T  0  1»  1  7}  1  Yi  0 
J  t/lfl/t  U'l  lio 

pii  i i*^ 

HO  III  1  o 

ma  sc. 

fem. 

1 1 G  HI. 

U  U  lit  ■ 

H1UJ 

11!  i'|  (  Ht  1,1',*  \ 

III/'  (  llSOilM 

nas 

nase 

(IP  11 
yen. 

D16  ho 

me  (moji) 

ineho 

naSeho 

nasi 

unroll  A 

dat. 

in  emu 

m6  (moji) 

memu 

n  use  in  ii 

nasi 

nase  m  u 

ace. 

meho 

mou  (moji) 

me  (moje) 

naseho 

nasi 

nase 

(id an.  miij) 

(in an.  na§) 

TOC. 

muj 

ma  (moje) 

me  (moje) 

uas 

nase 

nase 

loc. 

mem 

me  (moji) 

mem 

naseni 

nasi 

nasem 

inst 

mym 

mou  (moji) 

mym 

nasi  in 

nasi 

nasim. 

Plural. 

(Cases  showing  no  difference  of  gender  are  left  in  blank.) 


nom. 

gen. 

dat. 

acc. 


moji  (moje   me  (moje) 

mych 

mym 

me  (moje)     me1  (moje) 

moji  (moje)  me  (moje) 
mych 


roc 
loc. 

inst.  liiymi 


mk  (moje) 


ma  (moje) 
nut  (moje) 


naSi  (nase)  nase  nase 

nasieli 

nasim 

nase 

nasi  (nase)  nase  nase 

nasieli 

nasimi 


SECTION  24.  —  Indicative  pronouns.**) 


Sing 

ular 

Plural 

masc. 

fem. 

neul. 

masc. 

fem. 

neut. 

nom. 

ten 

ta 

to 

ti 

ty 

ta 

kdo 

CO 

gen. 

toho 

te 

toho 

tech 

koho 

echo 

dat. 

torn  11 

te 

tomu 

tern 

konui 

ceniu 

acc. 

toho  (ten) 

tu 

to 

ty 

ty 

ta 

koho 

CO 

loc. 

torn 

te 

torn 

lech 

kom 

cem 

inst. 

tim 

tou 

tim 

temi 

kym 

dim 

SECTION  25.— The  relative  pronouns  ktery  (fem.ktera,  neat,  kte 
re)  and  jen2  (fem.  &  neut.  je^),  are  translated  by  which  or  that. 

The  pronoun  ktery,  it,  £  is  declined  like  the  definite  adjective  do 
bry,  a,  e"  :  the  pronoun  jen^  is  declined  as  follows: 

*)    Compare  Lessons  XXV  and  XXVI. 

**)  Compare  Note  1  on  page  115,  and  Note  5  on  page  82. 


Bohemian  grammar. 


285 


Singular 

Plural 

masc. 

fern. 

neut. 

of  all  three  genders. 

nom. 

jenz 

jez 

m  v 

jez 

jiz  (masc),  jez  (f.  &  n.) 

gen. 

jehoz 

•  f  V 

jehoz 

jicliz 

dat. 

jemiiz 

m 

jein  uz 

jimz 

acc. 

jehoz  (jejz) 

m  •  v 

•  V 

jez 

•  V 

jez 

loc. 

(y)  n£mz 

(y)  m'z 

(v)  nemz 

(v)  nichz 

inst. 

jhnz 

m 

jimz 

•  •       •  V 

jimiz 

NUMERALS. 

SECTION  26.- 

-The  cardinal 

numeral  jeden  (f  em.  jedn  a,  neut.  jed- 

no)  is  declined  like  ten,  (ta,  to):)*) 

Singular 

Plural 

ma  sc. 

fern. 

neut. 

of  all  three  genders. 

nom. 

jeden 

jedn  a 

jedn  o 

jedn  -i,  -y,  -a 

gen. 

jedn- oho 

jedn-e 

jedn-oho 

jedn  ech 

dat. 

jedn  omu 

jedn-e 

jedn  oum 

jedn  em 

acc. 

jedn  oho 

jedn-u 

jedn  o 

jedn  y,  y,  -a 

(inan.  jeden) 

loc. 

jedn  om 

jedn  e 

jedn  om 

jedn-ech 

inst. 

jedn  im 

jejtn-oii 

jedn  im 

jedn  emi 

The  declension  of  dva  (fern.  &  neut.  dve),  tfi,  ctyfi  (fern.  &  neut. 
ctyry  is- sufficiently  explained  in  Note  1,  on  page  122. 

The  numerals  pet,  sest,  scdm  until  devadesat  devet  (five  till  ninety 
nine)  take  in  all  cases  an  i,  except  the  accusative  and  vocative, which  are 
like  the  nominative.  For  instance  :  pet  muzu,  five  men;  peti  muzii,  of 
five  men  (or  "of  the  five  men");  peti  muzum,  to  five  men;  v  peti  miizich, 
in  five  men;  si)eti  muzi,  with  five  men. 

In  the  nominative  and  accusative  they  are  always  fol~ 
lowed  by  the  genitive  case  of  the  noun:  pet  1TIUZU  or  mu= 
ZUV,  five  men;  sest  holek,  six  girls;  sedm  dctl,  seven 
children. 


)  See  Note  3  on  page  116, 


286 


Part  111. 


Numerals  like  twenty  one,  twenty  two,  twenty  three,  and  so  forth; 
may  be  rendered  in  Bohemian  in  two  ways:  1— dvacet  jeden,  dvacet  dva, 
dvacet  tri,  etc.*),  in  which  case  both  parts  are  inflected  :  dvaceti  dvou, 
of  twenty  two;  dvaceti  dvema,  to  twenty  two;  etc. 

2.  —  jeden-a-dvacet,  dva-a  dvacet,  tfi- a  dvacet,  etc.,  one  and 
twenty,  two  and  twenty,  three  and  twenty;  etc.,  but  usually  written  tog-  ther: 
jedenadvacet,  dvaadvacet.  In  this  case  only  the  second  part  is  inflected: 
jeden  ad  vaceti,  of  twenty  one,  to  twenty  two;  sjedenad  vaceti,  with  twen- 
ty oEe. 

Sto  (one  hundred)  is  declined  like  the  neutre  noun  slovo,  excepting 
that  in  connection  with  dve  (two)  it  retains  the  dual  number  in  the  nomi- 
native and  accusative  :  sto,  sta,  stu,  etc.  (a  hundred,  of  a  hundred,  to  a 
hundred);  dve  ste,  two  hundred;  dvou  set,  of  two  hundred;  dvema  stum, 
to  two  hundred;  o  dvou  stech,  about  two  hundred;  s  dvema  sty,  with  two 
hundred. 

Tisic  (one  thousand)  is  declined  like  the  masc.  noun  mec  :  tisice, 
of  a  thousand;  tisici,  to  a  thousand;  s  tisicem,  with  a  thousand. 

SECTION  27.— Ordinal  numerals,  prvni  or  prvy,  druhy,  tfeti,  etc; 
(first,  second,  third,)  are  declined  like  adjectives  of  a  corresponding  termi- 
nation, i.  e.  like  dobry,  a,  e  or  dnesni.**) 

The  same  rule  obtains  in  relation  to  the  special  and  multiplicative 
numerals  :  dvoji,  troji,  etc.  (twofold,  threefold):  dvojnasobny,  trojnasob 
ny,  etc.  (double,  treble). 

The  neutral  form  of  special  numerals  :  #tvero,  patero,  desatero, 
etc.,  is  declined  like  the  neutre  noun  slovo;  for  instance  :  desatero  pfika- 
zani,  the  ten  commandments;  desat^ra  prikazani,  of  the  ten  command- 
ments; v  desateru  pfikazani,  in  the  ten  comtnandmenls;  etc. 

The  names  of  numbers  :  jednotka  (the  figure  one),  dvojka,  the  fig- 
ure two),  trojka,  (the  figure  three),  etc.,  are  declined  like  the  fern,  nouns 
ending  in  a  :  i&eiia. 

SECTION  28.— The  indefinite  numeral  vsechen  (also  vsecek  or  vse- 
eken)***),  all,  has  the  following  declension  ; 


*)     See  page  120. 

**)    See  Note  3  on  page  124, 

***)  See  Jfote  \  on  page  127. 


Bohemian  grammar. 


287 


nom.  &  voc. 
gen. 
dat. 
acc. 


masculine 

vsechen 
vseho 
vsemu 
vseho 

(inan.  vsechen 
vsem 


Singular. 

feminine 
vsechna 

vsi 

vsechnu 


neutre 

^\  sechno 
vseho 
vsemu 
vsechno 


in  all 
three 
genders. 


loc.  vsem  tsi  vsem 

inst.  vsim  vsi  vsim 

Plural. 

nom.  &  voc.    masc.       vsichni  gen.  vsech 

(masc.  inan.)        vsechny  dat,  vsem 

fern.       vsechny  l  -c.  (ve)  vsech 

fieut.       vsechna  inst  vseini 

acc,  masc.  &  fern.        vsechny  acc.  neut.  vsechna 

The  indefinite  numeral  veskery,  a,  e  has  the  same  meaning  as  vse- 
chen, na,  no  (all),  and  is  declined  like  adjectives  of  the  same  termination 
(dobry,  a,  e.) 

VERBS. 

SECTION  29.  —  1.  The  verb  is  sail  to  be  subjective,  when  the 
action  or  condition  is  sirictly  confined  to  the  subject :  sedim,  I  am  sitting; 
b&ham,  I  am  running;  rule  kvete,  the  rose  is  blooming. 

2.  It  is  called  obj  ective,  when  the  action  relates  to  another  per- 
son or  thing:  slunce  zahfiva  zemi,  the  sun  is  warming  the  earth;  ucitei 
ch\a\ilzdka,  the  teacher  praised  the  scholar;  dfiveruj  v  Bohaf  trust  iuGod! 

The  objective  verb  is  transitive  or  intransitive. 

The  transitive  verb  is  accompanied  by  the  accusative  case  without 
any  preposition  :  ucitei  chvdli  zaka,  the  teacher  is  praising  the  scholar; 
matka  vede  dcern,  the  mother  is  leading  her  daughter. 

The  intransitive  verb  is  accompanied  by  the  accusative  case  with  a 
preposition  :  duvefuj  v  Bona;  or  by  some  other  case  with  or  without  a 
preposition:  lakomecbazi  pobohatstvf,  the  miser  craves  for  riches;  zdk  po- 
slouchd  ucitele,  the  scholar  obeys  his  teacher. 

3.  A  verb  is  called  reflexive,  wheu  the  action  reverts  to  the  sub- 
ject. Such  verbs  are  accompanied  by  the  reflexive  pronoun  se  ?  Mo<Ui  se! 


288 


Part  IV. 


pray!  CJdapec  se  stroji,  the  boy  is  dressing  (himself).  Radujeme  se>  toho, 
we  are  rejoicing  over  it. 

But  sometimes  the  pronoun  se  expresses  the  passive  mood,  and  not 
a  reflected  action  :  maso  se  ji,  the  flesh  is  eaten;  jablka  se  cesaji,  the  ap- 
ples are  being  picked;  pole  se  ora,  the  field  is  being  plowed. 

4.  I  m p  ers  o  n  a  1  verbs  express  an  action  or  condition  regardless 
of  the  persen  or  thing,  from  which  it  proceed^:  prsi,  it  rains,  it  is  rain- 
ing; rozediriva  se,  it  dawns,  (the  day  is  breaking). 

BECTION  30. — The  classification  of  the  Bohemian  verbs  in  regard 
to  the  character  of  the  action  is  fully  explained  in  Lesson  XXXIX. 

Tense-inflection  shows  a  difference  in  the  time  of  the  action  or  con- 
dition.   There  are  three  tenses  : 

1.  The  present  tense  (pfitomiiy  cas):  pisu,  I  write,  I  am  writiug; 
pes  steka,  the  dog  barks,  the  dog  is  barking. 

2.  The  past  tense  ininuly  cas):  psal  jsem,  "I  wrote,  I  was  writing; 
pes  stekal,  the  dog  barked,  the  dog  was  barking. 

The  past  tense  may  be  continuous,  when  a  continued  past  action  is 
expressed:  sel  jsem,  I  went,  I  was  going;  or  f  i  n  i  t  e,  when  a  finished  ac- 
tion is  expressed:  priseljsem,  I  came. 

3.  The  future  tense  (budouci  cas):  psati  budu,  I  shall  write,  I  shall 
be  writing;  pes  bude  stekati,  the  dog  will  bark,  the  dog  will  be  barking. 

The  future  tense  may  also  be  either  continuous:  budit  psati;  or  finite, 
when  a  completed  future  action  is  to  be  expressed;  napisu,  I  shall  write  out. 

The  Bohemian  verb,  like  in  English,  has  an  indicative  mood:  mill- 
vim,  1  speak;  a  subjunctive  or  conditional  mood:  mluvil  bych,  I  should 
speak;  and  an  imperative  mood:  ml n v !  speak! 

SECTION  31. — There  is  only  one  auxiliary  verb  in  Bohemian:  byti, 
to  be.  —  But  certain  verbs  are  used  in  connection  with  other  verbs,  to 
make  a  complete  assertion  or  declaration;  for  instance  :  musiti,  must; 
smiti,  may,  dare;  moci,  can;  raciti,  please;  etc.  We  say:  musim  jiti,  I 
must  go;  smirn  mluviti?  may  I  speak?  racte  vejiti!  please  to  come  in! 

SECTION"  32.— The  Bohemian  verb  ha3  six  conjugations,  fully  illus- 
rated  in  Lessons  XXXI -XXXV  incl. 

The  auxiliary  verb  byti,  adding  in  the  formation  of  the  past  and  fu- 
ture tenses,  is  conjugated  thus  ; 


Bohemian  grammar. 


281) 


Present:      jsem,  jsi,  jest;     jsme,  jste,  json. 
Imperative:      bud',    bud'me,  bud'te. 
Past  participle:      byl,   byla9   bylo;      byli,   byly,  byla. 
Subjunctive:      bych,   bys,   by;      bychom,   (bysme),   byste,  by. 
Future:      budn,   budes,   bade;      budeme,   bndete,  budou. 
Present  transgressive*):      jsa,    jsouc,    jsouc;      jsouce;  (being). 
Pisttransg.:      byv,    byvsi,    byvsi;      byvse;   (having  been). 
Future  transg  :  buda,  budouc,  budouc;  budouce;  (to  be,  expecting  to  be). 


*)  This  parlieipal  constru  ti  n  occurs  only  in  the  written  language; 
it  is  explained  in  Note  4,  page  164. 

SEC  HON  33.— Table  of  the  six  conjugations. 


I 


290 


PART  IV 


I. 

Termination  ti  directly  attached  to  the  root. 

II 

Term,  -out 

ij  Terrain. 

Person 

nes-ti 

to  carry 

pi-ti 

lu  u  I  LUK 

tn-ti 

to  ro  b 

pec-i*) 

tO  b&lv6 

min-outi 

to  pass 

hled-tti 

to  look,  to 
look  after 

T3 

s- 

X 

1 

nes-u 

pij-u  (  i) 

tr-u 

pek-u 

min-u 

hled-fm 

O 
O 

a 

03 

5d 

2 

nes-es 

pij-es 

tf-es 

pec-es 

mines 

hled-fs 

w 

3 

nes-e 

Pije 

tf-e 

pe£-e 

mine 

Med-i 

03 

T. 

1 

nes-eme 

pij-eme 

tf-eme 

pec-eme 

min-em*' 

hled-fme 

'S 

3 

2 

nes-ete 

pij-ete 

tf-ete 

pefi-ete 

min-ete 

hled-fte 

a 

i 

3 

nes-ou 

pij-ou 

tr-ou 

pek-ou 

niin-ou 

bled-f 

i33 
t> 
•i—i 

OS 

bi 

a 

2 

nes 

pii 

IT  J 

tii 

pec 

min 

hied' 

<D 
ft 

c 

1 

nes-me 

pij  me 

tr-eme 

min-me 

Lled'-me 

a 
i— i 

3 

2 

nes-te 

pij-te 

tf-ete 

pec-te 

min-te 

hlcd'-te 

a; 

masc. 

ues-1 

pi-1 

tfe-1 

pek-1 

miuu-1 

hled-el 

bjj 
C 

fern. 

nes-la 

pi-la 

tre-la 

pek-la 

minu-la 

hled-ela 

~P 

X* 
m 

SO 

nes-lo 

pi-lo 

tfe-lo 

pek-lo 

minu-lo 

nled-elo 

Q* 

03 

masc 

nes-li 

pi-li 

tre-li 

pek-li 

minu-li 

hled-Sli 

>- 

o 

3 

fern. 

nes-ly 

pi-ly 

tfe-ly 

pek-ly 

in  inn-lv 

iiicu.  civ 

neut 

nes-la 

pi-la 

tre-la 

pek-la 

minu-la 

hled-Sla 

0) 

masc. 

nes-en 

pit 

,  V 

tre-n 

v 

pec-en 

minu-t 

hlede-n 

'© 

be 
C 

fern. 

ues-ena 

pi-ta 

tfe-na 

y 

pec-ena 

minu-ta 

Medina 

+3 

f-l 
03 
Ph 

neut. 

ripa.priA 

r»i-to 

minu-to 

bled^-no 

03 

masc. 

nes-eui 

p;-ti 

tfe-ni 

pec-eni 

minu-1  i 

bled^-ni 

A-l  A  v>  vt  vy  ill 

►> 

•  f-H 

cn 
09 

3 

fern. 

nes-eny 

pity 

tfe-ny 

pefi-eny 

minu-ty 

hledS-ny 

Ph 

neut. 

nes-ena 

pita 

tfe-na 

pefi-ena 

miDU-ta 

blede-na 

03 

a 

bo 

masc 

nes-a 

tr-a 

pek-a 

LL1  111  a 

UltU  u 

"w 
0  tfi 

a,  03 

fern. 

nes-ouc 

pij-ic 

tr-ouc 

pek-ouc 

min-ouc 

hled-ic 

CO 

0)  t>£J 
M  CO 

neut. 

nes-ouc 

pij-fc 

tr-ouc 

pek-ouc 

min-ouc 

nieci-ic 

Cm  a 

c3 

3 

m.  f. 
n. 

nes-ouce 

pij-fce 

tr-ouce 

pek-ouce 

min-ouce 

hled-fce 

03 
> 

a 

00 

masc. 

nes 

piv 

tfe-v 

pek 

miu-uv 

nieae-v 

CO 
to  g 

fern. 

nes-si 

piv-§i 

tfe-v§i 

pek-Si 

min-uv§i 

hled8-vsi 

Ph  tc 

neut. 

nes-si 

piv-si 

tfe-vsi 

pek-§i 

miD-uv§i 

bled6-vsi 

03 

p 

s 

m.  f. 
n. 

nes-se 

piv-se 

tfe-v§e 

pek-se 

min-uvse 

bled6-v§e 

*)    Popularly  pecti,  originally  pekti. 


Bohemian  grammar,  291 


III 
-eti  or  -eti 

IV 

Terrain,  -iti 

f 

V 

Termin.  -at3 

VI 

Terra,  -ovati 

haz-eti 

to  throw 

cin-iti 

to  do 

vol-ati 

to  call 

maz-ati 

to  rub 

hna-ti 

to  drive 

mil-ovati 

to  love 

haz-i'm 

hdz-is 

naz-i 

ciu-fm 

cin-fs 

ciii-1 

vol-am 

vol-as 

vol-a 

maz-u  (-i) 
maz-es 

V 

maz-e 

zen-u 
zen-es 

V 

zen-e 

miluj-u  (-i) 
miluj-es 
miluj -e 

haz-fme 

hdz-ite 

hslz-ejl 

cin-fme 

£in-ite 

cin-1 

vol-ame 

vol-ate 

vol-ajf 

maz-eme 
maz-ete 
maz-ou  (f) 

zen-eme 

zen-ete 

zen-oi 

mix  uj -erne 
miluj-ete 
miluj-ou  (-f) 

h&zej 

cin 

volej 

maz 

2en 

miluj 

hazej-me 

cin-me 

volej-me 

ma /.-me 

2en-me 

miluj-me 

hdzej-te 

cifi-te 

volej -te 

maz-te 

zen-te 

miluj-te 

hdze-1 

h&ze-la 

hdze-lo 

cini-1 

cini-la 

cini-lo 

vola-1 

vola-la 

vola-lo 

maza-1 

maza-la 

maza-lo 

hna-1 

hna-la 

hna-lo 

milova-1 

milova-la 

milova-lo 

h  <ize-l  i 

ha'ze-ly 

Mze-H 

cini-li 

Sini-ly 

cini-la 

vola-1  i 

V  V  '  1  <  l  XI 

vola-ly 
vola-la 

rn  q  7,n  -1  i 

XXXC4J4JCX  XL 

maza-ly 
maza-la 

Tinn-li 

11  '  l  Cb  XI 

hna-ly 
hna-la 

nnilova.-li 

XXX XXV  V  (i  XX 

milova-ly 
milova-la 

ha'ze-n 

hdze-na 

h&ze-no 

cine-n 

cinS-na 

cine-no 

vola-n 

vohi-na 

voM-no 

mazd-n 

mazd-na 

mazd-no 

hnd-n 

hnd-na 

hnd-no 

milova-n 

milovd-ua 

milova-no 

haze-ni 

h^ze-ny 

h&ze-na 

5in&-ni 

cine-ny 

cine-na 

vold-ni 

vold-ny 

vold-na 

maz£-ni 

mazd-ny 

mazaVna 

hnd-ni 

hn^-uy 

hml-na 

milovd-ni 

milovd-ny 

milovd-na 

hdze-je 

cin-£ 

vola-je 

maz-e 

zen-a 

miluj-e 

hdze-jfc 

6in-ic 

vola-ifc 

maz-ic 

zen-ouc 

milui-ic 

hdzp-jfc 

cin-ic 

vola-jlc 

maz-fc 

zen-ouc 

miluj -fc 

Viiizp-iipp 

1  i  (1£jV      1  1VV 

'    111  iv^v 

vol  a-ifpp. 

rrifly.f-pp, 

zen-ouce 

mil  iii-foe 

hdze-v 

cini-v 

vola-v 

maza-v 

hna-v 

milova-v 

hase-vsi 

cini-vsi 

vola-vsi 

maza-vsi 

hna-vsi 

milova-vsi 

hdze-vsi 

Sini-vsi 

vola-vsi 

maza-vsi 

hna-vsi 

milova-vsi 

ha'ze-vse 

cini-vse 

vola-vse 

maza-vse 

hna-vse 

milova-vse 

292 


Part  IV. 


SECTION  34.— Irregular  verbs. 

Jeti,  to  ride,  to  drive;— present,  jedn,  jedes,  jede,  jedeme,  jedete,  jedou; 
irnper  jed',  -me,  -te;  active  partic  jel,  -a,  o;  passive  partic.  jet, 
-a,  o;  present  transg  jed-a,  -ouc,  -ouce;  supine,  jet,  (to  ride  ; 

jiti,  to  go;  —  pres.  jdu,  jdes,  jde,  jdeme,  jdete,  jdou;  imp.  jdi,  jde  mp, 
.  jde-te;  act.  part.  gel,  sla,  slo;  present  transg.  jda,  jdouc,  -ce;  sup. 
jit,  (to  go); 

chtiti,  to  want;—  pres.  chci,  ehces,  chce,  clieem^,  chcete,  cliteji;  imper. 

chtej,  clitej  me,  -te;  act.  part.  chtel,  -a,  -o;  pres.  transg.  chtej-e, 

-ic,  -ice;  past  transg.  elite v,  -si,  -se;  sup.  chtet  (to  want); 
imti,  to  have;— pres.  mam,  mas,  ma,  mame,  mate,  inaji;  imper.  mej, 

mej-me,  mej-te;   act.  part.  mel,  -a,  o;  pres.  transg.  maj  e,  -ic, 

-ice;  past  transg.  mev,  -si,  -se; 
spati,  to  sleep;  —  pres.  spim,  spis,  spi,  spiine,  spite,  spi;  imper  spi, 

spe-ine,  -te;  net.  part,  spal,  -a,  -o;  pres.  transg.  spe,  spic,  spice; 

pastlransg.  spav,  -si,  -se;  sup.  spat,   (to  sle^  p); 

stati  se,  to  happen,  to  become; — stanu  se,  staiies  se,  stane  se,  stan-eme, 

-ete,  -ou  se;  imper.  stan  se,  -me,  -te  se;  act  part,  stal,  -a,  -o  se; 

pres.  transg.  stay,  -si,  -se,  -se;  stava  se,  it  happens,  is  impersonal); 
videti,  to  see;— vidim,  vidis,  vidi,  vidime,  vidite,  vidi;  imper.  viz,  -me, 

-te;  act.  part,  videl,  -a,  -o;  passive  part,  viden,  -a,  -o;  present 

transg.  vid-a,  -ouc,  -ouce, 

SEC riO 35. — The  derivation  and  comparison  of  adverbs  is  ex- 
plained in  Notes  2  one  3,  on  page  128. 

Prepositions  govern  or  require  particular  cases. 

The  genitiae  case,  responding  to  the  question  ci,  koho?  cello?*),  is 
governed  by  the  following  prepositions,  and  adverbs  used  as  prepositions: 

do,  to,  till,  until; 


bez,  without 
die       )  according  to; 
podle   »      next  to; 
vedle,  next  to,  along- 
side of; 


od,  from 


u,  at,  by; 

z,  ze,  from,  out  of; 


kroin 
krome 
kolem 
okolo 
vukol 


as:de  from, 
except; 

round, 

around; 


*)  See  Note  5,  page  82.    In  the  genitive  case  the  question  koho? 
whose?  was  inadvertently  omitted. 


Bohemian  grammar. 


293 


vne,  outside  of; 
\nitf,  iuside  of; 
blizko,  near 


daleko,  far 
stranu,  about 
mze,  lower 


vyse,  higher 
prostred,  amidst 
misto,  instead  of. 


The  dative  case  (responding  to  the  question  komuScemu?  is  govern- 
ed by  the  following: 


k 

ke 

ku 


to,  for; 


proti,  against 
k  vuli,  for  the  sake  of; 


naproti,    towards,  a- 
gainst,  opposite; 
vstfic,  towards. 

The  accusative  case  (responding  to  the  question  koho?  col)  is  gov- 
erned by  the  following: 


niinio,  besides,  past; 
ob,  over 


skrze,  through. 


pro,  for 

pres,  over,  across; 

The  locative  case  (responding  to  the  question  v  kom?  v  cem?  o  kom] 
o  cem?  etc.)  is  always  governed  by  the  preposition  pfi,  by,  at;  and  inmost 
instances  by  the  following  prepositions: 


v 

ve 


in 


0,  about,  on; 


po,  after,  by,  during. 


na,  on,  upon,  for; 

The  preposition  v  or  ve,  when  it  occurs  before  a  word  beginning 
with  the  letter  v,  is  often  changed  into  u;  for  instance:  u  velike'm  poctu 
(instead  of  ve  velikem  poctu',  in  a  large  number,  or  "in  large  numbers." 

The  above  five  prepositions  often  require  the  accusative  case;  for  ex- 
ample :  na  potupu,  for  disgrace,  i.  e.  "in  order  to  disgrace  or  dishonor"; 
boji  se  o  zivot,  he  fears  for  his  life. 

The  prepositions  mezi,  between,  among;  nad,  over,  above;  pod, 
under,  below;  pfed,  before,  — govern  either  the  accusative  or  the  instru- 
mental case:  pujdu  mezi  lidi,  I  shall  go  among  people;  byljsem  mezi 
lidmi,  I  was  among  people. 

The  preposition  s,  se  governs  the  genitive  case,  when  itmeans/row, 
off:  spadl  s  vozu,  se  stromu,  he  fell  from  the  wagon,  from  the  tree;  and 
it  governs  the  instrumental  case,  when  it  means  with:  pojd' se  miiou,come 
with  me;   sli  jsme  za  nlm,  we  went  after  him,  we  followed  him. 


294 


Part  IV. 


Za  governs  the  geniteve  case,  when  it  means  during,  in:  za  casu 
Washingtona,  in  the  time  of  Washington;— it  governs  the  accusative  esse, 
when  it  means  for:  koupil  jsem  to  za  dollar,  I  bought  it  for  a  dollar;  — 
and  it  governs  the  instrumental  case,  when  translated  by  behind,  after: 
pojd'  za  miiou,  come  bel.ind  me;  pfijdu  za  tebou,  I  will  come  after  thee. 

In  rare  instances  it  requires  the  accusative  case:  nejsemsto  poslou- 
ziti  vam,  I  cannot  (I  am  not  able  to)  accommodate  you. 


O  O  ENTS. 


Page 

Why  this  book  has  been  written     5 

The  Bohemian  language   7 

The  Bohemians  in  the  United  States,     8 

PART  I. 

General  observations                                    ..    12 

The  Boh'  mian  alphabet   12 

Names  of  the  letters   15 

Bohemian  pronunciation   16 

Parts  of  speech   18 

Gender   19 

Grammatical  rules  in  general   20 

The  accent   21 

"Ty"  and  "vy"   22 

PART  II,    Rules  of  pronunciation   25 

Lesson      I  /   28 

Lesson  XL  j"   172 

PART  III.    Bohemian  conversation   179 

Bohemian  and  English   180 

Greetings  and  compliments   187 

A  call    190 

Time      192 

The  hour   198 

Age  and  date   201 

The  weather    206 

Health  and  sickness   213 

The  human  being   218 

Disease  and  cure   228 

Drugs  and  medicines   237 

At  home   214 

Buying  and  selling   249 

In  a  grocery  store   255 

Garments   257 

Shoemaking   260 

Diverse  trades   261 

On  the  farm   262 

PART  IT.    Bohemian  grammar  

Orthography  s   269 

Etymology   274 


Knihy  vydane  nakladem  Slavie: 


TIllTSiaC   -^ovy  Tluma5  Americky  od  Karla  Joua'se.    Zadnd  publikaee 
w  £esk&  v  teto  r/emi  nebyla  prijata  od  obecenstva  s  takovyni 

vdSkem  a  uzndnfm  a  za'dne  se  n*  dostalo  rozsifeni  takrycbleho  avelikeho, 
js-iko  Tlumaci,  knize  ku  suadneiuu  a  rychlemu  pfiuceni  se  jazyku  auglic- 
kemu,  bez  jeboi  znaiosti  nikdo  se  zde  valnebo  pokroku  nededela.  Cena 
$1.50  i  se  zdsilkou  a  proda>£  se  jedine  za  hotove. 

SlOVtilk  CeSkO-atlgllCky,  od  Karla  Jonase.  (We"  roz- 
mnozene  a  opravene  vyddnl.  Postupnd,  kniba  ucebn<4  po  Tlumaci  a  ne- 
zbytnd,  pro  kazdelio  ku  zdokonalenl  se  v  jazyku  anglickem.  Fro  pocdtec- 
nlka  ku  rycblemu  sezndmenl  se  s  nejobecuejsi,  kazdodenni  mluvou  staci 
Tlumac;  povrchm  znalec  anglieiny  musi  pak  k  ruce  miti  Slovnlk,  aby  se 
zdokonalil.    Cena  $1.50.    Jen  za  botove. 

SlOVnik  ailgliCkO-CeSky,  od  Karla  Jonase.  S  riplnou  vy- 
slovnosil  anglickou.  Obsahuje  na  723  strandcb  bohaty  slovnl  poklad 
anglickebo  jazyka.    Nezbytna  pomucka  cteu^rum.    Cena  $1.75. 

IteU  kniha  pro  farmera.  Die  roziicnych  pramenii  se- 

stavil  Karel  Jonds.  Kniba  tato  pojedna>£  o  vniirnfcb  i  ztvnitrnfeb  »e- 
nemocecb  kom  a  vseho  dobytka  hospoddrskeho.  Obsabuje  mlvod  o  koupi 
konf,  dodatek  o  domdcfcb  pomucka'cb  pro  vselike  nebody,  a  recepty  na 
rozlicue  leky  v  jazyku  ceskem  i  anglickem.  Prospela  jiz  stum  ceskych 
farmeru  a  na  z&dne  farme  nemSla  by  chybSti.    Cena  $1.00. 

AtneriCke  praVO.  r  Sepsal  JosefJin  Krai.  Sbirka  nejdu- 
lezitejsi'cb  zdkonu,  ktere  by  m£l  zndti  kazdy  obcan  amerisky.  Obsahuje 
prdvo  st&tnf,  obcanske,  rodinne\  pozemkov^,  farmerske;  bomstednf  z&kon 
i  jine"  o  zabfranl  verejnycb  pozemku  a  vsecbny  smlouvy  s  Rakousktnr 
Cena  #1.75. 

Cesko-americky  Besedmk.  Nejvetsi  sbirka  pMezitost- 

n^cb  basnf  a  deklamacf  vdznycb  i  zertovnycb,  solovych  vyslupu,  gratu- 
lacl  atd.    Pravy  poklad  pro  poradatele  zdbav.    Cena  $1.75. 

PolitiCke  Zf  lZeni  ailieriCke.    Napsal  Charles  Nordhoff. 

Se  svolenfm  spisovatele  a  nakladatele  pfelozil  Gustav  B.  Reisl.  Cena  50c. 


Objednavky  adresujte:  SLAVIE,  Racine,  Wis 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
Los  Angeles 

This  book  i,  DUE  on  the  las.  dale  stamped  bekw. 


hi l 


°CTl  7  1994 
DEC 

REC'DYRi.  OECOl^ 

OL0CT0  8M 


*  JAN  J  3  20 


*>•  S»» 


NON-REN 


ABLE 


MAR  1  W 


DUE  2  WKS  FROM 


DATE  RECEIVED 


315 


